A Day in July - An Introduction
  • A Day in July - An Introduction

    418px-Lenin_and_stalin_crop.jpg

    Bolshevik Leaders Joseph Stalin and Vladimir Lenin
    Dawn, 5th (18 N.S.) of July 1917 (1)
    Pravda Offices, Petrograd, Russian Empire (2)

    Seventeen-year old Kolya Stepanovich studied his fellow military cadets, gathered awaiting the final details of their orders from the Minister of Justice.

    In the last couple of days the Bolsheviks had nearly brought the rightful government to its knees in the name of their German overlords, but the government stood firm and held its ground. Now that jackal, Lenin, would get what he was owed for his treason.

    "Alright men, I have here in my hand an arrest order for Vladimir Ilyich Ulyanov, the traitor known as Lenin, signed by the Minister of Justice Pavel Pereverzev himself." Shouted the lieutenant as the men gathered about him. "We are to raid the Pravda Offices where he has reportedly holed up, just around the corner from here, so keep an eye out for any sympathizers and be prepared for anything. Move with speed and precision."

    A final gimlet glance over the men assembled. "Go!"

    Kolya followed his squad, sharing a nervous grin with his fellow cadets Sasha and Vova, before setting off at a run for the office front.

    "We are here for the traitor Lenin!" Roared the lieutenant as they burst through the door to the offices. The chaos was significant. Secretaries shrieked with terror, men rushed about like the devil had come calling and the printing presses came to shuddering, jolting, halt. A burst of gunfire into the ceiling quickly quieted the crowd of socialist scum but out of the corner of his eye Kolya spotted a pair of men making their escape out the back door.

    "Halt!" he shouted after the men and took off running, hearing Sasha curse before joining him in pursuit. Kolya burst through the door just in time to spot the two men turn a corner, rushing after them with his rifle in one hand, cursing under his breath.

    He came to the lightly trafficked main road just in time to see the pair cross into a side alley. He couldn't let them get away, so off he set, swerving through the rush of early morning traffic and, soon leaving Sasha well behind.

    Kolya came around the corner at a rapid lope, crashing through a trash heap and bouncing off the wall, finding himself at the center of the alley opening, out of breath. The two men turned after a moment's silence.


    "Forget that you caught up to us kid, nothing for you here." Said one of the men - a menacing, pockmarked and moustachioed man, Georgian by his accent (3). The other hid in the shadow of his compatriot, features hidden by the early morning gloom.

    "You are under arrest." Kolya said, his rifle high, pointed at the Georgian.

    "You are making a mistake." Said the Georgian with a disgruntled sigh. A moment passed before the tension seemed to go out of him. "Very well." He raised his hand in seeming surrender. The second man disappeared from view, hidden by the Georgian's trench coat.

    The rigidness of his stance eased slightly at the sight, rifle drooping. The danger passed.

    Then he caught a brief moment of movement. A hand, that of the second man, slipping into the Georgian's pocket.

    Horrified at his mistake, Kolya wrenched the rifle back up and squeezed. Once.

    The bullet struck the Georgian in the chest and he collapsed with a look of shock on his face.

    The second man drew forth a pistol and opened fire, bullets suddenly screaming at Kolya, who screamed his terror back as he fired a second shot.

    For a moment he thought himself dead, certain he had missed, eyes shutting to awaiting an oncoming death which never came.

    Instead ringing silence descended on the small alley only cut through by the quiet gasps of the wounded Georgian.


    Eyes opening in puzzlement, Kolya realised he was the only man standing in the alley.

    His knees trembling and body shaking with a mixture of adrenalin and terror, he found his mind subsumed by the thought of just how close he had just come to death.

    Why had the second man stopped firing? He had Kolya dead to rights. Had he run off?

    Steps sounded from the mouth of the alley. "Kolya!" Sasha cried out, rushing to his side. "You hit?" asked Sasha urgently, eyes dancing across his uniform searchingly.

    Kolya shook his head sharply, unwilling to betray how weak he felt at that moment.

    Sasha gave him a second look before nodding firmly. Stalking forth like a hunter closing on its prey, he advanced on the quietly gasping Georgian.

    He reached the man and put a foot on him, giving the Georgian a shake, drawing a pained groan from him. Sasha studied him for a moment before nonchalantly levelling his rifle at the Georgian's head and firing a single round into it, bringing the gasps to an end.

    The sound of the gunshot drew Kolya's attention back to the present just in time to see Sasha step across the dead Georgian. He continued a bit further down the alley before nearly stumbling over a form hidden in the alley's shadows.


    A moment's study was followed by a gasp of shock. "By the Holy Ghost, Kolya. It's Lenin!" He shouted excitedly.

    He turned back to Kolya with a wide grin on his face. "You shot Lenin!"

    Footnotes:

    (1) I will be writing out dates of events in Russia with the Old Style Calendar (O.S.) while the New Style Calendar (N.S.) is in parentheses for events occurring in Russia until changes to the calendar happen there. Everywhere else I will be sticking with the broader used calendar. I am sorry about this, but so much of the Russian Revolution - down to the names of events - are bound up closely in the Old Style months in which they occurred that simply using the New Style would make it more difficult to follow.

    (2) The period between Nicholas II's abdication in mid-March and Kerensky's OTL declaration of the Russian Republic on the 1st of September 1917 is rather weird. During this period where Russia was ruled by a Provisional Government, Russia remained an Empire without a head of state.

    (3) Just to clarify, this is Josef Stalin - who was present on the day in question and served a key role in helping to hide Lenin from the authorities following the crackdown after the July Days.



    Introduction to the Timeline

    Welcome to A Day in July: A 20th Century Timeline. As should be clear at this point, the Point of Departure for this Timeline is the death of Lenin and Stalin during the July Days of the Russian Revolution, months before the October Revolution brought the Bolsheviks to power.

    The PoD specifically for this timeline is that Lenin's spy in the Justice Ministry is five minutes later in bringing a warning to Lenin at the Pravda Offices that he had been declared a traitor to the realm in the early hours of the 5th of July (OS), and as such he is still present at the offices alongside Stalin when military cadets burst through the doors looking for him. Stalin is able to get him out, but not before they are spotted by one of the cadets who gives chase. This eventually results in a bloody gun fight that leaves both Lenin and Stalin dead.

    As most of you undoubtedly realise, this is a ridiculously large and influential divergence from OTL which brings with it a mountain of butterflies as we move steadily onward. While the butterflies are initially contained to the leadership struggle within the Bolshevik party and the consequences of this, larger events quickly begin to play into events. By the time the OTL October Revolution occurred events will have taken a very different course with immense consequences for the rest of the world.

    1917, 1918 and 1919 are pivotal years in the history of the 20th century and all that followed, laying the groundwork for the modern world and creating the tinderbox which ignited over the next century. Even to this very day, the lines drawn by diplomats and politicians during the Great War have an unimaginable impact on the world around us.

    With this timeline I want to explore some of the numerous potential directions the world could have gone in if events hadn't turned out as they did IOTL. While this timeline will initially focus on the Russian Revolution it will quickly spiral out to follow developments in the wider world. Events from Palestine, Italy and the Western Front will quickly begin to play an important role before expanding even further to explore the consequences of these shifts. I can promise plenty of war, politics, intrigue and revolution. I am not sure about the update schedule just yet, but I will be putting out the first update either later today or tomorrow.

    This is the most research-intensive project I have gotten myself involved in so far, and if I were starting now I might well have told myself to hold off. Everything that happens in this period is closely interconnected and events in Russia impact events in London, which in turn shift events in the Middle East. Every shift, small or large, has ever widening impacts on a scale that is hard to comprehend.

    I hope that I can beg your indulgence for the narrative sections that will be interspersed throughout the Timeline. I am trying to learn how to write in a narrative style and this gives me the chance to do so. As such, any and all comments, critiques and suggestions on these would be warmly appreciated. I am, of course, always more than happy to hear everyone's thoughts and comments on the timeline itself and welcome a discussion on any of the numerous developments I have planned.

    Sources:

    Oliver Figes:
    A People’s Tragedy
    Natasha's Dance: A Cultural History of Russia

    Peter Hart:
    The Great War
    The Last Battle

    China Miéville:
    October

    Steven Donaldson:
    Cataclysm: A History of the Great War

    Simon Montefiore:
    Young Stalin
    The Romanov Dynasty

    G.J. Meyer:
    A World Undone

    Robert Gerwarth:
    The Vanquished

    David Zabecki:
    Operational Art and the German 1918 Offensives

    Richard Baum - Great Courses:
    The Fall and Rise of China

    Alexander Watson:
    Ring of Steel

    Laura Engelstein:
    Russia in Flames

    Zara Steiner:
    The Lights that Failed

    Eric D. Weitz:
    The Weimar Republic

    David Fromkin:
    A Peace to End All Peace

    David Reynolds:
    The Long Shadow

    Edward M. Collman:
    The War to End All Wars

    Adam Tooze:
    The Deluge

    Ian Kershaw:
    To Hell and Back

    Peter Watson:
    The German Genius


    Wikipedia:
    Wikipedia has been used extensively both as direct source and as cross-reference.

    And more…
     
    Last edited:
    Update One: The July Days
  • The July Days

    640px-%D0%9E%D1%82%D1%80%D0%B5%D1%87%D0%B5%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B5_%D0%9D%D0%B8%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%BB%D0%B0%D1%8F_II.jpg

    Abdication of Nikolai II Romanov of Russia

    A Russian Revolution

    The great conflagration which would come to be known as the Great War had its genesis in the assassination of Archduke Franz Ferdinand von Habsburg in Sarajevo on the 28th of June 1914. Over the next month a diplomatic crisis played out culminating in the mobilization and declaration of war by half the European Continent. While all the participants had expected a short and victorious war, that would prove far from the case. As Germany sought to knock the French out of the war in the face of fierce French and British resistance on the Western Front, the Russians went on the offensive against Germany and Austro-Hungary.

    Great battles were fought, with hundreds of thousands killed and wounded, but this would prove little more than the prelude to the titanic struggle to come as the two sides settled into their trenches. With the German failure to defeat France in a single blow, they were put on the defensive in the west while they made ground against the Russians in the east. During the first year of the war, the Allies were joined by Portugal and Italy while the Ottoman Empire and Bulgaria joined the Central Powers. The year after, in 1916, the Romanians joined the Allies as well, bringing fresh blood to the battlefield. As the war expanded, so too did the scale of the battles fought, with each year bringing ever larger and more complex battles compared to the year before.

    Thus in 1915 the French would launch Offensives in Champagne and Artois while the Russians experienced defeat and retreat following the Battles of the Masurian Lakes and Gorlice-Tarnow. 1916 would see French and German forces ground down in the Battle of Verdun before the British began to take on an ever greater role in the land-based war with the Battle of the Somme, soon followed by the impressively successful, but ultimately insufficient, Russian Brusilov Offensive in the east. However, struggle as they might, by the end of 1916 Russia was nearing the end of its tether under the command of its autocratic Tsar Nikolai II Romanov. While the war grew ever greater in scale elsewhere, the Russian Eastern Front was beginning to collapse in on itself.

    The Russian Revolution began on the unseasonably warm morning of 23rd of February (8 March N.S.) 1917. With people emerging from their winter refuges, an opportunity arose to finally act against the ignominies thrust upon the Russian peoples by the war. Beginning with a series of strikes and protests in the Russian capital of Petrograd on International Women's Day, where women-led protests against bread prices quickly secured the support of the city's working class, the situation quickly began to spin rapidly out of control. Within a day more than 50,000 workers were on strike - soon joined by students and white-collar workers.

    By the 25th (10 March N.S) the strikes had ground the city to a halt and the Tsarist government issued orders for the army to move in against the strikers. While the soldiery initially sought to quell resistance, they soon began defecting in ever greater numbers, finding their sympathies falling on the side of the demonstrators. By the following day, the 26th (11 March N.S.), entire regiments had begun mutinying and joined the strikers in opposing the Tsarists. It would be on the 27th (12 March N.S.) that events truly took a turn for the revolutionary when select members of the Duma broke with the state to form the Provisional Committee of the State Duma, while simultaneously workers representatives established the Petrograd Soviet. Confronted by the staggering scale of their failures, the Council of Ministers could do little but tender their resignations to the Tsar.


    By the end of the day the Russian capital was fully in the hands of the revolutionaries - who released prisoners, attacked and burned police stations, the headquarters of the Okhrana and the district law courts among many others. After initial failures to mount a forceful response to the revolutionaries in Petrograd, the Tsar languished in fear and uncertainty. Over the next several days Tsar Nikolai was steadily pressured on all sides to surrender power to a provisional council in preparations for democratic elections. By the 2nd of March (15 N.S.) Nikolai had been persuaded to abdicate on both his own and his son Alexei's behalf, leaving the throne to his brother Mikhail. Mikhail, recognising that few would welcome his succession, would, in turn, reject the throne on the following day, thus bringing to an end the Romanov Dynasty's rule of Russia.

    A Provisional Government headed by Prince Georgy Lvov was announced on the 3rd (16 N.S.) following Mikhail's announcement, while the Georgian Nikoloz Chkheidze was named as head of the Petrograd Soviet, thus establishing the dual-power centres which would come to define the February Revolution and the months to come. While the Provisional Government would be led by former Duma members, chief among them Lvov, actual power over the populace would reside with the Soviet, causing significant tensions and difficulties as the two centers of power sought to figure out their relationship. This relationship would find itself tested by the April Crisis, a crisis provoked by a struggle over war aims between the Foreign Minister Pavel Milyukov, a prominent member of the Kadet party, and the Soviet. The crisis erupted when a note sent by Milyukov to the Western Allies implying that Russia would continue to hold the Tsarist war goals as previously established was leaked to the press, prompting major demonstrations and a Soviet push for support of their own war aims - the establishment of an equitable peace for all without annexations or indemnifications.

    In response to the protests, the provisional government was reshuffled with both Milyukov and his political ally, the War Minister Alexandr Guchkov, forced to resign. Next, Soviet politicians were invited to join the Provisional Government in an attempt to unite the two power centres of Revolutionary Russia and prosecute the war to a successful close, leaving only the Bolshevik Party to stand firmly against the continuation of warfare. The most important shifts in the reshuffling were the appointments of the Socialist-Revolutionary Party figures Alexander Kerensky's assignment to the War Ministry, Pavel Pereverzev as Minister of Justice and Viktor Chernov as Minister of Agriculture who immediately began enacting the Soviet's plans for the revolution. News that the United States has entered the war alongside the Allies arrived soon after this reshuffle.

    Soviet Order Number 1 was issued on the 14th (27 N.S.) of March 1917 and was the first official decree of The Petrograd Soviet of Workers' and Soldiers' Deputies. The order instructed soldiers and sailors to obey their officers and the Provisional Government only if their orders did not contradict the decrees of the Petrograd Soviet, it called on units to elect representatives to the Soviet and for each unit to elect a committee which would run the unit. All weapons were to be handed over to these committees and would not be issued to officers, not even at their insistence. The order also allowed soldiers to dispense with standing to attention and saluting when off duty, although while on duty strict military discipline was to be maintained and an end was brought to the traditional terms of address in the army in a bid to end the hierarchical structures of the army. The death penalty was also abolished soon after the passing of the order.

    As order and discipline collapsed along the front, riots and mutinies became commonplace and officers often found themselves the victims of soldier harassment, up to and including murder. Furthermore, the policy of the new government towards the war effort was one of fulfilling obligations towards Russia's allies, as opposed to fighting for the sake of total victory, thus giving soldiers a less credible motivation to fight. However, Minister of War Alexander Kerensky hoped that an important Russian victory would gain popular favor and restore the soldiers' morale, thus strengthening the weak provisional government and proving the effectiveness of "the most democratic army in the world", as he referred to it.

    Starting on the 1st (14 N.S.) of July 1917 the Russian troops attacked the Austro-Hungarian and German forces in Galicia, pushing toward Lviv. The operations involved the Russian 11th, 7th and 8th Armies advancing against the Austro-German Südarmée and the Austro-Hungarian 7th and 3rd Armies. Initial Russian success was the result of powerful bombardments on a scale that the enemy had never before witnessed on the Russian front. At first, the Austrians proved unable to resist this bombardment, and a broad gap thus punched in the enemy lines allowed the Russians to make some progress, especially against the Austro-Hungarian 3rd Army. However, the German forces proved to be much harder to root out, and their stubborn resistance resulted in heavy casualties among the attacking Russians.

    As Russian losses mounted, demoralization of infantry soon began to tell, and further successes were purely due to the bloody work of cavalry, artillery and special "shock" battalions which General Lavr Kornilov had formed. The rest of the troops, for the most part, refused to obey orders. Soldiers' committees discussed whether the officers should be followed or not. Even when a division did not flatly refuse to fight, no orders were obeyed without preliminary discussion by the divisional committee, and even when the latter decided to obey orders it was usually too late to be of any use. The Russian advance collapsed altogether by the 16th (29 N.S.) of July. On 19th (1 August N.S.) July, the Germans and Austro-Hungarians counterattacked, meeting little resistance and advancing through Galicia and Ukraine as far as the Zbruch River. The Russian lines were broken on the 20th (2 August N.S.) July and by the 23rd (5 August N.S.) July, the Russians had retreated about 240 kilometers.


    640px-19170704_Riot_on_Nevsky_prosp_Petrograd.jpg

    Street demonstration on Nevsky Prospekt just after troops of the Provisional Government have opened fire with machine guns July 4th 1917

    The July Rising

    The collapse of the offensive dealt a fatal blow to the Provisional Government and the personal authority of its leaders. Hundreds of thousands of soldiers lay dead and millions of square miles of territory were lost. The leaders of the government had gambled everything on the offensive in the hope that it might rally the country behind them in national defense of the new democracy. The coalition had been based upon this hope and it held together as long as there was a chance of military success. But as the collapse of the offensive became clear, so the coalition fell apart.

    After the socialists' entry into the cabinet, most of the Kadets had moved to the Right. They had given up their old claims of standing 'above class' and had taken up the defense of property rights, military discipline, law and order, and the continued unity of the Russian Empire despite demands from seperatists. All this had placed them in growing opposition to the socialists, who were under pressure from their own supporters to steer the government's policies further to the Left. Formally, it was the question of Ukrainian autonomy which was to break the coalition and throw the country into crisis. When the government delegation to Kiev conceded a series of autonomous rights to the Ukrainian Rada on 2nd (15 N.S.) July, three Kadet ministers resigned in protest. The Kadets were opposed to granting anything more than cultural freedoms to those they called 'Little Russians', and insisted that this could only be done by a Constituent Assembly. The concessions of 2nd (15 N.S.) July were thus, in their view, illegal.

    The Ukrainian question, however, was only the final straw. The breakdown of the coalition was also caused by fundamental conflicts over domestic social reforms. Foremost among these was the Socialist Revolutionary, Viktor Chernov's policy on land, which the Kadets accused of sanctioning peasant revolution by giving the land committees temporary rights of control over the nobility and gentry's estates. Then there was the problem of militant strikes, which the Kadets blamed on the Mensheviks who were in control of the Ministry of Labour. Within barely a month, the fragile unity of the government had begun to well and truly fracture.

    For Prince Lvov the collapse of this 'national alliance' was a bitter disappointment. More than anyone else, he had stood for the liberal hope of uniting the country. As its figurehead, he had symbolized the government's ideal of constructive work in the interests of the nation. Party politics were a foreign to him and he was increasingly out of his depth in the factional conflicts of his own cabinet meetings. He cursed both the Kadets and the socialists for placing class and party interests above those of the nation as a whole. The Kadets, he told his private secretary, had behaved like Great Russian chauvinists over the Ukraine; they could not see that some concessions had to be made if the state was to be saved. But he was equally fed up with the socialists, who he said were trying to impose the Soviet programme on the Provisional Government. Chernov's policy on the land committees seemed like nothing less to him, as a landowner, than a Bolshevik programme of organized confiscations. In his view the general interests of the state were being sacrificed to the particular interests of parties and classes, and Russia, as a result, was moving closer to civil war. He felt politically impotent, caught in the cross-fire between Left and Right, and on the 3rd (16 N.S.) July he decided to resign.


    In April 1917, Lenin had published his April Theses, declaring that the proletariat should overthrow the bourgeoisie. Though initially received with outrage, Lenin's idea of an armed, proletarian insurrection became increasingly popular and by July, rank-and-file Bolsheviks in particular spoke of overthrowing the Provisional Government, who they considered little more than bourgeois butchers and their stooges.

    On 20th (2 July N.S.) June the First Machine-gun Regiment was ordered to send 500 machine-guns with their crews to the Front, where, it was said, they were badly needed to support the offensive. Since the February Revolution not a single unit of the Petrograd garrison had been transferred to the Front. This had been one of the conditions set by the Petrograd Soviet on the establishment of the Provisional Government. The soldiers believed that they had 'made the revolution' and that they therefore had the right to remain in Petrograd to defend it against a 'counter-revolution'. The Provisional Government was all too aware that it lived at the mercy of the garrison's quarter of a million troops. Until now, it would not have dared to try to remove them from the capital. But by June the presence of these machine gunners had become a major threat to the government's existence; and it seemed likely that one of the main aims of the offensive was to transfer them to the Front, and thus remove them from their current place of influence.

    By sending them to the Front, and thus reneging on the Soviet's conditions, it gave credibility to the soldiers' claims, voiced by Bolshevik and Anarchist agitators in their regiment, that the government was using the offensive to break up the garrison and that the government could thus only be considered counter-revolutionary. Since the April Crisis, the soldiers had viewed the government's efforts to continue the war with growing suspicion and in this climate of mistrust such conspiracy theories were persuasive.

    On 21st (3 July N.S.) June the machine-gunners resolved to overthrow the Provisional Government if it continued with its threat to "break up this and other revolutionary regiments" by sending them to the Front. Dozens of other garrison units which had orders to join the offensive passed similar resolutions. The Bolshevik Military Organization encouraged the idea of an armed uprising, and effectively transformed itself into the operational staff for the capture of the capital. But the Bolshevik Central Committee continued to urge restraint.

    On the morning of 3rd (16 N.S.) July 1917, the First Machinegun Regiment planned out demonstrations that were to be carried out later that day. With the help of Bolshevik activists, they elected a committee to help delegate resources and to gather support and by the evening of demonstrations began to break out in Petrograd. Led by the First Machinegun Regiment, armed soldiers marched through the streets, with workers and other divisions of soldiers quickly joining as they marched on the Tauride Palace, home to both the Petrograd Soviet and the Provisional Government. These demonstrators marched under the slogan "All Power to the Soviets", wanting the Soviet to not only seize but use their power. Throughout the day, soldiers fired their rifles into the air and commandeered vehicles.

    The following day, 4th (17 N.S.) July, the protests continued, with more soldiers and workers joining in, including a division of radical sailors from the nearby revolutionary naval base of Kronstadt. The protesters, most them Bolshevik supporters, attempted to gain support from the Bolshevik party leadership and gathered near the Bolshevik headquarters at Kshesinskaya Mansion. Lenin was uncharacteristically hesitant and did not want to speak, and when he was finally persuaded to make an appearance on the balcony gave an ambiguous speech, lasting no more than a few seconds, in which he expressed his confidence in the coming of Soviet power but left the sailors without orders on how to bring it about. He did not even make it clear if he wanted the crowd to continue the demonstration and, according to those who were with him at the time, did not even know himself. This was to be the last public speech of Lenin's life.

    Confused and disappointed by the lack of a clear call for the insurrection to begin, the Kronstadters marched off towards the Tauride Palace, where thousands of armed workers and soldiers were already assembling. On the Nevsky Prospekt they merged with another vast crowd of workers from the Putilov plant, perhaps 20,000 in all. Middle-class Petrograders strolling along the Prospekt looked on in horror at their massed grey ranks. Suddenly, as the column turned onto the Liteiny, shots were fired by Cossacks and cadets from the roof-tops and the upper windows of the buildings, causing the marchers to scatter in panic. Some of the marchers fired back, shooting without aim in all directions, since they did not know where the snipers were hidden. Dozens of their comrades were killed or wounded by their own stray bullets. The rest abandoned their rifles and flags and started to break down the doors and windows of the houses. When the shooting stopped, the leaders of the demonstration tried to restore order by reforming ranks and marching off to an up-beat tune from the military bands.

    However, the equilibrium of the crowd had been upset and, as they marched through the affluent residential streets approaching the Tauride Palace, their columns broke down into a riotous mob, firing wildly into the windows, beating up well-dressed passers-by and looting shops and houses. By 4 pm hundreds of people had been wounded or killed; dead horses lay here and there; and the streets were littered with rifles, hats, umbrellas and banners. The crowd in front of the Tauride Palace, not quite sure of what it should do, soon lost all its organization while the worsening weather also contributed to the collapse of the uprising. At 5 pm the storm clouds finally broke and there was a torrential rainstorm. Most of the crowd ran for cover and did not bother to come back.

    Nonetheless, the unruly elements stayed on. Perhaps because they were soaked by the rain, they lost their self-control and began to fire wildly at the Tauride Palace. This caused the rest of the crowd to scream and stampede in panic: dozens of people were crushed. Some sailors began to penetrate into the palace, climbing in through the open windows. They called for the socialist ministers to come out and explain their reluctance to take power. Chernov was sent out to calm the crowd. But as soon as he appeared on the steps angry shouts were heard from the sailors. The crowd surged forward and seized hold of him, searching him for weapons. One worker raised his fist and shouted at him in anger: "Take power, you son of a bitch, when it's handed to you.'' Several armed men bundled the SR leader into an open car where they declared him under arrest and said they would not release him until the Soviet had taken power.

    A group of workers broke into the Catherine Hall and interrupted the Soviet's session: "Comrade Chernov has been arrested by the mob! They're tearing him to pieces right now! To the rescue! Everyone out into the street!" Chkheidze proposed that Lev Kamenev, Julius Martov and Leon Trotsky should be sent out to rescue the Minister. But Trotsky was the first to get there. Pushing his way through the shouting crowds, he went straight to the car, where the hatless, disheveled and terrified Chernov sat under arrest in the back seat, and climbed up on to the car. The Kronstadters all knew the figure of Trotsky and waited for his instructions. Chernov's captors were asked where they were planning to take their hostage. "We don't know," they answered. "Wherever you wish. He is at your disposal." But Trotsky called for Chernov to be released. The sailors shouted angrily at Trotsky: they could not understand why Chernov was to be let go, if the aim of their mission was to overthrow the government. But not knowing what to do on their own, they sullenly agreed to release the Minister. "Citizen Chernov, you are free," declared Comrade Trotsky, opening the car door and motioning him to get out. Chernov seemed half-dead with fright and plainly did not understand what was happening to him. He had to be helped out of the car and led, like a frail old man, back into the Tauride Palace. A critical moment had passed, one of the most famous in the history of the revolution, and with it had also passed the initiative for a seizure of power by the Soviet.


    591px-%D0%A1%D0%B2%D0%B5%D1%80%D0%B4%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%B2_%D0%AF%D0%BA%D0%BE%D0%B2_%D0%9C%D0%B8%D1%85%D0%B0%D0%B9%D0%BB%D0%BE%D0%B2%D0%B8%D1%87.jpg

    Yakov Sverdlov, A Prominent Bolshevik

    The July Collapse

    As darkness fell on the 4th (17 N.S.) of July, the crowds dispersed. Most of them made their way back home, damp and dejected, to the workers' districts and barracks. The Kronstadt sailors wandered around the city, not knowing where to go. Throughout the night the affluent residential streets reverberated with the sounds of broken windows, sporadic shots and screams, as the last participants of the failed uprising took out their anger in acts of looting and violence against the middle and upper classes. The Petrograd military headquarters were inundated with telephone calls from terrified shopkeepers, bankers and housewives. In a last desperate act of defiance, 2,000 Kronstadters seized control of the Peter and Paul Fortress. They did not know what to do with the conquered fortress - it was just a symbol of the old regime which it seemed a good idea to capture as a final hostage of the uprising. The sailors slept in the prison's empty cells, and the following day agreed to leave it on condition that they were allowed to make their own way back to Kronstadt, keeping all their weapons.

    By this stage, loyal troops were flocking to defend the Tauride Palace. The Izmailovsky Regiment was the first to arrive, on the evening of the 4th (17 N.S.), with a thunderous rendering of the Marseillaise from its military band. As they heard the sound of it approaching, the Soviet leaders embraced each other with tears of relief: the siege of the Tauride Palace was finally over. Like most of the loyalist troops, the Izmailovksy Regiment had been turned against the Bolsheviks by leaflets released that evening by the Minister of Justice Pereverzev accusing them of being German agents. On the next day, 5th (18 N.S.) July, the rightwing press was full of so-called 'evidence' to that effect. Much of it was based on the dubious testimony of a Lieutenant Yermolenko, who claimed to have been told by the Germans whilst he was a prisoner of war, that Lenin was working for them. The timely release of these charges had an explosive effect, turning many soldiers against the Bolsheviks for a short while. Acting under orders from Pereverzev, a large detachment of military cadets ransacked the Pravda offices at dawn on the 5th (18 N.S.) July in search of Lenin.

    Lenin had been given early warning of the treason charges by a secret contact in the Ministry of Justice. Hoping to mitigate the xenophobic reaction which was bound to follow, he called for an end to the demonstrations in an article on the back page of Pravda. But it was too late. By the morning of the 5th (18 N.S.), the capital was seized with anti-Bolshevik hysteria. The right-wing tabloids cried for Bolshevik blood, instantly blaming the 'German agents' for the reverses at the Front. It seemed self-evident that the Bolsheviks had planned their uprising to coincide with the German advance. It was during the raid on the Pravda offices that Lenin and his companion, the Georgian Josef Stalin, were caught and killed trying to escape a couple of military cadets (1).


    Early in the morning of 6th (19 N.S.) July a massive task force of loyalist troops, complete with eight armoured cars and several batteries of heavy artillery, moved up to liberate the Kshesinskaya Mansion from the Bolsheviks. Amidst the anti-Bolshevik hysteria, there had been outrage in the right-wing press at the thought of the unwashed Bolshevik workers and soldiers rummaging through the velvets and silks of the former Tsar's one-time mistress Kshesinskaya's boudoir. Not a single shot was fired in the recapture of the ballerina's former mansion. The 500 Bolsheviks still inside surrendered without resistance, despite the large stores of weapons at their disposal. The Bolshevik leaders had been too busy burning party files to organize resistance.

    Later that day, Pereverzev ordered the arrest of various Bolshevik leaders on charges of high treason. Most of them stayed in the open, risking arrest, and in some cases even gave themselves up. Alexander Kerensky stepped into the chaos and took power in Petrograd, succeeding Prince Lvov as Minister-President of the Provisional Government. For the sake of restoring civil order, the government restricted civil order more broadly; street processions in Petrograd were momentarily banned and the government authorised the closure of any publication that advocated military disorder.

    On 12th (25 N.S.) July, Kerenksy reinstated the death penalty for rebelling, deserting, and disorderly soldiers on the Eastern Front, a move which earned him the approval of conservatives and the hatred of the soldiery, even though Kerensky himself had long been affiliated with the Socialist Revolutionaries. On 18th (31 N.S.) July, Kerensky moved the new government ministers into the Winter Palace, and moved the Soviet from the Tauride Palace to the Smolny Institute. The suppression of the demonstrations and the restructuring of the government marked the end of the dual power centers which had dominated Russia since February. The new Socialist-Revolutionary and Menshevik government under Kerensky's leadership shifted in response to the July Days toward a more conservative path.

    The blows of the July Days would cause incalculable amounts of damage to the Bolshevik party and caused immense internal strife. While major Bolshevik party leaders like Lev Kamenev were imprisoned, others, such as Grigory Zinoviev, went into hiding and a few were even killed, such as Lenin and Stalin, others were moving to fill the vacuum. Men of the Mezhraiontsy Party (2), most significantly Trotsky and Anatoly Lunacharsky, sought, and were able to secure, shelter from the storm with the Soviet leadership, who well recognized the dangers of allowing counter-revolutionary actions against figures who, while affiliated with the Bolsheviks, remained outside the Bolshevik party. As a result, men like Chernov, Martov, Tsereteli and Chekidze sought to protect their fellow socialists against the increasingly counter-revolutionary tenor, including supporting the Mezhraiontsy as a patriotic alternative to the "German" Bolsheviks.

    This initiated a fierce internal struggle amongst the Bolsheviks. While much of the upper leadership in the party remained paralysed without Lenin's guiding hand, some of the younger and more dynamic leaders in Petrograd - most significantly Yakov Sverdlov and Grigori Sokolnikov - rallied their party in opposition to what they viewed as a betrayal of the revolution and sought to take control of the party from the old stalwarts. This provoked a protracted battle, often fought in the shadows, as the leaders were pursued by representatives of the Provisional Government, while serving to significantly fracture and weaken the Bolshevik party, particularly in Petrograd, and spread chaos and dissension throughout the national party (3).

    A key aspect of this struggle centred on those who wanted to compromise with the government, some even calling for the party to join the other Soviet parties in a governmental coalition, and those who demanded an immediate peace and an uncompromising continuation of the Russian Revolution - holding to Lenin's April Theses and evoking his name in order to strengthen their case. This struggle would last for three weeks after Lenin's death and left nothing but havoc in its wake, destroying the fragile party discipline in Petrograd and leaving many of the Provincial Bolshevik parties alienated from the party in Petrograd. The struggle came to an end in Petrograd on the 26th (8 August N.S.) July when Sokolnikov's safe house was revealed to the Provisional Government by compromise-supporters amongst the Petrograd Bolsheviks.

    Sverdlov fled Petrograd the following day with his closest supporters and made his way to Moscow, where he hoped to secure a base of support for his faction of the Petrograd Bolsheviks. In the meanwhile, Kamenev and Zinoviev were able to authorize the merging of the Petrograd Bolshevik party with the Mezhraiontsy while they sought to persuade the district Bolsheviks to do the same (4). This abandonment of party by compromise-supporting Petrograd Bolsheviks in favor of the Mezhraiontsy would swiftly propel Trotsky to new heights, making him the undisputed master of the far-left within the Petrograd Soviet, while alienating many Bolshevik party-faithful from the compromisers.

    When Sverdlov arrived in Moscow in early August (O.S), he was met favourably by Nikolai Bukharin, Felix Dzerzhinsky and Andrei Bubnov who were leading figures on the far-left of the Moscow Soviet and made up the leadership in Moscow of the anti-compromise Bolsheviks. All three were horrified at the murder of Lenin and stood firmly opposed to the compromisers who they viewed as traitors to Lenin's Party (5).

    Thus, by August the once tightly unified and centralised Bolshevik party had splintered. The Mezhraiontsy, who would be joined by Kamenev on his release from prison in September and Zinoviev following the rescinding of his arrest order, compromised the vast majority of the inner Bolshevik party - particularly in Petrograd - and were able to draw on quite a bit of support from several of the district Soviets. However, they lost much of their tenuous control of the Bolshevik party's military organisation and a good deal of their mass support in and around Petrograd. At the same time, the Moscow Bolsheviks declared themselves the true inheritors of Lenin's Revolution and set out to secure control of the city's Bolshevik party apparatus while seeking to establish themselves in the surrounding cities - making surprising early gains with the pledge of support from Yekaterinburg's Bolshevik leader Filipp Goloshchyokin after a lengthy meeting with his close personal friend, Yakov Sverdlov.

    Footnotes:

    (1) Up until this point everything has been OTL events. The death of Lenin and Stalin, as shown in the Introduction, marks the Point of Divergence for this Timeline though it will be a bit before events outside the Bolshevik Party truly change.

    (2) The Mezhraiontsy, usually translated as the "Interdistrictites," were members of a small independent faction of the Russian Social Democratic Labor Party (RSDLP), which existed between 1913 and 1917. Although the formal name of this organization was Russian Social Democratic Labor Party (Internationalists), the names "Mezhraionka" for the organization and "Mezhraiontsy" for its participants were commonly used to indicate the group's intermediate ideological position between the rival Menshevik and Bolshevik wings of the divided RSDLP. Its importance stemmed less from the size of its following, which numbered fewer than 4,000 members, than from the stature of its leaders, most of whom were talented organizers, theoreticians, polemicists and agitators such as Trotsky, Lunacharsky, Antonov-Ovseenko, Ryazanov, Uritsky, Manuilsky, Pokrovsky, Joffe and Volodarsky. IOTL these men played a central role in ensuring the success of the October Revolution after the Mezhraiontsy merged with the Bolsheviks, and they are hardly going to be ignored ITTL.

    (3) I can't stress enough how important this leadership struggle is with regards to popular support within Petrograd and particularly as regards the ability of the Bolsheviks to coordinate the population of Petrograd. This means that the Bolsheviks, now the Mezhraiontsy, are unable to reliably call up the population and martial revolutionary forces in their favour with any degree of ease or effectiveness. Given time, they should be able to eventually mobilise the population, but it would take a good deal of time and effort to do so.


    (4) Kamenev and Zinoviev strike a deal with Trotsky to subsume the Petrograd Bolsheviks into the Mezhraiontsy, but remain outside it for the time being in order to try and distance this new faction from the perceptions of the Bolsheviks at this point in time in the capital. Once things settle down, they will join the Mezhraiontsy leadership officially. Trotsky is the most powerful figure in the party at this point in time, but is highly reliant on former Bolsheviks to retain control of the party apparatus which has suddenly been joined to his relatively small faction.

    (5) This marks the beginnings of the Moscow-Aligned Reds who claim to represent Lenin's party and to support his wishes. They only have the most tenuous of powerbases in Petrograd, but dominate the Moscow Bolsheviks as well as several other district parties in the surrounding area. These four figures initially form an unofficial quadrumvirate in the party leadership, but Sverdlov and Bukharin are definitely the heavy hitters of the four at this point in time. They have some interesting connections in both the Caucasus and Yekatrinburg at this point.


    Kornilov1916.jpeg

    Lavr Kornilov, Supreme Commander-in-Chief

    Kornilov's Rise to Power

    On 21st (3 September N.S.) August the Germans captured Riga, and it seemed that they might take Petrograd at any moment. The Empire was falling apart, with self-appointed nationalist governments in Finland and the Ukraine declaring their own independence, while each day brought fresh newspaper reports of militant strikes by workers, of anarchy on the railways, of peasant attacks on the gentry's estates and of crime and disorder in the cities. The propertied classes led the call for order. Hysterical with fear, they gambled vast amounts of money, sold their properties cheaply, and lived wildly for the moment, as if it was the final summer of Russian civilization. The funeral of seven Cossacks killed by the Bolsheviks during the July Days became a stage for the propertied classes to indulge themselves in a patriotic show of emotion. The funeral began with a sung requiem in St Isaac's Cathedral, followed by a solemn procession through the streets of the capital with each of the seven caskets on a white gilded horse-drawn carriage flanked on either side by liveried Cossacks and incense-waving priests. It was not so much a demonstration of democratic solidarity as a mournful lament for the old regime. There was a growing atmosphere of counter-revolution. Newspapers called for the Bolsheviks to be hanged and the Soviet to be closed down. In the absence of prominent Bolshevik leaders, Chernov and Trotsky became the new 'German spies' of propaganda and the bête noire of the Right. Bolshevik workers were assaulted by Black Hundred mobs while respectable middle-class citizens flocked to the various right-wing groups which blamed Russia's ills on the Jews and called for the restoration of the Tsar, or some other dictator, to save Russia from catastrophe.

    As the head of the Russian army, who was thus responsible for the failed offensive, Brusilov soon fell victim to this swing to the right. He had never been liked at Russian High Command, Stavka, where the reactionary generals were suspicious of his democratic leanings, and the failure of the Kerensky Offensive now gave them the chance to step up their campaign for his dismissal. Pressure mounted for his replacement by General Kornilov, a well-known advocate of a return to military discipline in the traditional style. The Kadets even made it a basic condition of their joining Kerensky's government. Although the new Premier had himself been the author of the policies pursued by Brusilov, he was quite prepared to ditch them both if that was the price of power.

    Brusilov sensed he was about to be dismissed when Kerensky called on him to convene a meeting of all the front commanders at Stavka on 16th (29 N.S.) July. He made the mistake of sending only an aide-de-camp to meet Kerensky at the Mogilev station: the train had arrived early and he was still involved in strategic decisions affecting the Front. It was not official protocol for the Supreme Commander to meet the War Minister; but Kerensky, who had grown to behave like a Tsar and had come to expect to be treated like one by his subordinates, flew into a rage and sent an adjutant to Brusilov with orders to come to the station in person - which he promptly did. But Kerensky was a vain man, obsessed with the trappings of power, and this final breach of etiquette was enough to seal the fate of his Commander-in-Chief. On 18th (31 N.S.) July Brusilov was dismissed. Hurt by the obvious political motives behind his dismissal, Brusilov retired to Moscow for a long-earned rest with his wife, who had fallen ill.

    The man who replaced him, General Lavr Kornilov, had already achieved the status of a national savior in right-wing circles. Small and agile, with a closely shaven head, Mongol moustache and little mousey eyes, Kornilov came from a family of Siberian Cossacks. His father was a smallholder and a soldier, who had risen to become a lower-ranking officer. This comparatively plebeian background set Kornilov apart from the rest of Russia's generals, most of whom came from the aristocracy. In the democratic atmosphere of 1917 it was the ideal background for a national military hero. Kornilov's appointment was hardly merited by his military record. By 1914, at the age of forty-four, he had risen no higher than a divisional commander in the Eighth Army. In 1915 Kornilov had been wounded and taken prisoner by the Austrians after refusing to obey Brusilov's command to withdraw his division from the Front. The following year he had escaped from prison and, disguised as an Austrian soldier, had made his way back to Russia by foot, where he received a hero's welcome.

    It was at this time that Kornilov began to attract powerful political backers in the form of Chairman of the State Duma Mikhail Rodzianko and Minister of War Alexander Guchkov. They secured his appointment as Commander of the Petrograd Military District in March 1917. During the April riots Kornilov had threatened to bring his troops on to the street. The Soviet had opposed this and taken control of the garrison, forcing Kornilov to resign. Various right-wing groups were scandalized by the Soviet's interference in army matters, and looked to Kornilov as a champion of their cause. They were united by their opposition to the growing influence of the Soviet over the government, particularly foreign and military matters, in the wake of the April crisis. Business leaders, increasingly opposed to the policies of Skobelev, the Menshevik Labor Minister, and the gentry, equally hostile to Chernov, the SR Minister of Agriculture, were also beginning to rally behind the anti-Soviet cause. The Officers' Union and the Union of Cossacks campaigned for the abolition of the soldiers' committees and the restoration of military discipline. All these groups came together through the Republican Centre, a clandestine organization of bourgeois patriots, officers and war veterans formed in May above a bank on the Nevsky Prospekt.

    Kornilov was the servant, rather than the master, of these political interests. His own political mind was not particularly developed. A typical soldier, he was a man of very few words, and of even fewer ideas. "The heart of a lion, the brains of a sheep", was former Chief of Staff and Commander-in-Chief Mikhail Alexeev's verdict on him. During his time in prison he had read about the life of Napoleon, and he seemed to believe that he was destined to play a similar role in saving Russia. Most of Kornilov's political pronouncements were written for him by Boris Savinkov, Kerensky's Deputy Minister of War. During his youth Savinkov had been a legendary figure in the SR terrorist movement. He was involved in the assassination of several government figures, including the Minister of the Interior Vyacheslav Plehve, at the turn of the century. Like many terrorists, however, he had a strong authoritarian streak: "You are a Lenin, but of the other side," Kerensky once told him.

    After a period of exile abroad, Savinkov returned to Russia in 1917 and attached himself to the movement against the Soviet, which he called the "Council of Rats', Dogs' and Chickens' Deputies". It was he who engineered Kornilov's appointment, first, on 8th (21 N.S.) July, as Commander of the South-Western Front, and then, ten days later, as Commander-in-Chief. Other than a well-known advocate of military discipline, it is not clear that Kerensky knew what he was getting in his new Commander. Kerensky harbored Bonapartist ambitions of his own, of course, and likely hoped that in Kornilov he might find a strong man to support him. To secure his appointment, Savinkov had advised Kornilov to stress the role of the commissars as a check on the power of the soldiers' committees at the Stavka conference on 16th (29 N.S.) July. This was a much more moderate stance than that of Denikin and the other generals, who advocated the immediate abolition of the soldiers' committees, and it would enable Kerensky to appease the Right while salvaging the basic structure of his democratic reforms. Thus Kornilov had given the impression that he might be prepared to fit in with Kerensky's plans.


    Summary:

    The February Revolution is launched in Russia and quickly picks up steam as government after government runs into crises and collapses.

    The July Days see the population of Petrograd rise in Bolshevik favor.

    The support for the Bolsheviks collapses around them as Lenin and Stalin are killed in a shoot-out with military cadets and the Bolshevik party splinters.

    Following the rise of counter-revolutionary forces, Lavr Kornilov is able to secure command of the Russian military.

    End Note:

    This was mostly a rehash of OTL but I felt it important that we went through all of these things so that everyone is at least partially on the same page. I am sorry about tossing out so many different names and characters in such a condensed format, but I have actually tried to limit it where possible while retaining the richness of the events. Explaining the numerous factions of the left and right-wing in Revolutionary Russia is incredibly complex and difficult with parties constantly splintering and reassembling, factionalizing and condensing, with incredible speed.

    As you have seen the first set of butterflies are largely limited to the Bolshevik party apparatus, with Lenin and Stalin's deaths provoking an internal struggle while a number of Bolsheviks seek to escape what they view as a sinking ship. We will have to wait to the next update before we see the first major impact of events outlined here.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Two: Kornilov's Gambit
  • Kornilov’s Gambit

    362px-Karenskiy_AF_1917.jpg

    Alexander Kerensky, Minister-Chairman of the Provisional Government

    Kornilov’s Ambition

    Immediately after his appointment, Kornilov began to dictate his own terms to Kerensky. During his brief command of the South-Western Front he had managed to force the Premier to restore the death penalty at the Front, although Kornilov had already been practicing it on his own authority by ordering all deserters to be shot. Now, as a condition for assuming Supreme Command, he demanded the extension of the death penalty to the rear, while he, as the head of the army, would consider himself responsible only to his "conscience and to the nation as a whole" as he put it. This was a challenge to the authority of the Provisional Government, which Kornilov clearly believed was a captive of the Soviet, and although under pressure from Kerensky Kornilov was eventually forced to withdraw this ultimatum, his intentions remained clear.

    During the following days he presented Kerensky with a series of reforms drawn up by Savinkov. The first of these were strictly in the military field: an end to the power of the soldiers' committees, the banning of soldiers' meetings at the front and the disbanding of revolutionary regiments. But after the 3rd (16 N.S.) of August, the scope of these reforms broadened dramatically to include the imposition of martial law throughout the country; the restoration of the death penalty for civilians; the militarisation of the railways and the defence industries with a ban on strikes and workers' meetings, under penalty of capital punishment; and compulsory output quotas, with those who failed to meet them instantly sacked. It was, in effect, a demand for the establishment of a military dictatorship in Russia.

    However, Kornilov, far from plotting the overthrow of the Provisional Government, was trying to save it. By pressurizing Kerensky to pass his reforms, he sought to rescue the government from the influence of the Soviet and thus 'save Russia', as he saw it, from impending catastrophe. Kornilov, in other words, believed that the dictatorship would be 'legitimate' in the sense that Kerensky would support it. It was only when Kerensky began to have his own doubts, on the grounds that the General's plans would undermine his own position, that a 'coup plot' was uncovered by the Prime Minister.

    Kerensky was determined to play the part of Bonaparte himself and feared that Kornilov would be a rival, even as many of Kornilov's supporters urged him to do away with the Provisional Government all together. The Union of Officers laid plans for a military coup d'état, while a clique, made up mostly of Kadets and right-wing businessmen, encouraged Kornilov in the same direction in mid-August (O.S.). At the centre of these rightist circles was Vasilii Zavoiko, a property speculator, industrial financier, journalist and political intriguer, who acted as Kornilov's mentor on all state matters. In fact, Zavoiko's plans for a coup d'etat were so well known that even the British had heard of them. Additionally, Kornilov had his own ambitions in the political field and he was tempted by the constant urgings of his supporters, like Zavoiko, to exploit his enormous popularity in order to install himself as a dictator. The Commander-in-Chief despised Kerensky as "weak and womanly", and saw his whole administration as hopelessly dependent on the Soviets. Perhaps a stronger hand would be needed.

    Kornilov's mistrust of the Provisional Government only increased with Kerensky's vacillation over the adoption of his reforms. On 10th (23 N.S.) August Kornilov turned up uninvited at the Winter Palace with his own personal bodyguard, equipped with two machine-guns, to persuade Kerensky to adopt his proposals. Kornilov had not been allowed to address the whole cabinet, but only the inner 'triumvirate' of Kerensky, Foreign Minister Mikhail Tereshchenko and Finance Minister Nikolai Nekrasov, who warned him not to expect a quick enactment of his reforms, whereupon he and Kerensky became embroiled in a shouting match, with each accusing the other of leading the country to ruin.

    Over dinner that evening Kornilov told his ally Mikhail Rodzianko that if Kerensky refused to pass his reforms he would lead the army against him. On the following day he did actually instruct the III Cavalry Corps, including the notorious Savage Division, so named because it was made up of tribal natives from the Caucasus, under Aleksandr Krymov to move to the region around Velikie Luki, a major railway hub in the Vitebsk Governate connecting Petrograd and Moscow to the front. From there it could be dispatched to the capital with relative ease. It was not quite clear whether Krymov's troops were intended to protect the Provisional Government against a possible Bolshevik revolt once it passed Kornilov's reforms, or whether they were meant to threaten it with a military coup should it decide not to pass them. Kornilov told General Lukomsky that he had "no intention of going against the Provisional Government" and hoped to "succeed at the last moment in reaching an agreement with it", but that if he failed to do so "it might be necessary to strike a blow at the Soviets without their approval." This was not a confession of his intention to overthrow the government; but it was a threat to rescue it from the Left, even if need be against Kerensky's will.

    By the time of Savinkov's visit to Stavka, on 22nd (5 August N.S.) July - 4th (17 N.S.) August, Kornilov was convinced that this would not be necessary. The Deputy War Minister had assured him that Kerensky was about to satisfy his demands within the next few days. He expected that this would lead to the reformation of the Provisional Government as a collective dictatorship - a Council for National Defence, as Kornilov liked to call it - headed by Kerensky himself and including Savinkov, Kornilov and various figures from patriotic circles. Fearing a Bolshevik or Mezhraiontsy revolt, which the Soviet forces might join, against the imposition of martial law, Savinkov also asked Kornilov to move III Cavalry Corps from Velikie Luki to Petrograd itself as soon as practicable. There had been rumors amongst right-wing circles of either a Bolshevik or Mezhraiontsy coup planned for the end of August and it was agreed that action must be taken against it by Kornilov and Savinkov.

    Kerensky was still of two minds on the issue of reforms. His own political strategy since February had been based on the idea of straddling Right and Left: it was this that had made him the central figure of the coalition and brought him to the verge of his own dictatorship. But the summer crisis and the growing polarization between Right and Left made this increasingly difficult. The Soviet became distrustful of Kerensky's ability and willingness to defend the achievements of the revolution against the counterrevolution; while the Right reproached him for not being firm enough against the Bolsheviks following the July Days.

    Kerensky was unable to decide which way he should turn and, afraid of alienating either side, vacillated hopelessly. Kornilov's reform proposals forced him to decide between Right and Left. It was a tortuous decision for him. On the one hand, if he refused to go along with Kornilov, the Kadets were likely to leave his fragile coalition, and risked a military coup. On the other hand, if he agreed to pass Kornilov's reforms, he would risk a complete break with the Left and lose his claim to be a supporter of revolutionary democracy. The restoration of the death penalty had already seriously tarnished his revolutionary credentials: The Soviet was fiercely campaigning against Kornilov's proposals and, unlike July, might just endorse an uprising if these proposals were enacted. Besides, Kerensky was doubtful that martial law would even prove effective.

    In a last desperate bid to rally the nation behind him Kerensky summoned a State Conference in Moscow. It was held in the Bolshoi Theatre on 12th—14th (27-29 N.S.) August. Kerensky hoped that the conference would reconcile Left and Right and, in an effort to strengthen the political center, upon which he depended, he assigned a large number of seats to the moderate delegates from liberal zemstvos and cooperatives. However, at the opening session the polarization of Russia was exactly mirrored in the seating arrangements in the auditorium: on the right side of the stalls sat the middle-class parties, the bankers, industrialists and Duma representatives in their frock-coats and starched collars; while on the left, facing them as if in battle, were the Soviet delegates in their workers' tunics and soldiers' uniforms. The Moscow Bolsheviks had decided to boycott the conference and called a city-wide strike. The trams did not run and restaurants and cafes were closed, including the theatre's own buffet, so the conference delegates had to serve their own refreshments.

    Kerensky had wanted to occupy center-stage at the conference; but, to his fury, Kornilov stole the show. The General made a triumphant entry into Moscow during the middle of the conference. Middle-class ladies pelted him with flowers at the Alexandrovsky Station. Countess Morozova fell on her knees before him, while the Kadet, Rodichev, called on him to "Save Russia and a thankful people will crown you." He was carried from the station on the shoulders of a group of officers and cheered in the street outside by a crowd of right-wing patriots. Seated in an open car he then made a pilgrimage to the sacred Iversky shrine, where the tsars had usually prayed on their visits to Moscow.

    On the following day he entered the conference to a standing ovation from the Right, while the Left sat in stony silence. His speech was a poor one but it did not seem to matter: it was what he stood for, not what he said, that made him the patriots' hero; and with all his flowery eloquence there was nothing Kerensky could do to stop himself from being eclipsed. His own last speech with which the conference closed went on far too long. The Prime Minister rambled incoherently and seemed to lose his way. It was an embarrassing scene and the audience began to mutter. At one point Kerensky halted for breath and the delegates, as if sensing that the time had come to put him out of his misery, burst into applause and rose from their seats. The conference was over. Kerensky fainted into his chair. He had not finished his sentence.

    The Moscow Conference marked Kerensky's moral downfall. This was the moment when the democratic intelligentsia, which had done so much to create the Cult of Kerensky, finally fell out of love with him. Kerensky was fully aware of his own downfall. "I am a sick man," he told Savinkov three days later. "No, not quite. I have died, and am no more. At the Conference I died." It seemed only a question of time before he succumbed to Kornilov. Under growing pressure he promised Savinkov to pass his reforms, aware that they would reduce him to no more than a figurehead to provide legitimation for the military dictatorship.


    lvov.jpg

    Vladimir Nikolayevich Lvov

    Ivanov’s Intrigues

    But then, suddenly, Kerensky found an unexpected way to save the situation. It came in the form of an intervention by Vladimir N. Lvov, an Octobrist deputy in the Fourth Duma and more recently the Procurator of the Holy Synod, who took it upon himself to act as a mediator between Kerensky and Kornilov. Lvov was a nobleman of no particular talent or profession, though he was convinced of his calling to greatness. After his dismissal from the Holy Synod in July, he had fallen in with the rightwing circles urging Kornilov to assume dictatorial powers. It was in this capacity that he approached Kerensky on 22nd (4 September N.S.) August and offered to consult, on Kerensky's behalf, with Kornilov in the hope of smoothing a path towards the creation of a 'strong government'.

    Kerensky was frequently visited by such self-appointed saviors of the country, and generally gave them little attention. But this one was different. Lvov had warned him that the General Staff was plotting to kill him. Kerensky had of late been much preoccupied with this potential threat. He had even ordered the guards outside his quarters to be changed every hour. Kerensky instructed him to find out what Kornilov was on about. Lvov arrived in Mogilev on 24th (6 September N.S.) August and presented himself to Kornilov as an emissary from the Premier. Kornilov did not ask for his credentials and this was to prove a fateful mistake. Lvov claimed that he had been instructed to find out the General's views on how to strengthen the government and, on his own initiative, offered three proposals: the assumption of dictatorial powers by Kerensky; a Directory, or collective dictatorship, with Kornilov as a member; or Kornilov's own dictatorship, with Kerensky and Savinkov holding ministerial portfolios.

    Taking this to mean that Kerensky was offering him power, Kornilov said he preferred the third of these options, but would readily subordinate himself to Kerensky if that was seen to be for the best. He told Lvov to invite Kerensky to come to Mogilev to discuss this issue, in large part because Kornilov said he feared for his life in the event of a left-wing coup in Petrograd. As soon as the interview was finished, Lvov departed for the capital. Kornilov was clearly under the impression that he had begun a process of negotiation with Kerensky to reform the Provisional Government as a dictatorship. That same day, on the 25th (7 September N.S.) August and in line with Savinkov's previous request for the transfer of Krymov's men to Petrograd to put down the planned left-wing coup, Kornilov ordered Krymov's troops to occupy the capital, disperse the Soviet and disarm the garrison in the event of a Bolshevik uprising. Kornilov thought he was acting on Kerensky's instructions to protect the Provisional Government, not to overthrow it.

    On the 26th (8 September N.S.) August, Lvov met Kerensky again in the Winter Palace. He claimed that Kornilov was now demanding dictatorial powers for himself and, on Kerensky's request, listed the three points of his 'ultimatum': the imposition of martial law in Petrograd; the transfer of all civil authority to the Commander-in-Chief; and the resignation of all the ministers, including Kerensky himself, pending the formation of a new cabinet by Kornilov. Kerensky was now absolutely convinced that Kornilov was planning a military coup.

    In fact nothing was clear. For one thing, it might have been asked why Kornilov had chosen to deliver his list of demands through such a nonentity as Lvov. For another, it might have been sensible to check with Kornilov if he really was demanding to be made Dictator. But Kerensky was not concerned with such details. On the contrary, he had suddenly realized that as long as everything was kept vague he might succeed in exposing Kornilov as a traitor plotting against the Provisional Government. His own political fortunes would thus be revived as the revolution rallied behind him to defeat his rival. In order to obtain proof of the 'conspiracy', Kerensky agreed to meet Lvov at the War Ministry later that evening in order to communicate directly with Kornilov through the Hughes Apparatus, an early version of a telex machine.

    Lvov failed to turn up on time, so Kerensky began his own conversation with Kornilov, during which he impersonated the absent Lvov. He asked him to confirm what Lvov had said to him (Kerensky) without specifying what that was and repeated the request on Lvov's behalf. Kornilov did so - without knowing what he was being asked to confirm - and urged Kerensky to go to Mogilev at once. Kornilov believed that this was simply a prelude to negotiations for the reformation of the government. He had no idea that what he was saying would soon be used by Kerensky to charge him with treason.

    Later that evening Kornilov discussed the situation with General Lukomsky and agreed that Kerensky and Savinkov would have to be included in the cabinet. He also sent out telegrams to various public figures inviting them to come to Mogilev and take part in these negotiations. Armed with the transcripts from the Hughes Apparatus and Kornilov's 'demands', as listed by Lvov, Kerensky called a cabinet meeting for midnight, at which he presented the 'counter-revolutionary conspiracy' as an established fact and demanded full authority to deal with the emergency. No doubt he hoped to pose as the champion of free Russia, to declare the revolution in danger and rally the nation behind himself in the struggle against Kornilov.

    Savinkov, among others, realized that a misunderstanding had occurred and urged Kerensky to communicate once again with Kornilov to ask him if he confirmed that he had made the three specific 'demands' outlined by Lvov. But Kerensky refused, and the rest of the ministers agreed with him that it was too late for any reconciliation. They all resigned, thus effectively making Kerensky Dictator - the very thing he had charged Kornilov with plotting to become. With the cabinet adjourned he sent a telegram to Kornilov dismissing him on his own authority; and then, at 4 a.m. on the 27th (9 September N.S.) August, retired to his suite in the Winter Palace. But Russia's new 'Tsar' was too excited to sleep and, according to Lvov, who had been placed under guard in the adjoining room, paced up and down singing operatic arias through the night.

    When Kornilov received the telegram informing him of his dismissal he concluded that Kerensky had already been taken prisoner by Bolsheviks. Only the full cabinet had the legal authority to dismiss the Commander-in-Chief, whereas the telegram had been signed simply 'Kerensky'. It also made no sense in the light of the agreement he believed he had just concluded over the Hughes Apparatus. Kornilov refused to resign, and ordered Krymov's troops to continue their advance to the capital and to place it under martial law. Although this order would later be cited as proof of Kornilov's guilt, it is clear that he gave it on the understanding - and in line with Savinkov's instructions - that Krymov's troops were to rescue the Provisional Government from the Bolsheviks. Various requests were made for clarification of this point through direct communications with Kornilov, and had this been done then the whole crisis might well have been averted. But Kerensky was determined to condemn Kornilov without trial. He was beside himself with excitement and stormed around the palace claiming that Russia was on his side. On Kerensky's orders, a special daytime edition of the press appeared condemning Kornilov as a traitor against the revolution. Kornilov responded with his own appeal to all the Front commanders denouncing the incident with Lvov as a 'grand provocation' by a government that had manifestly fallen under the control of the Bolsheviks and the German General Staff. He, General Kornilov, would save Russia. This at last was mutiny: having been denounced as a rebel, Kornilov chose to rebel.


    379px-Kornilov_1917.jpg

    Lavr Kornilov During the Kornilov Coup

    The Kornilov Coup

    Several senior generals declared their support for Kornilov almost immediate. Now Kerensky had a real counter-revolution on his hands. On 29th (11 September N.S.) August he declared himself the new Commander-in-Chief, with Alexeev as his Chief of Staff, despite the latter's low opinion of Kerensky, who he considered "a nicompoop, buffoon and charlatan". He cabled Krymov with orders to halt the advance of his troops, some of which had already reached the southern suburbs of the capital. The Soviet Executive, which had been divided over whether to support the Revolutionary Dictator, swung around to his defense on news of Krymov's advance. It called on its supporters to arm themselves for a struggle against the 'counter-revolution' and sought to transform the Smolny Institute into a command center to direct revolutionary resistance.

    It was a return to the atmosphere of the Tauride Palace during the February Days, when tired soldiers lay around the Soviet building waiting for the generals to attack. A special Committee for Struggle Against the Counter-Revolution was set up by the Soviet, with three representatives from each of the Menshevik, SR and Mezhraionka parties, to mobilize forces for the defense of the capital. In the meanwhile several prominent Bolshevik and Mezhraiontsy leaders, including Trotsky and Kamenev, were released from prison, with both Kamenev and Zinoviev immediately joining the Mezhraiontsy Party alongside their supporters in order to unify the opposition to Kornilov. The Committee for Struggle represented a united front of the whole Soviet movement with the exception of the few remaining Bolshevik politicians (1).


    It was at this point that the fracturing of the Bolshevik party, and its associated military organisation, proved itself a fatal blow to the Provisional Government and the Soviet. The bitter feud between the rival factions of the party meant that when the Mezhraiontsy put out a call for the masses of workers and soldiers to mobilize and repel the invaders, the message was swiftly lost in the chaos, the party's lines of communication having been fractured in the struggle. While some ad hoc revolutionary committees were formed, particularly in the industrial districts of northern Petrograd, there was a complete lack of coordination. This meant that vital garrison formations, including the First Machine-gun Regiment, the Kronstadt Sailors and most Red Guard units were left unaware of the oncoming onslaught. While the politicians at Smolny passed the time with grandiose appeals to a people's uprising and in countless speeches proclaimed their antipathy of Kornilov and his followers, little real action occurred (2).

    Krymov's troops thus met with little resistance, with no actual fighting taking place before the soldiers could reach the inner city. Garrison officers and military cadets were able to lock several of the regiments quartered in Petrograd in their barracks' south of the Neva, with only a few wounded on either side. While a few members of the Railwaymen's Union, Vikzhel, tried to shut down trains in the city they proved too unorganized to prevent the seizure of their stations by soldiers of the Savage Division, who treated the men with the utmost respect even as they removed them from the premises and let in loyal railwaymen. This allowed the First Don Cossack Division, with whom Krymov and his staff were travelling, to enter the city unmolested and move swiftly to shut down the Soviet's efforts by the disarmament and dispersal of the Soviet. By the time the men of the III Cavalry Corps made it to the Tauride Palace, the city was already falling under the control of Krymov and his men. Sharp but brief skirmishes erupted around the Tauride Palace, in which half a dozen men were killed before the Palace Guard were convinced to surrender, while Alexander Kerensky sought to make his escape into the city warrens of Petrograd (3).

    By the 30th (12 September N.S.) August the city south of the Neva had fallen fully to Krymov, who was left utterly confused by Kerensky's decision to flee his men - who were ostensibly there to defend the government. Krymov contacted Kornilov to inform him of the capture of Petrograd, whereupon the Commander-in-Chief swiftly got on a train on the way to Petrograd. The following day a man in nun's clothing was shot by soldiers of the Savage Division at a checkpoint while trying to escape the city. The man was soon identified as Alexander Kerensky himself and was given all medical aid possible, but the former Premier would die of his wounds days later, on the 2nd (15 N.S.) of September, a despised man (4).


    Lavr Kornilov arrived in Petrograd alongside his retinue on the 3rd (16 N.S.) of September as all sorts of counter-revolutionary supporters emerged from the woodworks to greet the victorious conqueror. With the Smolny Institute shuttered and the Petrograd Soviet temporarily disbanded, the Soviet leaders found themselves forced back into the underground from which they had emerged in February - where they immediately began to plot. Kornilov's passage from the train station to the Tauride Palace was marked by fierce celebration by the upper and middle-class of the city, who trooped up in large numbers to support and greet their saviour from the dirty and fearsome radical workers and soldiers who had terrorized them since February.

    However, while control of southern and central Petrograd had been ensured, the Kronstadt sailors and First Machine-gun Regiment remained armed and unchallenged north of the Neva and as word spread amongst the rank and file of the III Cavalry Corps, questions regarding the legitimacy of their actions began to take on a life of their own. On arriving at the Tauride Palace, Kornilov formally established the Council of National Defense which he had so vocally supported and which had ultimately led to the collapse in relations between Kerensky and Kornilov. While Kornilov remained Commander-in-Chief of the Armed Forces, he added the title of President of the Council of National Defense to it and invited a wide range of right-wing politicians, particularly from the Kadet Party, to join him alongside Savinkov and Zavoiko. The Petrograd Soviet was officially disbanded and elections for a Constituent Assembly were postponed until the war could be brought to a successful end (5).

    Footnotes:

    (1) So far events are largely OTL, with the first major divergences soon to follow.

    (2) This is the most important impact of Lenin and Stalin's deaths during the July Days. The role played by the Bolshevik party in mobilizing the population of Petrograd and the various military formations supportive of the Revolution was vital to repelling Kornilov's attempted military coup. With the party fractured and the party structures in utter disarray, the Soviet proves largely unable to mobilize the city in time to stop Krymov's forces.

    (3) This is a very different course of events from OTL, where the mobilized populace shamed the army into surrender and Krymov was left stranded by the Railwaymens Union at Luga, just outside Petrograd. With none of the discipline provided by a unified Bolshevik Party IOTL, Krymov and his men are able to waltz into Petrograd with barely a shot fired, securing their positions with relative ease. The soldiers are barely aware that they are actually fighting the Soviet and as such don't mutiny, the Kornilov affair is thus, at least initially, successful. The big question will be how long Kornilov will be able to hold on to power now he has taken it.

    (4) I went back and forth about what to do with Kerensky multiple times, but in the end I decided to kill him off at this point in order to better open up for what comes next. While the portrayal of Kerensky isn't particularly kind ITTL, he really doesn't come off well under the circumstances IOTL. ITTL he comes across as a power-hungry incompetent whose time in power is marked solely by failure and calamity, crowned by a self-provoked coup. He came to prominence as War Minister following the April Crisis, where he laid the plans for the ultimately catastrophic July Offensive to which he gave his name, before catapulting to power in the aftermath of the July Crisis only for everything to crumble around him within two months in power. I could have left Kerensky alive, but at this point he is a finished as a political leader, having provoked a successful military coup against himself, and would have been little more than a loose end.

    (5) I haven't been able to find too many details on what specifically Kornilov would have wanted to replace the Provisional Government with, but he seems to have been particularly focused on his idea of a Council of National Defense - so that is what I have tried to go with. I am not quite sure if Zavoiko would actually have been a part of such a Council, but I don't think it is too out there given the prominent role he played in right-wing politics at this precise point in time. The rather heavy-handed treatment of the Soviet also shouldn't be too surprising given Kornilov's political convictions and the support of the large white-collar class in the city, including a majority of the state bureaucrats, would also seem quite natural. Kornilov has enough of a base of support to get to this point, but whether he can survive the counter reaction is another question entirely.


    358px-V_A_Antonov-Ovseenko.jpeg

    Vladimir Alexandrovich Antonov-Ovseenko, A Prominent Mezhraiontsy

    The Soviet Resistance

    While Kornilov had sought to disband the Soviet and return power to a strong executive, the Soviet representatives would not prove themselves particularly willing to cooperate. The first to move were the Mezhraiontsy, who were able to leverage the contacts of their former Bolshevik members to make contact with countless militant workers, soldiers and sailors over the course of the following days. Trotsky would take a leading role in this effort alongside Vladimir Antonov-Ovseenko and Nikolai Krylenko of the Bolshevik Military Organization, both of whom had been released alongside Trotsky during Kornilov's coup, and Pavel Dybenko, the Bolshevik leader of the Central Committee of the Baltic Fleet at Kronstadt. While these four men formed the military-revolutionary vanguard, Trotsky would work closely with Kamenev, Zinoviev and Martov to building the politico-revolutionary resistance to Kornilov's coup (6).

    Throughout the 4th and 5th (17-18 N.S.) September, Soviet leaders from parties across the spectrum met in shadowed hallways and dusty safe-houses to discuss the coming uprising and what would follow. While men like Tserelti, Avksentiev and Argunov - who made up the right-wing leadership within the SRs and Mensheviks - argued for the reformation of the Provisional Government following Kornilov's defeat, they found themselves massively outnumbered by a resurgent far-left who rallied behind Lenin's old call for "All Power to the Soviet". It was men like Kamenev and Zinoviev who worked miracles on behalf of the Mezhraiontsy in establishing a coalition with left-wing Mensheviks and SRs like Julius Martov, Nikolay Chkheidze, Boris Kamkov and Maria Spiridnova in a bid to create a future Soviet Government. Contacts were made with strike leaders and factory committees across Petrograd as the population was slowly mobilized despite the efforts of the Council of National Defense to prevent it. Weapons were distributed to the widely dispersed Red Guard units across the city while Red Guard units from the northern factory quarters were called to arms on the 5th (18 N.S.) of September.

    The Council of National Defence quickly became aware of these revolutionary activities and did what they could to prevent an uprising. The bridges over the Neva were fortified and garrisoned by machinegun-armed members of Kornilov's Turkish bodyguard while Krymov's Savage Division were used to augment them further. However, by this time these Muslim soldiers of the Caucasian Steppe had come into contact with fellow revolutionary tribesmen who made up parts of the Petrograd garrison, with the result that their effectiveness in suppressing a popular uprising began to swiftly erode (7).

    While the soldiery in the city, with the significant exception of the First Don Cossack Division, experienced a precipitous decline in combat effectiveness as they came into contact with fellow soldiers of the Petrograd Garrison or the revolutionary lower-classes, the counter-revolutionary middle- and upper-classes formed gangs and began enacting their revenge for all the slights and horrors committed against them during the preceding months. What would come to be known as the First Petrograd Terror began almost immediately following Kornilov's entry parade and saw these bands of hysterical white-collar workers, military cadets and students beat and terrorise the lower-classes everywhere they found them. Hundreds were assaulted and beaten and some twenty were left dead by the end of the first day. These mobs would actually be used by the Council of National Defense to secure parts of the city, clearing out potential fifth-columnists. However, by the third day of these riots the Mezhraiontsy had begun to arm and organize the neighborhoods south of the Neva - which quickly turned the one-sided terror campaign into what amounted to open warfare across the city. Soviet-aligned domestic workers began an organized terror campaign across the city during which a dozen prominent merchant families were murdered in their homes and working-class neighborhoods began to construct barricades to defend themselves (8).

    As the violence in Petrograd increasingly began to spin out of control, Kornilov and the other members of the Council of National Defense found themselves struggling for a solution to the growing chaos. In a bid to strengthen his hold on Petrograd, Kornilov called for reinforcements from Stavka, an order which Kornilov's Chief of Staff Anton Denikin proved more than willing to obey. By the morning of the 6th (19 N.S.) September, the first regiments from the Front began to arrive in Petrograd. In a bid to strengthen his defenses and to prevent a weakening of his men, Kornilov began pulling back his most loyal troops to strongpoints across the city during the 6th (19 N.S.), including the Tauride and Winter Palaces, the major bridges across the Neva, the Admiralty, the three major train stations in southern Petrograd and the Smolny Convent, which came to resemble a medieval fortress, with guard posts set up to protect communications between these fortified strongpoints. Crucially, the Peter and Paul Fortress was denuded of defenders in the process, Kornilov viewing the position to be too vulnerable to assault. As news began to arrive in the Vyborg district, where the Mezhraiontsy were basing themselves, of the reinforcements streaming in through the train stations they decided that they could delay action no further (9).


    Footnotes:

    (6) There are a lot of people mentioned here but they all play important roles. Trotsky is the center point in all of this, connecting the military triumvirate of Antonov-Osveenko, Krylenko and Dybenko with the political triumvirate of Martov, Zinoviev and Kamenev. There are a couple of important things to make note of here. Firstly, Martov is the only non-Mezhraiontsy in this group of seven, being a leading Menshevik, and secondly that there are representatives from the military organization (Krylenko), the Kronstadt sailors (Dybenko) and the revolutionary workers of northern Petrograd (Antonov-Osveenko). This means that if this counter-coup succeeds, it will be primarily the Mezhraiontsy who reap the rewards and plaudits, alongside Martov and his left-wing of the Mensheviks who are open to working with the Mezhraiontsy. This could leave the right-wing and center of the Mensheviks in a significantly weakened position should they succeed.

    (7) Kornilov's bodyguard of Turks is from OTL. He had mastered the Turkic languages of the region and had built up his own bodyguard of Tekke Turkomans, dressed in scarlet robes, who called him their 'Great Boyar'. The Savage Division's subversion by fellow revolutionary tribesmen is also based on OTL where they turned coats against Kornilov during his attempted coup, However it is happening a couple days later ITTL, after the initial success of the coup.

    (8) Given how willing the Petrograd Bourgeois proved to be in joining the anti-Bolshevik reaction following the July Days and the added bonus of the creation of a Right-Wing government, I think this is a plausible reaction by this faction of the city. This is happening a bit earlier on the White side than IOTL, but I don't think it is too far out there under the circumstances.

    (9) I have included a map of Petrograd at the end of the update to help locate the main strongpoints and to give an idea of Petrograd as a city. The stage is now set for the Soviet September Rising which will make up a good part of the next update. I hope that the tenuous nature of Kornilov's power in Petrograd is clear at this point. There are still rioters of both White and Red persuasions fighting it out across the city, though the Whites are increasingly facing organized resistance as the Mezhraiontsy take over command of the resistance.


    Summary:

    Kornilov pushes himself onto the political stage, upstaging Kerensky.

    Following a series of misunderstanding, deliberate or otherwise, Kornilov is pushed into a corner by Kerensky and as a result goes into revolt.

    The Kornilov Coup is successful, with Kerensky killed and the Soviet dispersed while a Council of National Defense is announced.

    The Soviet parties work to build a resistance to Kornilov's dictatorship while Petrograd descends into bloody anarchy.

    End Note:

    We now have the first major butterfly from Lenin and Stalin's deaths, namely the successful capture of Petrograd by Kornilov during the OTL Kornilov Affair. As explained in the footnotes, this is based on how vital the Bolsheviks were to repelling Kornilov's assault IOTL. However, I find it highly likely that the Soviet would radicalize significantly from this event, shifting further to the left politically and triggering an attempt at a counter-coup. That said, the fact that Kornilov controls significant parts of the city, particularly the city center with its important buildings, forces the Soviet leaders into the shadow and slows their ability to muster a resistance. This is the reason it takes a week before they are able to launch their rising.

    Map of Petrograd:
    14.-Petrograd-1917.jpg
     
    Last edited:
    Update Three: Resistance and Reformation
  • Resistance and Revolution

    Red_Guard_Vulkan_factory.jpg

    The Red Guard Assemble in Petrograd’s Vyborg District

    To the Barricades!

    Determining the start of the September Rising is a challenging matter, with numerous potential starting points. While some would point to Kornilov's arrival in Petrograd on the 3rd (16 N.S.) as the beginnings of the riots and skirmishes that eventually grew into the organized resistance of the following days, this point is rarely used outside of Radical Anarchist circles. Another potential starting point was the following day, the 4th (17 N.S.), when the Mezhraiontsy began establishing contacts with each other and the other Soviet leaders in order to plan what was to come. However, the official starting date, and the one most widely acknowledged as such by later Russian governments, would be on the 5th (18 N.S.) September when the call went out to the Red Guard, Kronstadt Sailors and the soldiers of the First Machinegun Regiment to arm themselves and report to various strongpoints across the Vyborg and Petrograd Districts in northern Petrograd.

    While these forces would only exchange gunfire with Kornilov's forces on a couple of occasions during the 5th, the situation would take on a greater sense of urgency and desperation on the following day, when news of the arrival of Kornilov's reinforcements reached the Soviet camp. On the morning of the 6th (19 N.S.) of September, the Kronstadt sailors arrived by rowboat from their fortified positions at the Kronstadt Naval Base armed to the teeth and ready to drive out the counter-revolutionaries who had overthrown the Provisional Russian Government and now threatened the Revolution (1).

    The arrival of the Kronstadt sailors suddenly created a wealth of opportunities for crossing the Neva - a task which had previously seemed impossible given the strong defensive positions held by Kornilov's forces on the bridges. However, with the arrival of the sailors came their boats, and the ability to cross the river at will. The first fighting of the day took place around the Fortress of Peter and Paul on the Zayachy Island, off the Petrodradsky Island in the middle of the Neva Delta, where the weakened and vastly outnumbered garrison surrendered at 10.00 AM in response to a sudden assault on the gates by Mezhraiontsy-led Red Guards.

    The capture of the Fortress was seen as absolutely critical by the Soviet leadership, who found themselves utterly entranced by the notion of turning the fortress' heavy guns against the counter-revolutionaries. With the guns under their control they would then be able to break the stranglehold the reactionaries held on the centre of Petrograd. However, when they went looking for the guns they soon discovered that the cannons on the fortress walls were little more than rusted museum pieces - utterly unable to fire. A frantic search for alternate guns eventually yielded results, around 15.00 PM in the afternoon, but the Mezhraiontsy soon discovered that there were no artillery shells readily available for these new guns at the fortress. Thus, it would take until the following morning before a supply could be located and transported to the fortress, during which events across the city played out without the involvement of the neither the fortress guns nor its revolutionary garrison (2).

    The first major instance of combat erupted soon after the capture of the Fortress of Peter and Paul, along the Neva Promenade across from the Fortress. A cadre of Kronstadt Sailors sought to make the crossing on the flanks of the well defended Troitsky (Trinity) Bridge, landing in the Summer Gardens to its east, where they soon came under sporadic gunfire from a couple of guards positioned at the entrance to the gardens. More sailors and accompanying Red Guards soon began to make the crossing, hoping to join their compatriots on the opposite side of the Neva and expand the fragile bridgehead.

    The main clash occurred around 11.30 AM, as reinforcements from the Troitsky Bridge garrison rushed down the promenade to attack the revolutionaries. A fierce firefight followed, as military cadets advanced forward under the command of Kornilov-aligned officers - eager to prove their mettle. The fighting was bloody and intense, lasting for almost an hour and a half before the cadets were forced into retreat by a frontal charge by the Kronstadt sailors. With the counter-revolutionary forces in retreat towards their bridge-bastion, orders arrived from Antonov-Osveenko to give chase in a bid to overrun the bridge's defenders before they could re-entrench themselves. The resultant skirmish quickly grew in size as Kornilov dispatched reinforcements from the other bridges further to the west in hopes of saving the Troitsky Bridge. Dozens were killed and many more wounded on both sides in some of the fiercest fighting of the Rising, but by 14.30 PM the bridge's garrison had been overrun by Soviet-aligned forces and a crossing of the Neva had been secured.

    Within five minutes, Red Guard forces were streaming across the river and spreading into the lands behind the Mokya River, while securing crossing of both the Mokya and Fontanka Rivers - both of which were branches of the great Neva. Resistance to the Red Guard began to collapse completely in this area as soldiers declared for the Soviet and began capturing their own officers, if they didn't decide to outright lynch them as traitors to the revolution instead. Kornilov and his supporters martialed his most loyal forces, the First Don Cossack Division, and unleashed them westward from their current positions around the Tauride Palace, but before they could arrive, Soviet forces forced themselves into the Winter Palace despite fierce if dispirited resistance by the defenders of the strongpoint. As Soviet-aligned forces began looting the palace, the Cossacks attacked down Nevsky Prospekt. With Soviet forces in disarray, the Cossacks were able to slam home against what amounted to an armed mob. As the Cossacks raced down Petrograd's main road, they ran over all resistance they faced and sent men fleeing in all directions. Then they turned northward onto Palace Square in front of the Winter Palace.

    The Battle of Palace Square would prove to be the most violent of the clashes of the September Rising as fleeing Red Guard forces ran into the mob looting the Palace, quickly causing panic to spread. While most of the Red Guard forces ran for their lives, the Kronstadt Sailors were able to rally under the leadership of the young Anarchist Stepan Petrichenko. Holding the second floor of the Winter Palace, Petrichenko was able to direct deadly fire into the Cossacks in the square below. Under this sudden barrage, the Cossacks were forced to dismount and storm the Palace, but the fierce resistance they faced eventually forced them back. By the second hour of fighting, more than one thousand men lay dead or wounded with significantly more dispersed in the panicked retreat. However, the fierce resistance of the Kronstadters eventually forced the spent Cossacks into retreat. When a messenger from Kornilov arrived demanding another assault, he was shot by the Cossacks who now began to abandon Kornilov's cause wholesale (3).


    The Soviets were unable to immediately exploit the collapse of the First Cossack Division due to the chaos engulfing the western parts of Petrograd's Central District, but they were successful in making another crossing further east. This happened at the Alexander Bridge, the vital bridge linking the Vyborg and Central Districts, where Kornilov's decision to denude the bridge garrisons in order to repel the crossing around the Troitsky Bridge left the position greatly weakened. It would be Krylenko's personal command of Red Guard forces when they successfully charged the machine-guns on Alexander Bridge which would prove to be one of the most potent symbols of the Rising. Charging into a hail of bullets, Krylenko and his men were able to successfully cross the narrow bridge in spite of heavy casualties, whereupon they overran the weakened garrison and put everyone there to the sword.

    With this second crossing, Soviet forces were able to make their direct assault on the Tauride Palace during the late evening of the 6th (19 N.S.) September. When Kornilov tried to make his escape, the forces garrisoning the palace mutinied, instigating a short but bloody firefight between Kornilov's Turkish bodyguard and the mutineers before Kornilov was forced to surrender alongside much of his command staff. Kornilov would be handed over to Soviet politicians early in the morning of the 7th (20 N.S.) while chaos continued to engulf Petrograd. While a call for the Soviet to reconvene was sent out later in the day, for the time being the Mezhraiontsy were running the show and quickly sought to impose order on the chaos (4). During the night of the 7th-8th most Red Guard forces vanished into thin air as the armed working class set about enacting their own Second (Red) Terror on Petrograd's population while the last remnants of organised counter-revolutionary resistance were crushed by cannon fire from the Fortress of Peter and Paul - where Kornilov and his command were imprisoned for the time being (5). It would take until the 10th (23 N.S.) of September before Petrograd returned to some semblance of order, a day after the Soviet was reconvened at the Tauride Palace and the battle over the future rule of Russia ensued.

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is neither the first, nor the last, time that the Kronstadt Naval Base comes into play in the Russian Revolution. The Sailors rushing to their ships and setting off to defend the revolution in Petrograd has played out a couple times already.

    (2) This is actually based on what happened IOTL when the Bolsheviks captured the fortress and largely follows their difficulties with properly securing workable cannons for the Fortress. IOTL the October Revolution nearly finished before they were able to secure the required cannons.

    (3) I realise that nothing quite like this ever happened IOTL during 1917, but I do think that all the factors necessary are there for this to occur. First of all, Kornilov's successful dispersal of the Soviet and destruction of the Provisional Government lends him a good deal of strength and as a result his men are somewhat more willing to fight on his behalf. However, his victory only means so much, as can be seen by the way panic spreads following the fall of Troitsky Bridge and after the Battle of Palace Square.

    (4) Resistance collapses and Kornilov is captured with much of his retinue, bringing an end to the Council of National Defence - most of whose members are imprisoned alongside Kornilov for the time being while their fate is discussed by the Soviet.

    (5) Kornilov and his immediate retinue being imprisoned in the Fortress of Peter and Paul is another important butterfly resulting from the bloodier and more successful Kornilov Affair when compared to OTL. This means that none of the men imprisoned are going to make their escape any time soon, as contrasted to OTL where Kornilov was able to make his escape south to join the White forces on the Don following the October Revolution, where he took command for a short time prior to his death.


    MartovW.jpg

    Julius Martov, Leader of the Left Mensheviks

    All Power to the Soviet

    The reconvening of the Petrograd Soviet would precipitate one of the most significant political struggles of the Russian Revolution as the victorious coalition centering on the alliance between the Mezhraiontsy and the left-wings of the Mensheviks and Social Revolutionary Parties came into direct conflict with the right-wing of the Soviet, compromising the right-wings of the Mensheviks and the Social Revolutionary Party. Central to this conflict was the Georgian Menshevik Nikolay Chkheidze, the Chairman of the Soviet, who remained convinced that Russia had yet to finish its Bourgeois Revolution and that power should therefore be returned to a reconstituted Provisional Government rather than provoking a premature Proletarian Revolution.

    This belief was deeply opposed by Chkheidze's party fellow Julius Martov who joined with Trotsky, Zinoviev and Kamenev in fiercely resisting the idea of returning Russia to the misery and failure of the Provisional Government and demanded instead that the Petrograd Soviet should take up rule itself. With the quieting gunfire outside the Tauride, interspersed with the occasional bellows from guns of the Fortress of Peter and Paul, to be heard throughout the session, the Soviet delegates were clearly reminded of the failure of the former Provisional Government and the important role played by the Mezhraiontsy in reestablishing Soviet power. This coupled with Chkheidze's clear exhaustion following the Kornilov Coup quickly shifted the debate in favor of the left, who were rallied by rousing speeches from Trotsky and Martov.

    The final vote on the issue would come on the 11th (24 N.S.) of September, with more than two-thirds voting in favor of the Soviet taking power. Chkhiedze acknowledged his defeat graciously and stepped down from his post, leading to Julius Martov's election as Chairman of the Petrograd Soviet, which, with the vote to grant power to the Soviet, also meant that Martov became Russia's Head of State. Martov thus formed the first true Soviet Government of Russia, appointing fellow party members, as well as SRs and Mezhraiontsy, to posts throughout the government, most significantly Trotsky as Foreign Minister, Fyodor Dan as Justice Minister, Aleksandr Martynov as Finance Minister, Victor Chernov as Minister of Agriculture, Vladimir Antonov-Osveenko as Minister of War and Pavel Dybenko as Minister of the Navy. While there was a motion by Trotsky to rename the Ministries as Peoples' Commissariats, hoping to do away with the bourgeois affectation of ministries, the motion failed to gain sufficient support for it the motion to pass, most considering it a needless complication for the time being (6).


    With the establishment of the Soviet Cabinet, events took on an incredible speed as the Soviet began resolving the remaining issues from the September Rising and the numerous other issues that they felt required their attentions. There were five major issues that required immediate attention, the first of which was what precisely to do with Kornilov and his conspirators and supporters - an issue which would determine if Russia continued spiralling towards Civil War or if some sort of accommodation between Soviet and White forces could be established.

    This immediately turned into a fiercely contested issue, as the hardliners in the Soviet called for the execution of Kornilov and every other member of the Council of National Defense while moderates pushed for leniency. In the end it would be expedience more than anything else that won out, with the Mezhraiontsy's leadership finally turning firmly against the hardliners. The result would be the imprisonment of a few of the most blatantly involved actors, including Savinkov, Kornilov, Krymov and Denikin, in the Fortress of Peter and Paul under constant Soviet guard while most of the remaining members of the Council of National Defense were placed under house arrest within or near Petrograd - though this house arrest soon came to an end (7).

    The vast majority of the White partisans would be left unmolested in a bid to restore order to the city and in a bid to legitimise Soviet authority, though little was done to punish the outpouring of violence that had followed the successful end of the Rising. This leads us to the second of the major issues facing the Soviet, namely how to secure control of the army and administration of Russia when one was dominated by a mostly right-wing officer corps and the other by countless former tsarist bureaucrats. Neither issue was easily resolved, and the Soviet ministries would never quite secure proper control of their bureaucracies. However, the decision to let most of the participants in Kornilov's coup go free greatly eased tensions immensely and contributed significantly to the willingness of the officer corps to follow orders when the Soviet named former Chief-of-Staff Mikhail Alexeev as Commander-in-Chief to replace Kornilov as Head of the Army. This was coupled with the decision to quietly leave the death penalty for desertion in place to the great frustration of the soldiery and the glee of the officer corps, in a bid to return some level of discipline and order to the front lines.

    The third issue related to how the Soviet might extend their authority across the remainder of Russia as the legitimate government of Russia. The solution to this issue was believed by many in the Soviet ranks to rest on the establishment of the long-awaited Constituent Assembly, which would be formed to create the new Russian Constitution along properly revolutionary lines, bringing the promises of the Revolution to all Russia's peoples. This issue largely turned out to be of little controversy, with the Soviet voting unanimously to hold a conference to determine what such an assembly might look like as soon as it became feasible.

    This brought the fourth situation to the attention of the Soviet, namely how to resolve the collapsing military situation at the front, where indiscipline and mutiny were growing exponentially. While tens of thousands of soldiers deserted their posts, hundreds of officers were arrested by their men, with some of them summarily executed or brutally lynched for their alleged involvement in the 'counter-revolution'. The soldiers' assemblies passed resolutions for Soviet power and peace while demanding the reinstatement of Soviet Order No. 1. The only possible solution to these crises, in the eyes of the Soviet leadership, was to negotiate a ceasefire with the Central Powers in hopes of securing a peace acceptable for all the peoples of the world. Thus, Leon Trotsky was dispatched to the front following the passing of an ordinance reaffirming the Soviet's hope for a peace with honor, respectful of the wishes of the peoples of the world and without annexations or indemnities (8). Initial indications would seem positive, as Trotsky established initial contact with the Germans, who proved more than willing to agree to a temporary month-long truce while negotiations were begun for an end to the war.

    The final issue related to bringing some degree of control to the peasant uprisings spreading across Russia and rested almost exclusively on the shoulders of Victor Chernov, who was given authorisation to begin setting up proper land commissions with which to distribute the nobility's estates to the peasantry while securing some sort of compensation for those thus disadvantaged. The issue of compensation would come to play an important role in the political debates that engulfed the Soviet, with every party divided on the issue, particularly over the size of the compensation, though there were some of the more radical figures in attendance, including the few open Bolsheviks left in Petrograd, who called for confiscation without any compensation.

    The response to all of these issues were largely dominated by the potent partnership which developed between Martov, Trotsky and Trotsky’s brother-in-law Lev Kamenev during this period. Perhaps the most important and complex development of the first week or two of the reconstituted Soviet centred on the top-secret plans of this triumvirate to secure an end to the more than a decade-old Bolshevik-Mezhraiontsy-Menshevik divide within the Russian Social Democratic Labor Party. A process which would take on rapid momentum as these party leaders sought to unite the left-wing under their leadership (9).

    Footnotes:

    (6) We now have the first Soviet Government of Russia with a number of interesting figures at its fore. Perhaps the most interesting part here is that Trotsky does not become the Chairman of the Soviet as he did IOTL, instead deciding to partner with Martov in a bid to strengthen the Soviet left-wing coalition. Another really interesting detail is that neither Kamenev nor Zinoviev secure ministries at this point which is caused by a couple of different factors - in part due to their own hesitance about jumping into a ministerial position while things are this uncertain and in some ways in hopes of strengthening the power of their party through the Soviet itself while other parties remain distracted by their new executive offices. They both remain important political actors and each have their own blocks of supporters in the Soviet, but for now they remain outside the executive.

    (7) As mentioned previously, the decision to imprison Kornilov together with Denikin, Krymov and Savinkov in the Fortress of Peter and Paul has a number of really important consequences. IOTL Alexeev took control at Stavka, and Kornilov himself was placed under house arrest, and then transferred to the Bykhov Monastery, near Mogilev and outside Petrograd, where he was imprisoned with thirty other officers suspected of having been involved in the 'counterrevolutionary conspiracy'. These men were later released by the commander who succeeded Alexeev and came to form the nucleus of the army leadership amongst the Whites on the Don. Here there are fewer imprisoned with Kornilov himself but he and the most important of his immediate supporters are locked away with him.

    (8) This is not the first, nor the last time that the Russians negotiate with the Germans for peace terms. One important thing to make note of is that at this point the Russians, and the Soviet with them, are completely unwilling to make the sorts of concessions that the Germans are looking to exact. They now have around a month to resolve their internal issues before the ceasefire needs to be extended, but how willing the Germans will be willing to listen to the Soviet negotiators talking about a peace without annexations or indemnities is very much in question. Another significant note here is that this truce is happening more than a month earlier than IOTL, with significant consequences elsewhere.

    (9) This is a really important development which will play out over the next several months and years of the TL. IOTL the major stumbling block that prevented a reconciliation between the Bolsheviks and Mensheviks was Lenin. With Kamenev and Trotsky in leadership positions, and with a very good relationship to build on, and Martov participating for the Mensheviks there is a great deal of hope that they might bridge the gap and unify the parties. Keep in mind that the Bolsheviks remain a separate entity from the Mezhraiontsy and are fiercely opposed to just about every single part of what the coalition government is doing.


    343px-RIAN_archive_6464_Dzerzhinsky.jpg

    Felix Dzerzhinsky, Member of the Central Committee of the Bolshevik Party

    The Moscow Soviet

    Since Sverdlov and the Bolshevik Party's exile from Petrograd in late July, the leading quadrumvirate of Sverdlov, Dzerzhinsky, Bukharin and Bubnov had seen a rapid strengthening of their grip on power in Moscow and its environs as general dissatisfaction with the current state of affairs grew increasingly obvious. A key turning point for the Bolshevik party's early success in the city came with the Bolshevik's successful General Strike during the Moscow State Conference in mid-August. This action allowed the party leadership to truly get to know each other under pressure, with all emerging more than satisfied with the mettle of their compatriots.

    The social polarization of the summer gave the Bolsheviks their first real mass following as a party which based its main appeal on the plebeian rejection of all superordinate authority. It was in the aftermath of this successful general strike that the Bolshevik party truly began to emerge as the dominant party in Moscow. The party leadership began immediately pressing for a new series of Duma elections for Moscow, the cries for new elections quickly spreading through the streets of the city as more and more people streamed to the party offices to join the Bolsheviks. It became increasingly obvious that the previous June elections, which had netted the Bolsheviks a paltry 11 percent of the vote, were no longer aligned with the political beliefs of the population of Moscow. This campaign reached its zenith as news of Kornilov's Coup began to trickle into Moscow on the 30th (12 September N.S.) August, with the current Duma leadership forced to bow to the pressure.


    The September Election in Moscow, occurring on the 3rd (16 N.S.) September, thus happened amidst growing outrage as more and more news of events in the capital inundated the voting booths. The Bolsheviks were swift to exploit this, pointing out how they were the only revolutionary party to have survived Kornilov's Coup unscathed. Horrific rumors tore through the city and greatly aggravated the populace, with everything from Kornilov's decision to declare himself Tsar and ordering the execution of every member of the Petrograd Soviet to the imposition of universal conscription and a return to the hated days of the Empire being rumoured. Against this tidal wave of popular outrage there was little for the other parties to do.

    When the returns were published on the 4th (17 N.S.), the Bolsheviks found that they had won 61% of the vote. The SR vote had collapsed from 56% to a measly 7% while the Mensheviks fell from 14% to 2% and the Mezhraiontsy secured a measly 1%. The only other party in the Moscow Soviet to make progress were the Kadets who, as the only party truly representing bourgeois interests, increased their share of the vote from 17% to 31% (10). The apathy of the uncommitted — particularly those such as petty clerks, traders and shop assistants, who had no obvious class allegiance or party to vote for — had much to do with the Bolshevik success. Six months of fruitless politics and incessant cabinet crises had not encouraged them to place much faith in the ballot box. The other parties ran low-key campaigns and huge numbers of voters stayed away from the polling stations. In the Moscow elections turnout fell by nearly half from the previous election.

    This victory in the Duma spurred the Bolsheviks on even further, leading them to force a Soviet election on the 5th (18 N.S.) September in order to secure control of the city's two political centres. The elections that resulted were a bloodbath for the old Menshevik and SR parties, who were reduced to a tenth their former size, with only the Mezhraiontsy making any gains besides the Bolsheviks in their first election. With both the City Duma and Soviet under their control, the Bolsheviks began moving to secure control of the city. As Bolshevik party members began spreading through the city, securing checkpoints, buildings and other parts of the city's infrastructure, the more militant of the Kadets and their supporters began preparations for an open conflict.

    The bloody struggle for control of Moscow erupted on the 7th (20 N.S.) of September as the first bits of news of the September Rising in Petrograd began arriving in Moscow. The first to learn of the conflict in Petrograd were telegraph workers who immediately sent news of events to the Bolshevik leadership before reporting it on to their Kadet-aligned superiors, who in turn warned their own comrades. Both sides thus began mobilizing at nearly the same time. The first to attack were the Bolshevik Military Revolutionary Council (MRC) Red Guard forces, who engaged in bloody street warfare with military cadets and volunteer students organised by the newly abolished Committee of Public Safety (CPS) which had been officially disbanded with the Bolshevik victory in the Duma elections. Crucially, the dispersed nature of the CPS leadership meant that the initial White efforts at organising resistance faltered in the face of immediate attack by MRC forces.

    Within the first twelve hours of fighting most of the CPS forces had been routed or pushed into Moscow's suburbs, where they soon found themselves splintering into disparate groups of survivors. The swiftness with which the Bolsheviks had moved meant that they had largely secured the Kremlin and its surroundings before the heavy fighting and were able to prevent a great deal of damage to the area. By the dawn of the 9th (22 N.S.) of September, the city had fallen firmly into the hands of the Bolshevik party who immediately established themselves throughout the city's power structures (11). Red Moscow had taken its first steps forward on the path to Lenin's Revolution.

    While the Petrograd Soviet slowly rebuilt its control of the Russian state apparatus, the Bolshevik party exploited their new-found dominance in Moscow to extend their power ever further. There were two major events in the immediate aftermath of the Bolshevik seizure of power in Moscow which would have profound effects on the future of both Moscow, and Russia as a whole. The first of these was the arrival of Grigori Sokolnikov in Moscow on the 13th (26 N.S.) of September together with a host of other recently released Bolsheviks, who had exploited the chaos of Kornilov's Coup and the September Rising to make their escape from captivity in Petrograd. The arrival of these men, and particularly the immensely capable Sokolnikov, brought an incredible array of talent to the Bolshevik party at the precise moment it needed it most.

    This need had come initially from the challenge of building a functioning state apparatus to govern Moscow, but was greatly exacerbated when the prominent Moscow Bolshevik Alexei Rykov, who was both the most senior leader in the party and the figure with the greatest personal following in the party at the time, having played a lauded role in the 1905 Revolution, decided to make his bid for power. In a series of political broadsides, Rykov criticized the actions of the Quadrumvirate and questioned their right to lead the party in Lenin's place. In the ensuing brawl over Lenin's legacy, Rykov eventually found himself outmaneuvered by the crafty Sverdlov and his newly arrived ally Sokolnikov, who were able to jointly force a vote to expel Rykov from the Bolshevik party. The expulsion of Rykov, who had a long history with Lenin and politically aligned more with the Mezhraiontsy than these new Bolsheviks, led to a significant exodus of those who might challenge the power of the Quadrumvirate - which now expanded to a to a five-man Central Committee with the addition of Sokolnikov.

    Rykov would make his way to Petrograd with his most loyal followers where he pledged his allegiance to the Mezhraiontsy, providing them with a much-needed boost in the midst of a contentious struggle over the merging of the Mezhraiontsy and Menshevik parties (12). Thus, by the 18th (1 October N.S.) of September, Moscow had come under the effective rule of a Bolshevik Party Central Committee compromising Sverdlov, Sokolnikov, Dzerzhinsky, Bukharin and Bubnov. Sverdlov was named the official General Secretary of the Party and Chairman of the Moscow Soviet while Sokolnikov was given charge of what de facto came to be the Bolshevik Financial Apparatus. Bukharin set about further developing the Party’s Ideology and was given charge of Education and Propaganda while Dzezhinsky was given charge of Law Enforcement and Justice and Bubnov was appointed head of the Moscow Military Revolutionary Committee - charged with the defence of Moscow.

    Footnotes:

    (10) These returns are an unmitigated disaster but a swing like this happened during the OTL 20th September elections, where the Bolsheviks secured 51% as compared to the SRs' 14%, the Mesheviks' 4% though the return for the Kadets remained the same. ITTL the Kornilov Coup further mobilises support for the Bolsheviks, who are able to secure even more support, while the Kadets muster their supporters in a bid to protect themselves from the growing Bolshevik menace.

    (11) This sequence of events in Moscow are extremely important and are very different from what happened IOTL when the Bolsheviks took control of Moscow following the October Revolution. ITTL the Bolsheviks first secure control of the Duma and Soviet before crushing their opposition, as opposed to OTL where they secured control of the Soviet by illicit means and then were forced to fight the Provisional Government and their representatives in the CPS. The struggle IOTL was incredibly bloody and lasted for ten days, resulting in large-scale damage to the Kremlin and its surroundings. Perhaps most importantly, Aleksei Brusilov was severely wounded in the leg in the fighting that consumed Moscow when his family's apartment became a battleground. This injury largely took one of the most important figures on the Russian scene out of the picture at the precise point in time when he could have had the greatest impact on the direction of the Russian Revolution.


    (12) The addition of Sokolnikov to the leadership in Moscow means that there is a core of incredibly talented leaders at the heart of the Moscow party. Sokolnikov was one of the greatest economic minds of the early Soviet Union and presided over the implementation of the New Economic Policy, arguing forcefully against the heavily centralised economic policies implemented by Stalin. He will have an important impact on the Bolshevik party in Moscow moving forward.

    517px-Leon_Trotsky_Lev_Kamenev_Brest-Litovsk_negotiations.jpg

    Leon Trotsky meeting with his friend and ally Lev Kamenev

    The Struggle of Governing

    The early weeks of the new regime in Petrograd were frustrated by strikes and campaigns of sabotage by various factions opposed to the rise fo the Soviet in all the major ministries and government departments, the banks, the post and telegraph office, the railways administration, the municipal bodies, the law courts, schools, universities and other vital institutions. Trotsky was greeted with ironic laughter when he first arrived at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and introduced himself to a meeting of the officials as their new Minister. When he ordered them back to work, they left the building in protest. In the Anichkov Palace, where the country's food supply was administered, the Civil Servants removed all the office furniture and locked away the account books in the palace safe. In the post and telegraph office they walked off with all the directories and piles of telegram blanks. The striking officials of the Medical Department even went so far as to remove the nibs from all the pens. Central to all of these actions were the protests by the political center and right in Petrograd, who felt that the abandonment of the Provisional Government and the lack of Kadet presence in the Soviet meant that no left-wing government run by the Soviet would be able to represent their interests (13).

    These actions, more than anything else, split the new Soviet government in twain over how to resolve the issue. On one side were the hard-liners who refused any compromise or cooperation with the reactionaries - proposing they simply replace the ministries' staffs with workers and party members off the street. This view was particularly prevalent among the Mezhraiontsy and the more radical wings of the SRs and Mensheviks. However, the opposition of Trotsky and, on Trotsky's cajoling, Kamenev to this measure forced the Mezhraiontsy to officially back the position held by the remainder of the Soviet - namely that concessions must be made in order to bring order to the chaos before the administrative apparatus of Russia completely collapsed in on itself.

    The resultant negotiations with the Kadet leadership were extremely contentious, with the far-right of the Kadets opposed to any suggestion of cooperation with the Soviet government, but by late September the Kadets had been brought around by promises of the establishment of the Constituent Assembly as soon as possible - where the Kadets would be given full rights to participate. This was joined with various other concessions, including Alexeev's appointment and the retaining of the death penalty for the army, in a package which was agreed to by the end of the month. This brought a temporary hold to the strikes and sabotage, as the Kadets looked forward to the coming election.


    The crippling of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs significantly troubled Trotsky's early efforts at negotiating with the Germans and led to a series of diplomatic blunders which only served to convince some in the German diplomatic corps that the new Soviet government would be unlikely to retain power in the long term - leaving the potential benefits of negotiating with them in question. However, despite these difficulties Trotsky was able to buy time for the Soviet to slowly extend its control over the military in an effort at stabilising the frontlines and slowing the rate of desertions.

    This effort would play out over the course of September and early October (O.S.), with a significant increase in executions on charges of desertion and a reduction in the powers of the Soldiers' Councils. This met with fierce resistance, with dozens of officers lynched by their subordinates and even more forced to escape their regiments. Alexeev's response would be heavy-handed but effective in the short run, involving attacks on mutinous regiments by military cadets and a massive growth in the number of executions - with several thousand soldiers arrested and shot in September alone. By the time the month-long truce began to near its end, the Russian frontlines stabilised and the flood of desertions was forced to a trickle. However, deep resentment for the military officers had only grown deeper and more volatile with these actions and the army began its slow but inexorable turn away from their support of the Petrograd Soviet. Alexeev would find himself replaced by Mikhail Diterikhs, who had served as Chief of Staff to Alexeev, near the end of the month-long truce in response to Soviet worries that keeping him in place would lead to an all-out revolt. Under Diterikhs the army would steadily improve its morale, as he set about fixing what he could and resolving what crises needed solving with what little time and resources he had available.

    The imprisonment of Kornilov, Savinkov, Krymov and Denikin quickly became the cause célèbre of the Petrograd Right-Wing, and through patronage it quickly spread to much of western Russia. Daily protests over their imprisonment began before the decision to imprison the four had even been published, waxing and waning from day-to-day depending on current affairs. Rumours borrowed almost wholesale from the Red press about the horrid conditions in the Fortress of Peter and Paul were spread to describe the conditions in which the four were kept, shocking the literate classes of the city with countless horrific tales of squalor and degredation. In salons and dining rooms across the city men and women raised toasts to the brave general and his compatriots, praying for their liberation from the ravenous Red hordes who had taken power.

    It was in these same salons that the initial meetings of a dozen separate conspiracies to free these imprisoned martyrs of White Russia were held. At the center of this entire web was Vasilii Zavoiko, who began conspiring even before his release from captivity as part of the wider settlement between the Kadets and the Soviet. He would put his talents as an intriguer to great use, weaving from one conspiracy to the next, pushing them all in directions where they would support each other while remaining unaware of that fact. His constant presence was quickly noted by Mezhraiontsy spies but his deft experience with matters of subterfuge quickly left his watchers utterly confounded. While no overt actions were undertaken as of yet, the seeds were being planted for the future.


    Footnotes:

    (13) This is actually largely based on events following the Bolshevik coup during the October Revolution. I thought that while the reaction wouldn't have been as massive as after October IOTL, there would be some sort of reaction like this in response to what amounts to a left-wing seizure of power. One issue that remained unaddressed earlier related to plans by some of the more radical elements in the Soviet to completely exclude the Kadets from the coming election to the Constituent Assembly. This counter reaction brought an end to those efforts, at least for the time being.

    Summary:

    The September Rising results in bloody street battles across Petrograd, eventually resulting in a collapse of White positions and the capture and imprisonment of Lavr Kornilov and his retinue.

    The Soviet takes power and forms a government headed primarily by Left Mensheviks and Mezhraiontsy.

    The Bolsheviks of Moscow secure control of the city, driving the Kadets and their supporters from the city.

    The new Soviet government experiences difficulty asserting their authority, while the military cracks down against mutineers and deserters and the Whites begin to conspire.

    End Note:

    We covered a great deal of ground in this update. We saw a successful rising by the Petrograd Soviet. Its subsequent formation of a government and the resultant chaos. Furthermore, the Bolsheviks secure control of Moscow. This marks the first update where butterflies truly run off the rails and send Russia spinning in a completely new direction. There is a lot of ground work laid down in this update and a great deal of foreshadowing which should bear fruit as we move forward. I have a lot of plans for what is to follow, so hold onto your hats - this is going to be a wild ride.

    Map of Moscow:
    Plan_of_Moscow_1917.jpg
     
    Last edited:
    Narrative One: Liberating Petrograd
  • Liberating Petrograd

    640px-Revoluci%C3%B3n-marzo-rusia--russianbolshevik00rossuoft.png

    Soviet Red Guards Assault Kornilov's Forces


    12:30 P.M., 6th (19 N.S.) of September 1917
    Summer Gardens, Petrograd, Russia

    Arkady Tikhonov had been serving on the Battleship Sevastopol when the Revolution began and he had been among the first clamouring to string up the bloody captain when news arrived that the people had risen against the Tyrant Nikolai. He had thought that they ended the war on that day - more fool him.

    In the months since, the chattering classes and the bloody burzhooi (1) had pissed away the hard work of the Revolution until it seemed nothing was left. However, it turned out that there was one thing left that they, the people of the revolution, could still lose. Their freedom.

    He learned of Kornilov's march on Petrograd while on the head, listening to the outraged roar of his fellow sailors. Maria, his latest companion, had nearly burst into the head in her rage. They had agreed, then and there, that they would not allow the Revolution to die a quiet death. Even if it cost Arkady his life, he would make sure to drag at least two reactionaries into the grave with him.

    Arkady had set out as part of the fleet of boats that had left Krontstadt in the early hours of the evening yesterday, and he now found himself stuck fast in the mud of the bloody Tsar's Summer Gardens with the sound of bullets tearing into a nearby set of bushes joining a cacophony of screams from the wounded and dying.

    "Lev! Up! Forward to the tree on the left and see if you can get a proper angle on them!" He shouted to his shipmate as he tucked a rifle to his shoulder and fired at the charging military cadets from behind his tree. He was rewarded by the sight of one of the young cadets collapsing as though the strings holding him on his feet had been cut.

    The rat-tat-tat of the Maxim Gun they had "borrowed" from the First Machine-gun Regiment when they passed through the Vyborg District sent more of the charging men spinning like bowling pins, painting the grounds in scarlet. This was the third charge they had repelled and Arkady was beginning to wonder whether they had brought enough bullets for the Maxim.

    Arkady took a glance around, noticing how scattered his fellow Kronstadters had become in the fighting, and called on several of his fellow sailors to join him. The first made it without much difficulty, as did the second and third, but by the time the fourth man made his dash towards Arkady's tree, the reactionaries had noticed the movements and opened fire. The fourth runner seemed to jump with the impact of the bullets, as he was holed three times and crashed to the ground with barely a groan.

    "We can't continue like this!" shouted Arkady, struggling to make himself heard in the din of combat. "We are charging them in ten minutes - on my whistle - so spread the word."

    A couple of the men looked like they wanted to object, but a ferocious glare from behind Arkady's bushy eyebrows sent them scuttling.

    As minute after minute passed, Arkady spent the time taking potshots and looking for the bayonet he had taken off a distracted marine a month ago. He found it with three minutes to spare and spent the remaining minutes slotting it into place before extracting the wooden whistle he had tied around his neck.

    As he counted down the seconds of the last minute, he shifted onto the pads of his feet and prepared to rush forward.

    He took off, blowing into the whistle as hard as he could, and heard a growing roar behind him as his fellow sailors got to their feet and joined him in his charge.

    Bullets flew about him, but he barely noticed. Nor did he feel the bullet hit his rifle and ricochet off into the air between his elbow and torso, hitting the man behind him in the neck.

    As he ran, Arkady tipped the bayonetted rifle forward - pointing it squarely at a young cadet who could hardly be older than seventeen. His baby brother's age…

    …wide eyes stared up at him, begging for release. Arkady wrenched the bayonet free of the cadet's chest and moved onward, noticing for the first time that some of the men at the back of the enemy positions were running.

    It spread quickly, as though fear jumped and twirled from one man to the next in a mad ballet, while a bloodthirsty growl rose from the throats of the sailors - scenting panic in the air.

    What had been a skirmish the moment before now turned into a massacre as cadets dropped their rifles and ran for their lives. Those closer to the sailors fell to their knees in surrender - raising their empty hands for all to see. A few were lucky, but most were gunned down where they knelt - no mercy shown to reactionaries.

    While some pursued the runners, and the chosen commanders of the sailors began reorganizing his fellow Kronstadters, Arkady dumped onto a small stone and stared out at the carefully maintained gardens - now pockmarked by bodies and bullet holes.

    What was the world coming to when boys gave their lives for a tyrant?

    Footnotes:

    (1) The popular term burzhooi had no set class connotations, despite its obvious derivation from the word 'bourgeois'. It was used as a general form of abuse against employers, officers, landowners, priests, merchants, Jews, students, professionals or anyone else well dressed, foreign looking or seemingly well-to-do. Hungry workers condemned the peasants as burzhoois because they were thought to be hoarding foodstuffs; while peasants — who often confused the word with barzhui (the owners of a barge) and birzhye (from the word for the Stock Exchange, birzh) — likewise condemned the workers, and all townsmen in general, because they were thought to be hoarding manufactured goods.

    The burzhoois, in other words, were not so much a class as a set of popular scapegoats, or internal enemies, who could be redefined almost at will to account for the breakdown of the market, the hardships of the war and the general inequalities of society. Villagers often described the burzhooi as a 'hidden' and 'crafty' enemy of the peasants who was to blame for all their problems: he could be a townsman, a trader or an official. In urban food queues, where endless theories of sabotage were spun to explain the shortage of bread, the words burzhooi, 'speculator', 'German' and 'Jew' were virtually synonymous. The socialist press encouraged such popular attitudes by depicting the burzhoois as 'enemies of the people'. The best-selling pamphlet of 1917 — which did more than any other publication to shape the political and class consciousness of the mass of the ordinary people — was Spiders and Flies by Wilhelm Liebknecht. Several million copies of it were sold in more than twenty different editions sponsored by all the major socialist parties. Spiders and Flies divided Russia into two warring species: "The spiders are the masters, the money-grubbers, the exploiters, the gentry, the wealthy, and the priests, pimps and parasites of all types! The flies are the unhappy workers, who must obey all those laws the capitalist happens to think up — must obey, for the poor man has not even a crumb of bread."

    The rich and educated, by being labelled burzhooi, were automatically vilified as antisocial. One socialist pamphleteer wrote: "The burzhooi is someone who thinks only of himself, of his belly. It is someone who is aloof, who is ready to grab anyone by the throat if it involves his money or food." As the crisis deepened, the burzhoois were increasingly condemned as 'parasites' and 'bloodsuckers', and violent calls for their downfall were heard with growing regularity, not just from the extreme left-wing parties but also from the streets, the factories and the barracks. "We should exterminate all the burzhooi so that the honest Russian people will be able to live more easily."

    End Note:

    I hope that you will all forgive me these short vignettes that I will be including every once in a while to help breath some life into the story and perhaps give some idea of what people are thinking and feeling as events play out. I am trying to train, improve and experiment with these narrative interludes - so while I am happy to discuss the content, I would love if people could comment on the style, substance and the like in these sections.

    This section covers the last half hour of fighting in the Summer Gardens during the September Rising between military cadets and Kronstadt Sailors. Arkady Tikhonov is completely fictional, but this hopefully gives some idea of the intensity of the fighting that erupts in Petrograd ITTL.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Four: A New Republic
  • A New Republic

    323px-Bundesarchiv_Bild_183-R15068%2C_Leo_Dawidowitsch_Trotzki.jpg

    Leon Trotsky, Soviet Minister of Foreign Affairs

    When Politicians Intrigue

    In the wake of the Kornilov crisis the Soviet leaders moved further to the left. During the fortnight leading up to the opening of the Democratic Conference, on 14th (27 N.S.) September, when the question of what form the Constituent Assembly would take was to be resolved, Trotsky supported Martov and Kamenev's efforts to persuade the centre and left-wings of the Mensheviks to break with their party's right-wing leadership and join the Mezhriontsy in a merging of their parties. The hope being that the revival of the Russian Social Democratic Labor Party (RSDLP) as a party representing the union of the Bolsheviks, Mensheviks and Mezhraiontsy would lead to a strong and coordinated governing party when Russia needed it the most. The trio would finally force the issue the day before the Conference in a party vote held by both parties, with the bare minimum required for a quorum present at the Menshevik meeting - Martov having refrained from warning the leaders to his right within the party of the vote in order to weaken their voices of opposition. The result was that the official Mezhraiontsy and Menshevik parties declared their fracture healed and that they would move forward as a single, united party under the original party name of the Russian Social Democratic Labor Party.

    The reaction to this forceful merging of the two parties would take some time to emerge, but there could be little doubt that it would serve as a major fracture within the newly formed RSDLP - continuing to pose a challenge the party.'s unity While most of the party leaders of the Mensheviks abandoned their former party for the RSDLP, there was still significant resistance to the move and numerous vocal protests to the dilution of their positions as former Mezhraiontsy and left-Mensheviks rushed to secure control of all the major organs of the reformed party. Perhaps the greatest initial defection from the RSDLP was Irakli Tsereteli, the great Georgian Menshevik, who decided to abandon the sordid politics of Petrograd for his homeland. Here Tsereteli would wield his influence and gravitas to the utmost, convincing the powerful local party leadership to continue running under the Menshevik banner and refusing to acknowledge the unification of the party with the Mezhraiontsy, who held little support in Georgia anyway.

    The Democratic Conference itself took place in the Alexandrinsky Theatre in Petrograd and played out against a background of both growing agitation from all classes of society in favour of a democratically elected Constituent Assembly, representative of all the peoples of Russia, and the spreading news of the RSDLP reformation. While the debates that followed during the four-day Conference were fierce, the eventual votes to hand all executive power to the coming Constituent Assembly and the decision to grant universal suffrage to both men and women for these elections would enjoy wide acclaim, passing without much challenge. One action at the Conference would eventually come to be seen as a clear effort by the Soviet leaders, particularly from the RSDLP, to influence the Constituent Assembly in their own favor. This was the decision to try to establish a Preparliament of "reputable defenders of the revolution" who would be appointed by the Democratic Conference and would hold legitimacy as the representative government of all Russia until the convocation of the Assembly. This proposal proved extremely contentious, but was eventually forced through in an extremely questionable early-morning vote in the presence of only slightly more people than what was required for a quorum.

    By the end of the Democratic Conference, the absolutely dominant position of the RSDLP in the Soviet Government had become clearer. Particularly the SRs and the remnants of the Mensheviks, who rapidly moved to the right following the butchering of their party by Martov and his Mezhriaontsy compatriots, took the sudden shifting power balance poorly. At times the relations between former and current Mensheviks got so bad that the Red Guards stationed in the Tauride to ostensibly protect the Soviet politicians from the counter-revolutionaries were forced to protect them from each other. An outright brawl broke out a week after the vote to merge the parties which eventually included almost thirty representatives, several of whom would require medical assistance in the aftermath.

    The merging of the Mezhraiontsy and Menshevik parties also had considerable impact on the division of power within the Soviet Government. Where the SRs had previously remained one minority partner among several, sharing that distinction with the Mezhraiontsy and a couple of other minor left-wing parties, none of the parties in the governmental coalition had been large enough to completely dominate governmental policy. This was no longer the case following the reformation of the RSDLP, who now held the vast majority of the ministries and were in a position to completely sideline the SRs should they wish to do so. This resulted in a shift in allegiance as the SRs sought out the Menshevik remnant and made common cause with them in a bid to strengthen their bargaining power within the wider Soviet coalition.

    This shift had largely finished by the end of September as the Menshevik party began to emerge from the crisis in its new form. At the same time the Kadets returned to their efforts at reforming a functional political party following the chaos of early September. After a brief spurt of political infighting over who should lead the way forward for the party, Pavel Miliyukov emerged as the leader of the party - having recovered from the political blows dealt him earlier in the year over peace terms. He was joined in party leadership by two former Octobrists who fully supported his liberal right-wing political position - Guchkov and Rodzianko. The Trudoviks and their various smaller liberal sister parties would flip-flop between the Soviet parties and the Kadets, often engulfed by internal struggles, and as a result experienced a further draining of support.

    Trotsky's initial efforts at negotiating an end to the war with Germany had always been a precarious and unlikely affair. At the heart of the problems facing Trotsky were the twin issues of an ascendant Germany and an unwillingness on the part of the Soviets, and particularly the RSDLP, to accept anything other than the Soviet's long-time calls for an end to the war with no annexations nor indemnities. No matter what, the will of the working peoples of the world would have to determine the future borders of Europe. The mere suggestion of this was anathema to the German OHL and the German diplomatic corps, who viewed this position as little better than Marxist propaganda. They had quite clearly emerged as the superior power in the east and they expected that their victory would allow them to reap the benefits of their success. Furthermore, the first half of the month-long negotiated ceasefire was marked by constant bungling and chaos on the part of the Soviet Ministry of Foreign Affairs as Trotsky found himself forced into open conflict with his own inherited subordinates, who sought to sabotage the Soviet's diplomatic efforts, strengthening the German impression of Soviet incompetence. It was only in the week after the Democratic Conference that this situation began to calm down and Trotsky was able to engage seriously in the diplomatic struggle before him.


    However, by this time the Germans had long since come to the conclusion that the Soviet Government was either bargaining in bad faith or was so crippled by internal opposition that any treaty with them wouldn't be worth the paper it was written on. All of this was further exacerbated by Trotsky when he arrived three weeks into the negotiations and set about trying to work his magic on the German delegates. Several days were wasted discussing and philosophising on abstract points of diplomacy, with Trotsky even going so far as to provide the leader of the German delegation, Baron Kuhlmann, with an introductory explanation of the role of diplomacy in Marxist ideology, as Trotsky sought to avoid getting into the specifics of territorial transfers or indemnities. When reports of events at the negotiations began to trickle back to OHL, Ludendorff became convinced that the Soviets were trying to delay negotiations for long enough that the Allies might succeed in their Flanders Offensives. The decision was thus made to break off negotiations while the next planned operation in the east was undertaken in the hopes of forcing the Soviets to come to the table without any pretense of equality between the negotiating parties. On the 8th (21 N.S.) October the German delegation informed Trotsky and the Russian delegation as a whole that they believed further negotiations under the current status quo were pointless and that they would restart military action immediately, launching Operation Albion soon after.

    620px-Operation_Albion_Map.jpg

    Plans for Operation Albion

    Operation Albion

    The High Command now pressed ahead with its campaign in the east, the next step of which they had determined would be the conquest of the Baltic Islands. It had long been a goal of Grossadmiral Prinz Heinrich and his Staff to capture the Baltic Islands, which dominated the entrance to the Riga Gulf. Ever since the Germans had broken into the Riga Gulf in August 1915 the Baltic Command had restated the importance of capturing these islands as a prerequisite to any further operations in the eastern reaches of the Baltic. However, when it became apparent that there were insufficient forces available for this task Grossadmiral Prinz Heinrich had reluctantly agreed to widespread mining campaigns in 1916 and 1917.

    Strategically the Islands of Ösel and Dago held great significance. With the islands remaining in Russian hands, their Navy could still outflank the Germans in the Riga Gulf and had the option of staging a landing on the Courland coast behind the German lines, or bombarding the German shore positions more or less at will. From their support bases in the Riga Gulf, Russian destroyers and Russian and English submarines could penetrate into the middle and southern Baltic, striking at the German trade routes to Sweden. The islands and the Riga Gulf were pivotal for Naval warfare in the Baltic. With the islands in German hands the Riga Gulf and German Army rear would be secure and the facilities at Riga could be utilized as a supply base to further the German offensive. The continued German offensive and the perceived threat to Petrograd would increase pressure on the Russian Government to conclude a favorable peace, and with the conclusion of a negotiated peace, vast amounts of German men, arms and materiel would be freed up to join the battle against the Allies in the west.

    With all due consideration, the operational orders for the attack on the Baltic Islands were issued on 18th September 1917 (N.S.), and read : "For the domination of the Riga Gulf and the security of the flank of the Eastern Army, a combined attack by the land and sea forces is to take the islands of Ösel and Moon, and the use of the Great Moon Sound is to be denied to enemy sea forces." The operation was codenamed Albion, and the following day the troops entrained for Libau. In total the Landing Corps of consisted around 23,000 men, 5000 horses, 1400 vehicles, 150 machine-guns, 54 guns, 12 mortars and munitions and provisions for 30 days. To convey the Landing Corps from Libau to their assault beaches in Tagga Bay , on the northwest coast of Ösel, a transport fleet of nineteen steamers was assembled. It was to be the largest combined operation undertaken by the Germans so far during the war.

    To support the operation some of the most modern units were detached from the High Sea Fleet and were formed into the "Special Unit of the Baltic", under the Command of the former First Battle Squadron Commander, Vizeadmiral Ehrhard Schmidt , who had led the break-in to the Riga Gulf in August 1915. The German units were quickly assembled and fitted out so that on September 23rd the heavy units departed Wilhelmshaven for the east. On the following day they quit Kiel and arrived in Putzig Wiek on September 24th. Similarly the transport fleet, II A.G., and torpedoboats lay in Libau, whilst K.Adm. Hopman's forces lay in Windau. However, now a period of poor weather intervened , so that the German forces could not put to sea again until 10th October (N.S.). Gale-force westerly winds and storms raged across the Baltic, typical of autumn weather in the east.

    The Russian forces in the Gulf of Riga were under the command of Rear Admiral Bakhirev, flying his flag on the cruiser Bayan. They included the old battleships Grazhdanin and Slava, the cruisers Admiral Makaroff and Diana, 3 gunboats, 12 new destroyers, 14 older destroyers, 3 British C-class submarines, older torpedo boats, minesweepers, minelayers, mine hunters, and assorted patrol craft. The main Russian anchorage was in Kuiwast Roads, between Moon Island and the mainland, some 60 miles from the Irben Strait. The Russians, due to the chaotic conditions in the army, had done little to strengthen the land defences, preferring to concentrate on minelaying in the Irben Strait. The Ösel garrison, theoretically 14,000 strong, was only at 60 to 70 percent strength. Russian morale and powers of resistance were uncertain even though the navy on the whole, with a few exceptions, would fight hard.

    Bad weather delayed the preliminary German minesweeping but improved sufficiently for the main German landing to take place at Tagga Bay at dawn on the 12th (25 N.S.) October, with the Moltke and the Third Squadron engaging the batteries at Tagga Bay. A secondary landing, covered by the Rosenberg flotilla, took place near Pamerort, farther north on the island. The Fourth Squadron engaged the batteries at Sworbe on the southern tip of Ösel. The German plan was to push their light forces through the shallow waters of Soela Sound between Ösel and Dagö Island, obtain command of the inlet of Kassar Wick, support the army’s passage from Ösel to Moon Island, and block the passage from Moon Sound to the Gulf of Finland, thereby trapping the Russian naval forces defending the Gulf of Riga. The navy also had to force the Irben Strait so as to provide naval support to the German army advancing on Arensburg, the main town on Ösel.

    The landings took place successfully, but very quickly the danger from Russian mines became apparent. The Bayern and Grosser Kurfürst were both mined while taking up their bombardment positions. The damage to the Grosser Kurfürst was not serious but, on the other hand, the damage to the 15-inch gunned Bayern - one of the newest and most powerful of the German dreadnoughts - turned out to be much more serious than first assumed; temporary repairs did not hold, and the ship had to pull back into Tagga Bay. It would take nineteen days for the Germans to get her back to Kiel for proper repairs. The Germans also had great difficulties in the narrow waters of Soela Sound and in attempting to gain control of Kassar Wick. The conditions were difficult, with tricky currents, narrow channels, uncertain depths, sandbars, and rocks. The Germans ran into Russian destroyers in Kassar Wick on the morning of the 12th (25 N.S.), and the Russians were able to force the German minesweepers back into Soela Sound. Soon after, the Germans would find that it was not only at sea that they faced a challenge, for the farther they pushed into Kassar Wick, the farther they got from the big guns of their supporting ships, whereas the Russians could be supported by their cruisers in Moon Sound.


    In the afternoon two German torpedo boat and destroyer flotillas engaged four Russian destroyers, supported by a gunboat. The Russians were later joined by another five destroyers and the cruiser Admiral Makarov, and the Germans at breaking the Russians in the Moon Sound was eventually called off, having failed to see favorable results. The Germans did not remain in Kassar Wick after dark and withdrew through the Soela Sound. Commodore Heinrich, commanding the flotillas, asked for reinforcements, but the Germans did not get any farther on the 13th (26 N.S.) when Russian destroyers, aided by fog, prevented the light cruiser Emden from entering Soela Sound or drawing close enough to deliver effective counter-fire to the landed forces. Heinrich was convinced that it would require the big long-range guns of a battleship to drive off the Russian destroyers and gunboats and secure control of Kassar Wick. The Russians, in turn, planned on the night of 13th–14th (26-27 N.S.) October to block the channel in Soela Sound by sinking a ship and laying a minefield. These plans were frustrated when the block-ship ran aground and could not be freed and the ship’s committee of the minelayer Pripyat refused to carry out the mission on the grounds it was too dangerous - the first major incident of indiscipline in the Navy following the ascension of the Soviet Government.

    The tide turned decisively on the 14th (27 N.S.) when the Germans, sweeping and buoying a channel through the Russian minefields, managed to bring the dreadnought Kaiser from Tagga Bay to the entrance of Soela Sound. The Kaiser was thus in position by 11:30 A.M. for her 12-inch guns to drive the Russian gunboats and destroyers away from the eastern entrance to Soela Sound. Commodore Heinrich’s reinforced flotilla then dashed through the Sound to engage the Russian warships in Kassar Wick. In the running fight that followed, the large new Russian destroyer Grom was hit in the engine room by a 12-inch shell from the Kaiser, knocking out both turbines, with the destroyer taking on an immediate list. The gunboat Khrabri tried to take the Grom under tow but was engaged by the German flotilla, and after the tow broke, the Grom was abandoned. Victorious, B.98 raced to capture the Russian destroyer and took her under tow. In addition to this prize the Germans secured an invaluable chart of the local waters from the ship. By 3.00 P.M. the German flotillas had driven the Russians out of Kassar Wick and remained in control until they withdrew after dark.

    However, the Russians were still a threat; the Germans came under fire at the eastern edge of the inlet from the cruiser Admiral Makarov in Moon Sound. During the night of 14th–15th (27-28 N.S.) October, the Pripyat assisted by three motorboats laid a field of mines in Kassar Wick north of Cape Pawasterort so that when the German flotillas returned to the inlet the next day, the destroyer B.98 had her bow blown off and had to be towed back to Libau alongside the Grom. The destroyer B.112, in seeking a path around the new minefield, grounded and was put out of action. Nevertheless, the heavy fighting in the waters around the north of Ösel was over.

    The Russians abandoned their position in the area, moving their battleship Slava to the Moon Sound to join the Admiral Makarov in keeping the German flotillas from coming out of Kassar Wick. The Russians going so far as to deliberately list both ships to increase the range of their guns. By the 16th (29 N.S.), however, the land fighting on Ösel had reached the point where it was essentially a matter of mopping up the remnants of Russian resistance for the Germans, and the brunt of the naval action had shifted to the southern tip of the island and the Irben Strait. The Irben Strait had to be opened before the big German ships could get into the Gulf of Riga and eject the Russian battleships and cruisers. Here, once more, it would prove to be the Russian mines that caused the most trouble, although there was also a powerful 30.5-cm battery at Zerel which wielded a fearsome barrage.


    While the battery had been badly shaken by an air raid in which a bomb blew up a magazine, causing heavy casualties on the night of 10th (23 N.S.) October, Zerel was in action when Operation Albion began, and for a number of days was able to keep the vulnerable little minesweepers from effectively sweeping the area. The sweeping operations at Irben were under the overall command of Admiral Hopman, but the Germans had been making slow progress at best. On the night of the 13th (26 N.S.), Schmidt ordered Hopman to break through in order to provide naval support for the German army now closing in on Arensburg. The Germans, harassed by the 30.5-cm battery at Zerel, failed to break through the thick minefields on the 14th (27 N.S.). The dreadnoughts König Albert and Kaiserin, later joined by the Friedrich der Grosse, bombarded Zerel at long range, but accurate counter-barrages from the battery forced the ships to alter course frequently and disperse. The Germans, mindful of the danger from submarines and mines, ended the bombardment after about an hour.

    The following morning (15th/28 N.S) Vice Admiral Behncke, commander of the Third Squadron, arrived off the entrance to the Strait with the battleships König and Kronprinz. The Zerel battery did not reply to German fire, leading the Germans to assume that it had been silenced and that they could make progress with their minesweeping. However, they suddenly had to break off sweeping in the afternoon when the battleship Grazhdanin and three destroyers were seen approaching the Sworbe Peninsula. Ultimately, It would be the advance of the German army rather than naval gunfire that doomed Zerel. The Russians evacuated the battery after most of the gun crews had deserted, fearing capture by the approaching Germans. The remainder of the garrison blew up the guns and ammunition stores, but the Grazhdanin and her destroyer escorts were not sure how effective the destruction had been and bombarded the now-abandoned position to ensure its destruction. The remaining garrison, cut off on the Sworbe Peninsula by the German advance, were evacuated by sea, leaving the Germans to celebrate the conquest of the Estonian islands.

    In the immediate aftermath of Operation Albion, the Germans once again opened the lines of communication to the battered Soviet Government, which had come under concerted political assault by the SRs and Mensheviks for their handling of the negotiations and the subsequent failure to prevent the fall of the Estonian Islands. Chastened and focused on their internal political struggle, the RSDLP leaders agreed to a new month-long ceasefire with the Germans while negotiations were reopened. Trotsky would leave nothing to chance or sabotage this time and carefully hand-picked every member of the delegation that joined him at the negotiations. This time Trotsky would prove himself much more successful, working to lengthen the diplomatic proceedings and working to reduce the concessions demanded by the Germans. This first month of negotiations would see Trotsky moderate his attempted obstruction of the German diplomats, with him playing to both the German delegates at the negotiations, but also to the OHL who were themselves exploiting the truce with Russia to redirect their forces to other fronts in need of reinforcements. The ceasefire would find itself extended another month in late November (O.S), as both sides felt progress in the negotiations had been made and the Germans had turned their focus elsewhere (1).

    Footnotes:

    (1) Negotiations are back on and this time Trotsky is on the ball. We are about to see what precisely this period of quiet in the East means for the rest of the Great War. The different timing and circumstances surrounding Operation Albion will have consequences which will play out both within Russia, as is examined by the remainder of this update, and elsewhere - as is examined in the next update.


    Tauridepalace.gif

    The Tauride Palace, Home of the Constituent Assembly

    The First Election

    A democratically elected Constituent Assembly to create a Russian constitution had been one of the main demands of all Russian revolutionary parties going back to the Revolution of 1905. In 1906, as a result of massive revolutionary pressure, the Tsar decided to grant basic civil liberties and hold elections for a newly created legislative body, the State Duma. However, the Duma was never authorised to write a new constitution, much less abolish the monarchy. Moreover, the Duma's powers were falling into the hands of the Kadets and a steady shift occurred away from the socialist left-wing. The government dissolved the Duma, as was their legal agreement, in July 1906 and, after a new election, in June 1907. The final election law written by the government after the second dissolution on 3rd June (16 N.S.) 1907 favoured the landed and ruling classes. What little the Duma could do after 1907 was often vetoed by the Tsar or the appointed upper house of the Russian parliament. The Duma was therefore widely seen as unrepresentative of the lower working classes, and the demands for a Constituent Assembly that would be elected on the basis of universal suffrage continued unabated.

    It was the hope of securing such an assembly that finally led to the October Elections, held in the immediate aftermath of the military debacle of Operation Albion. The October Elections occurred in the midst of a rapidly developing political climate in which the merger of the Mezhraiontsy and Mensheviks into the RSDLP remained unregistered on the balots, the Mezhraiontsy, Mensheviks and Bolsheviks all standing for election as independent parties despite the political realities. The same could be said about the deeply divided Solcialist Revolutionary Party, which was split three-ways between Ukrainian SRs - who were increasingly looking southward to political developments in the Ukraine for guidance - the Right, and the Left SRs. This poltical divide was focused primarily on the division between those who wished to oppose the ascendant RSDLP, partnering with the Menshevik remnant and potentially the Bourgeois parties of the Trudoviks and the Kadets, though many had second thoughts on working with the Kadets, or who wished to continue the alignment with the RSDLP. There was a fourth, minor, SR faction who proposed a partnership with the Bolsheviks in Moscow rather than working with what they viewed as the increasingly counter-revolutionary parties in Petrograd, but this faction would gain little traction for the time being.

    As the two-week long election came to an end on the 3rd (16 N.S.) of November, Russia's political leadership could look back on an absolutely vicious election period. From the beginning, all those standing under the Menshevik banner, both those who remained Mensheviks and those who had joined the RSDLP, were openly at war with each other. In the streets of the capital and in countless other cities, bands of Red Guard, students and workers fought each other over their allegiances - often directly challenged by Mezhraiontsy and Bolshevik organisations who sought to exploit these divisions for their own gain. Besides this struggle between Mensheviks, the fiercest struggle was between the Bolsheviks and Mezhraiontsy across the urban centres of Central Russia, where both parties sought to build their base of support to the detriment of the other. Intrigues and dirty tricks consumed the election as all sides threw everything into the struggle for votes.

    However, it would be the largely uncontested Socialist Revolutionaries who skated to victory through their dominant position amongst the peasantry - although even here there divisions within the party prompted fierce political campaigns between rival SRs. As the results began to come in, it became ever clearer that the election would prove to be a landslide vote in the SRs' favor. Between them, the three major SR factions would secure a combined 50% of the vote - almost exclusively from peasant voters, 19% for both Left and Right SRs and 12% for the Ukrainian SRs. This was joined by 16% for the Mezhraiontsy, who had swept most of northern and western Russia while making significant gains in central Russia. The Kadets secured 8%. Though this result was worse than might have been expected, it could largely be attributed to the widespread fear among White supporters that they would be attacked at the polling stations- a fear which often proved justified. The Bolsheviks captured 7% of the vote, mostly centred on Moscow and the other cities of Central Russia. The Trudoviks and various other liberal parties secured a combined 5% of the vote while the Mensheviks captured a combined 8%. However, of these only 4% supported the RSDLP while 3% came primarily from the powerful Menshevik organizations in the Causcasus - which functioned almost as independent from the remainder of the party by this point - and a final 1% was secured by the Right Mensheviks, the derogatory name given to the remnants of the Mensheviks who refused to join the RSDLP, by their former party comrades. The Anarchists captured 2% of the vote while a remaining 4% were split between various other minor parties, primarily nationalist minority parties.

    These votes were split across 707 seats which, when the Constituent Assembly opened on the 10th (23 N.S.) November, saw the first truly Democratic assembly in Russian History hold its inaugural meeting to significant celebrations. Among the first decrees passed by the new Assembly were a declaration renaming the Russian Empire as The Russian Republic. While the large number of votes held by the SRs would ordinarily have positioned them to take up government, the incredibly diffuse, unorganised and splintered nature of the party meant that they were immediately forced into the background as more organised and centralised parties took the initiative. Front and centre stood the RSDLP who, with their Menshevik party fellows, controlled 20% of the vote and were able to call on an additional 19% from the Left SRs. While still a minority government, the RSDLP were largely able to force their will on the Assembly early on through their powerful orators and political leaders, who easily swept along peasant delegates from the Right SRs despite the efforts of the Right SR leadership to enforce party unity.

    In the Ukraine the February Revolution had immediately given rise to a nationalist movement based around the Rada, or parliament, established in Kiev on 4th (17 N.S.) March 1917. While the Rada was ultimately committed to the Ukraine's right of self-determination, it saw its immediate task as the negotiation of cultural freedoms, greater political autonomy, and a radical land reform within a federal Russian state. The issue of land reform was especially important, for although the Rada could be sure of the support of the Ukrainian intelligentsia, it could not be so sure of the peasants, the vast majority of the Ukrainian population - although most of the Ukrainian soldiers, who were simply peasants in uniform, were solidly behind the nationalist cause.

    In mid-May a Rada delegation presented its demands to the Provisional Government. These demands included a recognition of the Ukraine's autonomy, a seat for the Ukraine at the peace settlement, a commissar for Ukrainian affairs, separate Ukrainian army units in the rear, and the appointment of Ukrainians to most civil posts - the Provisional Government could have easily agreed to them without prejudicing the resolution of the Ukrainian question by the Constituent Assembly. But the Russian government and the Soviet leaders dismissed the influence of the Rada - its declaration was not published by a single Russian newspaper and appeared to assume that if they ignored it the whole problem would go away. Prince Lvov tried to bury the issue by setting up a special commission, packed with Russian jurists, which raised complicated legal questions about the legitimacy of every single Rada demand before concluding, predictably enough, that nothing could be resolved until the Constituent Assembly.

    Yet the result of this reaction was merely to strengthen the nationalist cause and to drive it towards the more radical demand of independence from Russia. Urged by the Second Ukrainian Military Congress to make a unilateral declaration of autonomy, the Rada published its First Universal on 10th (23 N.S.) June. The Universal was a declaration of the Ukraine's freedom modelled on the charters of the seventeenth-century Cossack Hetmans, whom the nationalists claimed to be the founders of the 'Ukrainian nation', and in the context of 1917 it took on a symbolic role equal to the yellow and light blue flag of the Ukraine. The Universal called for the convocation of a Sejm and declared the establishment of a General Secretariat, headed by V. K. Vinnichenko, which effectively assumed executive power, replacing the authority of the Provisional Government in the Ukraine.

    It was only now that the Ukrainian crisis, coinciding with the Finnish Declaration of Independence, came to the top of the political agenda. The struggle to answer this challenge by the Rada was central to the collapse of the Second Provisional Government, which in turn led directly to the July Days and the chaos that had followed. Following the September Rising and the establishment of a Soviet Government, V. K. Vinnichenko and others in the General Secretariat had sought to negotiate with the new Government, but they faced many of the same problems which had hounded their negotiations with the Provisional Government. Thus stymied, the Rada now turned away from the Soviets and towards the Germans in search of resolution.

    The Germans had come to believe that the Soviet government, and whatever government that followed it, would inevitably lead Russia to ruin, that their infighting would allow the break-up of the Empire, and that they would be willing to sign a separate peace with Germany, but the German policy of carving up Russia relied increasingly on the Ukrainian nationalists. The Ukrainian independence movement opened up the prospects of a separate peace with Kiev and the redirection of the Ukraine's rich resources, foodstuffs, iron and coal above all, to the armies of the Central Powers. The Germans had been talking with the would-be leaders of the Ukraine since 1915 and in the months that followed Operation Albion these efforts took on an ever more fevered pace. Ukrainian nationalists saw the economic subjugation of their country to Berlin as a lesser evil to its political subjugation to Petrograd. They had worked hard in seeking a solution to the crisis and despite their initial failure to work with the Soviet negotiators, they had extended an open hand to the Constituent Assembly during and after the election. They had even gone so far as to elect representatives to the Assembly and when it opened on the 10th (23 N.S.) November they had looked on the proceedings with hope. However, when the calls of the Ukrainian SR representatives in the Constituent Assembly to address the Ukraine issue immediately were pronounced, they were met by obfuscating and distraction. By the end of November, the Rada had finally had enough of the Constituent Assembly and declared the Ukraine an independent nation.

    However, while events had pressed onwards in the Constituent Assembly, who gave little credence or attention to events in the Ukraine, the Bolshevik leadership had begun an extended effort at extending their power into southern Russia and the Ukraine while largely ignoring the proceeding in the capital, the first of their successes coming with the sudden capture of Kharkov, an industrial city in the eastern Ukraine where the ethnic Russians were in the majority, in mid-January. They would subsequently press ever further into the Ukraine, contesting the Rada's rule of the region and provoking incredible levels of unrest across the region.


    345px-Brodskiy_II_Radek.jpg

    Karl Radek, Prominent Member of the RSDLP Central Committee

    The Left Goes to War

    From the moment it first convened, the Constituent Assembly was a body at war with itself. The first to feel the pressure were the Socialist Revolutionaries whose members in the assembly splintered into half-a-hundred different groupings and as a result soon fell under the thrall of the other parties of the Assembly. While the Ukrainian SRs completely abandoned the Assembly following the Rada's declaration of Ukrainian Independence, the faction of the Left SRs who Chernov was able to secure some degree of control over joined with the RSDLP in an effort at ensuring that a left-wing government would hold power over the newborn republic. However, the fraction Chernov was able to extract from his party was steadily reduced by the inroads made by the Bolsheviks amongst the peasantry - a result of their increasing efforts at better securing urban food supplies for the cities under their rule through a series of Soviet Councils at village and factory level. These low-level Soviets began a sanctioned exchanges of goods between village and factory in a bid at restarting the urban-rural economic exchange and resolving the economic pressures on Central Russia.

    These moves, coupled with the Bolsheviks' decision to call for Land Reform with no compensation for the former landlords, won them many friends amongst the rural population of Central and Southern Russia and led to a slow but stream of delegates moving into the Bolshevik camp. The Right SRs also found themselves constantly assailed, as the Right Mensheviks were able to muster their talented speakers and politicians who swiftly outmanoeuvred many of the inexperienced peasant representatives in the Assembly. Thus the Right SRs found themselves increasingly under the sway of the Right Mensheviks, who in turn sought allies among the Bourgeois parties, particularly the Trudoviks, in a bid to remove the RSDLP from power. As these conflicts swiftly collided with the fierce debates surrounding land reform, Ukrainian and Finnish independence, the peace negotiations and much more, the Constituent Assembly grew increasingly raucous and belligerent - the Left increasingly ignoring the threat posed by the Kadets in favour of attacking each other. One decision that the Assembly did succeed in passing was the decision to abandon the Julian Calendar for the Gregorian Calendar starting on the 1st of February 1918 (O.S), which would instead become the 14th of February 1918 (N.S.) - bringing Russia in line with the rest of Europe.

    The Kadets had not forgotten that they once ruled the Empire-turned-Republic and schemed constantly for their restoration to power. With their own share of the Assembly at a measly 8%, they were unlikely to secure control of the Assembly through numbers or political alliances - the latter being excluded due to the massive majority held by the numerous left-wing parties. Instead, Milyukov and his fellow party leaders determined that escalating the conflict amongst the left-wing parties was imminently in their interests. As a result the Kadets first made common cause with the Trudoviks and the other liberal parties, making numerous promises and concessions in order to shape this Trojan Horse which the Kadet leadership hoped might ruin the Left. Milyukov was integral in convincing the Trudoviks to make common cause with the Right Mensheviks and in the Assembly, the Kadets made common cause with these parties on numerous issues. At the same time, the political leadership of the Kadets began making discreet inquiries towards the numerous other White factions which had begun to emerge in the aftermath of the Kornilov Affair. It was as part of these inquiries that Milyukov first made contact, and common cause, with Vasilii Zavoiko. It was this alliance which truly set in motion the events of January 1918.

    Perhaps the most inflammatory issue in the Assembly remained the negotiations with the Germans, with reports of the German demands growing ever more outrageous as the New Year came and went. During a week-long recess from the negotiations in early January, Trotsky returned to Petrograd to consult with his fellow party leaders over the increasingly draconian demands set out at the negotiating table, the latest of which had been delivered directly from Ludendorff at OHL and marked the most ambitious series of demands Trotsky had yet received - including major indemnities, annexations and the independence or vassalage to the Germans of vast swathes of land which would set the border barely half a hundred kilometres from Petrograd. While the RSDLP and their allies worked to determine the best path forward, Milyukov and Zavoiko set in motion a whisper campaign meant to push the RSDLP government to restart the war with the Germans in an effort to discredit them and remove them from power. For the Russian Right, victory in the Great War had become subsidiary to victory over the Left.

    During the decisive cabinet meeting on the 2nd (15 N.S.) of January, a decision about how to respond to the German war demands were at the center of the discussions. There were three clear factions to emerge during the meeting: the Radek faction, which was the largest of the three, centering on the former Polish Bolshevik Karl Radek, who advocated fighting a revolutionary war against Germany. This, it was said, was the most likely way to spark an uprising in the West, which was what really mattered for the Internationalist revolutionaries of the RSDLP. "We have to look at the socialist republic from the international point of view," Radek argued, "Let us strike down the Germans and spread the revolution widely - we might even be able to rid ourselves of the burzhooi elements in the Assembly if we worked it right. Even if we face failure and the Germans strike forward another hundred miles, the rotting imperial edifices will come crumbling down behind them."

    The second largest faction formed around Trotsky himself, who was equally concerned about spreading revolution westward in response to reports of major strikes in Germany and Austria-Hungary, but worried about the ability of the forces available to the Russian Republic to seriously withstand a German advance. He thus demanded reassurances from Radek's faction before he would be willing to support their position. This left the third, and smallest, of the factions centering on Zinoviev, who worried more about the growing power of the political Right than the German war demands. Land could be retaken and indemnities repaid, but without order in Russia, there would be no hope for the Republic.

    Martov remained uncommitted for much of the meeting, eventually turning in favour of the Radek faction and drawing Trotsky with him when he suggested that the joint commitment of forces from the Petrograd garrison and from among the White forces, including the Czechoslovak Legion, might be sufficient in strengthening the front enough for a German offensive to provoke a revolution in Germany. This would in turn spread like wildfire across all of Europe - and eventually the world (2).

    With the government firmly united in favor of restarting the war, the government set about planning its coming military actions. Over the course of ten days the Russian forces were assessed and brought onto the line opposite the distracted and severely undermanned German positions in the Baltics while preparations were made before the repudiation of the treaty. Finally, on the 13th (26 N.S.) of January 1918 the latest version of the German demands was put before the Constituent Assembly. In a ringing denunciation of German bad faith and the perfidy of imperial powers, Trotsky widely condemned the German diplomatic efforts as imperialistic and called for the repudiation of the proposed peace treaty in an hour long speech. It was here that the underlying bad faith of both the Left and Right wing of the Assembly combined to publicly toss aside the treaty set before them, as one man after another rose to cry out their outrage against the Germans. This response was then passed on to the diplomatic delegation of Germany hours before Russian forces launched their attack on the 15th (28 N.S.) of January 1918.

    Footnotes:

    (2) This actually closely mirrors a central committee meeting held by the Bolsheviks following their coup in October/November 1917, during which Bukharin led what I have called the Radek faction here, calling for a revolutionary war. There was actually a very large portion of the Bolshevik party, and amongst the Soviet left-wing parties in general, who believed that they could trigger a revolution across all of Europe if they could just demonstrate that a revolutionary army was able to beat a reactionary force. IOTL Lenin held to Zinoviev's position with Zinoviev and Stalin, but they constituted a minuscule minority of the committee. However, Lenin's stubbornness coupled with his decision to ally with Trotsky in supporting a "Neither War nor Peace" position of delaying tactics, untrustworthy negotiations and simply refusing to fight allowed for the minority faction to win out. Bukharin argued Radek's position IOTL and was supported by the vast majority of the central committee, including Radek, but lost the argument to the combined weight of Trotsky, Stalin and Lenin - who all were against it. ITTL Trotsky is convinced that they might actually succeed with proper military support, and as such a different decision is taken - IOTL he felt that the forces simply weren't available for them to succeed.


    Summary:

    The RSDLP is formed in the midst of severe political turbulence, leading to a German end to the truce.

    Operation Albion is launched and ends successfully for the Germans, who restart negotiations while they transfer forces to other fronts.

    The first fully democratic elections in Russian history are undertaken and the Constituent Assembly is formed, while Ukraine declares independence.

    Experiencing immense political infighting, the Left and Right eventually turn to war against the Germans as a panacea to their problems.

    End Note:

    There is a lot of political infighting, chaos and confusion in this update. I am sorry if it is all a bit difficult to keep track of, and if there is anything that needs clarifying please let me know. Parties are merging and splintering, fighting amongst each other for scraps of power, while others plot and scheme. Throughout this period the Germans seek to exploit Russian divisions to the utmost, with significant consequences for the entirety of Eastern Europe. This update mirrors OTL on a number of levels, but the lack of an October Revolution should become increasingly clear. The Soviet Government that came to power following the September Rising is not the Communist party of OTL, but instead represents some middle ground between the Coalition Governments of the Provisional Government and the Bolshevik Government of OTL post-October. As we move forward, the parties will move in increasingly divergent directions from OTL and events will shift and change as butterflies play out.

    Regarding Operation Albion, I have had a great deal of difficulty determining when precisely it occurred. I have found sources saying everything from late-September to late-October IOTL, likely confused by the whole multiple calendar issue that comes into play when dealing with the Russians in this period. Regardless of when it occurred IOTL, ITTL there are some shifts in the dates of the campaign and the like for a variety of reasons - first among them the fact that the Germans and Russians actually spend almost a month negotiating rather than the conflict just grinding onwards after the Kornilov Affair as happened IOTL. An interesting point to note is that the Germans are actually conducting their preparations for Operation Albion during the ceasefire - and as such there is some question as to whether the Germans were acting in bad faith during this period of negotiation. We will see how they exploit all of these truces and ceasefires on other fronts in the next update.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Five: A Reduction of Theatres
  • A Reduction of Theatres

    640px-Plotone_d%27assalto_tedesco_con_MG0815.jpg

    German Forces at Caporetto

    Romania Delenda Est

    The slackening pressure in the east now allowed the Germans to turn their attention to other fronts, several of which were nearing their climax. The closest of these was the Romanian Front where, in early July 1917, one of the largest concentrations of combat forces and war material assembled during World War I were martialed: nine armies, 80 infantry divisions with 974 battalions, 19 cavalry divisions with 550 squadrons and 923 artillery batteries, whose effectives amounted to some 800,000 men, with about one million in their immediate reserve.

    In 1916 the Romanians had been forced from Wallachia and were bottled up in Moldavia where the Central Powers now hoped to crush them. The three great battles that followed the buildup, at Mărăști, Mărășești and Oituz, represented a turning point in the war on the Eastern front and forced the Romanians squarely onto the German High Command's (OHL) list of priorities. The Battle of Mărăști began on the 24th July 1917 as a complement to the wider Kerensky Offensive to significant early success. Initiated by surprise with three divisions, the offensive succeeded in disrupting the well-organised enemy defences and compelled the Austro-Hungarians and Germans to retreat, however by the second day of operations the Russian command called for a unilateral halt to the offensive actions as their own offensive to the north began to stall in the face of mass casualties and a collapsing situation in Galicia and Bukovina.

    The Romanian General Headquarters saw itself compelled to discontinue the otherwise successful offensive throughout the entire region between the Eastern Carpathians and the Black Sea. In the Mărăști zone, however, the Romanian units continued the offensive until July 30 upon the request of their commander, General Alexandru Averescu. This marked the end of the Battle of Mărăști. It inflicted important losses upon the Austro-Hungarians and Germans, who relinquished a 35 km-wide and 20 km-deep area and sustained heavy casualties and losses in military resources. The salient created by the Romanian troops in the enemy lines at the junction between the Austro-Hungarian First Army and the German Ninth Army forced the High Command of the Central Powers to bring forces from other sectors on the Moldavian front and changed the main direction of the offensive initially planned for the Focşani-Nămoloasa region.

    After the Battle of Mărăști had been discontinued, the Central Powers tried to implement their own offensive plan in the summer of 1917. Pursuing the offensive, the German troops aimed at occupying the whole of Moldavia, thereby knocking Romania out of the war and, together with an in-depth penetration of the Austro-Hungarian troops on the front in Bukovina, to push the Russian forces eastwards beyond Odessa. The offensive of the German Ninth Army, from the Army Group Mackensen, started on the 6th of August 1917 when the units of the Russian Fourth Army on the Siret River in southern Moldavia were expected to leave their positions to reinforce the front in northern Moldavia, whereafter they would in turn be replaced by the divisions of the Romanian First Army.

    For 29 days, until 3rd September, this region was the scene of one of the most important battle fought by the Romanian army during the 1917 campaign. The Battle of Mărășești had three distinct stages. During the first stage (6th-12th August), the troops of the Romanian First Army, together with Russian forces, managed to arrest the enemy advance and forced the Germans to change the direction of their attack toward the northwest gradually. In the second stage (13th-19th August), the Romanian Command completely took over the command of the battle from the Russians, whereafter the confrontation reached its climax on the 19th August, with the result that enemy's attempts to advance were completely thwarted. The third stage (20th August - 3rd September) actually saw the last German attempt to at least improve their positions in view of a new offensive but this assault also found itself confounded by the Romanian response. Starting on 8th August 1917, the fighting on the Mărășești front combined with an Austro-Hungarian-German offensive at Oituz. Holding out against superior enemy forces, the Romanian troops by 30th August had stemmed the advance of the Gerok Army Group.

    The end of the general offensive on the Romanian front by the Central Powers on the 3rd September 1917 marked a strategic defeat and a considerable weakening of their forces on the South-Eastern front in the immediate term. As a result of these operations, the remaining Romanian territories remained unoccupied. Nearly 1,000,000 Central Powers troops were now tied down on the South-Eastern Front. The situation, however, once again took a turn for the worse for the Entente in mid- and late September 1917 when first the Kornilov Coup sent shockwaves through the Russian army, only worsened by the subsequent struggles of the September Rising. The situation turned disastrous for the Romanians when the new Soviet Government signed a month-long truce with the Germans in late-September 1917 (1).


    During this period of quiet on the Eastern Front, the German Eastern Front Command, headed by the talented Max Hoffmann, set in motion a series of highly ambitious and swiftly-planned operations, rushing the troops and naval deployments required for Operation Albion into place, dispatching the initial forces for the planned Caporetto Offensive in Italy and most immediately, shifted vast numbers of men south to the command of Felix Graf von Bothmer, the Südarmée on the border to Sucevea in northern Romania, in a bid to get in one final blow against the Romanians before the end of the year. The plan was for the Südarmée and their Austro-Hungarian allies in the 3rd Army to launch an assault into Suceava while Army Group Mackensen and the other forces in the south launched demonstration attacks against the Romanians to hold them in place.

    The 150,000 men dedicated to the Suceava Offensive were ready two weeks into the ceasefire period and slammed home against the completely outnumbered Romanian defenders, overrunning their positions swiftly and beginning a general collapse of the Romanian Northern Front. When the Romanian High Command sought to shuffle troops northward to counter the push into Suceava, Mackensen saw an opportunity and committed to the attack. Having already fought several intensive engagements against the Germans, the distracted and weakened Romanian defenders proved significantly easier to crack the second time around. With their positions crumbling, the Romanians threw in the towel on the 10th of October 1917, signing the Truce of Suceava and began negotiations for a final peace treaty. Over the course of the next several months, the troop concentrations in Romania were reduced immensely - reaching some 200,000 by mid-1918.

    The resultant Treaty of Bucharest was harsh, demanding the transfer of Dobruja south of the Cernavodă-Constanța railroad to Bulgaria, though leaving the Romanians in control of the Danube delta, as well as the transfer of all passes through the Carpathians to Austro-Hungarian suzerainty. In addition, Germany was given a 90 year lease on the Romanian oil wells as well as significant access to Romania's food stock and raw resources, while German civil servants were given broad powers to veto Romanian ministerial decisions and the right to fire Romanian civil servants as they pleased - in effect making Romania a vassal state of the German Empire. Finally, the Bessarabian Union with Romania was accepted by the Central Powers - ironincally achieving one of the major goals outlined in nationalist hopes of Greater Romania. While the Romanian Prime Minister Alexandru Marghiloman signed the treaty at Buftea, near Bucharest, on the 3rd of December 1917 and it was ratified by the Chamber of Deputies on the 18th of December 1917 and by the Senate on the 5th of January 1918, King Ferdinand I of Romania refused to sign and promulgate the treaty. As panic at what a failure to secure royal approval of the treaty would mean swept through the Romanian government and court, tensions with the occupying forces rose dramatically. This would culminate in a German-sanctioned coup which saw Ferdinand I's deposal in favour of his son Carol II, who was widely viewed as a hedonistic playboy and who showed little interest in actually ruling. Carol would sign the treaty when it was presented before leaving matters of state to the Germans and his Prime Minister (2).

    The second front to secure significant support in the Autumn of 1917 was Italy, following the brief distraction of Operation Albion. The Central Power's Autumn Offensive in Italy which resulted from this intervention was the only occasion in which the Germans participated in strength in the Italian theatre and was decided on short notice, as a fire-fighting operation in response to an Austrian plea for assistance. The Austrians were hard pressed during the eleventh Isonzo battle in August–September when fifty-one Italian divisions with 5,200 guns attacked nineteen defending ones. Like their German counterparts in Flanders, the Austro-Hungarians were demoralised by endless defensive fighting, and Krafft von Delmensingen, a German mountain warfare expert who visited the front in the summer, reported to OHL that they could not withstand a twelfth such battle.

    On the 26th of August Emperor Karl informed Kaiser Wilhelm that Austria-Hungary wanted to launch an offensive and asked for German troops to replace Austrian ones in Russia so that he could move heavy artillery to Italy. Wilhelm ordered Ludendorff to examine the problem, but the latter doubted that the Habsburg troops, unschooled in the new tactics that had secured success on the Eastern and Romanian front, could stage a successful offensive and he feared an Austro-Italian separate peace if they did. On the other hand, after the major military successes at Riga, and particularly following the second truce with Russia in the aftermath of Operation Albion, OHL had significantly troops available for an Italian operation before the winter than they had expected. The resultant operation was planned as a temporary deployment with limited aims. In the first instance the objective had been to simply prop up the Austrians by driving the Italians back to the river Tagliamento, depriving the latter of their expensively won conquests, but these goals were rapidly expanded as the sheer number of troops released from the Eastern and Romanian Fronts became clear.

    The battle would consist of an ambitious pincer attack from both the Isonzo and the Tyrol, for which Ludendorff judged he had enough men following the arrival of further reinforcements from Romania and points east. Beginning in September, the Germans moved twelve divisions to the Italian theatre, incorporating eight of them in a new Austro-German Fourteenth Army at the Isonzo under the leadership of Otto von Below and with Krafft von Delmensingen as his CGS, while the remaining four divisions were incorporated into a second joint Austro-German Eleventh Army under Oskar von Hutier on the Trentino Front - Konrad von Hötzendorf finding himself subordinated to German command. Austria-Hungary moved five divisions to the Isonzo from the Eastern Front and reinforced the Trentino with another couple of divisions. Overall command of the new offensive was given to the rapidly redeployed Field Marshal August von Mackensen, who had transferred command of the situation in Romania to General Hermann von Eichhorn. To match this new task, Eichhorn would in turn be promoted to Field Marshal soon after receiving his new command (3).

    Footnotes:

    (1) Up until this point events are largely following OTL. The major point to keep in mind here is that the Romanians have been fighting almost exclusively in the south and west of their country and by this point all of Wallachia has fallen to the Central Powers and only Moldavia remains free. The northern parts of Moldavia have largely escaped military conflict and as such are very weakly garrisoned, the Romanians having relied heavily on the Russians to shield them in the area. However, the tail end of the Kerensky Offensive saw the Central Powers advance to the Moldavian border by the 3rd of August 1917. As such, Romania now finds itself threatened from the north and the south at the same time and doesn't have the manpower to cover both fronts.

    (2) This is the result of the Germans securing a truce with Russia one month earlier than IOTL. Here they are able to shift forces south to the battered Romanian front and make a quick push, which sends everything tumbling. IOTL, and ITTL, the Germans exploit the forces becoming available to them in the East to finish what subsidiary fronts they can before turning westward. The removal of Romania from the war in October is incredibly important because it allows for the redeployment of large parts of the forces in the region there, allowing the Austrian-Hungarians to strengthen the Italian Front, the Bulgarians to strengthen the Salonica Front and the Germans to redeploy their forces to where they can do the most good. Furthermore, the resource windfall which IOTL came in early-mid 1918 instead hits earlier - allowing the Germans to ease some of their food shortages and other resource crunches during late 1917. The reduction in forces to an eventual 200,000 is based on the number of troops under Mackensen at his surrender to the Allies in late 1918 IOTL, which would seem to indicate that that is the number of forces required to retain control of Romania. The Treaty of Bucharest is also completely based on OTL, though adjusted in its timeline. The deposal of Ferdinand in favuor of Carol II happens because of the changed circumstances of Romania's surrender - having been defeated in the field - and as such the Germans are more willing to force the situation with Ferdinand - who is transferred to Berlin for the time being alongside his wife and most of their children, where they are kept under a loose house arrest while largely being treated as guests of the Kaiser.

    (3) This is five more divisions for the Germans and five more Austro-Hungarian divisions than OTL, almost all of them coming from amongst the forces previously dedicated to the conquest of Romania, with many of the additional troops coming from the German 9th Army. One important note is that rather than transfer forces from Trentino, the Austro-Hungarians are drawing forces exclusively from Romania and the Eastern front - leaving the forces in the Tyrol significantly stronger. The larger number of forces available to the Central Powers after Romania's fall allows Ludendorff to go with his original plans for a double offensive on both the Trentino and Isonzo fronts rather than the single thrust of OTL. Finally, the decision to transfer Mackensen comes from the fact that with the Romanian front closed, he is moved to where he can do the most good. This had already happened multiple times during the war, with him controlling independent army groups in Poland, Serbia and Romania. Having him transferred to Italy on the eve of the Italian Offensive is hopefully not too great of a leap and represents the greater German buy-in to the offensive.


    belowgrappa.jpg

    Monte Grappa from the Venetian Plain

    The Venetian Campaign

    The plan was for two simultaneous offensives, one focusing on the Italian salient which had developed during the last Battle of the Isonzo and another offensive out of the Tyrol on the Trentino Front aimed at capturing the Asiago and Monte Grappa plateaus, wherefrom the Central Powers would be able to interdict the Italian supply lines to the Isonzo and threaten Venice itself.

    On 24th of October, the Caporetto offensive was launched and quickly achieved overwhelming success, capturing or routing a large part of the Italian army and advancing more than fifty miles. In the theatre as a whole the Germans and Austrians had thirty-three divisions against the Italians’ forty-one, but in the northern Isonzo attack sector they concentrated fifteen against six. They took pains to achieve surprise, camouflaging their artillery and moving up the assault infantry by night. Because the Austrians still held bridgeheads west of the Isonzo, the Germans could break out without having to cross the river. The Italians had followed staff college practice and garrisoned the heights above, enabling the German forward commanders to drive forward at their own rapid pace until the valleys converged, not waiting for the artillery to follow them but by-passing the enemy positions. The German infantry were equipped with the new Maxim 08/15 light machine-gun, and the A-line Troops additionally carried mortars and mountain guns. Many had already experienced mountain warfare in the Carpathians and the Vosges; others were given time beforehand to train and to acclimatise to the thinner air.

    Advancing ten to fifteen miles on the first day, by 25th October they were out of the mountains altogether and advancing rapidly across the Veneto plain. The Second Asiago Offensive came under way on the 26th, with a large bombardment and a rapid advance, mirroring the assault on the Isonzo. Slamming headlong into the Italian First Army under Brusati, they forced their way forward in a quick series of attacks, driving back the Italian defenders, who seemed powerless to stop this implacable attack despite the incredibly harsh terrain. By the 28th of September the Eleventh Army had begun its assault on the massive defensive positions on Monte Grappa. After the 28th the rain began, the troops grew weary, and supply from their distant railheads was increasingly difficult, leading to a significant slowing of the pace of the Caporetto Offensive, before it came to a halt in front of the Piave River on the 12th of November (4).

    The Italian army was ill prepared to meet this onslaught. Its commanders had failed to reinforce it in the crucial sectors, and the Supreme Commander Cadorna seemed complacent. After suspending the eleventh battle of the Isonzo he envisaged renewing it in the spring, discounting intelligence warnings of German intervention. Even after enemy ranging shots and interrogation of deserters had disclosed the location and date of the attack he had doubted it would come and had been confident that if it did, he could deal with it. Cardona had been determined to hang on to his gains from the summer and the Italians had remained in their conquered positions, too many of them crammed too far forward and their reserves kept too far behind. He had ordered the line to be organized for defense in depth, but General Capello, who commanded the Second Army in the threatened sector, had ignored the instruction, apparently hoping to deal with the offensive by a flank attack. Yet on his left Capello had placed recently conscripted munitions workers involved in the August uprisings in Turin.

    When the blow fell, Capello's army proved highly vulnerable to the bombardment, and the Germans easily infiltrated it. Cadorna described Caporetto as ‘a kind of military strike’ and blamed it on ‘subversive propaganda’. He advised Prime Minister Vittorio Orlando of this, accusing the Second Army of failing to fight. It suited Cadorna and Capello to disseminate this view, which gained wide currency. It indeed had some basis, although Cadorna’s aggressive strategy and indifference to his soldiers’ welfare bore much of the blame for their mood. While several units did fight during the retreat, and inflicted quite significant casualties, these were dwarfed by the scale of the surrendering soldiers and the immense losses in artillery, munitions and supply stores. The shock of the bombardment and the speed of the breakthrough left masses of soldiers cut off and leaderless, but German accounts make clear that many Italians gave up quickly and without resistance, abandoned their rifles and uniforms, and cheered the victors, while others abused units moving up.


    The surrenders began at once, the German Twelfth Division taking 15,000 prisoners on the first day. Cadorna had no contingency plans for a withdrawal and was slow to authorize one; nor could the Italians manage what became an unprecedented traffic jam. Once the retreat began it snowballed out of control and the troops streamed south-eastwards alongside 400,000 civilian refugees, looting abandoned farms. In the face of this disaster, Orlando was quick to ask for aid from his allies and worked to strengthen their resistance, building up a new defensive line behind the Piave River, which was promptly flooded to prevent pursuit. By early November more than eleven Allied divisions were on their way to Italy in hopes of stabilising the front in Italy.

    However, it was in the context of defending on the Piave that the Asiago Offensive truly began playing havoc with the Italian defensive plans. Having captured the Plateau by the 31st of October, the focus had turned eastward to the Monte Grappa Massif. Monte Grappa was a massive fortress built into the rock of the mountain, seemingly impenetrable to artillery of the period. As such, the focus of the assault on Monte Grappa had focused on the south-western most peak of Monte Asolone, wherefrom a vital supply road ran south-west behind Italian positions. It was this peak that became the focus of some of the fiercest fighting of the campaign, as Cadorna, and eventually his successor Armando Diaz, threw everything they could into its defence. There was little finesse to the fighting, it becoming little more than a meatgrinder. However, with control of the Asiago Plateau, the Austro-Germans were able to bombard the positions of the Italians fighting on the side of Monte Grappa - including the road supplying the fortress. By the 8th of November, in growing snow and rain, the fortress was forced to surrender, having run out of supplies in the intense fighting.

    The capture of Monte Grappa was an absolute disaster for the Allied positions in Italy, with a follow-up offensive from Asiago and Monte Grappa slamming home a scant 50 kilometres from Venice on the 22nd of November in absolutely horrendous weather. This was the Padua Offensive, which saw the Austro-Germans utilize their control of the Alpine heights to bombard Italian positions indiscriminately while troop transfers north to the positions on the Asiago from the Piave front soon meant that the Eleventh Army was able to go on the offensive again. The assault slammed home against the barely trained conscripts of the Class of 1899 who had been rushed to the front to plug the gaps caused by the Autumn Offensives. They were completely unprepared for the offensive when it slammed home in late November and collapsed in a route which swiftly grew to engulf the entire Italian army. By the 2nd of December, Prime Minister Orlando saw himself forced to sue for peace, though it would take over a week before the offer was accepted by Field Marshal Mackensen, who used this period to press ever further into Northern Italy - accepting surrender only after Venice had fallen to the Central Powers. Italy was thus the second Allied state driven to defeat within a two-month period (5).

    Footnotes:

    (4) The Asiago Offensive likely has less impact ITTL than it would have actually had, but the Caporetto Offensive largely runs as per OTL. I am unsure if the Piave would actually have been used as a defensive position with the Asiago Plateau captured, but I hope you will bear with me.

    (5) Losing both Asiago and Monte Grappa is an unmitigated disaster which leaves the entire Italian front completely indefensible. While the Allies rush troops south to Italy to help in the defence, by the time the Central Powers launch the Padua Offensive, the Italians are collapsing in on themselves. I am aware that IOTL the Italians experienced a major resurgence in morale following the end of Caporetto, which was part of why they were able to hold onto Monte Grappa IOTL, however ITTL they never quite find the leverage they need to hold their ground given the pressure and added challenge of stopping a two-pronged assault. The assault on the Trentino Front is significantly less successful than that at Caporetto, partly due to the more difficult ground they have to cover, but they are able to capture the points they needed to for events to turn properly in their favour.


    371px-VittorioEmanuelleOrlando28379v_cropped.jpg

    Prime Minister Vittorio Emanuele Orlando of Italy

    Italy's Fall

    The collapse of Italy left eleven Anglo-French divisions in hostile territory with their supply lines collapsing behind them. This left the two Allied commanders, the Earl of Cavan and Pierre Jean Charles Antoine Nourrisson, in a crisis as they suddenly found themselves racing for safety across the Venetian, and later Lombard, Plains. The Germans were swift to give pursuit, passing through the collapsing Italian positions, spreading out to take control of the region and collecting prisoners of war by the hundreds of thousands. The 12th French Army Corps was finally forced to turn and fight in the Battle of Legnano as their crossing of the Adige slowed the passage of French forces enough for the Germans to catch up. The resultant conflict was a brief but bloody affair which ended when panic over a German crossing of the Adige further to the North left the French in danger of envelopment. Caught against a river and without defensive positions to shield them, the French soldiers found themselves under constant artillery bombardment from German light artillery and began surrendering en masse. The Battle of Legnano left half the French divisions in Italy in ruins or interned, but the remainder would successfully make their retreat into the Piedmont, where they were met by French forces dispatched by French High Command to secure control of Turin rather than let it fall into Austro-German hands.

    The British XIV Army Corp under Earl Cavan would find themselves forced to abandon their supplies, artillery train and countless other vehicles, planes and lorries in their rush to escape envelopment, having only recently come into positions in the line alongside newly drafted Italian conscripts who promptly collapsed during the Padua Offensive. The British forces in Italy were forced to flee as swiftly as they could, losing a division-worth of men before they could break free. Their rush to escape took them on a path further north than the French and they were able to successfully cross the Adige despite an Austro-German thrust along the Lago di Garda. The Italian March as it would come to be known in British military legend saw Earl Cavan engage in a game of cat and mouse with their pursuers, turning twice - at Goito, north of Mantua, and at Crema, near Lodi - to fight them to a stop. In the process of the retreat another division and a half were lost, but Cavan was able to make the most of it, shepherding any Italian soldiers who wished to continue fighting despite Italy's surrender. By the time the XIV Army Corp arrived in Turin, the Allied papers were filled with tales of daring and courage - turning an unimaginable defeat into a seeming victory against all odds.

    The Austro-German alliance rushed into Northern Italy as negotiations proceeded with Prime Minister Vittorio Orlando, securing control of the vast industrial and agricultural resources available in the region. During the negotiations, which took place near simultaneously with those in Russia, Orlando was forced to accept the demobilisation of the Italian Army, with the exception of a minor peace-keeping force to be kept south of Tuscany, while the Central Powers were given the right to secure and garrison Italy north of the Tuscan line. Venice, Florence, Milan, Verona and countless other cities were garrisoned, primarily by Austrians, while Italian conscripts were disarmed and set to work in fields and factories. German factory bosses were brought in to take control of Italian industry across Northern Italy, placing them under military law for the duration of the conflict, while forces were rushed westward to establish a defensive line in the Piedmont against a potential Allied assault.

    Further negotiations on a final settlement would be left to wait until after the end of the war, as part of a general peace treaty, but for the time being Italy's resources would be put at the service of the Central Powers' war machine. It was here that the decision made by the French to secure Turin and Italian Libya began Italy's turn away from the Allies, and led to Orlando actually receiving significant support in his decision to bring peace to Italy. The French decision to occupy the lands of their Italian allies was met with incredible outrage by Italians of all stripes who thought the action a horrible example of Gallic perfidy.


    Benito Mussolini, the former Socialist-turned-Far Right Nationalist, turned the full wrath of his paper, Il Popolo d'Italia, against the Allies - decrying them as worse than enemies, as traitors to Italy and as cruel exploiters of Italian misfortune. The French occupation of Turin would come to symbolise the Italian Right's firm belief that they had been goaded into joining the war on the side of the Allies under false pretences, and that the people of Italy had been made to bleed on Allied behalf for years on end, while the Allies had plotted to exploit their resultant weakness. The trauma of the German and Austro-Hungarian occupations of northern Italy were too great to properly encompass within a political message, and the relatively firm and decisive military governorship of Field Marshal Mackensen would come to be compared favourably to that of the former Italian Supreme Commander Cadorna. As a result it became this lesser event, this betrayal of Italy by its allies, that entered the national consciousness of the Italian Right (6).

    While minor skirmishes and slow-paced artillery duels came to dominate the Piedmontese Front, almost exclusively garrisoned by replenished and buoyant Austro-Hungarian forces, the Germans began withdrawing what forces they could from Italy in preparation for the coming Spring Offensives which were already then being planned. The Germans would lean heavily on the Austro-Hungarians for garrison troops across Northern Italy, Russia and Romania, but would decide to provide the garrison for Venice, a move to lessen Italian fears of an Austro-Hungarian annexation of the region, and in Milan, where they secured complete control of the countless factories of the city. August von Mackensen would bring a vigorous discipline to his governing of Northern Italy, chasing down and disarming deserters and bandits while steadfastly enforcing military law. His rule would come to be remembered as a period of stability and peace during the hard years to come.

    Despite this impression, Mackensen ruled with a harsh hand and was more than willing to punish sabotage and banditry ruthlessly. He unleashed the Austrian navy into the Adriatic, catching the Allies by surprise in mid-December with a raid designed to temporarily cut the supply lines to the Salonica Front. Half a dozen ships were caught unaware before a British ship got a warning out and the resultant deployment of British Fleet forces to the Adriatic eventually bottled the Austrians back up. However, during the month it took to accomplish this, the Austrian fleet was able to inflict severe supply shortages amongst the forces around Salonica - causing a major spike in disease and forcing the abandonment of a planned campaign in early 1918.

    The withdrawal of German forces from Italy happened with relative rapidity, primarily making their way towards the Western Front. However, just as OHL began planning for a post-war Eastern Front, events began spinning completely out of control. Following significant internal disagreement over war terms within the German camp, the extremely harsh terms set out in early January 1918 caused the collapse of negotiations with the Russians and, as the Russians launched their offensive into the Baltic states, German soldiery suddenly found itself rushed back to the East. The Russians were not out of the Great War just yet.

    Footnotes:

    (6) I thought all the requisite parts for a stab-in-the-back myth were present in Italy following their defeat. Under these circumstances, what was IOTL the "Mutilated Peace" becomes a myth of French, English and American perfidy - with the Right conveniently forgetting the Allied reinforcements sent to support them during Caporetto. Where IOTL the Italian Right had the annexation of Fiume to rally behind, here it is the return of Turin and Libya that becomes an initial centre point to their propaganda and ideology. At the same time, the French view their occupation of parts of Piedmont and Libya as a temporary measure to prevent the Central Powers from opening a front in southern France and to prevent the creation of a threat by the Central Powers to the Southern Mediterranean.


    Bundesarchiv_Bild_183-2005-0828-525_Erich_Ludendorff_%28cropped%29%28b%29.jpg

    Erich Ludendorff, First Quartermaster General of OHL

    Ludendorff’s Folly

    With both Romania and Italy both knocked out of the war, the focus turned squarely to Russia in late 1917 and early 1918, where a concerted push was led by the German Foreign Minister Richard von Kühlmann and General Max Hoffmann to close off this front so that the Central Powers could turn their complete attention to the West. Many peace feelers were being put forward on all sides at this time, usually secretly and with tangled motives, while leaders on both sides spoke publicly about their willingness to make peace on reasonable terms. The Entente was trying to arrange a separate peace with Vienna, which would have been fatal to Germany in the east. The Germans were using intermediaries to see if one member of the Entente or another might be ready to talk, but there was never much chance of working out a general peace at this point in time. Berlin, Vienna, London and Paris still saw victory as possible or even likely in the long run, and none would settle for less. In a sense, all were unable to settle for less. Having told their peoples that this was a fight of good against evil, they would have found a decision to reconcile with the enemy, not to mention everything sacrificed in fighting that enemy, difficult to explain.

    Even Germany’s own leaders were fiercely divided on the question of war aims. Hindenburg and Ludendorff still expected to win, and therefore they had no interest in peace terms not dictated by Berlin. By contrast, Count Georg von Hertling, the aged Bavarian Catholic and former professor of philosophy who had become chancellor on 1st November 1917, said he wanted a place in history as the “reconciliation chancellor.” However, even for him reconciliation meant a peace that brought gains to Germany - Luxembourg and Liège, perhaps, as well as France’s Longwy-Briey basin with its rich deposits of coal and iron. In this he was supported by Richard von Kühlmann, who pursued negotiations in many directions so energetically and ingeniously that Hindenburg and Ludendorff came to regard him as another of their problems. But he never did so with the intention of ending the fighting; his objective was to get any one member of the Entente to drop out of the war, freeing the generals to finish off the others.

    It was this divide, between the central leadership of OHL and their subordinates in the east, combined with the struggle between the military and civil states of Germany that came to a head in the negotiations over peace with Russia. The conflict centred on the rapidly growing rift between Ludendorff and his rival, certainly the clever, and possibly most brilliant, general officer in the German army, the recently promoted Major General Max Hoffmann. In late December, when Hoffmann returned from the peace talks in with the Russians for a meeting of the Kaiser’s Crown Council, Foreign Minister Kühlmann invited him to lunch. Kaiser Wilhelm invited himself to join them. He asked Hoffmann for his views on what Germany should claim as the spoils due to it as the victor in the east. Hoffmann, mindful that Ludendorff had forbidden all officers to talk with the Kaiser without first consulting him, tried to avoid answering, but when Wilhelm insisted, he was, after all, the monarch to whom every German officer swore obedience, Hoffmann had little choice except to comply. He explained, knowing that everything he said was in direct opposition to Ludendorff’s thinking, that in his opinion it would make no sense to take permanent control of large expanses of territory in the east. Adjustments along the frontier with Poland could have military value, he said, but absorbing substantial non-German populations would bring only trouble.

    After lunch Hoffmann attempted to telephone Ludendorff and explain what had happened. However, he was unable to reach him: Ludendorff was in transit, en route to the next day’s council session. When that meeting began, the Kaiser launched into a lecture about the inadvisability of demanding too much from the Russians. Then, with an unsurprising lack of judgement, Wilhelm proudly declared that he was supported in this matter by a general of unquestioned ability: Max Hoffmann. Ludendorff and Hindenburg were almost apoplectic. Soon Ludendorff was demanding Hoffmann’s dismissal and sought to undermine him through a press campaign - claiming that the ideas set forth by Hoffmann actually came from Hoffmann's wife, a well-known artist from a family of Jewish converts. Soon after, Hoffmann would find himself ordered to refrain from direct participation in the negotiations, serving primarily as interpreter and mouthpiece for the Supreme Commanders - an action he bitterly resented.

    Ludendorff was blind where the settlement with Russia was concerned. He could see only that Russia no longer seemed capable of defending herself, and he took this as Germany’s opportunity to become master of everything east of Berlin. What he did not see, or more likely did not care about, was that stripping Russia bare would persuade the surviving members of the Entente that there was no possibility of negotiating an acceptable end to the war and that Russia had spent its months-long grace period slowly piecing their army back together. Ludendorff's demands could well convince them that Germany wanted nothing less than the destruction of her enemies and dominance of all Europe. Such worries had no meaning for Ludendorff. He did want the destruction of Germany’s enemies and he intended to achieve exactly that.

    He was opposed not only by Hoffmann but by Kühlmann and Chancellor Hertling, both of whom urged restraint. Kühlmann in particular understood that if Ludendorff’s demands were satisfied, Germany and Russia could never be other than enemies. He wanted to lay the groundwork for postwar friendship—albeit with a Russia that had been seriously weakened. He hoped that at least a gesture in the direction of generosity would encourage Britain to enter into negotiations. A week after the Crown Council meeting, Woodrow Wilson delivered an address to Congress in which he unveiled his Fourteen Points. These were a loftily idealistic expression of what America sought to achieve in the war: self-determination for all peoples, open covenants openly arrived at, and other notions that fundamentally broke with European conventions and interests. Characteristically, the president had not deigned to consult with his allies in preparing his speech. When news of the speech reached Berlin, it strengthened Ludendorff. Wilson the would-be peacemaker, by indicating that such fraught questions as Belgium and perhaps even Alsace-Lorraine might not even be open to discussion, had given Ludendorff new ammunition to use in insisting that the war had to be fought to a conclusion.

    The mercurial Kaiser Wilhelm had once more altered his thinking on an eastern settlement by the time the next round of negotiations with the Russians began in late January. Ludendorff was aggressive as always, urging not only that Estonia, Livonia, Finland, and Ukraine should be taken from Russia but that the German army should be granted vast sums of wealth. The Kaiser went even further. He proposed breaking what had been the Romanov empire into four separate entities: a truncated Russia proper, Ukraine, Siberia, and a Union of the South East. Such skeptics as Hoffmann, Kühlmann, and Hertling were not only powerless but by now essentially voiceless. The Russians were shocked by what was demanded of them in the aftermath of this meeting. The Russian delegation received these terms two days after the Constituent Assembly had voted to restart the war and Trotsky was therefore able to deliver the declaration of a resumption of war to the Russian delegation under General Hoffmann at the exact same meeting, to his own distinct pleasure.

    The colossal disaster that the reignition of war in the east represented to Berlin prompted a major crisis at the Crown Council's next meeting in early February, as Russian forces continued their advance, with both the Kaiser and Ludendorff finding themselves squarely to blame for the collapse in relations with the Russians. It was here that Wilhelm's survival instinct found itself brought to bear once it was made completely clear to him that if he were to take the blame for this failure he might well be forced to abdicate. With the backing of Hertlingen and Kühlmann, Wilhelm was able to shift the blame squarely onto Ludendorff already stressed shoulders - who soon found his political position collapsing around him. It was during the Crown Council's deliberations on the failure of the negotiations, and how to proceed, that Wilhelm brought up that if the council had just agreed with him during the previous meeting in late December, when he had proposed following Hoffman's thoughts on a treaty, this would not be happening. Ludendorff, who was already under incredibly pressure from the preparations for the Spring Offensives in the west and the political fallout from the fraught positions in the east, threw a fit of epic proportions. In an almost hour-long harangue he attacked the Kaiser's meddling in military and civil affairs, the perfidy of Hoffman, the subversive actions of Hertlingen and Kühlmann and much more. By the end of the harangue, Wilhelm angrily demanded Ludendorff's resignation. Hindenburg, having been surprised at how unhinged Ludendorff seemed, quietly suggested that his friend take a step back from active service and get some much-needed rest. Bitterly, Ludendorff agreed to step down. Hindenburg, feeling that he could not continue without Ludendorff and to make way for his successor, announced his retirement soon after.

    In their place came Max Hoffmann, to the quiet curses of Ludendorff, who became Chief of the German General Staff on the 11th of February 1918. Hoffmann brought a sense of boundless energy with him, moving swiftly to counter the Russian assault in the Baltic while immediately beginning to address the current plans for the coming Spring Offensive (7).


    Footnotes:

    (7) From what I have been able to learn of events in early 1918, Ludendorff and Hindenburg seemed in a surprisingly vulnerable political position, having gambled that the Russians would bow to their demands at the Brest-Litovsk negotiations. Under these circumstances, and with the Spring Offensives rapidly nearing, having the Russian Northern Front suddenly reignite under a Russian Offensive could well have destabilised Ludendorff's position enough to force him from his post. Furthermore, Ludendorff's mental health in 1918 seems to have been rather tenuous as he neared the end of his tether. The sheer level of stress he was under broke him a couple months later IOTL and led to him asking for an armistice at a particularly bad point - either too early or too late depending on what you are aiming to achieve. Furthermore, the events of TTL are occurring just before some of his subordinates called on a doctor to see to him IOTL, so I think that under the circumstances having Ludendorff go on a long-winded rant when provoked beyond measure doesn't seem too unlikely. Once that happens, the questions of his fitness for command become overwhelming, resulting in his removal.

    Summary:

    Redirected forces from the Eastern Front overrun Romania, resulting in the collapse of Romanian positions in the Autumn of 1917.

    A two-pronged offensive in the Autumn of 1917 forces Italy out of the war.

    While the Allies try to save what they can, occupying parts of Piedmont, the Italians react negatively to their former allies while the Germans prepare for the coming year.

    Negotiations with Russia collapse, resulting in Ludendorff being forced from his position - soon followed by Hindenburg. In their place, Max Hoffman arises as Chief of the German General Staff.

    End Note:

    There are a ton of events that play out in this update which significantly reshuffle the board. It is important to note that while Romania and Italy are now under occupation, a final peace treaty with either power remains to be written. There are several important impacts from this series of events.

    First of all, the Central Powers now gain access to resources from both Romania and Italy which help alleviate the serious shortages in Austria-Hungary and Germany. Furthermore, there are significantly more forces available to the Central Powers this time around. The occupation of Romania takes up around a fifth of what an active war-zone requires, which allows Germans, Austro-Hungarians and Bulgarians to redeploy significant forces - particularly strengthening positions in Macedonia, Italy and Russia. The occupation of Northern Italy is a larger drain on resources and manpower, but the front in the Piedmont with France remains relatively lightly manned and quiet. The French are forced to dedicate several divisions to the effort, which weakens their pool of reserves by around five divisions. The fact that there are fewer troops stuck in the Isonzo trenches also reduces how many losses the Austro-Hungarians are taking from sickness and disease.

    The final big impact from the Fall of Italy is that the Rome Congress of Oppressed Nations doesn't happen in early 1918, instead happening in the US in mid-1918. This is particularly important because of the crucial role played by that congress in facilitating a massive propaganda campaign aimed at worsening nationalist sentiments in Austria-Hungary. While the nationalists in Austria-Hungary do experience a rise in popularity, it isn't at nearly the same levels as IOTL. This has important consequences for the retention of Austro-Hungarian morale and for the post-war period.

    Finally, the replacement of Ludendorff with Hoffmann is probably the single largest shift to have immediate effect on the course of the war to have happened in the TL so far. First, Hoffmann was far more comfortable working with the civilian state than Ludendorff and had a good working relationship with both Hertlingen and Kühlmann. Second, he is far more moderate in his demands than Ludendorff or Hindenburg, which makes him much more able to negotiate with the Allies in the longer term. Third, he brings with him much more immediate experience from the Eastern Front than Ludendorff or Hindenburg and is much more aware of what men like Bruchmüller, Hutier and others are capable of accomplishing. In the preparations for the Spring Offensives he also had wildly different ideas than Ludendorff, and aligned much more closely with some of the other plans laid out during the preparations for the Offensives. We will therefore see a number of major shifts and changes to the Spring Offensives when we get to them.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Six: The Death of an Empire
  • The Death of an Empire

    640px-Volunteer_Army_infantry_company.jpg

    Russian Troops posed for a picture prior to launching the Parsky Offensive

    The Parsky Offensive

    The Russian Winter Offensive, known to posterity as the Parsky Offensive for its commander, was launched in late January (N.S.) and focused on the Baltic Front. It aimed to smash through the German line on the Daugava River before enacting a wide sickle cut in the hopes of overrunning the supply lines of the understrength German Eighth Army under Günther Graf von Kirbach at Riga. The assault would begin with short and intense artillery bombardments, followed soon after by an overwhelming movement of men, 300,000 in all, with the edge of the drive led by the Czechoslovak Legion - numbering some 40,000. The command of the offensive was given to the fiercely nationalistic Dmitri Parsky who was well known for his willingness to work with even the most left-wing of soldiers councils as long as they were willing to help defend the homeland.

    Under Parsky, the Russian Northern Front armies had rebuilt their morale - greatly boosted by the oratory efforts of RSDLP politicians Trotsky, Kamenev, Radek, Martov and Zinoviev, who were able to whip up significant revolutionary ardor amongst the soldiery on the eve of the offensive. When the offensive was launched on the 15th (28 N.S.) of January, the Russian Army tore through the thinly defended German positions like wet paper. They captured Daudewas within five hours of the offensive and were soon rushing forward into the German rear. The first major resistance to the Russian advance occurred just north of Daudewas, at the Battle of Friedrichstadt - where a rush of reinforcements from the 8th Army ran headlong into the Russian frontlines. The intense and bloody fighting that ensued allowed the Germans to slow the Russian advance for the remainder of the day, but with nightfall the Germans were forced to pull back westward towards Riga. The Russians gave chase on the second day, aiming to capture the important town of Mitau which served as a key transport hub to Riga. The Russians would find their forward progress finally halted on the outskirts of Mitau by intense German resistance, as General von Kirbach threw what forces he could amass against the Russian advance.

    This draining of forces from north of Riga led the Russians to launch their second assault of the offensive, this time north of Riga, in hopes of locking the Germans in place until the assault on Mitau could cut off the Eighth Army off in Riga. This second assault turned into an absolute bloodbath as fanatic socialist soldiers and rapidly trained Red Guard militias threw themselves forward onto the German positions. The German warships in the Gulf of Riga turned their heavy guns against this advance and were able to turn the assaults closes to the sea, at Neubad and Segewold, into little more than bloody mush - stopping the assault dead in its tracks. However, further to the south-east the Russians experienced more success. Oger Galle fell after an intense morning's fighting while the next defensive line, around Uexküll, was overrun at great cost to the attackers soon after. By the end of the first week of the assault, the Germans had been forced back towards Riga and risked being cut off by land near Mitau. However, reinforcements were already then being rushed forward from across the region to help stem the tide (1). By the start of the second week of the offensive, in late January (O.S), German reinforcements began exerting a growing influence on the struggle. Parsky launched a second assault from Uexküll, working to surround and cut off Riga, aimed at breaking the flanks of the German positions nearer the coast. This would culminate in the Battle of Rodempois-Kussau which saw almost 15,000 men give their lives to collapse the German outer lines - forcing them to retreat into Riga proper.

    The Battle of Riga would be one of the rare instances of outright urban warfare during the Great War, with the streets and alleys of the old city turned into a battleground for over a week. More and more men were fed into the furnace, the Russian forces coming under long-range bombardment by German battleships in a bid to disrupt their lines of assault into the city. At the same time, the fighting around Mitau grew in intensity as both sides sought to drive the other back from the key supply hub. Hoping to break the stalemate, a flanking manoeuvre designed to cut the rail lines into Mitau was launched further to the south by the Russians, centreing on the town of Meiten. Acting with shocking effect, they were successfully able to take Meiten by the end of the second week of the offensive - cutting one of the rail lines into Mitau, and by extension Riga. It was here, in the midst of the Parsky Offensive that the shift to the Gregorian Calendar was put into effect in Russia, troubling countless historians ever since.

    With the Russian offensive beginning to flag, the RSDLP decided to draw on the Petrograd garrison for reinforcements - an action which, when attempted in the past by the Provisional Government, had triggered the July Days. Trotsky was forced to put the full weight of his charisma and oratory capabilities to use, but after fierce cajoling he was finally able to convince the Bulwark of the Revolution to move forward by the 19th of February (N.S.). Here they would take the line just as the offensive staying power of the Russian Northern Front petered out. The former Petrograd Garrison troops were thrown into the fierce fighting around Mitau on the 22nd of February, attacking against newly arrived veterans of the Italian Campaign, where they found themselves forced to a shuddering halt by the Germans. These veterans of Italy, of Romania, of Serbia and a dozen other theatres of war were among the toughest and most hardened forces in the German Army in the east and refused to buckle under the strain. The intensity of the fighting from the 22nd to the 25th would mark the climax of the Battle of Mitau and its end would see the Russians forced to withdraw. By the 27th, as further German reinforcements streamed into Riga, Parsky bowed to reality and recommended the suspension of further offensive action to the government, bringing the Parsky Offensive to an end.

    The political situation in Petrograd during the month-long Parsky Offensive proved exceedingly volatile and would bring to a head a number of issues, foremost among them the young republic's unfinished business with its former Autocrat. After his abdication in March 1917, Nikolai Romanov, as he was now called, had been kept under house arrest along with his family and their retinue at Tsarskoe Selo outside Petrograd. Apart from the limitations on their movement, they had suffered few privations: the huge costs of feeding and dining all of them were kept from the press for fear of causing public outrage. During this time Nikolai showed no real signs of missing power. Judging from his diaries, these were among the happiest days of his whole life. Liberated from the burdens of office, which he had always unhappily borne, he was free to pursue the private bourgeois lifestyle he had always enjoyed.

    This first stage of the Romanovs' captivity came to an end in the middle of August, when the imperial family was evacuated to the Siberian town of Tobolsk. Kerensky was concerned for their personal safety. There had always been the very real danger that an angry crowd might break into the palace and take their vengeance on the former Tsar: there had been one such attempt back in March by a group of soldiers from Petrograd. This danger seemed to be on the increase after the July Days. It had originally been intended to send the Tsar and his family to England, where George V, Nikolai's cousin, had invited him in March, but the Petrograd Soviet was adamantly opposed to the idea, insisting that the former Tsar should be imprisoned in the Peter and Paul Fortress. Moreover, George V withdrew his invitation for fear of alienating the Labour Party soon after - amongst various other concerns. So it was resolved to send them to Tobolsk instead, a provincial backwater far from the influence of the revolution, where they took up a relatively comfortable residence in the house of the former governor. In addition to the numerous ladies and gentlemen of their suite, the imperial family were accompanied by two valets, six chambermaids, ten footmen, three cooks, four assistant cooks, a butler, a wine steward, a nurse, a clerk, a barber and two pet spaniels.

    The situation of the former royals took a turn for the worse in the early months of 1918. They noticed it in the growing rudeness of their guards, increased restrictions on their movements and the disappearance of luxuries, such as butter and coffee, which up until now they had taken for granted. The changes were connected with developments in the nearby industrial city of Ekaterinburg. A Soviet Congress of the Urals Region held there in February had elected a Bolshevik presidium led by Filipp Goloshchyokin, a veteran Bolshevik and close friend of Yakov Sverdlov. The Ekaterinburg Bolsheviks were well known for their militancy. They were hostile to the relative comfort in which the Tsar had so far been held and were determined to get him transferred to their own control - some with a view to his imprisonment, others with a view to his execution. Goloshchyokin pleaded with Sverdlov to let him have the Tsar, claiming that in Tobolsk the danger was greater that he might escape. There were rumours of various monarchist plots - some of them real, some imagined, and some invented - to liberate the imperial family. Sverdlov dithered on the issue, uncertain of how to respond to this suggestion, before telling Goloshchyokin to take the Tsar and his family in hand, in hopes of securing them as an advantage over the government in Petrograd.

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is a very different series of events than those of the Faustschlagt Operation from OTL. There are several factors that play into this. First of all, the Russian army escaped a whole month of battering warfare in 1917 due to the earlier negotiations and truce. Second, the Germans are not attacking a state in the midst of a bitter civil war under the control of a party that came to power through a coup and was largely seen as illegitimate by large swathes of the army, instead the Germans are being attacked by an army with the full backing of an elected Russian government. Third, the Russians have been actively working to rebuild morale since 1917 and have actually experienced quite a bit of success in that endeavor. Fourth, the socialists have thrown their weight fully behind this military effort - every party besides the Bolsheviks and Anarchists are supporting this effort. The Russian army is by no means resilient, but it is now capable of offensive operations under a relatively capable military commander such as Parsky. All of these factors combine with the immense drawdown in German forces that occurred to enable the defeats of Romania and Italy, as well as to prepare for the coming Spring Offensives make for a good starting point for the Russians.


    590px-Family_Nicholas_II_of_Russia_ca._1914.jpg

    The Imperial Romanov Family

    When Even The Loyal Run

    The reason for Sverdlov's anxiety to secure control of the Romanov family stemmed from Bolshevik spies in Petrograd, who had revealed Trotsky's secret plans to put former Tsar Nikolai and his wife the former Tsarina Alexandra on public trial as a way of making up with the Imperial past, and in a bid to rejuvenate the faltering revolutionary republican spirit of Russia. Trotsky was planning a great show trial for the Tsar, in the manner of Louis XVI, with himself in the role of chief prosecutor. Trotsky proposed: an open court that would unfold a picture of the entire reign covering Nikolai's peasant policy, labour policy, nationalities policies, cultural policies, the two wars, and much more. The proceedings would be broadcast to the nation by radio; in the villages accounts of the proceedings would be read and commented upon daily (2). All of this would serve to remind the population of Russia of what the revolutionaries had saved Russia from, while putting some steel into the backs of the men fighting at the front.

    In a bid to secure the royal family, Trotsky dispatched his close associate, Vasili Yakolev, to bring the former Tsar, and if possible his family, to Petrograd for trial. While Vasili set out in mid-February, Trotsky dug into a growing political struggle in the Constituent Assembly, where the Kadets were beginning to exploit the worsening situation at the front to attack the ruling coalition for its leadership of the war. In fiery declarations from his seat in the Tauride, Milyukov launched an open assault on the policies of the government - accusing the RSDLP of having bungled the war effort and in the process doomed Russia to ignominy and defeat. With every day, more and more men joined Milyukov's assault until it grew into an overwhelming din. It was at this point that Trotsky, who had until now played an important - but not central - role in the RSDLP's handling of the Assembly, stepped firmly forward and became the single most powerful figure in Petrograd. With stinging sarcasm and bloody-minded intensity, Trotsky mounted what came to seem like a single-handed defense of the RSDLP and its policies, going on the offensive against Milyukov - pointing to Milyukov's letter in 1917 and his previous role as War Minister - and using his charisma and oratory to great effect. In what would come to be considered one of his greatest speeches of all time, in a period where he was giving several, Trotsky was able to turn the weight of suspicion back on the Kadet party on the 3rd of March 1918. Over the course of an hour and a half, Trotsky was able to pin the blame for the failing offensive squarely on the Kadets and their allies in the military leadership, foremost among them the Commander-in-Chief Mikhail Dietrikhs. This assault culminated in a vote to expel the Kadets from the Constituent Assembly on the grounds that they were trying to undermine the state in a bid to start a counter-revolution.


    Seemingly spell-bound to Trotsky's every wish, vast numbers of delegates voted in favour of the motion to expel the Kadets in an enraged uproar, swiftly overcoming the threshold needed. While the Kadets rose in protest at this move, there was little they or their Trudovik allies could do to stop the way events were developing, eventually leading the Trudovik's to declare the expulsion of the Kadets illegal and staging a walkout while the more violent of the left-wing delegates hurled abuse and pelted the departing delegates with anything close at hand. A vote to arrest Mikhail Dietrikhs on charges of treason was proposed next, again passing with an overwhelming majority, whereupon orders were dispatched to Mogilev for his arrest. However, Dietrikhs had friends in the Kadet party and was warned of what had happened in the Assembly, allowing him to make his escape from Stavka with minutes to spare, disappearing into the Russian countryside where he would soon join the growing White resistance. In Dietrikh's place, the RSDLP promoted Mikhail Dmitriyevich Bonch-Bruyevich. Bonch-Bruyevich had been serving as Parsky's Chief of Staff for the duration of the offensive and was considered politically reliable due to his brother, Vladimir Bonch-Bruyevich, a prominent former Bolshevik and Mezhraiontsy who headed up one of the RSDLP's propaganda party organs, who took command just as the German preparations for their response to the Parsky Offensive came to an end (3).

    By the time the Parsky Offensive came to a halt in late February, the Russian army found itself experiencing turmoil similar to that which characterised the end of the Kerensky Offensive the year before. While the most dedicated and ferociously loyal to the republican regime marched headlong into the furnace of war, the shirkers and suppressed mutineers sought to keep their heads down for the duration. The heaviest casualties during the offensive were experienced by the elite Latvian Rifles regiments and the Czechoslovak Legion who had formed the spearhead of the sickle-cut. By the time these two forces reached Mitau they had ceased to function as coherent units. Their bravery and determination was what had fuelled the offensive during its early success, and their destruction had an outsized impact on morale at the front. The arrival of the Petrograd Garrison troops was initially greeted with great anticipation by the ordinary soldier, but these men had spent the last year and change doing garrison duty and interfering in the political scene - as such they drastically underperformed in the tasks given them and were often among the first units to refuse orders to attack enemy positions. Their morale had plummeted once they were out of Trotsky's reach and took a dive once exposed to combat. These revolutionary soldiers were swift to turn on the officer corps and mutinies soon sprang up wherever men of the former Petrograd Garrison went.

    It was in the midst of this crisis, as news began to spread of Trotsky's claims regarding Dietrikhs' culpability in the failure of the offensive, that the Germans launched their counterstroke. The German Eighth and the reinforcing Ninth Armies were the heart of this effort, with the primary impetus residing with Johannes von Eben's fresh Ninth Army. The German counter-offensive, known to posterity as the Battle of the Baltic, was launched on the 5th March 1918. The Ninth Army focused its assault on the wide salient formed by the assault on Mitau, slamming home against dispirited and often mutinying troops, rolling over them with relative ease. Within the first day more than 30,000 men had been captured with some 3,000 killed or wounded in the fighting. The following day the Eighth Army, in Riga, rushed forward into the Russian lines and breached them following an intense land-and-naval bombardment which left many of the defenders disoriented and scattered. The Ninth's assault divisions crossed the Daugava at the same time as the Eighth launched its attack, continuing to drive ever deeper into the Russian positions - leaving the disordered Russian troops to be mopped up by trench divisions as they moved forward. The Russian Northern Front began to collapse under these assaults as soldiers deserted by the thousands, whole units vanishing from the line. This would serve as the starting shot for a general assault across the Eastern Front, as German and Austro-Hungarian divisions threw themselves forward against the ramshackle remnants of the Russian Republic's armies. Within the first week, the Russian armies were in full retreat - but as the Germans outstripped their supply lines their advance began to slow and the Russians were able to begin regrouping (4).

    Vasili Yakovlev travelled via Yekaterinburg so as not to arouse the suspicions of the Bolsheviks there, who were themselves preparing to extract the Tsar. Indeed, Zaslavsky, one of the Yekaterinburg Bolsheviks, was preparing to kidnap the Tsar from Tobolsk when Yakolev passed through, though he believed that it would be better to simply get rid of the Romanovs quietly. "We should not be wasting our time on the Romanovs," Zaslavsky told Yakovlev on his arrival in Yekatrinburg, "we should just finish them off and move on." The journey from Tobolsk to Ekaterinburg was to be full of risks. The spring thaw was just beginning, flooding the roads; and the Tsarevich, whose haemophilia had recently returned, was too sick to be moved. Yakovlev was told by Petrograd to leave the rest of the family behind and set off with the ex-Tsar alone, but Alexandra would not be parted from Nicholas, and in the end all six of them set off together in open carts towards Tiumen, the nearest railway junction, 170 miles away.

    Once they had boarded the train at Tiumen, Yakovlev became suspicious of the local Bolsheviks who he feared might have warned Zaslavsky or Goloshchyokin. He had heard that a cavalry detachment was planning to attack the train on its way to Yekaterinburg and kidnap his royal charges — the 'cargo', as he referred to them in his coded messages to Petrograd. So he went on a roundabout route via Omsk to the east. This strengthened the suspicions of the Yekaterinburg Bolsheviks that he was planning to save the Tsar, perhaps taking him to Japan. It was here that the relations broke down between the Petrograders and Muscovites, for while Trotsky ordered Yakolev to move with all speed to secure the royals, Sverdlov gave the green light to Goloshchyokin for an assault on the train. While traveling through Tiumen and Omsk, Yakolev had recruited something of a guard force from amongst the local conscripts waiting to be shipped out to the front in the Baltic, and it would be these young men who found themselves quite suddenly under assault by a cavalry squadron under the command of Zaslavsky. In a running battle, as the train rushed ever onward, the two sides exchanged fire - with half a dozen dead on either side. In the chaos, a couple of Bolshevik cavalrymen were able to jump aboard the train and detatched several cars of the train where they believed the Romanov family to be held while Yakolev and his train sped on.

    However, Zaslavsky's men had not been completely successful in their aims. What they took to be the car holding all of the Romanovs was instead simply where the Romanov daugthers were being held, Nikolai, Alexandra and Alexei having been moved to the next car over where a portable heater had been set up to improve Alexei's care. With the Bolsheviks closing in on them the Romanov daughters were in a quandry. The eldest, Olga took her youngest sister Anastasia in hand and jumped out of one of the trains' windows opposite the pursuing Bolsheviks. She and her sister would remain hidden in the Siberian snows for the rest of the day before making their escape into the night. The two middle girls, Tatiana and Maria, were not so lucky. When the Bolshevik cavalrymen realized their failure they took their rage out on the two girls. They were brutalized and humiliated, whereupon the men discovered the countless jewels that had been sown into the clothing of the former princesses. The cavalrymen promptly turned on each other, and in the bloody chaos that ensued many of the men were killed - amongst them Zaslavsky. The girls were stripped of their wealth by the survivors before being assaulted and murdered, their bodies found alongside the dozens of other dead at the site two days later, when the next train passed through the area. Anastasia and Olga, also wearing their family jewels sown into their clothing, would make their escape to a nearby peasant village where they were able to recover for a couple of weeks before setting out eastward across the Siberian Steppe in the hopes of discovering Romanov loyalists in Eastern Siberia, or at least some sort of safety in the chaos. Yakolev would arrive in Petrograd unscathed, presenting Trotsky with the grief-stricken Nikolai and Alexandra, as well as the gravely ill Alexei on the 18th of March 1918 (5).

    Footnotes:

    (2) This is actually what Trotsky had in mind for the Tsar IOTL, though he planned for the event to occur in Moscow where the Bolsheviks had centered their regime at the time. Ever since I heard of this I have wondered what the impact of having Nikolai Romanov stand trial might have had on the world. When you consider the mystery and outrage surrounding the family's execution IOTL and contrast it with the trial and execution of Louis XVI, there are a number of interesting ways events could proceed.

    (3) The issue of political reliability is the primary reason why Parsky is not the man tapped to take the top job. While Parsky has proven himself to be a capable commander, the RSDLP does not believe that they can trust him with that kind of power, fearing an imitator of Kornilov.

    (4) It bears remarking that this is actually a significantly better performance than the Russians accomplished during the Faustschlagt of OTL and a worse one by the Germans by a large margin. The Russian edifice isn't quite as ramshackle, and by the end of the first week of the German assault the Russians are beginning to regroup as the Germans outrun their lines of supply. Furthermore, the Germans are lacking several of the key figures who planned the Battle of Riga the previous year. We will get into it a great deal more in a later update, but many of the key figures in that offensive have been transferred to other posts in the reshuffle following Hoffmann's ascension as Chief of the General Staff and the new military tactics of the German army aren't really in as widespread use here because of a denuding of the front of assault divisions for other purposes.

    (5) The events that play out here are a mix of plans from OTL and adaptations for TTL caused by the fact that all of this is happening a month earlier and the forces fighting for control of the Romanovs aren't allied, but rather view each other as enemies. The fate of Tatiana and Maria are tragic, as are those of Alexei, Nikolai and Alexandra, but there is a bit of hope to be drawn from the fact that Anastasia and Olga are alive and free. However, two princesses, one a teenager and the other in her early twenties, are hardly likely to make the trek safely. I played around with which of the princesses would escape, but I think both Olga and Anastasia are the ones most likely to be able to survive of the four.


    640px-%D0%9D%D0%B5%D0%BC%D1%86%D1%8B_%D0%B2_%D0%9A%D0%B8%D0%B5%D0%B2%D0%B5_%D0%BC%D0%B0%D1%80%D1%82_1918.jpg

    German Forces Enter Narva

    Who is to Blame?

    On the 8th of March 1918 the northern-most branch of the German offensive began. Crossing from Dagoe to the mainland, the German Nordkorps began the invasion of Estonia, aiming to take Reval and eventually Narva. There were few forces present opposing this amphibious landing, and the Nordkorps quickly began making headway. At the same time, having pulled forward their supply lines, the German Ninth Army launched themselves eastward towards the city of Pskov and the German Eighth rushed into the gap between the two German forces - aiming to link up with the Nordkorps before it reached Narva. The Russians were able to put up intense but fleeting resistance in a series of open encounters as the frontline disintegrated under pressure. Instead, the Germans found themselves fighting a thousand smaller and larger skirmishes in a hundred fields, forests and glens of the Baltic east. On the 22nd of March, German forces finally marched into the city of Pskov after a series of bloody skirmishes - capturing the city itself to little resistance. In the north, Nordkorps forces captured Reval with little resistance, being welcomed by celebratory Baltic Germans, but soon found their opposition significantly strengthened. It would take two bloody weeks of fighting, the last week with the aid of the Eighth Army, for the Russian forces to collapse completely, allowing the capture Narva on the 26th of March. Following the capture of Narva and Pskov the Germans dug in, waiting for their supply lines to catch up while diplomatic efforts to force the Russians out of the war began once more.

    As the tension in Petrograd rose by the day and news of setback upon setback streamed in, the city began to panic - the Constituent Assembly leading the way in this particular regard, as with so much else. With Trotsky in the driver's seat, the Constituent Assembly soon found itself turned into little more than a baying, bloodthirsty mob as answers for why the revolutionary military effort was collapsing were sought with extremis. The blame, naturally, fell on the burzhooi more than any others: foremost among them the Kadet party politicians and military officers who Trotsky and other RSDLP politicians claimed had sabotaged the war effort and who they claimed were in league with the Germans. However, the RSDLP soon turned on the Mensheviks as well, claiming that they were in league with the Kadets and, ultimately, the Germans, seeking to turn the working class against itself.

    On the streets of Petrograd enraged mobs, often directed by Red Guards of Bolshevik, Anarchist or RSDLP affiliation, tore through the districts of central Petrograd with horrific abandon. Not even the worst of the looting, murder and destruction which had characterized the February Revolution, the July Days or the September Rising came close to the scale of the devastation wrecked upon the city by the rabid mobs who engulfed it now. People were murdered across the city, often for the slightest of offenses or clues to their nature as burzhooi, while a pogrom of the city's Jewish population was launched by recently arrived peasant-workers - the irony of the fact they were being incited to action by a Jew seemingly lost on the mobs.

    However, it would prove to be the massive numbers of refugees fleeing the Baltic battlefields who became both the greatest targets and participants in the riots and pogroms. The stream of White sympathizers leaving Petrograd grew suddenly to a flood - all of them headed south or east, away from the horrors of Petrograd. Among the refugees were grey-haired bankers and their wives, skillful businessmen who had left behind their faithful deputies in Petrograd; landlords who had secretly left their property in the hands of trusted managers; industrialists, merchants, lawyers, politicians. Journalists, prostitutes and respectable ladies from aristocratic families with their daughters; secretaries of civil service department chiefs; princes and junk-dealers, poets and pawnbrokers, gendarmes and actresses from the Imperial theatres. All sought to escape (6).

    It was into this seeming hell on earth that Tsar Nikolai and Tsarina Alexandra arrived on the 18th of March. They were initially hidden away on the outskirts of the city while the RSDLP party faithful rushed about securing everything that would be needed for the coming trial. In the meantime, word began to spread of the Tsar's presence in the city - causing a horrific hunt for him which saw more than a dozen men who shared a slight resemblance with the former Tsar torn to shreds by the baying mob. News of these rumours and their effects, as well as the general hellscape the city was turning into, were transmitted internationally by the various foreign journalists in the city to the awestruck horror of the world. Countless editorials screamed their outrage over rumors of a trial for the Nikolai, while even more made gloomy comparisons to the horrors of the French Revolution which seemed to have come again in Cold, Red Russia.

    With the setbacks at the front, Trotsky determined that he would need to push forward the trial of the tsar over the protests of his fellow party leaders - who eventually bowed to Trotsky's harangues. The announcement of the Tsar's trial was made on the 23rd of March 1918, in a bid to drown out news of the fall of Pskov, planned for the 25th. The international community began protesting the moment news arrived and conservative newspapers, regardless of what side of the war they were on, cried out in horror at the course of events in Petrograd. However, news of the trial had a markedly different effect on the far-left, which widely lauded the decision to place Nikolai on trial. The reaction amongst more mainstream socialist and social democratic parties, particularly the German MSPD, was more muted and uncertain - with splits and disagreements over the issue causing significant tension within the party, along with a number of defections to the USDP - who, while also split on the issue, were generally in favour of the trial.

    Footnotes:

    (6) Petrograd slides into the abyss here as Trotsky tries to use the chaos to strengthen both his own and his party's position of control over the Russian Republic. Particularly the delegates from the SRs, regardless of whether they were of a Left or Right persuasion, have largely been swept up in the drama of the moment. Much of what is described happening in Petrograd ITTL is mirrored on events during the Russian Civil War and the French Revolution, with a bit of mixing and matching. Situations like this are by no means rare, so I don't think this course of events should be too out there. Hysteria has gripped the Russian capital and one of the greatest orators in world history is there to exploit it.


    328px-Leon_Trotsky_speaks_on_the_fifth_anniversary_of_Soviet_Georgia.jpg

    Leon Trotsky Denouncing Tsar Nikolai II at His Trial

    The Trial of The Century

    The trial of Nikolai Romanov and Alexandra Romanova came under way on the 25th of March 1918 and marked one of the most memorable and controversial events of the Russian Revolution. Held in the famed Mariinsky Theatre, with a seating capacity of 1,625 and a U-shaped Italian-style auditorium, the trial was recorded and broadcast by radio, in one of the first major instances in which the medium was used at scale, while journalists by their hundreds were invited to sit in on the proceedings to record it all. Countless pictures were taken of the trial, and it entered into the lore of the revolution like few other events, becoming a seminal event of the 20th century. To fill the seats for the trial, Trotsky drew primarily from the working classes of Petrograd, who he could be sure hated the Romanovs, as well as numerous party faithful who were placed strategically throughout the crowd to egg them on. By the time Nikolai and Alexandra were heaved onto the stage of the Mariinsky in chains to boos and hisses, the building was filled to the bursting.

    Neither Nikolai nor Alexandra were provided with legal representation, and when Trotsky was announced as Prosecutor on behalf of the Peoples of All-Russia the crowd shook the building to its rafters with their roars of approval. The subsequent trial, while clearly a show trial, was a drama at its finest. Trotsky, with his iron voice roared his denunciations and hurled arguments like so many spears to the cheers of the crowd, while Nikolai provided a spirited, if fruitless, defence of his actions since his ascension to the throne - to the hisses of the crowd. Particularly the foreign press, and through their coverage, the White press, would grasp onto Nikolai's performance, quickly elevating him to martyrdom in their writings, while begrudgingly admiring Trotsky's theatricality. One by one, Trotsky tore into the Imperial regime's handling of everything from peasant policy, democracy and labour to culture, military command and, with particular vehemence, the pernicious influence of Rasputin. Every horror-story from the days of the tsarist regime was brought forth against Nikolai, who began to falter by the second day of the trial. By the end of the second day, Nikolai was judged guilty of over a dozen different crimes, foremost among the treason against the Peoples of Russia, and sentenced to death.

    Trotsky next turned his attentions on the former Tsarina, who over the course of the third day of the trial was portrayed as little less than the spawn of the devil. Her relationship with Rasputin and half a dozen other mystics and charlatans were dragged through the mud and were soon joined by her handling of the regency during Nikolai's time as Commander-in-Chief during the Great War and a whole host of other revelations - which had been obtained by RSDLP bureaucrats combing through the documents of the former Imperial household for all the dirt they could find. Alexandra, seemingly unbent and unbroken by the tragedy she was living through, refused to answer or even acknowledge Trotsky and the crowd's presence. Throughout the three days of the trial, including the day set aside for her, she remained silent, standing ramrod-straight and gazing haughtily out over the mob. Foreign views on Alexandra were more mixed than their view of Nikolai, some viewing her silence as a victory, comparing it to the stoic performance of Charles I of England almost three centuries prior, while others felt her silence proof of some of the accusations leveled against her. Either way, Alexandra was judged guilty as well and sentenced to death with her husband (7).

    A final piece to the tragedy of the imperial couple came two days after they received their death sentence, when they were informed that the former Tsarevich Alexei had passed away in his sleep - succumbing to ill treatment and neglect following his arrival in Petrograd. At dawn, on the 31st of March 1918, Nikolai and Alexandra Romanov were marched before a firing squad, offered a blindfold, which both refused, and shot dead. Nikolai’s last words were reportedly a plea to the heavens to forgive his subjects, to shield them in the hard times to come, and a heartfelt farewell to his beloved wife. Alexandra reportedly spent her last minutes in prayer for the safety of her surviving children. Their bodies were subsequently displayed in central Petrograd, where gawking onlookers crowded together in amazement at the death of the man many of them had once considered nearly divine.

    The international reaction was naturally hysterical, with almost every royal house in Europe going into public mourning while further crackdowns on radical leftists were undertaken in the beligerent nations. The drama and tragedy of the whole affair would be immortalized in various artworks far into the future. It would be this event that truly began to solidify Trotsky's Black Legend in the west and ensured the absolutely vitriolic hatred of Trotsky by conservatives in Britain, who would do what they could to blacken the reputation of the Russian Social Democratic Labor Party, and all socialists with it, in the years that followed. The echoes of the French Revolution were never far from anyone's mind, and comparisons between the Jacobins and the RSDLP would become one of the primary narratives of the Russian Revolution. The deaths of the Tsar and much of his family shattered any hope of conciliation with the Russian right-wing, who now began hailing Nikolai and his family as martyrs and saints, in some cases even pushing the Orthodox Church leadership to support their proclamations. The disappearance of Olga and Anastasia became an overwhelming fixture in White propaganda, where it was claimed that their disappearance was a clear example that divine favour was with them.

    Over the course of the next several weeks numerous Romanov relatives, who had been taken into protective custody following the February Revolution, were executed largely in secret, in a bid to eradicate the Romanov family and to remove another potential source of legitimacy from the increasingly restive right-wing. Perhaps the most horrific of these murders took place at Alapayevsk where five Romanovs and a close retainer were transported to flooded iron mineshaft and dumped in one after the other - though one of them had to be shot beforehand to end his resistance. When the assassins heard voices from down the mineshaft, one of them tossed a hand grenade down the shaft. When he heard the voices again, he tossed in another. After a moment of silence, the assassins began hearing the sound of hymns, the survivors in the mineshaft singing the prayer "Lord Save Your People". The murderers now filled the shaft with wood and set it on fire, listening to the hymns till they fell silent (8).

    Mikhail Alexandrovich Romanov, Nikolai II’s brother and presumed heir following the death of the tsarevich, had actually been released from his house arrest during the chaos of the Kornilov Affair alongside his wife and son. They had stayed under surveillance in the following period, but as the situation began to deteriorate in the capital during March, as a result of the German Counter-Offensive, Mikhail and his family decided to make their escape. They set out on the 13th of March, joining the massive stream of refugees departing the capital, to the utter bewilderment of their watchers. Mikhail and his family would make their way southward to begin with, hoping to join his mother in the German-protected Crimea. However, this was not to be (9).


    While much of their family was being eradicated, Olga and Anastasia Romanova made their way ever further eastward. They were making their way into an anarchic free-for-all where the rugged stead-holders feuded with each other and where government oversight was next to non-existent. The pair were forced to scrounge and scavenge for sustenance when they couldn't live off the good will of strangers. On several occasions the pair were nearly killed when they encountered more unfriendly inhabitants, but slowly they made their way ever further eastward. In mid-May, having been on the road for nearly a quarter of a year, the two sisters encountered a minor nunnery where they were able to seek refuge for the time being, spending the next long period in the quiet and solitude of the cloister while they awaited news of events in the capital.

    Footnotes:

    (7) I really hope that I conveyed the sheer spectacle of this event. The lights, the flashes, the roar of the crowd which all combine with the setting at the foremost Opera and Ballet House in all of Petrograd. Nikolai actually gives a pretty good accounting of himself while Alexandra's play at ice queen enters the world of myth. This entire event becomes a central part of White Russia's national myth - setting the stage for all that is to come.

    (8) This is based on a description of what actually happened to a collection of Romanovs, chief among them Nikolai's aunt-by-marriage Elizabeth Feodorovna and several of Nikolai's cousins.

    (9) The Russian Republican Government don’t have the same security apparatus as the Bolsheviks were able to build, and as a result Mikhail Romanov and his family are able to make their escape. How long they will be able to escape the inexorable pull into the chaotic morass remains a question, but expect them to experience a hectic couple of years. We will get into what happens with Mikhail and his family in a later update.


    Summary:

    The Parsky Offensive experiences considerable success, but eventually grinds to a halt at Riga and Mitau.

    The Romanovs are collected and transported to Petrograd, though an effort at intervention results in the deaths of Tatiana and Maria Romanova as well as the escape of Anastasia and Olga Romanova, while the Germans go on the offensive.

    With the Germans making significant headway, Petrograd collapses into hysterical paranoia - marked by countless riots.

    The Imperial Romanovs are put on trial and executed, soon followed by much of their family, while Olga and Anastasia make it to safety in a remote Siberian cloister and Mikhail Romanov escapes Petrograd with his wife and son.

    End Note:

    This update centres on how extreme optimism can blind people to the inevitable, and what happens when that optimism is shattered. My treatment of Trotsky ITTL might not be particularly kind, but I do think that the developments depicted in this update - and those to come - are along the lines of what he might have done had history taken this divergent path. Trotsky is one of the most fascinating figures of the 1900s and I look forward to exploring his role further as we move forward. The Russians actually prove themselves far more capable of military action than they did IOTL due to a series of factors, foremost among them the lack of a clear-cut Bolshevik coup to their rear. This, combined with the joint effort by the left-wing and right-wing in the leadup to the offensive to strengthen and stabilize the front means that the Russians actually have a fair deal of capabilities when they get going. The problem remains the follow-through. As the best units are sacrificed to make the early inroads, the capabilities of the Russian soldiery slowly collapses - however, vitally, they do not experience a complete collapse and are able to mount a fighting resistance throughout March. As those of you looking towards the German Spring Offensives in the West might note, this series of events could scarcely have happened at a worse time - forcing the redirection of serious resources eastward just when Ludendorff had planned to launch his assault. We will explore the consequences of this, and a lot of other events around the world, when we return. We also get into the fate of the Romanovs - which, for the time being, is actually an improvement on OTL. Mikhail and his family, as well as Anastasia and Olga will play a role in events to come.
     
    Last edited:
    Narrative Two: The Dynasty Lives On & War Hero
  • The Dynasty Lives On

    480px-OlgaAnastasia.jpg

    Olga Romanov Reading to Her Sister Anastasia Before the War

    Late afternoon, 22nd May, 1918
    Sakharnoye Cloister, Siberian Krai (1), Russian Republic

    Ana, that was what she and Olga had agreed she would call herself until they were truly safe - though she doubted that would ever happen, felt the tears trickle down her cheeks.

    Hidden away in an alcove in a corner of the cloister, she felt just barely safe enough to grieve. She hadn't when they heard the news from Petrograd that morning.

    Mama, papa, little Alyosha, and of course Tanya and Masha, were all dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. OTMA had become OA (2).

    She remembered the horror she had felt when her sisters screamed. Cried. Howled. Went Silent.

    She remembered hiding amongst the snowbanks with Olga through the day, listening to the ragged cavalrymen butcher each other over her family's jewels, freezing so hard she shook and had to be checked for frostbite afterwards.

    She remembered the long trek. Hours upon hours seemingly without end.

    The first peasant hut they stumbled across had seemed like a balm to the soul, right up until a deranged, dirty peasant had come screaming out of the darkness with an axe in hand - undoubtedly hoping to murder them both.

    She remembered running. Running and running, seemingly without end.

    She had thought they were going to die, food for the wolves she had heard howling in the night, when they finally stumbled across the shack.

    It had seemed about to fall in on itself, but they were finally able to take a day's rest.

    As she explored the small wooden hovel, she had discovered a treasure trove of books and a couple of letters - left unsent. It was here that she discovered that infernal book. "What is to be Done?" it asked (3).

    That was the question. What were she and Olga to do now? What to do? What to do?

    That question had rung through her head ever since she read that book. At first she had thought the story ludicrous. Here was a couple with wealth and means who decided to sacrifice it all to tear down the world which had given them everything. But, the more she thought about it, the more she felt the author had a point. The subordination of the self to a greater cause, even in the most dire of circumstances, could be a noble and just action. The blather about a revolution to bring equality to the peasantry was obviously wrong-headed - an indication of his inferior stock. The peasantry were barely better than beasts from everything she had seen of them since they left that shack and continued east.

    She had witnessed a peasant man beat another to death in a drunken rage. Heard the cries and shrieks of peasant women in the night, as she and Olga hid on the outskirts of a village. Listened as her sisters were brutalised and murdered by such monsters.

    No. The truth, which had become apparent when she learned of the spectacle that had been made of papa and mama's murders, was that she would dedicate herself to vengeance. That was what she would do. As long as she lived, the enemies of her family would live in fear of her retribution. For every slight, for every injury, for every death she would repay them a million-fold.

    She would teach them grief. She would teach them helplessness. She would teach them rage.

    Wiping her tears away with half a gesture, she got to her feet and dusted off the dust and cobwebs.

    She had work to do.

    Footnotes:

    (1) I have had a hard time identifying where precisely the different Krai (large territorial divisions in Russia) began and ended in Siberia at this point in time, but from what I have been able to gather this is more than a decade before the Siberian Krai was partitioned into Eastern and Western sections by the Soviets in 1930, and far before those were partitioned even further towards what is the case now. This is the best I could do with what information I had, so I hope it works. The Siberian Krai would have covered almost all of Siberia east of Omsk, though excluding the Far-East. This is taking place around 250 kilometres north-west of Kranoyarsk in the modern Kranoyarsk Krai.

    (2) These are all references to Anastasia's family - Alyosha was Alexei's diminutive, Tanya was Tatiana and Masha was Maria. The four girls had a tendency to sign their letters collectively as OTMA on the basis of their names. That should clear any possible confusion up.

    (3) This is the novel by Nikolai Chernyshevsky which served as inspiration to countless revolutionary movements in Russia's 19th and early 20th century. It focuses on a well-to-do couple who give up everything to join the revolutionary movement in Russia. A minor character in the book, Rakhmetov, became the primary inspiration for a generation of revolutionaries with his cold-hearted and ruthless pursuit of radical revolution to the detriment of all else. He became something of a guiding star to Lenin's own revolutionary career, and he even used the title of the novel "What is to be Done?" for one of his most famous pamphlets. It was this pamphlet which advocated a "vanguard party" and provoked, at least in part, the schism between the Bolshevik and Menshevik wings of the RSDLP. It is a vital part of any Russian revolutionary's literary diet and suggests that the cabin they are staying at was once inhabited by an exiled political prisoner who has since departed.

    War Hero

    319px-Erwin_Rommel.jpg

    Oberleutnant Erwin Rommel

    8.45, 22nd of November, 1917
    Monte Asolone, Monte Grappa Massif, Veneto, Italy


    The struggle to reach the summit of Monte Asolone had been amongst the hardest of Erwin Rommel's career. After the monstrous work that followed the breakthrough at Caporetto, he had thought he knew what exhaustion was. In that time he and his company of 150 men had captured men by the thousands and word had only just arrived that he was being put forward for a Pour la Mérite for the action (1). But by the time he and the rest of the Königlich Württembergisches Gebirgsbataillon had come to a halt at the Piave, orders had come down sending them back into the mountains and up the side of the Monte Grappa massif which towered over the plains they had fought on for days on end.

    The men of the Eleventh Army had done good work taking most of the massif, but it took the men of the Alpenkorps to finally shut down the supply road up Monte Asolone. Mortar shells had burst all around them, wounding and killing men by the handful when they were forced into the open. Machine-guns had rattled. Rifles barked. The mountain streams had run red with blood.

    The cold, wind and snow at the end of the struggle had been like nothing he could have imagined. Men slipped and fell, smashing against the rocks on their way down. The wounded died before help could arrive, the cold taking them as often as their wounds.

    Rommel had seen much over the last few years of war, but few things compared to the fighting on Asolone. The Italians had kept coming. And coming. And coming.

    There were some parts of the fighting that had been almost pleasant. The cold had kept the smell half-way decent and after they had taken the road they had mostly been fighting a downhill battle. After the constant rush forward of the previous weeks, being able to sit and wait for the enemy to come to them had been a refreshing experience.

    It had been almost a week and a half since the defenders in the mountain had been forced to surrender and Rommel and his men were seated on an outcropping of rock on the massif to enjoy the fireworks that had been going since early that morning. They were lucky enough to have been given guard duty for the fortress during this last offensive.

    From atop the mountain it wasn't really possible to pick out individual Italians down on the plains below, but from where he was standing they seemed in complete disarray from the heavy bombardment.

    "It is nice to be on this side of those guns for a change." said Gefreiter Kiefner - a giant of a man - while picking at something between his teeth with a pick, gesticulating with the knife in his other hand (2). "Don't usually have this nice of a view either." came the response from Leutnant Streicher (2) from behind Rommel, as Kiefner sat down on a stone outcrop and picked up Jäger Schmidt's (2) bowl of broth, and slurping it down in a single gulp as Schmidt gave an outraged howl and grabbed for his bowl. Kiefner responded by pulling it out Schmidt's reach.

    The sight of the short, toad-like, Schmidt trying to topple the massive Kiefner quickly set the men off, howling with laughter, while Erwin felt some of the tension leave his shoulders. It seemed the men were recovering well, but he was not sure how many more fights like that they would be able to take. How many more battles like that he would be able to take.

    A roar of approval went up from the artillery, prompting Rommel to turn back to the battle below where he could see the Italian frontlines crumbling.

    'We might just make it through this hell after all,' he thought with a slight smile.

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is based on Rommel's OTL participation in the Battle of Caporetto. Rommel's battalion, consisting of three rifle companies and a machine gun unit, was part of an attempt to take enemy positions on three mountains: Kolovrat, Matajur, and Stol. In two and a half days, from 25th to 27th October, Rommel and his 150 men captured 81 guns and 9,000 men (including 150 officers), at the loss of six dead and 30 wounded. Acting as advance guard in the capture of Longarone on 9 November, Rommel again decided to attack with a much smaller force. Convinced that they were surrounded by an entire German division, the 1st Italian Infantry Division – 10,000 men – surrendered to Rommel. For this and his actions at Matajur, he received the order of Pour le Mérite IOTL and ITTL.

    (2) Both Gefreiter Kiefner and Leutnant Streicher are real people who were part of Rommel's battalion IOTL. They are mentioned in Rommel's War Diaries. Jäger Schimdt is of my own invention, as are the interactions described.

    End Note:

    The section on Anastasia is written in a different style than the other narratives, but I hope that you find it interesting. I have tried to give an idea of how Anastasia Romanov processes learning of her Father and Mother’s executions, as well as the death of their young brother. Keep in mind that a lot of this is the grief stricken thinking of a sixteen year old girl, so while there are some key character developments in this Interlude, she is going to evolve and develop with time.

    The second vignette is of Erwin Rommel and is more standard fare, meant to give an idea of what these men are going through and the way even professional soldiers are yearning for an end to the war.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Seven: Intriguing with Allies
  • Intriguing with Allies

    355px-The_Right_Hon._David_Lloyd_George.jpg

    David Lloyd George, Prime Minister of the United Kingdom

    With Friends Like These…

    At the end of 1917 the Western Front still ran in the old zigs and zags from the Belgian coast down to Picardy in France, from there it continued westward to Verdun and then southward again to Switzerland. The eighteen miles nearest the English Channel were defended by thirteen Belgian divisions and, more decisively, by the broad shallow lakes created when the coastal dikes were opened in 1914. This flooding made the northern end of the front impregnable - essentially taking it out of the war. Nearly as impregnable were the 150 miles at the southern end, where the steep pine forests of the Vosges Mountains, the heights looming over the River Meuse, and France’s mighty chain of fortresses formed a formidable wall. That left hundreds of miles of potential battleground. German initiatives were feasible everywhere from the start of the British line at a Belgian stream called the Coverbeeck to south of Verdun. Flanders, Picardy, Champagne, the Argonne, the big German salient at St. Mihiel—all remained in play. The known fact that the Germans were now transferring large numbers of troops to the west made it probable not only that an attack was coming but that it would be on a greater scale than what had been seen thus far.

    During the 1917–18 winter the Allied attempts at reaching an agreement on a common strategic posture proved largely abortive, and were often downright hostile. The Supreme War Council (SWC) was established in the immediate aftermath of the Caporetto Offensive, occurring concurrently with the bloody fighting at Monte Grappa, and took the form of monthly meetings of the British, French, and Italian heads of government, while a committee of permanent military representatives (PMRs) at Versailles acted as a secretariat, gathered information, and drew up plans for discussion. The PMRs had advisory but no executive functions, and political rivalries complicated their work. Orlando nominated Cadorna to ease him out of his command role; Woodrow Wilson was reluctant to be committed politically, and although he appointed General Tasker H. Bliss as his military representative, he agreed only to an American diplomat acting as an observer at the heads of government meetings. But the idea of the SWC had originated with the British, and specifically Sir Henry Wilson, who became the first British military representative, Prime Minister David Lloyd George welcoming the opportunity for a more congenial source of advice than Chief of the Imperial General Staff (CIGS) Sir William Robertson, who he had struggled with constantly since the formation of the British Coalition Government in 1916.

    From the beginning the SWC's decisions were contentious and hard to implement - experiencing an early blow when the Italians were forced to withdraw from it prior to the first actual meeting of the SWC, a result of the Italian collapse and surrender in late 1917, though not before Cadorna was able to recommend the occupation of Turin by the French. When the heads of government asked the PMRs to recommend operations in 1918, they suggested staying on the defensive in France and the new Italian Front while attacking in Palestine and Mesopotamia - though only if no troops were diverted from the Western Front. Reflecting Henry Wilson and Lloyd George’s thinking, this recommendation was as much anathema to the French as it was to the Commander-in-Chief of the British Expeditionary Force (BEF), Sir Douglas Haig, and his close ally CIGS Robertson. However, the recently ascended French Prime Minister Georges Clemenceau reluctantly agreed to Middle Eastern offensives as long as Britain maintained its efforts in the west.

    This debate had a bearing on Allied war aims, outlined separately in Lloyd George's Caxton Speech in early January and President Wilson's Fourteen Points two days later (1), and also on two other issues discussed by the SWC. The first was the extension of the British sector. The BEF in May 1917 held 158 kilometers of front with sixty-two divisions while the French held 580 with 102 divisions (2). Although much of the French front was unlikely to be attacked, in Paris the disparity seemed excessive. The French wanted to release their older conscripts and Clemenceau hoped that making the British take on more of the line would hamper Lloyd George’s activities in the Middle East, where France also had interests, but lacked the strength to pursue them. Lloyd George, in fact, welcomed the extension as a check on further offensives by Haig and he endorsed the principle. An agreement between Haig and Pétain therefore lengthened the British line by forty kilometres southwards to Barisis, just south of the Oise, in January 1918, but when the SWC asked for a further extension the British refused.


    The most controversial proposal of all, however, was for an inter-Allied general reserve. On the 2nd of February 1918 the governments approved a plan for the PMRs under General Ferdinand Foch’s chairmanship to hold authority over a pool of thirty divisions as a reserve for the Western, Italian, and Macedonian Fronts. Henry Wilson was sympathetic, but Haig and the Commander-in-Chief of the French Army, General Philippe Pétain, were hostile to the notion, both because they saw that it was linked to a rash scheme of Foch’s for counter-offensives against the Germans, and also because they wished to control their reserves themselves. Clemenceau, apparently reluctant to ride roughshod over the two commanders, back-peddled, but what ultimately killed the plan was civil-military infighting in Britain. The dismal outcome of Third Ypres and of Cambrai the year before had dented the British GHQ’s prestige, reducing its support from the Unionists and the press. Indeed, The Times was now openly critical of the BEF's military leadership. Moreover, Haig and Robertson had become estranged, Haig thinking Robertson not ‘Western’ enough in his approach to the war.

    Haig’s position became crucial when in February 1918 the High Tory Morning Post defied the censors by publishing an article denouncing the general reserve plan and condemning Lloyd George’s "incapacity to govern England in a great war". The incident brought civil-military tensions to a head and Robertson was demoted. Wilson replaced him but only with the more restricted powers held by the CIGS before Robertson had taken up the post. In fact, Wilson resembled Robertson in wanting to concentrate forces on the Western Front while also being sympathetic to imperial considerations, but he had better personal relations with Lloyd George and reasonable ones with Haig. The latter’s price for not supporting Robertson was the end to talk of a general reserve. He warned Lloyd George that he would resign rather than assign troops to it, and once he refused Pétain did the same. In early March the SWC abandoned the scheme, over Foch’s vehement protests but with Clemenceau’s acquiescence, and approved a bilateral agreement between Haig and Pétain. If Haig’s southernmost Fifth Army were attacked, the French would either take over a portion of its line or reinforce it with six divisions, Haig undertaking to provide similar assistance if the French were the target.

    However, the most serious Allied weakness on the Western Front was not the collapse of the general reserve but the inadequacy of the British authorities’ own preparations. In January the British sector was extended by about a quarter, the French handed over the line in mediocre or poor conditions, and the BEF received no compensating increase in its fighting strength, which was lower than a year before. Although the total strength of the Expeditionary Force increased between the start of 1917 and the start of 1918, the number of combat troops fell from 1.07 million to 0.969 million, around 4 percent. Between January and November 1917 the BEF had suffered nearly 790,000 casualties, and in October the new Director of National Service, Auckland Geddes, said the home economy could spare no more men.

    Two debates followed. One was over whether Britain should adopt a more technology-intensive warfare, using tanks and other equipment to economise on manpower and save lives. Churchill, now munitions minister, led the advocates of 'new' tactics; Haig and GHQ were more conservative and reserved about the tanks’ mechanical reliability and ability to substitute for infantry as a means of holding ground. The difference was mostly one of nuance, and had more of a bearing on offensive rather than defensive operations. Churchill’s advocacy won increasing support in the War Office but GHQ remained unpersuaded and tried, unsuccessfully, in the spring 1918 to reduce tank shipments to France. The BEF experienced no big increase in weapons deliveries, but it lacked the personnel to use the equipment in any case, as a result of the second debate.

    On the 26th of November the war cabinet agreed that Britain must be able to continue fighting if necessary into 1919. It appointed a Committee on Manpower, which endorsed Lloyd George’s goal of 'staying power’ until more Americans arrived in France. The first manpower priority was to be the navy, followed by shipbuilding, the air force, and naval aircraft production, then agriculture, timber felling, and building food stores, with the army at the bottom of the list. The military wanted 600,000 category ‘A’ men, the strongest and fittest, withdrawn from civilian life by November 1918; but the manpower committee decided to allocate only 100,000. More could have been provided, given that in addition to able-bodied civilians, around 175,000 trained soldiers were kept at home from January 1918, in part as a precaution against attempted invasion and internal unrest. But the major reason that they were held back stemmed from the cabinet's suspicions that if it sent the men, Haig would waste them in fruitless assaults, thereby depriving Britain of the chance to contribute decisively to the final campaigns of the war (3).

    At the same time, the cabinet ministers underestimated how dangerous a German attack might be. In consequence not only was the BEF thinly stretched but GHQ had to carry through a reorganisation that the Germans and French had already implemented and the cabinet had long envisaged, namely avoiding reducing the number of divisions by instead cutting the number of battalions in each division from twelve to nine. Excepting the Dominion divisions, between January and April fifty-seven divisions lost three battalions each, a process carried out quickly and without warning. The reorganization disconcerted many men who were moved from their old units and likely exacerbated the stress of garrisoning the trenches. Because each division kept the same length of front, the first line would have to be garrisoned more weakly or the infantry rotated out of it less frequently. Even allowing for the handicaps imposed on the BEF from outside, GHQ’s new defensive dispositions probably made matters worse. All of this was coupled with a major reshuffle of GHQ, though the men who were brought in as replacements would prove a significant improvement. The government had insisted on GHQ being reshuffled after Cambrai, Lawrence replacing Kiggell as chief of staff and the very able Brigadier-General Cox replacing Charteris as head of intelligence and keeping Haig accurately informed about the movement of German divisions to the west.

    From December Haig expected a German attack in the New Year, and he ordered the BEF to construct a system of defense in depth. Unfortunately for the Allies, the BEF was unused to defensive fighting and particularly to the system GHQ ordered, which rested on a misunderstanding of German defensive practice in 1917. The system comprised three zones: the forward zone, a 3,000-yard battle zone, and a rear zone four to eight miles behind it. The first zone, comprising ‘outposts’ rather than a continuous line of trenches, was to be held to the last man and in greater strength than by the Germans, and the battle zone was to be held rigidly. Counter-attacks would be less speedy and automatic than under the German system, fewer response troops being stationed in the rearward area to deliver them and less discretion being delegated to their commanders, in keeping with the BEF’s more hierarchical practice. In reality few of the British armies actually prepared the rear zone at all, and 84 percent of the British battalions were within 3,000 yards of the front line and were therefore more exposed to bombardment, compared to a maximum of 50 percent under the German system, while relatively few troops were available to relieve the ‘redoubts’ in the battle zone (3).

    Footnotes:

    (1) Given the defeat of Italy, the earlier defeat of Romania and a seemingly democratic Russia (as opposed to the Bolshevik menace of OTL), there are a couple of important alterations to the Caxton War Aims Speech, actually bringing it much closer to Wilson's Fourteen Points (although significant disagreements on self-determination remain):

    The Caxton Speech retains its call for a reduction of the Ottoman Empire to ethnically Turkish lands, the demand for a complete evacuation and restoration of Belgium, its guarded support for a return of Alsace-Lorraine to the French and the call for Austria-Hungary to remain a unified state provided it grant autonomy to its minorities. Importantly, it doesn't make any mention to national self-determination due to fears of what it might mean for the British Empire despite American pleas, just as per OTL. The major departures from OTL focus on a lack of support for Italian irredentism, which is replaced by a simple call for a restoration of Italy to status quo antebellum, and the inclusion of a number of statements supporting the restoration of lost lands to the Russians, as opposed to the OTL decision to abandon any and all Russian war claims in response to the Bolshevik power grab.

    One very important departure from OTL is that the Russians haven't published any of the Allies' dirty laundry yet, as the Bolsheviks did IOTL, at this point in time. This means that the Fourteen Points don't seem quite as hypocritical and, importantly, that Wilson remains somewhat in the dark as to quite how imperialistic his allies are in their outlook. This will have consequences in the future.

    (2) This is three less British and seven less French Divisions than IOTL, these having been rerouted to the desultory fighting on the Italian Front. These forces are almost all drawn from the reserves of the two forces. The British have drawn three additional divisions from among the men held back in Britain IOTL to boost their commitment to six British divisions in total at the Italian Front (in addition to those divisions detailed in update five, having reached their new positions in Piedmont after the bloody trek across northern Italy.

    (3) These two sections are actually completely OTL and should help make clear how divided the Allies were just before the Spring Offensives, both internally and between each other. When you know what is coming, it is hard not to feel that the decisions made in this period are incredibly wrong-headed (to put it mildly). These numbers are all from OTL as well.


    354px-No_3912_Page169.jpg

    Sir Henry Wilson, Chief of the Imperial General Staff

    …Then What Need We With Enemies

    Central to the conflict between Haig and Lloyd George throughout the war, though particularly in early 1918, was a fundamental disagreement over how the war could be won. This was the divide between Easterners and Westerners, imprecise and unannounced though the terms might be, who fundamentally disagreed over whether the war would be won on the Western Front or on one of the numerous subsidiary theatres in the Balkans, Italy or the Middle East. While these divisions weren't always clear-cut, and often functioned as more of a spectrum than an either-or proposition, this division had played havoc with the British military effort since 1915. Lloyd George had always been an Easterner by persuasion, but particularly in 1917 he had acquiesced to a primarily Western strategy for the year. By early 1918 Lloyd George was determined that 1918 would have a primarily Eastern-focused strategy, with the aim of capturing Palestine and Mesopotamia, hopefully driving the Ottomans out of the war.

    This prioritisation was just as much of a political decision as a military one, based on the backlash provoked by the loss of a quarter million men during the horrific fighting at Passchendaele, and Lloyd George's antipathy towards Haig. At the same time, Haig remained firmly convinced that the fighting in 1918 would center on France, as the Germans sought to end the war before the Americans could get involved. Haig and Lloyd George were thus at a cross-roads and would spend much of early 1918 in a bitter conflict over the disposition of troops. With the extension of British lines in France, Haig found his position dangerously vulnerable and launched numerous efforts at securing reinforcements - growing ever more worried as one month after another passed without a German Offensive. Lloyd George had initially been willing to listen to Haig, but the Russian Parsky Offensive and the subsequent bloody fighting on the Eastern Front convinced him otherwise. Certain that Haig was being hysterical and that the Germans would be unable to launch any sort of assault before the conflict in Russia was brought to a close, Lloyd George held back what men he could on the Home Isles, ostensibly with the argument that they were there to maintain order, while dispatching further forces to the Middle East (4).

    The struggle between Haig and Lloyd George grew ever more bitter as the year moved forward. During this period Lloyd George sought to undermine Haig's position, both by strengthening bodies like the SWC and by replacing Haig loyalists and allies with men outside Haig's circles at GHQ. This was partially the reasoning behind the almost complete replacement of Haig's General Staff as well as the weakening, and eventual resignation, of Robertson over Eastern-Western disputes in mid-February. Lloyd George's focus now turned squarely against Haig, who he hoped to see dismissed and replaced with someone more amenable to the Prime Minister's wishes - both Herbert Plummer in Flanders and Edmund Allenby in Palestine being considered. However, Haig was not only a national hero - he was also a darling of the Conservative Party, who made up a good part of Lloyd George's ruling coalition. This wrinkle made Lloyd George's fondest wish an incredibly difficult to accomplish, though as time passed and Haig's pronouncements of doom on the Western Front grew ever more shrill, Lloyd George was able to gradually weaken Haig's political support. Lloyd George's concentrated campaign against Haig grew ever more bitter, particularly once leaks to the British press by sources in GHQ made public the struggle over between Haig and Lloyd George.

    While the struggle was initially depicted as of relative inconsequentiality, this all changed when Major General Frederick Barton Maurice, formerly of the Imperial General Staff, published a letter to the press warning that unless immediate action was taken to reinforce the Western Front by the government, it would be risking utter disaster. Maurice had collaborated closely with Robertson during their time on the Imperial General Staff but had been reassigned when Henry Wilson replaced Robertson in February. Initially, Maurice had been promised command of a division, but as month after month passed without posting he grew ever more embittered. This was not helped by the death of his baby daughter in mid-March, nor by the news he was receiving from friends closer to the frontlines - who outlined how dangerously overstretched they were and detailed the increasing worry in GHQ over the prospects of a German Offensive. What provoked Maurice to write his letter was Lloyd George's statements in early April dismissing leaks from GHQ of these worries as overblown, claiming that plenty forces stood ready to oppose the Germans should they attack - though Lloyd George was quick to iterate that an offensive seemed highly unlikely given how long the Germans had been fighting in Russia. The Maurice Letter, published in mid-April, was thus a bombshell in the midst of what had otherwise been a rather positive news cycle, refuting Lloyd George's claims and providing a detailed and extremely accurate rebuttal of the Prime Minister's claims. While Lloyd George was largely able to quiet much of the initial uproar, events on the Western Front were about to set the letter centre stage in British domestic politics. Maurice himself was put on half-pay immediately and efforts were begun to quietly "retire" him from the service, denying him a court martial in order to keep the entire matter as quiet as possible (5).

    Simultaneously with all of these intrigues in Britain, the Irish Convention played out against a backdrop of tense negotiations over the fate of Ireland. The Irish Convention had been convened on the 25th of July 1917 to discuss the "Irish Question" and various other constitutional problems surrounding the implementation of early self-government - as promised in the Third Home Rule Act of 1914, which had been enacted and simultaneously postponed the act for the duration of the Great War. Outrage over a delay in enacting Home Rule, and ultimately in an effort at securing Irish Independence, had boiled over in the 1916 Easter Rising. While the Easter Rising itself had been a dismal failure, it was the harsh and heavy-handed British response which had firmly galvanised much of the Irish population, causing a major shift in the island's political landscape.

    In the aftermath of the Rising, the Liberal Government of H.H. Asquith had announced that they would begin negotiations on a permanent settlement of the Home Rule question in June 1916. With the debate in Parliament over the issue drawing into July, the issue was placed on the backburner - the horrific slaughter of the Somme and escalating U-boat campaign distracting from Ireland's woes. This was then followed by George Lloyd's ousting of Asquith in December 1916 with support from the Unionists, with a resultant slow-down of discussion the issue through the early months of 1917. Momentum built sharply for a new approach after America's entry into the war on the 17th of April 1917. As a result, Lloyd George found himself facing increased pressure to settle the Irish question, partly in deference to Irish-American sentiment, an American population group which had been isolationist and presented a threat to continued American participation in the war, and partly to gain further Irish support for the war. This was what finally forced Lloyd George to acquiesce to the convening of the Irish Convention.

    The Convention was composed of representative Irishmen from different political parties and spheres of interest, numbering 95 delegates. However, this representative nature was soon discarded as actual negotiations were delegated first to a Grand Committee of 20 delegates and finally to a Committee of Nine, who would conduct all actual negotiations. Sinn Féin declined to participate, citing the presence of non-Irish at the Convention, the lack of commitment by the British to uphold decisions made at the Convention and the lack of willingness to include independence as a parameter for the convention. This absence would do a great deal to undermine the claims of the British government that any agreement made was representative of the wishes of all Irish peoples. The months of negotiations over the fate of Ireland saw the general outlines of an agreement made rather early, but key provisions soon provoked a deadlock on the 17th of November when the Ulster Unionists rejected the proposal worked out by the Committee of Nine.

    It became apparent by late November that a fleeting breakthrough might be attained when Lord Midleton, the moderate leader of the Southern Unionists, alarmed by the rise of militant separatism in Ireland and the high losses on the war front, in an effort to break the deadlock on the fiscal question, proposed on the 22nd November a Home Rule settlement without partition, in which an Irish parliament, with minority safeguards for Ulster, would have full control of internal taxes, administration, legislation, judicature and the police, but not of customs and excise. Opposition to the Midleton Plan came not only from the Ulster delegates but from a majority of the nationalists led by Bishop O'Donnell who had held out for full fiscal autonomy since the start of negotiations. When the full Convention met on 18th December just before a recess, Midleton made an address in which his scheme further conceded to Ireland the control of excise in addition to all purely Irish services. Merely customs and defence were to remain for the period of the war with the Imperial Parliament, thereafter to be decided by a joint commission. He appealed to both Nationalists and Northern Unionists to seek agreement on these lines.

    Although an understanding took a long time in coming, a form of consensus was for a moment attained with a deal nearly being struck. For a brief period during December, until early January 1918, it looked as if Midleton's initiative would provide the basis for a political breakthrough, with justification for believing that the Convention was moving towards an agreed settlement. On 1st January 1918 Midleton returned from London with a written pledge drafted by Lord Desart and initialed by Lloyd George, that if the Southern Unionist scheme were carried by substantial agreement, the Prime Minister would use his influence to give it legislative effect. Ulster Unionists, influenced by their southern counterparts, wavered towards a settlement, as indicated by Berrie's assurances to Midleton the previous day. Many at the time thought that a deal was in the offing. Everything hinged upon timing, a speedy settlement was essential. There was considerable feeling that the Convention was on the verge of a settlement.

    At this point a major error of judgment was again made by the chairman Horace Plunkett when he intervened and rather than clearing the timetable to rush through a vote on the agreement, he asserted his authority, insisting it was too early to take a vote and was diverted by initiating a lengthy debate on land purchase. Before the next decisive debate on 15th January, adversaries of the proposed settlement gained ground. On 14th January, the northern nationalist representatives Bishop O’Donnell and Joseph Devlin had joined forces and informed John Redmond - the leader of the Irish Parliamentary Party, whose health had kept him in seclusion for ten days since he gave a powerful speech during the previous debate, of their opposition to the agreement in the absence of an advance agreement from Ulster to join the rest of the Isle. Nationalists were now seen as the obstructers by which the Midleton Plan failed to win unanimity. On 21st January the Ulster Unionist leader Carson left the Cabinet over a vague offer by the government to assist the Convention to "finally reach a basis of agreement which would enable a new Irish Constitution to come into operation with the consent of all parties". He was afraid that a settlement would be imposed and that Lloyd George was doing nothing to allay his fears. Lloyd George in a letter that day to Plunkett, expressed his grave concern at the lack of progress towards reaching an agreed settlement, and extended an invitation for a representation of the differing groups to confer with the Cabinet, to enable a new Irish Constitution to come into operation with the consent of all parties. During February the government played a more active role in negotiations. The Armagh South by-election on 2nd February appeared to improve Redmond's position when the Irish Party won over Sinn Féin by 2,324 votes to 1,305.


    Lloyd George, Bonar Law and George Curzon met the Southern Unionists Midleton, Bernard and Dezart on 6th February. The Southern Unionists emphasised that one thing Ireland would not accept was partition. On 13th February the Prime Minister then met the invited delegation from the Convention. He pointed out that wartime necessitated that fiscal relations remain as they are until its conclusion, and that a settlement was only possible if partition was ruled out. With a lengthy letter to Plunkett on 25th February, read next day to the Convention when it reassembled, Lloyd George began with a definite pledge of action. On receiving the report of the Convention the Government would "proceed with the least possible delay to submit legislative proposals to Parliament". He outlined his formula for a compromise – customs and excise would remain as they were until two years after the war, a Royal Commission deciding on an appropriate settlement, there would be an increase in Unionist representation in an Irish Parliament, with an Ulster Committee empowered to modify or veto legislation "not consonant with the interests of Ulster". Included in his package was a future bill to settle land purchase, and a substantial provision for resolving urban housing. His letter made a limited impression on Ulster Unionists, having stressed, that he was determined to legislate upon receipt of the Convention's report, emphasising the urgent importance of a settlement by consent, but that controversial questions would have to be deferred until after the war.

    Cardinal Logue of Armagh who had hoped for some alternative to Sinn Féin, dismissed Lloyd George's letter and the suggested safeguards for Ulster as "disguised partition". In view of the new situation created by Lloyd George's letter, Midleton's scheme was dropped. The various sides now gained time to reconsider and recoup, with the earlier momentum lost, committees came under the influence of outside institutions and hard-liners. Ulstermen who had been under pressure to settle, reverted to a hardline stand, without appearing to have ruined the Midleton deal. Barrie, the Unionist leader who had wavered towards doing a deal, was summonsed with his delegates to Belfast to meet their advisory committee on 25th February and told to hold to traditional partitionist demands. Midleton was undermined by hardliners who formed a "Southern Unionist Committee", publishing a 'Call to Unionists' on 4 March, which reinforced a fundamentalist line. The bishops made plain their opposition to a Swiss federal system, under which Ulster would be a kind of Protestant canton, and O'Donnell went to great length to frame a scheme that would exclude any provincial autonomy. O'Donnell called a meeting of Nationalists on 5 March and tried to obtain a final declaration against compromise and in favor of full fiscal claims. Many delegates were now drifting back to Redmond's view, and against the likelihood of a renewed division into Nationalists and Unionists. At this point Redmond, who had undergone an operation, died on 6th March in London.

    When the Convention reassembled after Redmond's funeral on 12 March opening its fourth phase, a resolution was put forward by Lord MacDonnell, a moderate home ruler, that Irish control of customs and excise should be postponed until after the war, on condition such control should come into automatic effect three years after cessation of hostilities. The first division in eight months was however taken on Bishop O’Donnell's resolution, that "the matters specified as unfitted for immediate legislation", for example, Irish control of customs and excise being postponed, when it was defeated in a vote of 38 for and 34 against. The political calculations of the government for an agreed solution among the Irish was dealt a set-back when at the same time, Ulster Unionists presented the Convention with a plan for the exclusion of nine counties. The fiscal question continued to be dealt with from 13th March and twenty one resolutions of provisional agreement adopted.

    The final Convention report signed 8th April, carried by sixty-six votes to thirty-four, marking the final phase of the Convention, arrived in Downing Street. The main document called for the immediate establishment of self-government by an Irish Ministry consisting of two houses, with special provisions for southern and northern Unionists and was accompanied by two minority reports along with five notes expanding on particular issues under negotiation. On 11th April government ministers formed a cabinet committee to supervise the drafting of Home Rule as recommended by the Convention. The committee was chaired by Walter Long, self-claimed to be the best informed person on Irish affairs, also a champion of federalism, a lifelong Unionist and committed adversary of Home Rule. Long would delay for as long as possible, but was finally forced to give way on the 25th of April - Home Rule was set to go into effect in Ireland from August 1918, following an election period in the latter half of July. The prospect of All-Ireland Home Rule being introduced led Carson to agree with Nationalists – that Ireland had suffered from nothing in its history as much as the "broken pledges of British statesmen" (6).

    Footnotes:

    (4) The Parsky Offensive and the continued fighting on the Eastern Front has several important impacts on British internal politics, particularly within the military-civil relationship. The most important of these is that the German assault in the east convinces Lloyd George that there isn't going to be an offensive of any major significance on the Western Front, allowing him to press even harder on Haig than IOTL.

    (5) Lloyd George's efforts at removing Haig are based on his actions IOTL, with him having been given longer time to proceed with his plans than IOTL. The delay from the OTL Spring Offensive means that their antagonism has more time to play out. I realise that the Maurice letter, which was sent IOTL after the disaster of Operation Michael, might be a stretch - but I think that there are enough elements in place for it to still be published. Of course the contents of the letter, while still damning, are adapted to the situation ITTL and it is being published before any sort of Spring Offensive has happened - making it less of a news story, at least initially, than IOTL. The important thing is that there is now part of the public record warning of the dangers of an offensive on the Western Front.

    (6) The agreement to enact Home Rule was passed alongside a Conscription Act IOTL, which largely poisoned both Acts and provoked immense divisions within Ireland - culminating in the Sinn Féin Party winning a massive majority in the newly created Irish Parliament in late 1918. This was soon followed by the outbreak of the Irish War of Independence. By decoupling the Home Rule Act from the Conscription Act, the British are more successful in building some minor degree of trust in Ireland than IOTL for the time being. How successful this will be in the long run, and if the British will be able and willing to release their grip on Ireland is another question entirely.


    640px-Turkish_howitzer_10.5cm_leFH_98_09_LOC_00121.jpg

    Turkish Howitzer on the Palestine Front

    The Eastern Campaigns

    The natural result of Lloyd George's victory in the debate over military strategy for 1918 was that significant resources were poured into the Middle Eastern fronts - though the Salonica front would also see reinforcement in this period, but that would have little impact for the time being, the stalemate in the theatre having held steady since 1916. Perhaps the most immediate issue addressed in 1918 was shutting down the Austro-Hungarian fleet's ability to sally from the Adriatic. This would require significant naval forces and a gruelling patrol schedule, particularly given stipulations in the Italian terms of surrender which forced the Italians to expel Allied shipping from their ports. The British would base themselves out of the Ionian Isles, maintaining the Otranto Barrage with significant difficulty, gaps often forming in the tumultuous waters (7). With the Mediterranean supply lines secured once more, the transfer of forces eastward could be undertaken.

    The Palestine Campaign had been under way since early 1917, when multiple abortive attempts at crossing the Sinai and defeating the Turkish defences around Gaza were undertaken by the British, followed by a stalemate from April to October 1917 as Ottoman and British forces held their lines between Gaza and Beersheba and reorganized their forces. It was at this point that the dynamic and talented commander General Edmund Allenby was given command of the Egyptian Expeditionary Force (EEF) and ordered to press through the Ottoman's defensive positions. The British captured the important supply point of Karm on the 22nd of October 1917, inaugurating a period of intense combat that would stretch forward for months and see the British make unprecedented gains in the region. Following the capture of Karm, the German commander Erich von Falkenhayn, who had been given command of the Yilderim Army Group opposing Allenby, planned an assault simultaneously with the beginning of Allenby's own offensive.

    Allenby opened his Southern Palestine Campaign with the Third Battle of Gaza, fought between 31st of October and 7th of November 1917, by having his mounted divisions turn the Turkish left flank at Beersheba. In the climax of the action on the 31st of October, the 4th Australian Light Horse Brigade rushed across 6.5 kilometers of open ground under artillery and machine-gun fire to breach Beersheba’s defenses, forcing the evacuation of the town. Two days later, Allenby began the infantry assault on Gaza itself, supported by an artillery barrage and six tanks. On the 7th of November, British forces took the city, and the entire Gaza–Beersheba line crumbled. The battle cost the attackers 18,000 casualties and the defenders 13,000, but Allenby’s troops also took 12,000 prisoners. After the Gaza–Beersheba line was breached, Falkenhayn deployed the Turkish Seventh Army under General Fevsi Pasha on the inland flank of Friedrich von Kressenstein’s Turkish Eighth Army in order to block a British drive up the road from Beersheba through Hebron and Bethlehem to Jerusalem.

    In the battle of El Mughar Ridge on the 13th of November, a daring charge by 800 British mounted infantry, reminiscent of the action of the Australian Light Horse at Beersheba two weeks earlier, helped to secure the junction of a rail spur connecting Beersheba to the Haifa–Jerusalem railway, and enabled Allenby to drive a wedge between Kressenstein’s Eighth Army, which retreated up the coast to Jaffa, and the Seventh Army, which fell back on Jerusalem. After detaching a corps to pursue Kressenstein and secure Jaffa, Allenby deployed the rest of the EEF against Fevsi Pasha’s army in the battle of Jerusalem, fought from the 8th-26th of December. On the first day of the action British forces attacked the city simultaneously from the west, through Deir Yassin, and the south, through Bethlehem, breaching the Turkish defenses in both places. Jerusalem fell on the 9th of December and Allenby entered the city two days later. Skirmishing continued in the hills around Jerusalem, while Falkenhayn reinforced the Seventh Army for a major counterattack, scheduled for Christmas Day. Amid heavy fighting on the 25th-26th December, Allenby’s troops held the city. Meanwhile, on the coast, a British attack across the Auja River on 21st–22nd December forced Kressenstein’s Eighth Army to retreat another 13 kilometers north of Jaffa and secured the port as a base for supplying Jerusalem. The Jerusalem campaign as a whole cost the Turks 25,000 casualties against 18,000 for the British and Imperial troops. After the defeat, the Germans reassigned Falkenhayn to the Eastern front, leaving Liman von Sanders in charge of the defense of Palestine.

    It was a month after the capture of Jerusalem that a tragic loss caused significant turmoil in the relationship between the Arab rebels and their British patrons, causing severe disruptions in the lines of communication. Having captured a cluster of villages at the bottom of the Dead Sea in a region known as Tafileh, the Arab rebels had found themselves counter-attacked by a force of 900 Ottoman Turks under Hamid Fakhri Pasha. It was here that during the early stages of the fighting that, the close friend and British military attaché of Emir Faisal, Colonel Thomas Edward Lawrence was killed when an artillery shell struck next to him. The Battle of Tafileh would eventually turn in Arab favour as their commander Jafar al-Askari defeated the Turks and crushed them in the following pursuit. However, the death of Lawrence would prove a bitter blow as Emir Faisal mourned the loss of his friend. The British would dispatch a number of other men over the coming months to replace Lawrence, but none of them would succeed in building the same sort of rapport Lawrence had developed with the Arabs (8).

    While Allenby lacked clear instructions on what to do after taking Jerusalem, he was far from inactive. In February 1918 he sent an EEF column to capture Jericho and made preparations for a series of raids across the Jordan River to cut the Hejaz railway at Amman - though the death of Lawrence and consequent disruption in channels of communications made this difficult. It would take till mid-March before orders arrived, alongside a division and reinforcements for his other forces, calling for the capture of Damascus. The main thrust of this new offensive would come in early April and centered on the Jordan River Valley, expanding on the capture of Jericho. This offensive once again coincided with an Ottoman thrust in the region. Attacking on the 3rd, the British forces had swept northward along the valley over the following week - reaching the outskirts of Zubaydat after a period of fierce fighting on the 10th. The Ottoman Offensive began on the 11th and swept out of Nablus, slamming home south of Zubaydat and threatening to overrun the EEF's front and to capture their supply lines. At the same time, a formation crossed the Jordan from Amman and launched a series of attacks on Jericho which threatened to completely overturn British control of the Jordan Valley.

    This forced Allenby to pull back from Zubaydat, which in turn allowed him to relieve the besieged defenders in Jericho and send the Turks besieging it scrambling back over the river. The Jordan Valley now settled down into a frontline around Al-Auja resembling that held around Gaza the previous year. All of this coincided with an incredibly intense struggle in the Judean Hills as Allenby's main thrust towards Nablus and Sebastia came under way. From the 5th-22nd of April Allenby put intense pressure on Liman von Saunders' positions in the Judean Hills, driving forward into the harsh terrain with a multitude of lesser assaults, searching for a weakness. The rough terrain and intense heat made this assault extremely difficult and it largely floundered after some early hopeful developments on the southern edge of the Hills, though this progress was halted at the Battle of Shiloh where the Ottomans successfully fought the EEF to a halt in the ancient ruins of the town on the 18th. By early May, as news of movement on the Western Front began to arrive, the British offensives in the region had come to a halt (9).

    When the September Rising happened in Petrograd, it provoked a major crisis on Russia's Caucasian Front which only grew worse as time went on. The Russian Government's dedication to preparing for the Parsky Offensive resulted in a slow collapse of the Russian Caucasian Front. With the most capable of the Russian divisions in the Caucasus pulled out and the rear of the Russian frontlines gripped by nationalist and socialist unrest, the Turks were able to launch an army eastward into the mountains in early February. While a few thousand Armenian volunteers prepared to defend their fellow Armenians from the oncoming Turks, the Russian defences completely collapsed. The Ottoman forces moved forward at the eastern end of the line between Tirebolu and Bitlis and took Kelkit on 7th February, Erzincan on 13th February, Bayburt on 19th February, Tercan on 22nd February and the Black Sea port of Trabzon on the 24th February. Incoming sea-borne reinforcements began to disembark at Trabzon soon after. Manzikert, Hınıs, Oltu, Köprüköy and Tortum fell over the following two weeks and by the 24th of March the Ottoman forces were crossing the 1914 frontier into what had been Russian Empire territory.

    In response to these Turkish successes, and spurred on by the increasingly clear defeat of the Russian Republic in the Baltic, the Muslim population of the Caucasus rose up across the region in a bid to support an Ottoman conquest. As events in Petrograd turned sour, the Georgian Mensheviks declared in favor of an independent Georgia and swiftly found themselves greeted favorably by the Germans who offered an alliance to the infant state on the condition they aid in the continuation of the war in the region. This left a bitter taste in the mouths of the Turks, but allowed them to focus their attention against weaker enemies further east in Armenian and Azerbaijani lands. As the Turks pushed ever further into Armenia in a welter of blood and death, the Armenians sought to contain and destroy the Azeris to their rear in Baku. The resultant Battle of Baku, fought between the 1st and 5th of April, saw the Azeri Musavat Party resist an effort by the Armenian Revolutionary Federation to secure control of this vital city. The resultant bloodbath would eventually see the Azeri's emerge victorious and lead to the ejection of the Armenian population of Baku, some 25,000 in all, alongside some 5,000 dead on either side (10).

    From Baku the Musavat Party were able to organise Azeri resistance to Armenian encroachment. Attacked from both sides, the Armenians crumbled under the pressure. By late-April, the Ottomans had secured control of most of the Caucasus outside Georgia. As the Azeri's, with complete complicity from the local Turkish commanders, began massacring the Armenian population across the region - a massive refugee crisis became entangled with the Turko-British frontlines in Iran. As tens of thousands of Armenians streamed into northern Iran, the Turks launched a further offensive into Iran, having already taken Van from the Armenians - they would pursue them southward to Lake Urmiah where the Armenians and their Assyrian allies were crushed against the lake in early May. This allowed the Turks to enter Tabriz on the 8th of June 1918, marking one of the greatest achievements of Pan-Turkish dreams. Over the course of the first half of 1918 the Turks had thus retaken all of their lost land in Anatolia and further extended control all the way to the Caspian, gained a contentious ally in the Georgians and secured the most important city in north-western Iran. They would spend the rest of the year consolidating control of these regions and extending their line of control to the southern shores of the Caspian Sea, while redirecting forces southward to help defend against the British forces in Mesopotamia and Palestine (11).

    Footnotes:

    (7) I don't think that the Austro-Hungarians could have done much more than inconvenience the British once forces are moved to block them in the Adriatic but, as detailed in a previous update, before that they were able to temporarily cut off supplies to the Salonica Front causing significant supply shortages during the bitter 1917-1918 winter, resulting in a number of casualties from disease and deprivation.

    (8) The death of T.E. Lawrence probably counts as a secondary PoD, given how little actual influence the events previously detailed would have had on events in Arabia, but I hope you can forgive that. The death of T.E. Lawrence won't have too many immediate impacts on the actual course of the war in the Middle East, but it will have quite significant consequences in a post-war world. Lawrence was a crucial actor in smoothing over British relations with Faisal on numerous occasions and Faisal's trust in Lawrence's personal honour played a key role in his acquiescence to a number of bad-faith actions by the British government. Without Lawrence there to reassure him of British good will, the Arabs are going to be significantly more wary of the British.

    (9) The Turkish successes in repelling the British April Offensives in Palestine might come as a surprise, but from what I have been able to read the Turkish defenders were actually quite motivated and willing to fight in early-mid 1918, their morale and effectiveness only really cratering following the siphoning of their best troops for the Turkish offensives into the Caucasus and the defeat of the Spring Offensives. As such, the Turks prove themselves the tenacious defenders that they had proven themselves to be previously. There are also slightly more forces available from the defeats of Italy and Romania while the British are slightly weaker than OTL due to the supply disruptions that followed the defeat of Italy. Additionally, the British are attacking extremely strong defensive positions in the Judean Hills. All of this adds up to the British making some headway, but probably not enough to justify the cost.

    (10) IOTL this is known as the March Days, where the Bolsheviks and Armenians allied to crush the Azeri Musavat Party before it could join with the Turks. IOTL the Armenians relied very heavily on forces from the Savage Division which participated in the Kornilov Affair and were disbanded in the immediate aftermath by the Provisional Government. Under a Soviet Government, they are never disbanded and instead are retained as forces loyal to the revolution. This is coupled with a lack of Bolshevik support for the cause in Armenia and Azerbaijan, resulting in an Azeri victory in the affair. Generally, ITTL, the Armenians find themselves abandoned by the rest of the world and left for the Turks to deal with. This results in an utter bloodbath, seeing the Armenian Genocide played out with almost the entire Armenian population rather than just the half under Turkish control from IOTL. While some Armenians find safety in Georgia, the vast majority of those that escape make their way to Iran and from there to half a hundred other places around the world.

    (11) The defeat of the Armenians results in a national disaster, which sees the Armenian people of the Caucasus caught in a genocide. Armenia's hopes of independence disappear with it, their population becoming one of a number of large diasporas caused by the Great War. This is joined by the virtual destruction of the Assyrian population of Persia, with half of it killed and a third sent into exile by massacres by Turkish and Kurdish bands from the region. The radicals of the CUP government of the Ottoman Empire have thus largely achieved their ambitions in the Caucasus and now must slow the British in Mesopotamia and Palestine. I haven't discussed Mesopotamia, but events there largely go as per OTL with a great deal of their forces transferred to Palestine in preparation for a Summer/Autumn Offensive.


    360px-Zeebrugge_Raid_graphic.JPG

    Depiction of the Zeebrugge Raid in Popular Sciences Magazine

    A False Sense of Security

    April of 1918 would see several major incidents in the North Sea and along the Belgian Coast, as first the Zeebrugge and Ostend Raids were conducted, followed by the Sortie of the 26th of April by the German High Seas Fleet. The raids on Zeebrugge and Ostend were originally planned in 1916 but the plans were rejected due to the unlikeliness of their success. This changed when Vice-Admiral Roger Keyes was appointed director of the Plans Division at the Admiralty in October 1917 and on 3rd December, submitted another plan for the blocking of Zeebrugge and Ostend using old cruisers in a night attack in the period from 14th–19th March. This was combined with a number of other plans for the capture the Zeebrugge mole and the blocking of the harbour.

    For the plan, a monitor, HMS Sir John Moore, was to land 1,000 troops on the mole, the monitor HMS General Craufurd was to bombard the lock gates and fortifications from short range; and blockships were to enter the harbour in the confusion. The first opportunity for the raid was in early April 1918 and as a result, on 2nd April the fleet sailed and Zeebrugge was bombed by 65 Squadron from Dunkirk. The success of the raid depended upon smokescreens to protect the British ships from the fire of German coastal artillery but the wind direction was unfavorable and the attack was called off. Zeebrugge was visible to the fleet and the fleet to the Germans in Zeebrugge; seventy-seven ships of all sizes, some with their lights already switched off, had to make a sharp turn to the west to return to their bases.

    The second attempt was made on the 23rd April alongside a raid on the neighbouring harbour of Ostend. The raid began with a diversion against the mile-long Zeebrugge Mole before a landing on the mole was attempted by sailors and a battalion of Royal Marines. At the time of the landing the wind changed and the smokescreen to cover the ship was blown offshore. The marines immediately came under heavy fire and suffered many casualties. The attempt to sink three old cruisers to block the flow of traffic in and out of the Port of Bruges-Zeebrugge failed. The failure of the attack on the Zeebrugge mole resulted in the Germans concentrating their fire on the three blocking ships, HMS Thetis, Intrepid and Iphigenia, which were filled with concrete. Thetis did not make it to the canal entrance, after it hit an obstruction and was scuttled prematurely. The two other ships were sunk at the narrowest point of the canal but these obstructions were cleared within a couple of weeks. The Ostend Raid was against a canal that was the smaller and narrower than that at Zeebrugge and was considered a secondary target behind the Zeebrugge Raid. Consequently, fewer resources were provided to the force assaulting Ostend. While the attack at Zeebrugge garnered some limited success, the assault on Ostend was therefore a complete failure. The German marines who defended the port had taken careful preparations and drove the British assault ships astray, forcing the abortion of the operation at the final stage.

    The Sortie of the 26th occurred in an effort to intercept one of the regular Scandinavian convoys crossing to Britain. These large convoys were often escorted by heavy ships and posed a tempting, and isolated, target. The Germans concealed their intentions from the British by maintaining strict wireless silence and a great success looked likely. While the raid was originally planned for the 24th, Admiral Scheer's fear that what had happened to Ludendorff might happen to him in the case of a failure led him to order the contacting of the German embassy in Norway to determine the scheduling of convoys - something that had not been done previously. No convoys were scheduled for the 24th, but there was one on the 26th which Scheer chose to target instead. As part of this same process, an additional check of the German High Seas Fleet was conducted in which a major fault in the Battlecruiser Moltke was identified, and it was therefore dispatched to repairs and the fleet sailed without it (12).

    The Sortie caught the North Sea convoy completely by surprise, overrunning it and sinking all five escorts, numbering two destroyers, two auxiliary ships and a torpedo boat, while capturing eighteen merchantmen, sinking three and allowing six to escape. The British Grand Fleet, recently reinforced with five American Fast Dreadnaughts, set out from Rosyth immediately on hearing of the sortie - having learned of it from the broadcasts of the attacking High Seas Fleet. In their rush, the American ships and their screens were separated from the British and ran into German submarine pickets who put several torpedoes into the fleet, sinking two destroyers and gravely wounding one of the Dreadnoughts - forcing them back to the British dockyards where the dreadnought would spend the rest of the war in drydocks. The Grand Fleet would miss the High Seas Fleet, which sailed into Wilhelmshaven to wild celebrations on the morning of the 28th. While the convoy itself was a significant but manageable loss for the British, it would be the resultant reaction in Britain that shifted the sortie from a moderate accomplishment to a major victory. Specifically, it provoked a panic among merchantmen sailing from Norway as they demanded significantly greater protections if they were to continue sailing a route that could be attacked directly by the High Seas Fleet. This forced the redeployment of significant naval resources from behind the Dover Barrage to Rosyth to provide the requisite protection beginning on the 30th of April and led to the premature deployment of the North Sea Mine Barrage, which served to tie up even more naval resources and focus at the British Admiralty.

    By late-April a sense of complacency had come to characterise the British General Headquarters and Home Front, where the general belief was that they were nearing the end of the danger period and that it had grown too late for the Germans to launch a successful offensive. The Germans had launched several minor attacks and demonstrations throughout the spring against both British and French positions, including at Lens, at Cambrai, west of Verdun and near the Meuse and had made major demonstrations against Verdun and Cambrai in mid-April. These attacks and assaults had led to some redistribution of forces by all three Allied combatants, particularly from Flanders to the environs of Cambrai and Arras. While the overstretched Fifth Army had made some progress in building up the porous defences along their part of the front, they remained insufficient by 1918 standards and committed many of the same mistakes made elsewhere on the British line, ordering holding lines to the last man and placing far too many at the forward edge of their line, were present. While information from across the front still indicated a coming offensive, this had been the case for the last three months and as a result the British were increasingly dismissive of these claims. Furthermore, the fact that the Germans were seemingly making preparations everywhere, and launching assaults in numerous sectors, left the Allies uncertain of where an offensive would occur under any circumstances.

    The Allies were increasingly dismissive of the current threat and looked further into the future, beginning plans for future offensives once American troop levels became sufficient for offensive action. For the first year after the American entry into the war the AEF remained small, the cause for this comes down to a couple of different factors. First of all, the British and French wanted American soldiers as reinforcements to plug the gaps in their own armies while Pershing and Wilson wanted an independent force with which to exert influence on the eventual peace settlement. Both sides saw the implications as political as well as operational. Pershing estimated that his allies could hold out until America fielded an independent army, the creation of which necessitated transporting equipment and administrators as well as front-line troops. The AEF’s proportion of non-combatants actually rose from 20 to 36 percent in the seven months prior to May 1918. However, 51 percent of the Americans crossed in British or British-leased ships, as opposed 46 percent in American ones, leaving the Americans extremely dependent on British good will and needs. With a seeming lack of urgency on the part of the British, the British merchant marine demanded payment in full for helping to ship these American forces across the Atlantic - completely fair in their eyes considering the immense wealth the Americans were extracting from their Allies in this period. The result was that American troops landing in France remained at a low 40,000-60,000 per month through the first five months of 1918. However, in late April and early May, all that changed (13).

    Footnotes:

    (12) This is all based on an OTL sortie launched on the 24th. Scheer hadn't actually checked whether there was a convoy on the day when he sortied, and the entire project proved to be for nothing when the Moltke experienced a catastrophic machine failure, forcing them to initiate radio contact warning the Grand Fleet. They were then forced to sail back to Wilhelmshaven with the whole effort a wash. It was the last sortie of the war for the High Seas Fleet IOTL. The next attempt at launching a sortie triggered the Kiel Mutinies in late 1918 which in turn ultimately resulted in the fall of the Empire and the rise of the Weimar Republic.

    (13) The fact that the Spring Offensives haven't happened yet mean that the AEF doesn't experience the incredible growth in troop numbers that happened IOTL. That happened IOTL because the British dropped everything and turned over their merchant fleet completely to the transport of American forces, with the reinforcements growing to more than 200,000 within two months from some 50,000. Here the same rate of reinforcements remains in effect, and as a result the actual threat posed by the Americans to German plans actually remain surprisingly minimal. This, of course, means that the Americans have more time to set up their logistical and administrative framework for the time being. ITTL the number of non-combatants rose to 36% in seven months, while IOTL the five months prior to the Spring Offensives came to 32.5%.


    Summary:

    The Allies experience significant infighting over everything from their organizational structure and military commands to war aims and troop numbers.

    The struggles between Haig and Lloyd George make reverberations in the media while the Irish Convention comes to a close, with Home Rule to be implemented.

    The Middle East sees significant action, as Allenby makes assaults into Palestine with mixed success while the Turks tear into the Russians and crush Armenian resistance.

    By late April there is a sense of complacency among the Allies while the Anglo-Americans and Germans take swipes at each other.

    End Note:

    This update is probably a bit dull, but it does a lot of work to help outline the situation by late-April 1918. There is a lot of research and speculation in this but it also leans very heavily on OTL events. The main focus for this update is thus, what are the consequences if the Spring Offensives don't happen in March 1918. This actually has quite significant consequences on everything from the Irish Convention and command of the British Army, to AEF troop numbers and the Palestine Front. The events in the Caucasus are more tied to events in Russia, but I thought that since we were in the neighborhood we might as well pop by. I didn't really get into the Salonica or Mesopotamian fronts in this update since they remain largely unchanged. I realize that this update paints a rather dismal picture of the situation for the Allies, particularly the British, but I hope that I have justified the changes I have made from OTL.

    The next series of updates are pretty long, even for me, so i hope you can forgive me that. There are a lot of footnotes and the like because the next series of events are extremely important to the TL and really need to be justified and argued out in full.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Eight: The White Fight
  • The White Fight

    473px-Trotzki_Deutsche_Brest-Litowsk1917.jpg

    Soviet Delegation Met By German Officers

    A Final Attempt

    From Narva and Pskov, the Germans debated the merits of continuing their drive all the way to Petrograd itself. On one hand, the Germans were hopeful that they could force the war to an end in either late March or early April, but given the failures to bring home a treaty in September 1917, November 1917 and January 1918, there was a significant contingent who believed that the Russians would only surrender with their hands forced to paper at the Tauride itself. For the time being, Max Hoffmann decided on a compromise between the two, ordering the Eighth Army to continue their advance from Narva towards Petrograd while the Baltic Fleet was to enter the Gulf of Finland and threaten a naval invasion of the Russian capital. At the same time emissaries were dispatched with clear terms of surrender for the Russian government. The German advance would meet only limited and disorganised resistance when they restarted their advance on the 2nd of April 1918, brushing aside or capturing the disparate elements of what remained of the Russian Northern Front - which had seen over a hundred thousand desertions since mid-March.

    At the same time, the Germans were busily drawing troops away from across the rest of the Eastern Front, relying heavily on Austro-Hungarian forces to make up for the transfers. The Austro-Hungarian troops would prove significantly less effective, and experienced an embarrassing number of desertions given how quiet the front they were hold was, but they would hold it. By the 5th of April, the Germans had reached Gatchina 45 kilometres south of Petrograd - the heavier guns of the Germans being heard all the way in Petrograd like the rumblings of a thunderous god. It was here that messengers from the Tauride arrived to signal their surrender and that negotiations for an end to the war should be held. While the Germans extended their control to the countryside around Gatchina, they invited the Russians to send their delegation to negotiate at the Great Gatchina Palace, once the home of Russia's autocrats, while the German lines were pillaged for as many men as possible to reinforce the German armies on the Western Front.

    Following the execution of the Romanovs on the 31st of March, Trotsky had expected the Armies of the Republic to stand firm against the Germans. However, when news arrived of the Germans' uncontested advance on the 2nd of April and German emissaries followed, he quickly realised that a crisis was about to erupt when the undoubtedly harsh German demands came. The German demands covered the garrisoning of Petrograd by German soldiers, the widespread disarmament and demobilisation of troops across the entire Eastern Front and a preliminary agreement to acknowledge Ukrainian and Georgian independence, to which the Constituent Assembly was initially resistant. However, as more and more bad news flooded the Tauride and the sound of artillery fire began to be heard in the distance, the delegates to the Assembly grew increasingly dispirited. Trotsky had, by this point, realized that a surrender was imminent and did what he could to extract himself and his closest allies from the mess, insisting that a matter of such great consequence must be decided by the Constituent Assembly in a bid to pass responsibility for surrender onto the Assembly. At the same time he began the covert transfer of arms, supplies and, most importantly, the contents of the Central Bank to a series of trains and wagons which made their way out of Petrograd, with the secret agreement of the RSDLP inner circle, to the safety Veliky Novgorod.

    The debate in the Constituent Assembly raged back and forth, as the previously dominant political leaders of the RSDLP suddenly turned silent and distanced themselves from the matter as much as possible. This meant that the debate in the Constituent Assembly became a free-for-all between the remaining delegates and quickly dissolved into absolute chaos. In the end, it would require the intervention of the Right SR politician Vladimir Volsky, who had previously served in the Tver Soviet and had been elected to the Constituent Assembly in November, to finally bring the Constituent Assembly to the realisation that there was little more they could do than agree to the preliminary terms and hope for the best. This was what led to the dispatch of the initial messengers surrendering to the Germans at Gatchina. Accepting the wishes of the Constituent Assembly, Trotsky decided to dispatch a man of stature but unconnected to him personally to lead the negotiations in order to avoid actually signing the treaty himself - seeking to pass this blemish on to another. As such, it would be the Marxist historian Mikhail Pokrovsky who would preside over the Russian side of the negotiations at Gatchina (1).


    Pokrovsky would not serve particularly well in his role as plenipotentiary and was completely outmanoeuvred by the German diplomatic team which had been dispatched on behalf of the Chief of the Imperial Staff Hoffmann and Foreign Minister Kühlmann, neither of them able to participate personally in the negotiations due to the great demands of the western front. By mid-April the Russians were making immense concessions, including the transfer of a wide band of land in Russian Poland to Germany proper, greatly strengthening Germany's borders, while conceding the independence of the Ukraine, Georgia, Poland, Courland and the Baltic provinces. The German leadership had initially planned for far more reasonable demands and only presented these extreme demands as a starting position to the bargaining, but the German negotiators were surprised when Pokrovsky caved with barely a fight. The negotiators, completely forgetting the reasoning behind the reasonable demands that had been determined beforehand, could not resist the lure this presented and would continue to tack on indemnities, garrisoning rights, further land transfers, oversight and control of all trade and half a dozen other demands, all of which Pokrovsky caved to. The negotiators could hardly believe their own luck and began considering Kaiser Wilhelm's pipedream of splintering Russia proper into three separate parts might be viable.

    News of the negotiations at Gatchina became fodder for the masses in Petrograd, where the continually growing demands from the Germans prompted incredible horror and despair at what looked increasingly to be the butchering of Russia as though it were a carcass. This was what finally created the opening Vasili Zavoiko and his massive spiderweb of conspiracy had been waiting for. Over the course of the mid-April the conspiracies coalesced around a plan to free the White Martyrs still imprisoned in the Fortress of Peter and Paul, coupling it with an assault on the Tauride where the delegates to the Constituent Assembly would be placed under arrest and the ministers of the RSDLP-Left SR government would be put against a wall and shot. The decision to expel the Kadets from the Constituent Assembly had played directly into Zavoiko's hands and had allowed him to strengthen several of the conspiracies he was involved in with these politicians who brought an air of legitimacy to the entire endeavour, though most of the Kadets had already made their escape from the city in the weeks since their expulsion - many of them turning south to the Don where a White force had coalesced.

    On the 19th of April, Zavoiko invited the leaders of the various cells and conspiracies dotted across Petrograd together in a secret meeting on the second floor of the Literaturnoye Kafe in order to bring everyone onto the same page in preparation for the planned operation. This meeting would become the central point of hundreds of novels and poems written in White political circles during the following decades, as well as featuring prominently in Red propaganda and literature - often used to underline the perfidy and untrustworthiness of the Whites, and marked a crucial turning point in the Russian Revolution. Over the course of a short hour-long meeting, Zavoiko was able to bring everyone into agreement with his plans, having largely made all the preliminary efforts over the previous months. and set the date of the coming White Rising for the 24th of April 1918.

    Footnotes:

    (1) Mikhail Pokrovsky has the interesting distinction of being a Russian Marxist who was neither Bolshevik nor Menshevik in leanings at this point. He was part of the Vpered group, with Alexander Bogdanov, Maxim Gorky and Anatoly Lunacharsky, which sought to promote the education and edification of the working class, building the future worker leaders through education. In order to do this, he and a close friend and Bolshevik Bogdanov set up a school on Capri and spent ungodly sums of money transporting Russian workers there to give them a "worker's" education. We will deal more with the Vperedists in the future, but in this case we are dealing with Pokrovsky who is signally unsuited to the delicate negotiations going on at Gatchina. This is probably Trotsky at his most irresponsible, valuing his own name and image more than securing an acceptable peace.


    327px-AlekseiBrusilov1916.jpeg

    Aleksei Brusilov, General of the Cavalry

    The Great White Hope

    Since the September Rising, though arguably since the February Revolution, there had been a slow but steady movement of people fleeing southward in search of safety - concentrated primarily in the various groups and populations that were unaccepted by the increasingly left-wing governments of Russia. These people began to congregate on the Don, where the Don Cossacks, thought by the Whites to be stalwarts of the old regime, had recently elected General Alexey Kaledin as the Ataman of their traditional assembly, the Krug. Taciturn and gloomy, Kaledin was a typical Cossack general of the old school. During 1917 he had sided with Kornilov against the Soviet and at the Moscow Conference in August had called for the abolition of all the democratic army organisations, before being chased south to his peoples following the September Rising, where the Don Krug declared its independence on the 20th (3 December N.S.) November. General Mikhail Alexeev arrived in the Don in early November 1917 (O.S.) and soon began forming a volunteer force out of White supporters in the region, mustering them at the city of Novocherkassk.

    The basic concern of the Don Cossack leaders at this time was to defend their newly declared independence, but the Volunteers had persuaded them that this could only be achieved by joining forces with them against the Bolsheviks, who had been making inroads further up the Don themselves. The latter had mobilised the support of much of the non-Cossack population in the Don, among the Russian peasants, the industrial workers and the sailors of the Black Sea Fleet, for an effort aimed at capturing Rostov, a major city of the Don. Hence, to begin with, Kaledin welcomed the arrival of the Volunteers, a mere forty officers, calling themselves Alexeev's Organization, on the 17th (30 N.S.) November 1917. His own forces had been fast disintegrating, as the younger and more radical Cossacks, who were in no mood to fight the Reds, returned from the Front and began to campaign against his leadership.

    Many local Cossacks were afraid that the presence of the Volunteers might make Novocherkassk, the Don capital, a target for the Bolsheviks or even the Republican Government which at this point seemed unlikely to brook White challenges to its authority. Because of this Cossack mistrust of the Whites, Alexeev's officers had to be hidden away in a hospital in Novocherkassk at first. But as the Bolsheviks approached, and it became clear that the Don could not be defended without their support, Kaledin was able to deploy the Volunteers without serious Cossack objections. At the beginning of December the Bolshevik Red Guards captured Rostov. Kaledin imposed martial law and called on the Volunteers to retake the city, his own Cossacks having refused to fight. Alexeev's army, which by this stage had grown to a force of some 500 officers, was quite sufficient to defeat the more numerous but hopelessly undisciplined Red Guards who were sent skittering northward. The six-day battle began on 9th (22nd N.S.) of December — St George's Day, the patron saint of Russia. It was the first major battle of the incipient civil war.

    In Moscow, Aleksei Brusilov and his family found themselves increasingly under pressure from the Bolshevik regime, which looked on him with significant animus - believing him to be yet another reactionary general and a threat to their control of Moscow. As such, over the course of October and November, the Brusilov family had experienced an ever-growing degree of harassment, culminating in the attempted firebombing of their apartment in early December (O.S.). The threat to not only his own but also his family's lives finally spurred Brusilov into action. The Brusilov family would quietly begin making preparations a week into December (O.S.) and decided, following the news of the White victory at Rostov-on-Don, to go south to join Brusilov's old friend Alexeev. The Brusilov family would make their escape from Moscow by posing as a poor elderly couple fleeing the revolutionary violence of the north, as so many others, and made their way to Rostov successfully - arriving a couple days into the New Year (O.S.).

    In the weeks since Alexeev and his men had captured Rostov they had moved swiftly to secure the city and set up military rule in Rostov. While Brusilov was greeted with open arms by Alexeev on his arrival some of the other, more reactionary, generals who had themselves only recently arrived expressed significant misgivings and uncertainty about Brusilov's commitment to the White cause (2). At the same time, the Volunteers had experienced significant difficulties expanding their numbers, neither Alexeev or any of the lesser commanders really possessing the charisma needed to draw men to their cause. This was where Brusilov immediately proved himself worth his weight in gold. News that the great General Brusilov, the only victorious general of the war, had joined the Whites on the Don went through Russia like a bolt of lightning. Within weeks, volunteers were swarming into Rostov to join up in hopes of fighting under the ever-victorious Brusilov as he fought to retake Russia from the mad revolutionaries.

    Rostov was a microcosm of the old Russia in exile. The fallen high and mighty thronged its streets. There were generals, with their stripes and epaulettes, dashing cavalry officers in their colourful tunics, the white kerchiefs of nurses, and the huge Caucasian fur hats of the Turkomen warriors. Numerous Duma politicians, mostly Kadets and disparate right-wingers who believed that Constituent Assembly little more than a sham set up to legitimise the actions of the RSDLP, had come to try and direct the White movement. However they would soon be joined by a flood of former Constituent Assembly delegates following Trotsky's expulsion of the liberal and right-wing parties in the Constituent Assembly. Over the course of early 1918, Brusilov emerged as the dominant figure on the Don, working closely with Alexeev, but with it undoubted who was in charge. Throughout this period, even as Brusilov extended White control across the Donbas region in the face of disorganized and fragmented Bolshevik opposition, he faced incredibly tense challenges from both political and military exiles, who felt that Brusilov's unwillingness to follow a hardline reactionary policy meant he was not fit to command them. These men and women worked to undermine Brusilov's command and conspired against his successes, but were for the moment left bereft of a figurehead with which to replace Brusilov. That all changed when Mikhail Romanov arrived in Rostov alongside his family in mid-April.

    Since the February Revolution, the Don had become a haven for increasingly liberal and moderate refugees, but the majority, and the most established, of the refugees tended towards the reactionary wing of the Whites. In fact, in Novocherkassk the official clock ran on St Petersburg time, an hour behind local Don time, as if in readiness to resume the work of government in the Tsarist capital. Nothing better symbolized the nostalgic attitudes of the reactionary wing of the Whites. They were, quite literally, trying to put back the clock. Everything about them, from their tsarist uniforms to their formal morning dress, signaled a longing to restore the old regime. While Brusilov had some sympathy towards the reactionary position, he was convinced that their cause "was doomed to fail, because the Russian people, for better or worse, have chosen to oppose the monarchy". There was no point, as he explained in late April, in trying to put the clock back. "I consider the old regime as having been abolished for a very long time."

    The Volunteer Army, however, was largely an officers' army and was dominated by reactionaries. This was one of the major problems that Brusilov hoped to resolve: it had not succeeded in attracting the support of the civilian population, nor even that of private soldiers. Of the first 3,000 volunteers, no more than a dozen were rank-and-file troops. There had never been such a top-heavy army in the history of warfare. Captains and colonels were forced to serve as privates. Major-generals had to make do with the command of a squadron. Constant squabbling over the command posts caused terrible headaches for the General Staff. Senior generals refused to serve under younger officers promoted strictly on merit; monarchists refused to obey commanders opposed to the Tsar. Some refused to serve below the rank they had held in the imperial army, thinking it beneath their dignity. The cafes were full of these idle officers. They dubbed the Volunteers 'toy soldiers'. Pride in their previous rank and status overcame their desire to fight.

    It was this explosive situation into which Mikhail Romanov entered in April, bringing these underlying tensions to an open boil. Several of the most reactionary of the generals in Rostov and Novocherkassk now demanded that Mikhail Romanov be crowned Tsar and that rule be handed over to him - in turn expecting that Mikhail would turn over actual command to them. Brusilov fiercely opposed this, and over the course of April and early May fought an intense internal struggle over this issue. However, Brusilov's partnership with Alexeev and the fundamental unwillingness of Mikhail to become a puppet to the reactionaries on the Don turned the issue steadily in favoor of the Liberals. During this period, the Don Whites were joined by a number of Kadet party stalwarts, foremost among them Milyukov and the former Marxist-turned-liberal Kadet Pyotr Struve, who would form the political backbone of the Liberal wing of the Don Whites (3). For the time being, the Liberals were in control on the Don.

    Footline:

    (2) We now see one of the effects of an early and more successful capture of Moscow by the Bolsheviks and Brusilov being healthy. IOTL Brusilov came very close to joining the Don forces in early 1918, but decided against it due to the crippling leg injury he had sustained and his complete disdain for Kornilov, who had joined Alexeev in early 1918. IOTL Alexeev and Kornilov ended up at loggerheads with each other constantly and the Don Whites were initially incredibly riven by factionalism. ITTL Brusilov accomplishes much of what Kornilov did, bringing a surge in recruitment, but he is also largely in agreement with Alexeev on military strategy and as such the two White leaders cooperate rather than fight each other. This means that they are significantly more successful ITTL than IOTL, but it does leave the more reactionary of the Don Whites in something of a quandary.

    (3) The Don Whites are still filled with countless reactionaries, but the ball is firmly in the liberals' court. IOTL, Alexeev and Kornilov were at each other's throats until Alexeev died, which was followed by a series of military commands with little cooperation or participation from the politicians in the region - until the ascendance of Pyotr Wrangel, by which time it was far too little far too late. By contrast, at least for the time being, you have two politically aware generals in Brusilov and Alexeev leading the Don Whites, partnering with capable politicians like Milyukov and Struve who were in the region IOTL but were largely sidelined. The Don Whites are thus more clearly split between reactionary and liberal wings, but are led better and have a higher likelihood of developing an actual base of support. The presence of Mikhail Romanov is quite simply a ticking time bomb waiting to go off, but for the time being the monarchists have been sidelined.


    640px-Desfile-uno-mayo-II--rusia--russianbolshevik00rossuoft.png

    White Forces During the White Rising

    The Treaty Crisis

    The 24th of April 1918 dawned red. In private homes and clubs, salons and secret meeting points throughout the city, men armed themselves in preparation for the coming strike. The White Rising began with a surprise assault on the Fortress of Peter and Paul, where White conspirators had infiltrated the supply deliveries - one of them owning the company transporting food into it. Two dozen men, armed and hidden in produce wagons, were admitted through a side gate and quickly overcame the tired guards. Creeping silently through the fortress after opening the gates to further reinforcements, the Whites soon captured the fortress commandant alongside most of the garrison - who were only just waking in their barracks. The conspirators now moved to the prison cells, where they found the four prisoners in good health if bored out of their minds, and released them. With Kornilov and his compatriots free and the fortress in hand, messages were sent out initiating the next phase of the coup.

    In a series of coordinated strikes, ministries and governmental offices across the city were attacked, with most of them falling without a fight. However, the most important of these attacks, that on the Tauride itself, would end in disaster when guardsmen opened fire on the conspirators with a machine-gun. With the morning quiet pierced by the bursts of fire from the machine-gun, the government became aware of the ongoing coup. The RSDLP military organisation ordered the mobilisation of the Red Guard while Constituent Assembly delegates hid themselves away and sought to make contact with any source of authority in the city they could find. It was at this point that a series of targeted assassinations was attempted, having been delayed for several hours due to a lack of coordination and dislike between the different coup leaders responsible. This was why Trotsky, Kamenev and Martov all survived the assassination attempts on them, often having left hours before the assassins turned up. Zinoviev was less lucky, finding himself caught on his doorstep as he responded to messengers bringing word of the coup, and was left to bleed out in the street.

    A second assault on the Tauride was attempted a few hours after the first, this time with proper backing, and the seat of the Constituent Assembly fell to the Whites. This was what prompted Trotsky to dispatch secret messengers to his closest allies in the city, suggesting that they abandon the city and make their escape eastward on the trains that Trotsky had been quietly preparing over the previous weeks. As more and more of Petrograd awoke to the sound of gunfire, fighting spread through the city. However, to the shock of many in the RSDLP they found their support amongst the workers of Petrograd negligible, with barely one-in-five Red Guards turning up at their arranged postings and half that number refusing to fight.

    Historians would question this incredible fall in popularity by the RSDLP, and the Constituent Assembly as a whole, in Petrograd and would commonly trace it to the decisions made in January which culminated in the restarting of the war with the Parsky Offensive. During that offensive, many of the most stalwart supporters of the Assembly, and particularly the RSDLP, had flocked to the front and died ignominiously. The great losses experienced by the Petrograd Red Guards, who had been dispatched to the front in response to the German counter offensive, had in turn both killed off the most fervent and left the remainder bitter at the deaths of their friends. The end result was that what desultory fighting the Red Guards did on behalf of the Constituent Assembly and the RSDLP soon collapsed in on itself, particularly once the guns of the Peter and Paul Fortress began firing on them.

    During the days of the White Rising, hundreds of student leaders, Marxist intellectuals, union bosses and various other left-wing figures were pulled from their beds and shot in the street. They were joined by as many as a hundred delegates to the Assembly, who were killed during the events of 24th and 25th April, while many more scattered in all directions. Some went south to the Ukraine or the Don, others to Moscow, while more followed Trotsky on his march east or went into exile. At the same time, the small core of reactionaries who had been expelled by Trotsky from the Assembly were paraded into the Tauride and declared the legitimate Constituent Assembly. They in turn decided the appoint Lavr Kornilov as Vozhd of Russia - in effect naming him military dictator. Boris Savinkov was appointed Chairman of the Constituent Assembly, despite not being an elected member of the body, and in effect would come to function as a prime minister to Kornilov, managing the political side of governing while Kornilov busied himself with military matters. Krymov and Denikin were given prominent positions in Kornilov's Military General Staff, with the former named as Chief of Staff and the latter given control of whatever field forces would be available to them. By the 26th, Kornilov and his Whites had secured control of Petrograd itself (4).

    The German reaction to the White Rising was confused and uncertain at first, with dispatches back to Berlin asking for clarification on what to do. At the same time, the Germans sent messengers demanding that Kornilov sign the treaty on the table. Before a message could arrive from Berlin, Kornilov had rejected the treaty and the German diplomats had given the order to take Petrograd. While a message from Külhmann rushed eastward - ordering a halt to proceedings while the Foreign Minister tried to figure out what had been going on at Gatchina and in Petrograd, German heavy artillery began bombarding the Fortress of Peter and Paul while naval forces sailed deeper into the Gulf of Finland.

    In response to artillery fire from the Kronstadt Naval Base, the German navy launched an incredible bombardment which shattered all resistance before sending in their marines, who would mop up what resistance remained behind - among the few who escaped were an anarchist faction around Stepan Petrichenko, who would arrive in Moscow to mass acclaim. At the same time, elements of the Eighth Army moved through the suburbs of Petrograd, securing one part of the city after another and putting down resistance with extreme prejudice wherever they encountered it. Kornilov, realizing that the situation was beginning to collapse around him, declared a unilateral surrender to the Germans. The White forces around the city handed over arms to the Germans and directed them towards "trouble spots" across the city - the Germans coming to function in effect as a final boot to the face for what remained of the Red resistance in the city. Kornilov was incredibly lucky, in that Kühlmann's message arrived soon after his surrender, followed by news that the Foreign Minister was on his way to Petrograd to take personal hand in the completely out-of-control situation.


    When Kühlmann realised how far beyond their remits the negotiators had gone, he had them detained and transferred while he took personal command of the negotiations with Kornilov. What followed was a series of meetings with Kornilov and his "cabinet" in which Kühlmann realised that if he played his cards right, he might just be able to remove the threat of Russia for at least a generation. What followed became known as the Treaty of the Tauride, named for where the negotiations took place. Working from the baseline of what Hoffmann and he had initially planned for the Gatchina negotiations, Kühlmann was able to secure an extension of Prussia along the Neman and Bug Rivers and expanded the Silesian border to the Warta River, while moving the borders between the two rivers further south, firmly securing Germany's eastern borders on a series of defensible rivers, while the remainder of Russian Poland would be turned into a puppet Kingdom of Poland. The Baltic Provinces of Courland and Livonia, in addition to the Moonsund Archipelago, would be formed into a second puppet state. Kornilov would accept the independence of Georgia and Lithuania, as well as the transfer of the remainder of the Transcaucasia to the Ottoman Empire. In addition, Kornilov would accept German occupation and exploitation of the Ukraine, though Kühlmann promised to support an eventual return of the region to Kornilov after the war in a secret paragraph to the treaty. In return, Germany waived indemnities and established favourable trade relations, returned Belarus, Estonia and Petrograd itself while pledging to support the Petrograd government and acknowledge it as the sole legitimate government of Russia (5).

    Given the concessions that the Constituent Assembly had been making previously, according to the White press in Petrograd, Kornilov had seemingly pulled off little less than a miraculous master stroke in the diplomatic negotiations. While there were some who grumbled at the loss of Poland, the Baltic outside Estonia, Ukraine and the Transcaucasia - the vast majority were little less than ecstatic at how lightly they had seemingly had to pay when compared to how badly it could have gone. Kornilov would take full advantage of his role as successful peacemaker, making it a prominent part of his propaganda machine, while the Germans slowly transferred control back to the Petrograd government, handing over arms and supplies while leaving behind military advisors and a strong diplomatic presence in Petrograd itself with which to guide the new Russian government (6).

    At the same time as the Germans took control of Petrograd, they also secured control of a wealth of documents which served to outline the various discussions, negotiations and treaties which had been undertaken by the Allies over the course of the war. This would prove to be a true treasure trove of propaganda material for the Central Powers, who immediately began incorporating them in their propaganda, with Kühlmann implementing them as a central part of his diplomatic strategy aimed at undermining the relationships between the various Allied powers while, while at the same time the secret treaties were used to help shore up public support for the war. The ability of the Germans to now provide originals and copies of allied treaties greatly strengthened their credibility and caused the Allies immense trouble.

    The Germans were quick to hand over copies of the Treaty of London to the horrified Austro-Hungarian government - who set about incorporating its contents into their propaganda. The demands in the Treaty of London were an imperialist manifesto of the most damaging sort - promising extensive territorial aggrandisement for Italy, in the form of Tyrol, northern Dalmatia, the entire Austrian Littoral, large sections of the Duchy of Carniola and parts of Carinthia. In addition, the Italians had been promised the Dodecanese Islands, a protectorate in Albania, parts of the German colonies in Asia and Africa and, in the event of a Turkish partition, was promised extensive lands therefrom as well. Further Austro-Hungarian lands were promised to the Serbs and Montenegrins. In effect, the treaty promised the bloody dismemberment of the Habsburg Empire and the submission of its peoples to Serbs and Italians.
    This was joined by the similar Treaty of Bucharest, which had brought Romania into the war, where the Allies had promised extensive territorial aggrandisement in Transylvania, the Banat and Bukovina.

    The effects were explosive, with massive pro-war demonstrations gripping many of the Habsburg Empire's major cities - with some support even given by the disparate nationalist movements who felt betrayed and lied to by the Allied powers. More than anything else, the revelation of the Secret Treaties, done in such an explosive manner so as to spread news as widely as possible across Austro-Hungarian media, boosted the popularity of the war in this crucial period. The message ran thus - while the Allies had threatened, and continued to threaten, the Empire with dismemberment in favour of their murderous neighbours, Austria-Hungary was victorious in the field. On three out of four fronts they were victorious, while the fourth was contained for the time being. Only internal turmoil and treason could now rob them of victory now.

    The second set of treaties used by the Germans were the conflicting and confused Sykes-Picot Agreement, Balfour Declaration and McMahon-Hussein Correspondence. The Sykes-Picot agreement outlined the division of the Middle East between France and Britain, completely ignoring the concurrent agreement with Sharif Hussein of Mecca, who had been promised the establishment of an Arab Kingdom covering much of the same territories that the Allies claimed for themselves. The third agreement, the Balfour Declaration, had promised Jewish settlement of Palestine in spite of intense Arab resistance to the idea, and thus contradicted both the McMahon and Sykes-Picot treaties. While it would take time for the news of these contradictory treaties to spread to the Middle East, when they did so it was with explosive effect.

    The revelations of the Secret Treaties caused President Woodrow Wilson of the United States a grievous political wound, contradicting as they did the very first point of his peace proposal for "Open covenants of peace, openly arrived at, after which there shall be no private international understandings of any kind but diplomacy shall proceed always frankly and in the public view." The fallout from the treaty publications in Germany would stagger the Allied Home Fronts at precisely the moment where they needed popular support the most. While the national medias in the United States, Britain and France all fought to muddy the waters and obfuscate these revelations, their contents now began to sour the Allied public to the war effort and undermine their image as liberators of the disenfranchised peoples of the world (7).

    Footnotes:

    (4) There are a lot of reasons why this second coup proves so much more immediately successful than the first. They centre on three primary factors:
    1) The Constituent Assembly and the RSDLP in particular having left the population of the city completely apathetic and dispirited in the wake of their numerous failures.
    2) The planning behind this attempt being far more detailed, thought out and prepared - having been in the works since Zavoiko was released from prison.
    3) The RSDLP was already halfway out the door, and as such what dispirited resistance that the Whites face soon collapse through a lack of numbers, support, supplies and direction on the part of the Constituent Assembly.

    (5) This is a significantly smaller demand than IOTL and is highly reflective of the fact that it is Hoffmann and Kühlmann determining what they want out of events. The fact that it is a White government that they are treating with, rather than the Bolsheviks, significantly changes the entire dynamic of the negotiations. Particularly, it leaves the Germans with the conviction that if they make some adjustments to their demands (most significantly promising to return the Ukraine), then they might actually be able to transform Russia into a friendly power under what could easily become a puppet regime.

    (6) Kornilov really reaps a ton of undeserved credit for this diplomatic success, but it does set him well on the way to securing his position as leader of the reactionary White faction - though not of the monarchist brand, at least for now. The Petrograd regime is basically a military dictatorship with a very thin veneer of nationalism patched on top and an extra helping of rubber-stamp democracy in the form of the neutered Petrograd Constituent Assembly. This is our second White faction of the incipient Russian Civil War.

    (7) We are far from done examining the impact of the publication of the Secret Treaties, but it will take some time for their impact to truly be felt. The important thing to keep in mind is that the circumstances surrounding the publication of these secret treaties are quite different from IOTL, in that it is the German government itself sharing the contents of the Allied secret treaties, rather than the Bolsheviks. This has a number of consequences, not least that their impact in the Central Powers is significantly greater. This is partly because of Kühlmann's intervention to accomplish exactly that, but also due to the fact that Hoffmann works better with the civilian side of the German government than Ludendorff or Hindenburg did IOTL. However, the fact it is the Germans publishing the treaties means that the Allied populations are, at least initially, more untrusting of the what is published. However, the contents of the treaties is picked up by the anti-war factions in all three major Allied nations who begin chipping away at the Allied war fervour.


    640px-Bundesarchiv_Bild_183-R92623%2C_Brest-Litowsk%2C_Waffenstillstandsabkommen.jpg

    The Signing of the Tauride Treaty

    The Bell Ringing Across All-Russia

    When Trotsky fled Petrograd in late April he did so accompanied by almost 2,000 Red Guard loyalists, beginning their steady shift from a regional militia to the primary military force of the RSDLP, and almost 10,000 party officials, family members alongside various other miscellaneous figures who had been deemed important enough to bring along. Trotsky was well prepared and traveled in style, having stolen the Tsar's personal armoured train for the trip, and the caravan as a whole was both heavily armed and well supplied. While the rest of the RSDLP leadership tried to come to terms with their rapid fall from power, Trotsky was swift to exploit their distraction to emerge as the undoubted leader of the entire endeavour. This, in addition to Trotsky's careful choices of who to bring along, meant that from this point forward Trotsky successfully emerged as the undisputed leader of the RSDLP.

    By the time the convoy reached the first transfer point at Bologoye, having been joined by the carts in Veliky Novgorod en route, the remaining leaders had recovered and the RSDLP Central Committee organised a meeting. Over the course of two hours the committee decided in favour of Trotsky's plan to make an attempt at capturing Yekaterinburg from the Bolsheviks and establishing their new centre at the heart of Russia. From Bologoye, the convoy would bypass Moscow to its north, taking rail to Yaroslav where they drove out the Bolshevik Soviet in control of the city. In Yaroslav they went of a looting spree, further expanding their already large mass of supplies, before continuing eastward. They next tore through Nizhny Novgorod, leaving more than a hundred White and Bolshevik supporters dead in their wake while they continued their efforts at resupplying and looting while recruiting from amongst the disaffected youth of the city. From city to city, they made their way eastward, taking Arzamas, Saransk, Penza and Syzran before capturing Samara in early June 1918.


    Rather than loot Samara , the RSDLP decided to set up a rear guard on the Volga to shield them from a potential assault by the Bolsheviks, who so far had yet to challenge the RSDLP due to the fact that most of their forces had been focused in the south. From Samara, through Ufa and Chelyabinsk, before eventually on arrival at Yekaterinburg, the RSDLP took a far more popular approach to their conquests, with the focus being on securing popular support. The capture of Yekaterinburg, in particular, would demonstrate the positive impression that the RSDLP had been able to create in the region - contrasting sharply with the harsh regime under Filipp Goloshchyokin. Arriving in their armoured trains, the RSDLP Red Guards, who had grown to number almost 12,000 during the trip eastward, were able to storm the outskirts of the city in spite of intensive machine-gun fire. From there, they pressed ever further into the city, overrunning Bolshevik positions and bombarding key fortified buildings with the guns of their armoured trains to great success. Filipp Goloshchyokin was dragged from his office to safety by his bodyguard, kicking and screaming in rage, as he had planned to fight to the death. The Bolsheviks were forced to retreat from the city, surrendering control of the Ural mountains in the process.

    The long march by the Bolsheviks from Yekaterinburg to Nizhny Novgorod would be sharply contested by the RSDLP forces, but they eventually made their escape across the Volga. The RSDLP was now controlled a vast segment of central Russia, cutting off the Bolsheviks from their Siberian holdings - which would largely fall into RSDLP hands or descend into anarchy as a result. Trotsky was next declared General Secretary of the RSDLP alongside an appointment as Chairman of the Peoples' Commissariats, as the new ministries of the RSDLP would come to be known. The relatively powerless post as Premier of the Russian Republic, the de jure Head of State, would be granted to Alexei Rykov in an effort to properly integrate his influential wing of the party into the leadership, while reducing his actual ability to impact the government - Rykov having grown into a thorn in Trotsky's side during the long march east. The government in Yekaterinburg would declare itself the rightful government of the Russian Republic on the basis of their reconstituted Constituent Assembly numbering 180 elected delegates on the 7th of July 1918. However, in sharp contrast to the former Constituent Assembly, the new Assembly was little more than a rubber stamp, agreeing to any proposal set forth by the new government. The Yekaterinburg Reds were effectively under the Single Party rule of the RSDLP, which in turn centralised power to a much greater extent in its central committee, and in Trotsky above everyone else (8).

    On the Don, the Whites found themselves the target of a focused assault by the Bolsheviks during the first several months of 1918. After being expelled from Rostov in the last days of 1917, the Bolsheviks had shifted the weight of their arms further northward to Kharkov while significantly expanding their control of weapons production at the arsenal city of Tula. Here they appointed the first of a series of political officers, who would ensure the loyalty of the city and were granted extraordinary powers to do so. By March of 1918, the Bolsheviks were ready to attack and proceeded to sweep down on the Donbas and Don Host in the south.

    As an army of Russian officers, the Volunteers were always bound to have a problem with their Cossack hosts. The White leaders had made the Don their base because they had presumed the Don Cossacks to be stalwart supporters of the old order, but this owed more to nineteenth-century myths than to twentieth-century realities. In fact, the Cossacks were themselves divided, both on regional and generational lines. In the northern districts the Cossacks were smallholders, like the local Russian peasants, and generally supported the ideas advanced by the younger and more democratic Cossack officers for a socialist republic that would unite them with the peasantry. The northerners resented the southern districts, both for their wealth and for the pretensions of their elders to speak for the territory as a whole. The younger, war-weary Cossacks from the Front, influenced by the officers risen from their ranks, were more inclined to find some accord with Bolshevik Russia than to fight against it. Thus it was really only in the southern Don, where the Cossacks were more wealthy and more determined to defend their historic landed privileges against the demands of the Russian peasants for land reform, that the Cossacks were prepared to fight the Bolsheviks.

    Most of the Cossacks of the northern Don, by contrast, rallied behind the Military Revolutionary Council in Kamenskaia led by the officer Filipp Mironov, who had organised the Don Cossack revolt of 1905—6. Mironov's aim was an independent socialist republic uniting the Cossacks with the Russian peasants. But in effect his MRC was to serve as a fifth column for the Bolshevik troops as they invaded the Don from eastern Ukraine. Meanwhile, in the Don's industrial cities the mainly Russian workers, who were generally supportive of the Bolsheviks, staged a number of protest strikes against the presence of the Volunteers. The workers massacred suspected supporters of the Whites, which in effect meant all the burzhooi they could get their hands on, while the Whites carried out equally savage reprisals, putting out the eyes and cutting off the noses of hundreds of strikers despite prohibitions on these exact acts sent out by the Don General Staff. In short, there was a spiral of increasing terror as the cities of the Don descended into civil war.

    To a growing number of the local Cossacks, all this appeared to be an alien conflict imported from Russia. The younger Cossacks who had spent the past three years at the Front were especially hostile to the idea of fighting for the Whites. So there was a growing split between Cossack fathers and Cossack sons and Kaledin's forces steadily began to fall apart as the younger Cossacks turned their backs on war. The defense of the Don was thus left to the Volunteer Army and a dwindling number of mainly older Cossacks who remained loyal to Kaledin. Despite limited supplies and finance, the Rostov middle classes having significant reservations about supporting the Volunteers, the Volunteers were motivated and growing by the day. On the 8th March, ten days after a workers' uprising in the city, the Reds captured Taganrog. They were now less than fifty miles from Rostov. The Second Battle of Rostov, fought in the suburbs of the city, dwarfed the struggle that had led to the capture of the city by the Don Whites, with 4,000 Volunteers opposing the assault of almost 6,000 Bolsheviks under the command of Yuriy Sablin. The three-day battle that resulted would enter White mythology, as one in four of the defenders gave their lives and limbs in defense of the city while leaving a third of the Bolsheviks dead or wounded and sent them shattered in retreat. This victory would prove to be the foundation of Brusilov's leadership and boosted his popularity with the middle classes and the Volunteers immensely (9).

    The news that inundated Moscow between March and June of 1918 forced the Bolshevik leadership to constantly shift and adapt to the developing situation. The failure of their Don-Donbas Offensive was outweighed by good news from the Ukraine, where the Bolsheviks under Mikhail Murayov had successfully wrested control of Kiev from the Rada, which they had promptly sacked. This had prompted the German troops occupying the region to counterattack, driving the Bolsheviks out of the city, however the relationship between the German occupation and the Rada was by then swiftly collapsing.

    On the 25th of April, the administration of Army Group Kiev suspected the latest Rada government under Vsevolod Holubovych of kidnapping of Abram Dobry, the chairman of the Foreign Trade Bank in Kiev. Through that bank the German occupational forces were officially conducting all financial operations with the Reichsbank in Berlin and the Germans were convinced this was a move to end their exploitation of the Ukraine. The next day, German General Alexander von Linsingen, in command of the occupying Army Group Kiev, issued a decree according to which all criminal cases in the territory of Ukraine could selectively fall under the jurisdiction of the German field military court instead of the Ukrainian court system. While the Rada condemned German interference in their internal matters, Lieutenant General Pavlo Skoropadskyi used the ongoing congress of some 6,000 delegates from the various parts of the Ukraine to launch a coup, declaring himself Hetman of the Ukraine and stating his support for the German proposal. The Germans were swift to support this move, hoping for more stability in the region, but Skoropadskyi quickly found his popularity cratering in response to the ever fiercer depredations of the Austro-Hungarian and German occupiers.

    Another bit of news to reach Moscow related to the White Rising in late April and the resultant collapse of the Russian State. The Bolsheviks were swift to exploit this development, declaring that a new series of elections would be held to reestablish a legitimate Constituent Assembly, this time in Moscow. The resultant elections, which were largely limited to Bolshevik-controlled regions and excluded 'rightist' parties like the Trudoviks and Kadets, gave the Bolshevik party a supermajority in the Moscow-based Constituent Assembly, but also saw largescale support for other far-left parties, including the Anarchists, Left SRs and a rare few RSDLP candidates. However, most of these RSDLP candidates would find themselves marginalised and eventually expelled following the RSDLP's rape of the Bolshevik-controlled cities on their long trek to Yekaterineburg.

    At the same time, in response to significant food shortages and the practice of factory workers stealing from their work places to sell goods in the countryside, the Central Committee ordered the organisation of factory and village soviets under Bolshevik auspices, which were permitted to trade with each other under the guidance of Grigori Sokolnikov. It was here that the future architect of the Muscovite Red economy first began to experiment with the Bolshevik economic platform once it became clear that the Central Committee was open to his plans for introducing elements of syndicalist, anarchist and free market thought to the Bolshevik economic reforms (10). It would be the fall of Yekaterinburg which finally led the Bolsheviks to fully refocus their military forces northward from the Don and Donbas region, just as the Don Host descended into chaos and bloody civil war.

    Footnotes:

    (8) This is the story of Trotsky's rise to sole power in Yekaterinburg and sees him largely subordinate all other possible political leaders in the party to his wishes. The decision to use Rykov as Head of State has much the same reasoning as the decision to name Mikhail Kalinin as head of state had for Stalin - namely ensuring that it is a Russian head of state, rather than a Jew or Georgian. However, Trotsky is now in a clearly dominant position within the party, something that it took Stalin until the late 1920s to achieve, and he has no clear rival within the RSDLP. Martov has lost what taste he had for power and is largely relegated to chairing the powerless Constituent Assembly while Kamenev is the closest political ally his brother-in-law has at this point.

    (9) This is based on the events of the OTL Don-Donbas Operation which IOTL saw the Whites swept away in disgrace and defeat, forcing them to undertake a nightmarish march across the ice and steppes to the Kuban. ITTL the larger levels of recruitment effected by Brusilov, coupled with more skilled leadership and greater cohesion amongst the armed forces result in a White victory, thus preserving the initial White control of the Don. However, support amongst the Don Cossacks is collapsing completely around them and without the presence of the Volunteers in the Kuban events there will play out quite differently.

    (10) Yup, you read that right. The Moscow Bolsheviks are going to be rather more open-minded towards alternative leftist forms of organising the state. They still believe in party vanguardism and the power of a singular driving force for change, leaving them leery of a multi-party system, but they are happy to accept a very broad variety of views within their party. I look forward to experimenting alongside Sokolnikov.


    Summary:

    With the Germans at their gates, the Constituent Assembly surrenders and begins negotiating a catastrophic peace treaty while the Whites plot.

    The Don Whites form under the leadership of Aleksei Brusilov and Mikhail Alexeev, though sharp divisions between reactionary and liberal factions cause significant difficulties.

    A White Coup takes place in Petrograd, soon followed by a German invasion. The Petrograd Whites capitulate to German demands, but are set up to secure power in the process.

    Russian sovereignty shatters into countless parts, as the Don Whites, Moscow Reds and Yekaterinburg Reds emerge as competitors to the Petrograd Whites.

    End Note:

    This marks the real beginning of the Russian Civil War and the splintering of the Russian Republic into half a dozen major factions - with more to come. The main thing to take away from this update is that the Reds are as fundamentally divided as the Whites and that the Germans can turn their attention firmly westward - finally. There is a lot of jumping back and forth in time in this update, for which I apologise, but it didn't make a lot of sense to keep it strictly chronological once we left Petrograd and its environs.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Nine: Operation Georg
  • Operation Georg

    311px-GeneralMaxHoffmann.jpg

    Carl Adolf Maximilian Hoffmann, Chief of the Imperial Staff

    The Best-Laid Plans of Mice and Men

    By late 1917 Hindenburg and Ludendorff had come to the conclusion that the war would be lost or won on the Western Front. This was the very proposition of Falkenhayn's they had argued against from 1914 through 1916, but even during the preparations for the defensive battles of 1917, OHL began to realise that they had miscalculated Germany's military situation. The senior German military leadership in the west were divided on the issue. The two principle army group commanders, Crown Prince Wilhelm von Hohenzollern and Crown Prince Rupprecht von Wittelsbach, were unconvinced that Germany could win a military victory by this point. They wanted to make peace before the offensive, even if it meant giving up Belgium. Wilhelm expressed at the time to his chief of staff, General Friederich von der Schulenburg. "If the war could not be ended otherwise than by a military decision, and the statesmen could find no diplomatic method of leading the parties to the negotiating table, there was no other choice but to take the offensive." Lieutenant Colonel Georg Wetzell, the head of OHL's Operations Section, Rupprecht's chief of staff, Hermann von Kuhl; the chief of staff of the Fourth Army, Fritz von Lossberg; and Ludendorff's replacement as Chief of Staff on the Eastern Front, General Max Hoffmann - the latter three of whom were arguably the best field chiefs of staff of the war, saw no alternative either. Ludendorff continued to reject any peace through negotiation.

    While OHL continued to debate whether or not to attack, and if so where, none of Germany's political leaders had a voice in the decision. Ludendorff decided the Germans had to attack, he just wasn't sure where, how, or when. His key advisors were even more divided on those questions than on the primary question of whether or not to attack. On the 11th of November 1917 Ludendorff met at Rupprecht's headquarters in Mons with Wetzell, Kuhl, and Schulenberg. They did not reach a decision. Ludendorff then ordered the development of an entire set of courses of action, and issued his basic planning guidance. The decision on where, how, and when would be made later. Once OHL made the decision to attack, they then had to decide where, when, and how. The decision against whom was a function of the decision where. The process of making the decisions on where and when played out over a period of ten weeks, involving three major conferences and a large number of estimates and memorandums circulating among OHL and the army and army group headquarters. During that period, a number of course of action analyses were also initiated to address the specifics of how the offensive would be carried out.

    Despite Ludendorff's strong leanings towards an early offensive at St. Quentin, no final decision was reached at the Mons Conference on the 11th of November 1917. He ordered further staff studies and the course of action development of five principal operational options: ST. GEORG centered on Hazebrouck; MARS centered on Arras; ST. MICHAEL centred on St. Quentin; CASTOR north of Verdun; and POLLUX east of Verdun. Ludendorff held his second major planning conference with the army group chiefs of staff at Krueznach on 27th December 1917. Again, no final decision was made, but Ludendorff said that the balance of forces in the west would be in Germany's favor by the end of February, making it possible to attack in March. At the conclusion of the conference OHL issued a directive to the army groups to plan and start preparing a complete array of operations spanning almost the entire German front.

    The completed plans would be due on 10th of March 1918. Rupprecht's Army Group was directed to plan GEORG II in the Ypres sector; GEORG I in the Armentieres sector; MARS in the Arras sector; MICHAEL I in the direction of Bullecourt-Bapaume; MICHAEL II north of St. Quentin toward Peronne; and MICHAEL III south of St. Quentin toward Le Fere. Both Rupprecht and Kuhl had serious misgivings about launching GEORG II from Mt. Kemmel toward Bailleul, because of the heavily cratered ground in the Ypres sector. Both also considered MARS virtually impossible. Crown Prince's Wilhelm's Army Group was directed to plan ACHILLES, an attack by the First Army west of Reims; and HECTOR, an attack by the Third Army in the Argonne. Wilhelm's and Gallwitz's Army Groups were directed to jointly plan CASTOR, west of Verdun; and POLLOX, south of Verdun. Albrecht's Army Group was directed to plan STRASSBURG in the direction of the Breusch Valley; and BELFORT, a defensive operation in the south.

    Ludendorff announced his final decision at the Aresens Conference on 21st January 1918 - barely two weeks before his dismissal. Setting the tone for the entire meeting, Ludendorff made his famous remark: "We talk too much about operations and too little about tactics," which has often being linked to his fall from power - overlooking the grand picture in favour of the immediate objective. Summarising the various options, Ludendorff ruled out GEORG as too dependent on the weather. A late spring in the area might delay the start of the attack until May, which was far too late for Ludendorff - however there were some, most vocally Lossberg, who argued that the offensive could be delayed as far back as mid-late May with minimal movement on the Western front in a bid to keep American troop transports to their current trickle. He also said he thought it necessary to take Mount Kemmel and the southern Bethune hills, which added to the difficulty of the operation. MARS was too difficult all the way around. MICHAEL, then, on both sides of St. Quentin was the decision. "Here the attack would strike the enemy's weakest point, the ground offered no difficulties, and it was feasible for all seasons. Ludendorff, however, decided to extend MICHAEL's northern wing to the Scarpe. Supporting attacks by the Seventh Army were ruled out for the time being, because while such attacks might tie down the local reserves, they would also pull in the Allied strategic reserves that much faster (1).

    When Max Hoffmann became Chief of Staff for OHL, he thus inherited a series of military plans and considerations stretching from one end of the Western Front to the other. However, the key events of late January and early February which had culminated in Ludendorff and Hindenburg's reassignment threw Ludendorff's decision of the 21st January completely into the air and prompted a complete reassessment of the situation, as the struggle in the Baltic drew away key forces meant for the Western Front. In a series of meetings with all the men who had participated in the Aresens Conference, Hoffmann conducted a reevaluation of the decisions made by Ludendorff. Hoffman also began appointing a series of talented men to various prominent positions across the front, foremost among them being the promotion of Georg Bruchmüller to General of the Artillery. This was coupled with Hoffman's decision to give Bruchmüller front-wide command of German artillery with a mandate to implement his own techniques and the Pulkowski Method in all attacking armies alongside the authority to override all opposition to this (2). At the same time Hoffmann decided to shift the timing of the offensive to early-May in a bid to buy time for the war to end on the Eastern Front and to ensure that the German Army was as ready as it could be when they launched the offensive. This delayed timeline for the German Offensive fundamentally reshaped the decision-making behind the Spring Offensives and allowed the OHL to make significant changes to the plans laid out by Ludendorff (3).

    First and foremost, was the decision made by Hoffmann to place the main focus of the offensives in Flanders, basing the initial planning on the work done for the GEORG I and II war plans. During the preceding months of deliberations, Wetzell had at first recommended an attack in the vicinity of St. Quentin, followed as soon as possible by an attack in Flanders. Wetzell had envisioned the St. Quentin offensive as only being conducted up to a fixed line, and for the sole purpose of pulling the British reserves down from Flanders. Kuhl had also recognised the necessity for such a diversion in his original proposal. As Kuhl and Wetzell saw it, the main attack would be directed toward the critical rail hub and supply dump of Hazebrouck, with the objective of rolling up the British front from the north. It was the bare bones of this original proposal that Hoffmann had returned to by the end of his survey of the front, during which he had gained an understanding of the views held by the various commanders and chiefs of staff (4).

    As a result, the original plans for Operation MICHAEL would be significantly scaled back, renamed as MICHAEL I, with the aforementioned fixed line that the Germans would advance to being set along the Croazat Canal and the Somme River between the Oise River and Péronne. This would then be followed by two significantly expanded offensives in Flanders named GEORG I and II. GEORG I's objective would be to capture the largest British supply point near the front at Hazebrouck before racing to capture the Channel Ports, in effect seeking to cut off the British army in the Ypres Salient and the Belgian Army from the remainder of the BEF. At the same time, large subdivisions of this central thrust would sweep through the Béthune region and support the German assault on the Ypres Salient in GEORG II. In the zone of the group of armies these objective would best be attained by an attack near Armentieres--Estaires against the flank and rear of the mass of the British Army in the Ypres salient and west thereof. Rupprecht's planners had previously identified the Portuguese sector of Armentiére-Estaires as the weakest and therefore the best break-in point.

    This would be coordinated with GEORG II, which had the aim of holding the British and Belgian armies in place while trying to cut off the central railway point at Poperinghe behind Ypres through an assault down the Staden-Proven Railway on the northern flank of the Ypres Salient between the British and Belgian armies, the end goal of GEORG II being to cut off the Ypres Salient and Belgian Armies before moving on to the Channel Ports. If all of these Offensives were successful and the Americans had not yet come onto the line in large numbers, then the German Armies would follow this up with GEORG III, consisting of a general push to the Somme from Flanders, and Michael II, which would be a main thrust up the Somme aimed at capturing Amiens. If successful, the Spring Offensives planned by Hoffmann would ensure the capture of all France north of the Somme, open the English Channel to U-Boat harassment and would place the German front line on the easily defensible Somme River - forcing any assault on German positions in the north to first have to ford one of the greatest rivers in France and allowing the redistribution of forces elsewhere along the front (5).

    Footnotes:

    (1) Just a note that everything prior to this point is completely based on OTL. I would point you to David Zabecki's PhD Thesis on the German Spring Offensives if you want a lot more detail on all this. It is absolutely magnificent. It also has several really good maps in it that should help illuminate what is going on.

    (2) IOTL the Pulkowski Method of firing without registering shots was only rarely used outside of the areas Bruchmüller was personally responsible for, and there was a great deal of hesitancy about using it on the Western Front. ITTL Hoffmann, who was personal witness to the effectiveness of Bruchmüller at Riga, is far more determined to force it on the German Army's artillery commanders on the Western Front. With the added time from the delay in the offensives he is able to force a far wider adoption of these methods, meaning the German artillery is more effective on a broader level than IOTL. The problems of using the Pulkowski method outside of trench warfare will of course play a role, but the initial artillery usage in offensives will be more successful on a broader scale.

    (3) IOTL OHL experienced significant disagreements regarding when to time the offensive. Some argued for the offensives to be timed as early as possible, with Ludendorff himself being the largest proponent of this position. However, there was a pretty large minority in the OHL who rallied behind Lossberg - who believed that delaying the offensives to as late as the end of May would not have too large of an impact in regards to the American troop numbers, arguing also that while the transport of American forces remained low for the time being, in the case of an offensive they would be able to rapidly escalate the number of troops available to them. Lossberg's predictions were surprisingly prescient, given that is exactly what happened IOTL. Thus, I personally think that a delay of the offensive to as late as mid-May would not have too much of an effect as regards American troop numbers on the continent - I actually think that without the sudden increase prompted by the Spring Offensives the numbers transferred would have held steady which means that there might actually be around 80,000 fewer Americans in France by the 1st of May 1918 than IOTL.

    (4) The really interesting thing about Wetzell's proposed series of offensives is how much they resemble the series of consecutive offensives launched by the Allies during the Hundred Days' Offensive IOTL. Where the OTL Spring Offensive was a single massive thrust at St. Quentin, Schlieffen-esque in style, the offensives ITTL are more a series of coordinated operations meant to constantly push the enemy back and forth between disparate fronts in a bid to disorient and tire them out while weakening the point under assault.

    (5) This alternate Spring Offensive is based extensively on the various different war plans being discussed at the time, as laid out in Zabecki's thesis. All of the plans laid here are based on discussions and considerations held by the German OHL at the time without Ludendorff there to intervene. Ludendorff's primary reason for rejecting the Flanders campaign IOTL was that it would have to start too late for what he wanted to accomplish, ITTL with the delays forced by the campaign in Russia and Hoffmann's changed timeline, the Wetzell plan becomes far more workable. Key factors in it are the initial focus on the weakened British Fifth Army which crumbled IOTL, while removing the elements dedicated further north, before launching the assault in Flanders with the full weight of the offensive behind it rather than as a desperate gamble - as happened IOTL with Operation Georgette.


    Spring Offensives.png

    Map of the Final Plans for the German Spring Offensive

    The German Spring Offensives

    Even before the final decision on the location of the offensive had been made, Rupprecht's Army Group on 25th December issued general preparation guidelines establishing two main preparation phases; a general phase lasting approximately six to eight weeks, and a close phase lasting four weeks. The plan established the requirements for the extension of road-networks and narrow-gage field rail networks; extension of communications nets for the various headquarters, the artillery, and aviation; establishment of routes of approach, march tables, assembly areas, and divisional zones of action; establishment of command posts and observation posts; establishment forward airfields and the pre-positioning of required tentage; and establishment of artillery and trench mortar firing positions and the pre-positioning the ammunition. During the final phase, units would be moved up and emplaced in the following order of priority: First, corps headquarters; artillery headquarters; and communications units; Second, divisional staff advanced parties; artillery staffs; engineer staffs; ammunition trains; and motorised trains; Third, artillery units; air defence units; labor and road construction companies; aviation companies; and balloon detachments; and Fourth, divisional combat units; horse depots; bridge trains; subsistence trains; medical units and field hospitals.

    Once all of this was in place, the preparations at St. Quentin finishing a week prior to those in Flanders, the Second and Eighteenth Armies, who had been assigned to MICHAEL I, opened fire on the 30th of April 1918 following a meeting of the OHL the previous day. Thus began the German Spring Offensives of 1918. Following a complicated seven-phase bombardment pre-planned by Bruchmüller using the Polkowski Method and Bruchmüller techniques, a creeping barrage was begun behind which the Assault Divisions dedicated to the effort launched their frontal assault on the Fifth Army positions. The Germans advanced rapidly, closely followed by the accompanying artillery units who began exchanging direct fire with the British artillery by the afternoon of the 30th. By early afternoon the Germans were up to the Fifth Army's battle zone and were preparing to attack it. By the end of day, the British Fifth Army's III Corps and 36th Division of XVIII Corps were fighting in the rear of their battle areas and most of the British artillery positions had been overrun. By the end of the first day, the southern edge of the German assault had reached the Croazat Canal, where the assault divisions with their stormtroopers turned northward and began sweeping up the Somme, while the slower trench divisions were tasked with building up their defences to their rear along the Oise and Croazat Canal in preparation for an Allied counterattack.

    The following two days would see the embattled General Gough, commander of the Fifth Army, order a retreat across the Somme on the 1st of May, which was completed by the 2nd. At the same time, alarms sounded at British GHQ and in the French Military headquarters as reinforcements were rushed to contain the breach. It was unclear to the Allies that the MICHAEL I Offensive had been limited in nature, and as such the British committed significant forces from both their reserves and from along the Flanders and Arras frontlines to strengthen the positions of the Fifth Army. The MICHAEL I Offensive came to a halt on the 3rd of May with the capture of the Péronne bridgehead, as British reinforcements thrown into the line forced their advance to a halt (6). However, while the offensive around St. Quentin had come to a halt, the situation was about to turn from bad to worse for the British further to the north.

    As operations on the Somme came to a close by the 4th of May, the German Fourth, Sixth and Seventeenth Armies came to the end of their own preparations. The combined GEORG war plans called for a frontal attack to break the British First Army around Béthune in order to allow for the capture of Hazebrouck, followed by converging attacks against the British Second Army at Ypres, with the objective of surrounding it while it was cut off from the rear. If the Germans could secure the line of the Flanders Hills from Kemmel to Godewearsvedle, the British would be forced to evacuate the Ypres Salient. Most of Rupprecht's planners saw this line of high ground in an otherwise flat plane as the key to the entire area. That line of high ground partially encircled Ypres, starting with the very low Passchendaele ridge just to the east-northeast of the town, continuing to the south-southwest through the Messines Ridge, and then hooking almost straight west through a line of relatively high peaks. Mount Kemmel (156 meters), some 8 kilometers south of Ypres, was at the eastern end of that line. Mount des Cats (158 meters) near Godewearsvedle, south-southwest of Ypres, was at the western end. Farther to the west and separated from the Cats-Kemmel ridge by a stretch of flat ground, Mount Cassel (158 meters) was the last piece of high ground before the coast, wherefrom Dunkirk could be observed directly. That piece of high ground was a key objective of the GEORG II plan.

    The Seventeenth Army would attack between the La Bassée Canal and Estaires. Once it broke through, it would attack the British forces to their north on the flank and rear. The right wing of the Seventeenth Army would cross the Lys and march for Hazebrouck from the south. The center would march through the central area between the La Bassée Canal and the Lys River until it reached their joining point and cut the railroad between Béthune and Flanders - greatly lengthening the distance reinforcements from the south would need to cross to reinforce the British forces in Flanders. The left wing would screen the flank, but also be prepared to advance against British forces in the south around Béthune. In the second phase of the attack, the Seventeenth Army would form into three groups. The right-most and strongest group would split and move against Calais and Dunkirk; the left-ward and second largest group would screen the left flank and launch an assault aimed at capturing Béthune with its surrounding coalfields; all while the centre group remained in reserve.

    The artillery requirement for GEORG I was estimated at 620 field batteries and 588 heavy batteries. The Sixth Army would attack between Estaires and Comines as part of Operation GEORG, with the aim of capturing the aforementioned high ground and supporting the Seventeenth Army's assault on Hazebrouck with its left wing. The central thrust of the Sixth Army's assault would be at Armentiéres before crossing the Lys and launching an assault on Mount Kemmel, sweeping down the ridge from there while clearing the low ground to its south all the way to Hazebrouck. Its right wing would attack the Ypres Salient directly, seeking to hold the British forces there in place while the Fourth Army sought to cut it off. This was the main task of the Fourth Army, attacking between Comines and Dixmuide - in the area between the Yser and Lys Rivers, would be to cut around the Ypres Salient and to capture its main supply depot at Poperinghe. While the southern thrust would come out of the Houthulst and onto the northern flank of the Ypres Salient, the central assault would rush down the Staden-Proven Railway, across the Ieperlee Canal, and the right wing would engage the Belgian Army from Dixmuide towards Renigenhelst breaking through the Belgian positions and driving for the left flank of the British Second Army (7).

    On the 6th of May 1918 the three German armies in Flanders launched their long-awaited assault. The German artillery opened fire at 02.15 in the morning. At six hours and with eight phases, the preparation were even more detailed than the bombardment used at St. Quentin. Relying completely on the Pulkowski Method, the German guns fired onto positions based on a careful calculations and a grid bombardment with adjustments to the fire accomplished by balloon observers wherever ground observers could not see their targets. The rate of advance of the creeping barrage was slightly faster than at St. Quentin, with the Seventeenth firing a total of 1.6 million artillery rounds that first day - while over 4 million fell across the Flanders front lines and were heard as far away as London. Approximately one third of that total were gas; with the Yellow Cross inflicting almost 15,000 Allied casualties, and the Buntkreuz accounting for 5,000 more (8). At 08.15 the creeping barrage started to move forward followed closely by the German infantry. The heavy fog until late that morning, common in the region, favored the attackers and tended to prolong the effects of the German gas. The Portuguese divisions were completely shattered and largely surrendered in the initial assault, opening a massive gap in the Allied lines around Estaires, allowing the Germans to rush through and overrun the Allied rear, as the British on either side of the gap struggled to react under the massive pressure of the bombardment and assault. By 15.00 the Germans had reached the Lys at Bac St. Maur and soon reached it at Estaires as well. By that night their lead units reached the River Lawe at Petit Marais and Vielle Chapelle, a penetration depth of six miles (9).

    Timed simultaneously with the Seventeenth Army's push to the Lys, the Sixth Army drove the British out of Armentiéres and crossed the Lys River by mid-day on the 6th. Fierce fighting around Neuve Eglise and Steenwerk would last late into the evening before the British were forced back. The Fourth Army would launch its attacks the following day, assaulting the northern flank of the Ypres Salient from the Houthulst Forest while other forces attacked down the Staden-Proven Railway and across the Ieperlee Canal. The fighting here would be among the fiercest of the Offensive, as desperate British and Belgian defenders threw themselves into the line following the initial breakthrough - contesting the crossing of the Ieperlee Canal while fighting tooth and nail on the outskirts of Ypres itself.

    The second day of fighting had seen the Seventeenth Army cross the Lawe River and press further down the gap between the La Bassée Canal and the Lys River, while the right wing crossed the Lys near Merville and pressed into the Nieppe Forest. The left wing of the Seventeenth, meanwhile, turned south towards Béthune and advanced on the coalfields of the region, where they made good progress despite the intense resistance of British forces in the area, reaching the outskirts of Béthune by the end of the second day. The Sixth Army captured Messines early on the second day of operations and launched an assault on the Flanders Hills, specifically Mount Kemmel, with the division-sized Alpine Corps. The sheer weight of numbers, and the greatly strained British reserves in Ypres, meant that this initial attack succeeded in overrunning the defenders on Mount Kemmel despite heavy casualties, thereafter the surrounding ridgelines came under heavy assault from above. With the Kemmelberg under German control on the second day, the Germans were able to build a crossfire across the northern ridgeline which left the British in the Ypres Salient dangerously outmaneuvered (10).

    It was the early capture of Mount Kemmel and events further to the west, that prompted the British commander, General Herbert Plumer, to order an evacuation of the Salient on the fourth day of battle. Under Plumer's scheme the Forward Zone was to be held while the Battle Zone and the rear areas pulled back, in hopes of convincing the Germans that the British were still in the salient. However, when Plumer and his staff had originally planned this maneuver, they had not counted on the German control of Mount Kemmel, wherefrom a warning was issued to German forward headquarters which prompted a renewed assault on the northern flank of the Ypres Salient as the British retreat came under way. Slamming through the Forward Zone with little difficulty, the Germans tore into the retreating British, who began to panic. As panic spread through the Ypres Salient, it began to collapse in on itself and men began surrendering in droves. The collapse of the Ypres Salient would net the Germans in excess of 50,000 prisoners, the single largest British surrender in its history, far surpassing the 10,000 who had surrendered at the Siege of Kut in 1916 (11).

    By the end of the fifth day of GEORG II, the Germans had captured Ypres and were on the outskirts of Poperinghe - threatening a run on Dunkirk. It was at this point that Haig's infamous "Backs to the Wall" order arrived, demanding that every position be held to the last man, the order having been dispatched late on the third day of the GEORG I offensive in response to the critical situation in the Nieppe Forest. The German Seventeenth Army's assault into the Nieppe Forest, beginning late on the 7th, lasting through all of the 8th and the early hours of the 9th of May, was the most critical action of the offensive. Over the course of the 58-hour long battle, the Germans had found themselves fighting in open order through the forest, their artillery of little to no aid in the due to the heavy foliage and a lack of detailed maps making both registration fire and the Pulkowski method impractical at best. The result was that the fighting was dominated by close-quarters firefights between British and German squads tossed into the fray, one after the other. The bitter fighting eventually turned in German favor, as the outnumbered and outgunned British fell to the German storm troops who led this fighting.

    It was the German victory at the Nieppe Forest, and their emergence less than a mile from Hazebrouck, that prompted Haig's order - aiming to arrest the collapsing situation. However, there was little the British at Hazebrouck could do in open country, with the German Sixth Army closing from the east and the Seventeenth advancing to the south, to hold back the Germans who were now able to bring their artillery to bear in open country, having moved it across the Lys river during the heavy fighting in the Nieppe Forest. By midday on the 9th of May, four days into the GEORG I Offensive, Hazebrouck fell to German arms. The fall of Hazebrouck prompted the complete unraveling of British positions in Flanders and was instrumental in Plumer's decision to order the retreat from the Ypres Salient (12).

    Footnotes:

    (6) Given the weakness of the Fifth Army's positions, which in the three months between early January and early March saw little improvement (which is why I don't think that a further two months would have much impact in this regard), combined with their problematic positioning on the battlefield and the like, mean that the Fifth experiences a similar collapse to what occurred IOTL in March. The limited nature of the offensive, and its focus on the southern end of the OTL Operation MICHAEL, mean that most of the OTL gains in the region are accomplished within a slightly slower timeline than IOTL (the Germans reach Péronne one day slower than IOTL) but that it halts much earlier and as such far fewer casualties are taken. While the initial few days of operation see the British and Germans take significant casualties, the fact that they only barely break out of the trench positions before they reach the Somme means that you don't have the same sort of open warfare that led to the absolute butchery of the last several weeks of the MICHAEL offensive IOTL.

    (7) This is an adapted war plan based on the original plans laid out for Operation GEORG before it was cut down to KLEIN-GEORG and eventually GEORGETTE. The main difference from the original plans are the decision to reduce the German armies' frontage by shifting the German Seventeenth Army under Otto von Below further north to take on what was originally the most of the Sixth Army's responsibilities, shifting the Sixth and Fourth up the line in turn and allowing them to better concentrate their forces. At the same time, with more German armies in the area, OHL is better able to give them clear tasks - thus the 17th is focused primarily on Hazebrouck, the 6th on the Flanders Hills and the 4th on Poperinghe.

    (8) The artillery bombardment for GEORG I and II are far more comprehensive than IOTL's GEORGETTE and are widely successful - even more so than IOTL. The bombardment here is actually even more comprehensive than that used at MICHAEL IOTL. The casualty numbers to the gas are based on the OTL numbers of Michael but adjusted to the changed location and the reduced frontage we are dealing with - meaning there are more men in closer quarters to each other.

    (9) This is based almost entirely on how far the forces were able to get during GEORGETTE IOTL, but this is probably an underestimate of how far they could actually have gone ITTL. The thing to keep in mind is that GEORGETTE had a very heavy preponderance of trench divisions and relatively few assault divisions, meaning that when they attacked they moved at a significantly slower speed than they might otherwise have been able to. I have tried to stick with the GEORGETTE speeds where it makes at least some sense to do so, but keep in mind that this is probably an underestimate of the actual speed at which they are advancing.


    (10) Already here, the GEORGE I offensive has been more successful than the OTL GEORGETTE offensive, which never succeeded in reaching Béthune due to the skilful defences of the two corps set aside in the region. However, the positioning of those specific corps in those specific locations is highly unlikely to be the case ITTL given how much shifting and movement there has been by this point in time - they are most likely somewhere on the Somme shielding against MICHAEL I. The Seventeenth Army also reaches the Nieppe Forest a couple days faster than the Sixth did IOTL, caused largely by the fact that there are fewer forces opposing them and the larger preponderance of assault divisions in these formations. The capture of Mount Kemmel is also a success the first time around ITTL, where it took two tries IOTL, which is again caused by the larger troop numbers available to the assault resulting from the GEORG Offensives being the focus of the Spring Offensives rather than a poorly allocated and rapidly prepared assault after the main thrust had failed - using exhausted men and rapidly transferred materiel. The capture of Mount Kemmel puts the entire Ypres Salient under the guns of the Germans, who can now use spotters there to grid-fire their artillery onto the exposed rear of the salient.

    (11) The British retreat from the Ypres Salient happened IOTL under much better circumstances, but during its execution it was in grave danger from German assault and relied heavily on them remaining complacent before the Front Zone. Here, the gamble fails completely and turns an already critical situation into an utter catastrophe. The collapse of the Ypres Salient and the panic it produces allows for the relatively easy capture of Ypres, British being captured by the thousands as they try to flee for Dunkirk or Calais.

    (12) Hazebrouck has been pointed out as a point of critical importance to the British war effort in Flanders, and arguably north of the Somme. Its fall is literally the worst (or second worst depending on how you evaluate the potential loss of Amiens) thing that could happen for the British at this juncture. Hazebrouck lies at the centre of the British rail network in the region and was not only the largest supply hub in the region but also the central transport juncture for the entire front in Flanders. IOTL the Germans came within five miles of capturing it and were unable to do so by a combination of Ludendorff suddenly deciding that he would rather have the Flanders Hills, redirecting the forces attacking Hazebrouck eastward, and significant Allied reinforcements. However, the French and British haven't yet granted power to a Supreme Commander of the Allied War Effort, though that is under way following MICHAEL I, and are only just beginning to realise that the main thrust is in Flanders, not at St. Quentin or in the French sector. The sheer vulnerability of the British positions in Flanders are honestly a bit mind boggling when you start reading up on them.


    640px-Bundesarchiv_Bild_104-0984A%2C_Bei_Etricourt%2C_Truppen_auf_Landstra%C3%9Fe.jpg

    German Supply Column Crossing the Lys

    It is the Follow-through that Counts

    When MICHAEL I was launched in late April of 1918, it came as an utter shock to the Allied command, who had grown convinced that the danger had passed and that they were in the clear to the new year. They had even gone so far as to begin working on the actual war plans for 1919 in the weeks ahead of the offensive. The lack of an offensive by mid-April had been instrumental in convincing the British Admiralty that they could draw on the Channel squadrons to strengthen the convoy routes from Norway and had allowed the acrimonious relationship between Haig and Lloyd George to turn downright venomous over the issue of a Supreme Commander of the Allied Forces. Lloyd George had become increasingly instrumental in the push for a coordinated military command over the joint Allied armies over the course of April, greatly undermining Haig's influence in the process. The Allies experienced several days of crisis as Haig called on the bilateral agreement with Pétain for reinforcements to help shore up the British Fifth Army's positions across the Somme.

    The French began moving the six agreed divisions from their deep reserves onto the line and followed them up with a total of five more over the following days. However, given the suddenness of the German assault and French fears that a second German stroke would come soon after in the Champagne, Pétain proved leery of committing too large a portion of his reserves at this point. The French troops first began arriving on the line where it was quietest, along the Croazat Canal and the southern Somme sector, where their initial attempts at a counter-attack were forced back by the entrenched German defenders, who used the Canal and River to the greatest extent possible to augment their defences. However, by the time the French troops arrived, beginning on the 3rd and 4th of May, MICHAEL I was on its last legs and the fighting was focused firmly in the north around Péronne, where the entire eight division reserve of the BEF had been dispatched alongside a dozen divisions from the Flanders and Arras regions. As the MICHAEL I offensive ground to a halt north of Péronne, the French grew ever more wary of committing any more of their reserves, with Pétain refusing Haig's final demand for reinforcements on the 5th of May, meant to replace the mauled Fifth Army (13).

    Nonetheless, all the chaos and confusion that had accompanied MICHAEL I paled in comparison to the sheer panic that the first day of Operation GEORG prompted at British GHQ. Coming under the single largest bombardment of the war so far, the British lines had fractured and been driven into retreat, most critically in the Armentiéres sector. Haig dispatched orders southward to recall as many of the men sent south as he could while drawing even more heavily on the Arras divisions of the British Third Army. This, in effect, left the French to take back the entire British sector south of the Somme, while the reduced British Fifth Army was shifted northward across the river to help cover the Third Army's flank - causing even further tensions in the relationship between Haig and Pétain.

    It was under these circumstances that Haig once more turned back to Pétain, begging for reinforcements in Flanders. Pétain rejected these please, answering that the expanded responsibilities following the British removal from most of the Fifth Army's former sector. He feared that the Flanders assault was simply another limited offensive similar to MICHEAL I, designed to drain away reserves so that when the "real blow" came, it could fall on a defenceless French line further south, possibly in Champagne or even around Verdun. This worry was given credence by the fact that all the necessary preparations for an offensive in the area had been undertaken by the Germans earlier in the year under the worried eyes of the French GQG - French General Headquarters (14). The British were on their own.

    Since MICHAEL I had been launched, Haig had been pressing for the transfer of the men held in reserve in Britain and calling for the return of forces from the Middle East to help shore up the line, both actions which Lloyd George remained initially critical of before he realised the sheer desperation of the situation on the second day of Operation GEORG. As the scope of the catastrophe began to emerge, he gave permission for the beginnings of what would turn into a truly massive troop transfer from England - though it would take time for these men to be kitted out properly, formed into divisions and moved across the Channel. It was at this same point, in an effort to make an end run around Pétain, that Haig decided to call for a mission from Britain and to accept subordination to a French Generalissimo in order to secure French divisions for Flanders. Henry Wilson and Lord Milner, a member of the war cabinet, came over to confer with the commanders and Clemenceau. At Compiègne on the 9th of May and at Doullens on the 10th of May, Pétain’s pessimism made a bad impression on the politicians, in contrast with the insistence by Foch, who did not hold executive responsibility, that he would move in all available troops to support the British. At Doullens, Milner, Haig, and Wilson agreed with the French leaders to charge Foch with responsibility, acting in consultation with the national commanders, for "the coordination of the action of the Allied armies on the Western Front". Doullens was a moment of high symbolism, but not much more.

    Although Haig felt relieved, the war cabinet was infuriated over Doullens, Lloyd George telling Milner that a French commander-in-chief was impossible. Foch had no staff and as a coordinator his function was ill defined. The Americans were not particularly pleased with the appointment of Foch without their own input, an antipathy towards the Generalissimo which was only worsened when he immediately demanded the transfer of American divisions to reinforce the collapsing British Armies. While the Americans were not opposed to helping the British, they strongly resented Foch's plans to simply subordinate American divisions to British and French army commanders. While General Pershing, commander of the American Expeditionary Force, would eventually be persuaded by Foch and Haig's entreaties, the American reinforcements would have little direct impact on the fighting of Operations GEORG. In sharp contrast, with Foch's ascension as Generalissimo, came the authority to force Pétain to transfer what forces he could to reinforce the British in Flanders. This would result in the transfer of first the French 133rd Division, which would be followed in the coming days by a total of 10 French divisions (15).

    However, the Allied efforts at reinforcing the British forces in Flanders ran into hit a major snag at Béthune, which had fallen to German forces on the 9th. Here the Germans had turned the hills and coalfields surrounding the city into a bloody nightmare for the attacking Allies. Having captured the city itself and most of the surrounding coalfields, though not before the French miners flooded several of the mines, the Germans had dug into the hills and succeeded in bringing up heavy artillery to support their defensive positions. With the Germans using the summits of Haisnes, Grenay, Bouvigny and Beuvry as artillery spotting posts, the Allies found themselves charging directly into a meatgrinder. This in turn forced the redirection of Allied reinforcements all the way to the coast at Étaples before they could be transported by small railways to the front line.

    While the British reinforcements from the Home Isles were initially directed to cross to Boulogne, Calais and Dunkirk, British GHQ soon came to the realization that of the three, only Boulogne was relatively safe for the time being. This meant that British reinforcements were increasingly routed through ports further to the west, often as far away as Le Havre. All of this contributed to slowing down the Allied efforts at saving the British positions in Flanders, which eventually resulted in General Douglas Haig's fateful decision on the 13th of May 1918, one week into the offensive, to order an evacuation of Allied forces from Flanders north of a line running from Étaples to Arras, Boulogne being considered too close to the front lines, while preparations were made for a complete evacuation of France north of the Somme (16).

    The capture of Hazebrouck on the 9th of May caused immeasurable chaos in the British lines as they were forced off their own rail network and onto the small and ill-prepared backroads of Flanders. However, the German Seventeenth Army also experienced significant disruptions caused by the massive supply depot at Hazebrouck which consumed much of the 9th and 10th of May, the soldiers struggling against military police dispatched to take control of the supply depots. Soldiers by their hundreds, and by their thousands, gorged themselves in an utter frenzy on what scraps they could secure from the lavish British stores before being chivied onto the line again in a foul mood and horribly indisciplined. This resulted in the infamous March to the Sea, as angry soldiers in the Seventeenth raided, plundered and destroyed everything in their path - shooting prisoners out of hand and burning multiple villages and minor towns to the ground. While the German Seventeenth Army Command sought to bring order and discipline back into the ranks, the horror spread by the now infamous Seventeenth Army consumed the Flanders countryside and prompted a massive flood of refugees fleeing the German depredations (17). Tens of thousands streamed south towards Allied lines while as many sought safety in the Channel Ports of Calais and Boulogne.

    The British First Army under General Horne fought a bitter and bloody rearguard action at St. Omer which bought the British an additional two days, but by the 15th the Germans were on the outskirts of Calais and closing fast. In the meanwhile, the German Sixth Army had swept over the Flanders Hills and worked to clear the lands between the two advancing armies on either flank of the Ypres Salient. Mount Cassel was captured by the 11th of May and allowed the Germans to begin a bombardment of Dunkirk and its environs, where the British Second Army and the Belgian Army sought to conduct a fighting retreat to the port. The capture of Mount Cassel fundamentally undermined the British and Belgian ability to resist the continued pressure from the German Fourth Army. Despite their best efforts, neither King Albert of Belgium nor General Herbert Plumer, who was arguably one of the most talented Generals in British service at the time, could do anything to prevent their forces from falling to pieces. The Fourth Army, scenting blood, renewed its pursuit. Despite their best efforts, the British were able to muster little more than instances of local resistance for between half an hour and an hour at best before the heavy guns on Mount Cassel zeroed in on their exposed positions and tore the defenders to pieces. Tens of thousands of men were captured, culminating in Herbert Plumer and King Albert's surrenders to the Germans - King Albert, refusing to leave Belgian land, surrendered at the Franco-Belgian border at the village of Hagedoorn (18).

    Dunkirk fell with barely a shot fired by the advancing Germans on the 14th of May while British efforts at destroying the town's port facilities proved for naught in the chaos of the British collapse. At Calais, the situation was quite different. With rumors running rampant, the remaining British forces in Calais decided to mount a last stand in a bid to buy time for the evacuation to continue. The resultant two-day long Battle of Calais left large parts of the town in ruins and more than ten thousand dead or wounded, while several of the docks in Calais were left damaged or destroyed - significantly reducing the port's capacity. Boulogne fell on the 18th of May, having been abandoned in the retreat south to the new line at Étaples, but had most of its port facilities blocked - which would require weeks of repairs by the Germans before it could be used on a large scale again. In the aftermath of Operation GEORG I, the German Army Command took a harsh stance against the conduct of several of the divisions of the Seventeenth Army, with numerous death sentences passed down, though these were often commuted to service at the hardest and most dangerous details along the front in an effort to prevent wastage of manpower (17).

    Footnotes:

    (13) I am basing a lot of this on the OTL response to Operation MICHAEL, though with some adjustments given the smaller scale of the offensive. The French were honestly amazing during MICHAEL, going far beyond what they had agreed to and throwing division after division onto the line to help keep the British and French armies in contact with each other. Haig doesn't make quite as many unreasonable demands, see his demand for 20 divisions to help protect Amiens IOTL, given the smaller and more contained nature of the offensive. However, the British exploit this chance to shorten their lines by turning over most of the front south of the Somme to the French. This in turn causes quite significant dissatisfaction and ruffled feathers in French GHQ.

    (14) Pétain's actions here are similar to OTL though under somewhat different circumstances. The fact that MICHAEL I proved to be a limited offensive aimed at drawing away reserves, as the French High Command concludes, leaves them convinced that GEORG is simply another operation of that kind, designed to further distract the French before the main blow lands on them. They have good reason for this fear and, as can be seen from the Third Battle of the Aisne and the Second Battle of the Marne, their OTL transfer of most of their reserves to support the British positions severely weakened their own lines and left them vulnerable to assault. Additionally, the German OHL actually had considered placing the main thrust of the Spring Offensives against the French during their long period of deliberation IOTL, so all in all, Pétain is just being imminently reasonable.

    (15) The appointment of Foch happens almost 1½ months later than IOTL but under similar circumstances. It bears mentioning that the Americans don't play a role in selecting Foch as Generalissimo and that the British government is extremely opposed to transferring such a large amount of influence and power to the French. Foch is a fascinating figure with undoubted talents who played an important role IOTL in securing victory, however, there are several problematic factors to his military thinking. Where Pétain was extremely aware of how fragile the unity of his army was, and wanted to limit offensive operations to minor actions until 1919 at the earliest, Foch was insistent on offensive action in large offensives - he was a large proponent of the Hundred Days' Offensive and actually shares a lot of the outlook that led to Nivelle's fall from grace in 1917. He believed in great, war-winning, offensives of the exact sort proposed and attempted by Nivelle the previous year. He was a main proponent of going on the offensive in the last half of 1918, rather than waiting for the Americans and attacking in 1919, and was able to string together a series of war-winning coordinated offensives over the course of the Hundred Days' Offensive. However, in doing so he also inaugurated one of the bloodiest period of the entire war, resulting in casualties numbering in excess of two million. Foch's appointment IOTL also resulted in Pétain having to bite his lip and accept transfer orders to much of his reserve, though it is more limited than IOTL due to the fact that the fighting is focused in the British and Belgian sectors of the front, rather than the junction between the French and British sectors as was the case IOTL.

    (16) Haig IOTL laid plans for a complete withdrawal across the Somme during the Spring Offensives but was lucky enough that it never became necessary. Understanding the Allied rail lines in Flanders is vital to understanding how the British situation could collapse this drastically. Within Flanders there is a large coastal railroad that runs from Amiens north along the Somme before following the coast through all the port towns in the region, Étaples, Boulogne, Calais and Dunkirk being among the most important. The only other rail network that wasn't in German control to get into Flanders at the start of the offensives ran through the Béthune environs and was largely used to ship coal south to Paris. The loss of the Béthune rail lines means that it is only this coastal railroad that the Allies can use to transport troops and supplies to the front by land - and while it is a major railroad, there is only so much traffic it can take. Losing both Béthune and Hazebrouck really completely cripples Allied transport capabilities north of the Somme.

    (17) This is a mix of some of the things that happened IOTL when supply dumps were taken during the Spring Offensives, but with a much worse reaction than IOTL. This results from a combination of factors, and it should be mentioned that most of these actions are confined to a relatively small part of the Seventeenth Army, including the fact that these forces have fought primarily on the Eastern Front where this sort of behavior was tacitly accepted, and that they have just come out of some of the bloodiest and fiercest fighting of their lives during the Battle of Nieppe Forest. It is a matter of an all-around horrible situation being compounded by a series of horrible variables. This is something not really seen on the Western Front since the Invasion of Belgium and reinforces many of the stereotypes built in its aftermath, particularly in Britain and America. The relatively light punishment also really isn't too different from how the Germans ordinarily treated these sorts of things at this point in time.

    (18) The surrender of King Albert is really the death knell of the Belgian Army and does little more than add to Albert's already towering stature in Allied propaganda. However, in practical terms this means that the British Second Army and the Belgian Army have both basically been destroyed in their entirety while the British First Army has few effectives left. The loss of Plumer is also a major blow to the British, who had previously considered him as a potential replacement for Haig. Unmentioned here, is the fact that most of the Canadian and South African Corps were lost in this rout - with the Canadian commander Arthur Currie captured in the fighting (more on this in the next narrative section). This entire series of events is an absolute disaster for the British, but the loss of most of the Canadian Corps and their extremely talented leader are among the bitterest. The 13th of May becomes a national day of mourning in Canada, the day that Arthur Currie was captured following a desperate rearguard action that was broken up by the guns on Mount Cassel, which also marks the effective end of the Canadian Corps as an operational unit.


    640px-8th_August_1918_%28Will_Longstaff%29.jpg

    British Prisoners of War Transported Towards The Rear

    Bringing it Home

    As the Germans continued southward, nearing the second week of the offensive, they ran into well entrenched and prepared British positions outside Étaples and were forced to a halt by the 20th of May, having long since outrun their supply lines. Max Hoffmann would declare the formal conclusion of Operation GEORG I and II on the 21st of May. Operation GEORG was the single most successful military operation on the Western Front in years, capturing vast swathes of vital lands and securing control of several key positions in the process. Several hundred heavy guns, amounting to a large part of the British heavy artillery, which had been concentrated in the region, as well as tens of thousands of tons of supplies, hundreds of tanks, only recently shipped over the Channel from Britain, large numbers of rolling stock and much, much more fell into the hands of the German Army. The loss of Hazebrouck, Calais, Boulogne and Dunkirk meant that an immense section of the British logistical network fell under German control while the loss of the Béthune minefields would soon present the French government with critical coal shortages. By the end of the offensive the Germans had taken some 150,000 casualties, counting both MICHAEL I and both GEORG operations, but this was more than outweighed by what amounted to the complete annihilation of two Allied armies and the crippling of two more - the British taking around 200,000 casualties while an additional almost 175,000 ended up as prisoners of war (19).

    Not since the great eastern offensives of 1915 had the Germans reaped such a bounty, and against a far more fearsome foe. However, the most impactful result of the offensive was to be the capture of the Channel Ports, which were soon put to use by the Germans. Using captured maps of the Dover Barrage from Dunkirk, the Germans were quickly able to open a path through the mines that had shielded the English Channel since the start of the war. With German engineers rushing into the towns to properly prepare the captured ports, the Germans dispatched most of the two Flanders Flotillas into the English Channel on the 15th of May. Here they began a rampage amongst the poorly guarded, overstretched and greatly pressed British Marine, as it sought to ferry almost 200,000 men across the Channel. The bloodbath that ensued saw several dozen transports sunk with casualties in the tens thousands, while numerous supply ships were sent to the bottom of the Channel and mine fields were laid in the most trafficked parts of the Channel.

    Over the course of a week, basing themselves primarily out of Dunkirk and later Boulogne, the Flanders Flotilla racked up success after success, the German Admiralty rushing light ships and submarines by the dozen into the Channel to support the effort. While the British Admiralty were swift to respond to this crisis, it would take them almost four days to return sufficient ships from the North Sea to slow the losses. However, there was little the British could do to prevent the Germans from contesting the crossings of the Channel or shutting them down with mines. The result was that the British shipping lanes across the Channel were pressed ever further westward. The Germans would, in effect, shut down the Channel to Allied shipping and force the British to reroute their shipping lanes to Brittany and into the Atlantic. This would have chain reactions all the way down the British logistical network resulting in a significant reduction in British logistical capabilities within the span of weeks (20).


    The Allied Supreme Command was under immense pressure to solve the crisis they now faced, but they faced several immense challenges. The most immediate issue centred on the total loss of the Béthune coal mines which produced 70% of all the coal used in the Paris munitions industry. The loss of the mines thus triggered a crisis of armaments in both the French and the American armies, the second relying almost exclusively on the French for their arms. While the fighting around Béthune had died down by the end of Operation GEORG, there were a significant number of French military officers, foremost among them Generalissimo Foch, who wanted to launch as swift a counter offensive as possible to retake the minefields. However, the of placing a force capable of capturing Béthune from the rapidly entrenching Germans across the Somme would place them in an extremely exposed position, with the possibility of being cut off and surrounded a significant threat. For the time being the Paris munitions factories would be fed with whatever coal could be found. The result was the large-scale confiscation of coal set aside for heating during the winter as well as from various other industrial needs, while coal imports from Britain were expanded as much possible under the circumstances.

    However, the British merchant marine was itself greatly occupied, as the British turned over as much of their merchant fleet as they could spare to transporting American troops as rapidly across the Atlantic as possible, on the condition that those transferred be frontline troops. Over the coming months, the American troop numbers transferred across the Atlantic would grow at a rapid rate from 45,000 in April to 135,000 in June before slumping to around 100,000 men in response to the great logistical demands in the aftermath of the German Spring Offensive. This, coupled with the losses taken in the English Channel, placed an incredible burden on the British logistical capabilities and forced the American government to make several unpopular shifts to the economy to bring it closer to a war footing. The most significant of these being ordering the temporary transfer of control to the government of large parts of the American merchant marine in order to supplement the war effort, though even this would have limited efforts given that most of the American marine was already engaged in supporting the war effort (21).

    The discussions about whether to carry out an offensive in the Béthune sector brought the greatest challenge facing the Allies to the fore - namely that Allied control of France north of the Somme was now in a near unprecedentedly tenuous position. Given the great successes experienced by the Germans during Operation GEORG and the belief at British GHQ that another offensive out of either Flanders or out of Péronne could completely overrun Allied positions and leave the men in the Arras Salient surrounded, General Haig suggested a complete withdrawal of Allied forces south of the Somme. This would lessen the threat to the BEF, secure them a defensible front and greatly shorten the long supply lines currently keeping the BEF supplied. However, the prospect of losing such a large part of France seemed inconceivable in the French camp and the already testy relationship between the French and British military leadership very nearly collapsed completely when the proposal was presented. It would require the direct intervention of General Pershing in favor of the British position to break the deadlock, resulting in the decision on the 23rd of May 1918 to order a withdrawal of all Allied forces south of the Somme (22).

    While the Allied forces began preparing for a retreat across the Somme, the German OHL had been hard at work directing their forces in preparation for the third phase of their Spring Offensive. The Seventeenth and Sixth Armies were tasked with taking up position along the Étaples-Arras line opposite the Allied positions in the region while the Fourth Army was rushed south to the Péronne Salient in preparation for the planned MICHAEL II offensive aimed at Amiens and planned for the 28th of May. The British began their measured retreat from around Arras on the 25th, escalating rapidly over the following days as supply depots were emptied and shipped westward and as much of the infrastructure in the area was ruined while troops were removed in stages - the Front Zone emptying last. Up and down the front this occurred in a staggered manner, beginning at the furthest forward positions around Arras and spreading down the line. The result was that when the Germans launched themselves forward on the 28th they attacked positions greatly weakened, but still partially manned.

    The Germans broke through with astonished ease but soon realised what was going on, rushing to capture and preserve what they could. Realizing the jig was up, Haig ordered all forces remaining north of the Somme to abandon their positions and to make their way across the river as quickly as possible, destroying what they could in their wake. This disruption to the Allied plans of retreat meant that while significant damage was done to the supply depots and the like, the rail network escaped most of the destruction due to its vital role in evacuating the British. In all, the Germans would capture some 15,000 men and inflict around 5,000 casualties during this period. By the 2nd of June, the Germans were in position along the Somme and were digging in - the British doing the same across the river from the Germans. The German Spring Offensives had come to an end after a month of intense combat, and the German OHL now began preparations for what was to come. With the military offensive having come to an end, Chief of Staff Max Hoffmann now turned to his political ally the Graf von Kühlmann, Germany's Foreign Minister and Chief Diplomat.

    Footnotes:

    (19) The casualty numbers are based on a cross between Operation MICHAEL and GEORGETTE IOTL, while taking into account the fact that there has been limited Allied resistance to the German assault compared to OTL, for reasons explained above. Perhaps the most important loss here is the large segment of the British heavy artillery force, with its advanced institutional knowledge. Many thousands of highly experienced British artillery soldiers are lost during this assault as the armies defending them collapse around them and their supply lines largely fall into German hands at the same time. Heavy artillery is difficult to transport, and following the loss of Hazebrouck it becomes almost impossible to evacuate. This marks a major setback for the British artillery wing which will take a good while to recover from. The vast majority of the prisoners taken stem primarily from the failure of the Ypres Salient evacuation and the subsequent collapse of the British and Belgian armies.

    (20) This is why the British were so obsessed with securing the Channel Ports IOTL and why they were so opposed to allowing the Germans to retain control of the ports during the negotiations during the Great War. The fact that they were able to limit the Germans to Zeebrugges and Ostend, meaning that they were kept east of the Dover-Calais line, meant that the English Channel was largely uncontested during the war IOTL. However, the moment that the Germans have a relatively secure port behind the Dover Barrage this all changes. The short trip and near-constant stream of ships moving back and forth make these shipping lanes absolutely ideal targets for the German U-Boats and make a convoy system next to impossible in the region. The most important aspect of a convoy system is that it gathers all the ships together in one part of the ocean, which makes finding the ships a much greater challenge, but in the Channel it is almost impossible for the British to hide away.

    (21) The Béthune coal mines are absolutely vital to the French war effort and losing them could well mark the beginning of the end for the French war effort. They are far from throwing in the towel, but losing Béthune is probably among the worst things that could happen to the French. For now the French will have to make do with what they can scrounge up, but they are having to really dig deep into the sorts of coal sources that you really don't want to mess with. Winter heating, other manufacturing requiring coal and other such sources are all experiencing a precipitous drain on their supplies. At the same time, the Allies are experiencing a general stretching of their supply systems as the requirement for American troops in France, British supplies and troops and coal supplies for the French all clamour for the same shipping. This is untenable in the long run, but for the time being the Allies are making it work.

    (22) This was seriously considered IOTL under significantly less dire circumstances by British GHQ. I had actually originally planned to have GEORG III and MICHAEL II play out in the next update, but I just can't see how I could argue for the British remaining in position when their positions are this compromised. The British have just taken the beating of a lifetime, lost one army and seen the crippling of two more, and their two remaining fully functional armies in the area are in a massive salient. In addition, while the southern side of the Salient, going through the former battleground of the Somme battlefield and marked by quite rough terrain further north, would probably be hard terrain to take from the British, the northern flank is in dangerously flat land, ideal for offensive action. The Allied positions just aren't feasible any longer.


    Summary:

    The Germans prepare for the Spring Offensives, but change leadership mid-stream and are forced to reevaluate their plans.

    The German Spring Offensives begin with MICHAEL I and is followed rapidly by GEORG I and II. Within the first week, both GEORG offensives seem on the verge of success.

    The Allies react to the Spring Offensives but the Germans succeed in crushing Allied resistance in Flanders.

    The consequences of the German victory in Flanders play out, as France experiences coal shortages and the British come under assault in the English Channel. Following heated deliberations, the Allies retreat across the Somme River.

    End Note:

    I am really sorry about the absolute monster the footnotes turned into for this update, but I feel that I really need to justify every single change and shift from OTL in this update and to clearly show my thinking behind it. I strive for plausibility as much as possible with my timelines and I do think that my alterations to the OTL war plans make a good deal of sense, but I would like to hear what everyone's thoughts on its plausibility are.

    This is really a critical update for the TL that sets out a key development of the TL as a whole. I will admit that I have a lot of things breaking the way of the Germans in this update, possibly to the point of implausibility, but I hope that I have presented my arguments for the course of events in this update in a clear fashion and made clear how close something like this is to what might have been.

    A last note, the map of the German War Plans has a mistake, with GEORG I labelled as GEORG II and GEORG II labelled as GEORG I. This is a mistake on the map, and shouldn't be present in the actual text. I have also included a map below that outlines the rail network in the region and contains many of the key locations mentioned above - disregard the frontlines, it is an OTL map and they don't match.


    28392335217_552dbe5e5f_b.jpg
     
    Last edited:
    Narrative Three: Resisting Capitalist Pigs & A Last Stand
  • Friendly warning: Both of these narrative sequences have some pretty gruesome descriptions.

    Resisting Capitalist Pigs

    f1.highres

    Female Munitions Workers During The May Strikes
    Mid-Afternoon, 15th of May, 1918
    Place de la Bastille, Paris, France


    "Paix! Paix! Paix!" The chant rang through the Place de la Bastille in a clarion call raised by tens of thousands of voices (1). "End the War!" came the scream from Jeanne Beauvais.

    She was twenty-three and angry, her face a shade of crimson to match her hair. This was the ninth day she was in the streets and she expected to stay out here until the government's butchers stepped down and let a man of peace take command.

    For weeks now, even before the strikes, they had been hearing of nothing but death and devastation from the front. Last week Jeanne and several hundred others at her factory had been unceremoniously barred from working because that capitalist pig Varenne claimed there was not enough coal. He hadn't even payed them their wages for the last two months (2).

    The crowd was mostly made up of women, just like her, who had been tossed into the street like so much human garbage, and wounded war veterans. Everything about this entire situation set her blood boiling. The unfairness of it all. The fat men in their palaces and chateaus, while men like her three brothers and father bled on the front.

    A shiver went through the crowd as indistinct shouts went up at the edges. The press of the crowd grew greater, as men and women were pushed even closer together.

    Suddenly she heard a series of pops from the Rue Saint-Antoine, to the west, and screams. The press of the crowd grew even greater, locking Jeanne in place between a man half again her height with half his face hidden behind a mask, likely shielding a ghastly wound from sight, and two women who had been dismissed alongside her, Marie and Antoinette.

    She couldn't catch her breath. The stink and heat of the crowd seemed to permeate the air and poison it. The press was incredible. She couldn't breathe.

    Couldn't Breathe.

    Suddenly something gave in front of her and she was able to slurp in air once more, though she nearly fell over from the suddenness of the opening. The mountain of a man in front of her had spread his arms wide, creating space for her. A hoarse growl reached her, "Are you still there mademoiselle?" he asked. Jeanne took another breath, luxuriating in it for a moment before answering, "I am, thank you monsieur."

    At that moment more pops sounded and the crowd was pressed together again as they were tossed to and fro in the scrum.

    Out of the corner of her eye she saw Antoinette trip and fall, disappearing from sight from one moment to the next behind a wall of limbs.

    Pop. Pop. Pop.

    A shriek sounded right behind her, perhaps from Marie, unless she had gotten lost in the chaos as well, and a heavy blow landed on her, across the top of her left shoulder and collar bone.

    She saw a woman clutch the side of her face for a moment, before her hand came away bloody - bloody spurting from a gaping hole in what was once her cheek.

    They are shooting at us, she thought dazedly.

    Her shoulder numb, she pressed into the small of the large man's back in hopes of finding safety in his shade.

    The shrieks and screams of the crowd seemed to be blending together into a single dull roar, pitched so high that she thought she might well be imagining it.

    She tried to bring up her left hand to steady herself against the large man, but it seemed unwilling to obey her commands.

    The crowd pressed together again and she felt herself get lifted off the ground and pushed almost ten meters further eastward towards the Rue de la Roquette.

    When her feet hit the ground again, she was unable to stay on them - all power having seemingly left her legs.

    She fell.

    She thought the road felt softer than it should be, until she realised that she was lying across the body of another woman.

    Someone stepped on her leg and she heard a snap.

    Another foot passed over her, grazing the top of her head with enough force to send it careening into the street.

    Everything went black, but she could still hear the dull roar of the crowd. She felt something tear wetly and a brief, hard pressure on her left hand.

    The roar went on, and on, and on, seemingly forever.

    Until it didn't (3).

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is part of the great May Strikes that were organised by the Committee on International Action, the syndicalist and anarchist organizing mechanism behind a majority of the peace protests and strikes in France from 1915 onward. The strikes ITTL are very similar to those of OTL, but due to the fact that they are occurring much earlier in the German Spring Offensive, they play out somewhat differently. We will address them directly in the next update.

    (2) According to Clemenceau, the munitions industry in Paris had a stockpile that would allow them to work at full capacity for a week after the loss of the Béthune Coal Mines. With munitions production capacities falling due to a lack of coal, this results in firings across the munitions industry, mostly of women.

    (3) Just to clarify, Jeanne was shot in the shoulder, disoriented by shock and blood loss before being trampled to death by the mob. The events at the Place de la Bastille are chaotic and abysmally grim, but they set in motion a process which significantly radicalises a significant section of the Parisian working class and will play an important role as we move forward.


    A Last Stand


    ArthurCurrie.jpg

    Lieutenant General Sir Arthur Currie, Commander-in-Chief of the Canadian Expeditionary Force

    13.35, 12th of May, 1918
    Houtkerque, Pas-de-Calais, France


    Malcolm Jenkins fed another belt of ammunition into the machine-gun and pressed down the trigger in a long burst across the line of advancing Germans, sending several of them to the ground in puffs of red, while others went to ground without being hit.

    This was the third time they had stopped to fight a rearguard action, on the orders of General Currie given barely a dozen minutes earlier. The General was directing the action in person, having been caught up in the retreat from Ypres alongside them.

    Malcolm whispered prayers under his breath as he raked back and forth a couple times more, begging God to hold his hand over baby Hannah if he should choose to take Malcolm to heaven.

    He felt the shakes hit again, handing the machine-gun over to Jimmy, who sat ready to take over in just this sort of case. This wasn't the first time he had been forced to crawl into a hole while his body shook uncontrollably.


    It had started six days ago, after he had been exposed to gas during the initial bombardment. The medics thought he had gotten lucky, escaped with only minor damage, and they had been quick to judge him combat ready.

    Combat ready. What a joke. He doubted he had been combat ready since his second day on the line when his brother, John, and cousin, Eli, had both been sucked into the murderous mud of Passchendaele. He remembered listening to John as he sunk ever deeper into the thick, sticky slurry, hearing them cry for aid. Cry for mother… Cry for him…

    They had been fighting for almost a quarter of an hour when the shriek of a shell cut through the combat, landing a hillock over and blowing a squad to pieces. A hand landed not far from Malcolm.

    "Artillery!" came the delayed roar from behind, though whatever the genius was planning to say next was drowned out by a trio of shells which slammed home just behind the Canadian frontline, scything through a dozen men.

    Shrieks and screams engulfed their positions, and Malcolm, having secured some degree of control of his body, helped Jimmy pick up the machine-gun and retreated.

    More shells slammed home not far from them, leaving more men dead or wounded, but by some magical coincidence he and Jimmy remained untouched.

    They were waved into the ad-hoc camp that had been established behind the front line, where Malcolm saw General Currie himself directing the defence.

    A shriek. Then a shockwave. Malcolm crashed to the ground.

    He tried to stand, but something seemed wrong with his feet.

    He looked towards Jimmy, but found little more than a red smear across the ground - and one of Jimmy's boots, a leg sticking out grotesquely, some twenty yards away. He turned his attention to his own body in a daze, while shouts went up across the camp.

    His right hand was half gone and a massive cut stretching up his left arm from the elbow left him able to see bone around the spurting blood.

    He turned his gaze outward, hoping to get a medic's attention, but everyone seemed to have abandoned their positions to gather around a man on the ground, what looked like a rib sticking out of his thigh, medics rushing to tie off a tourniquet (1).

    Thunder sounded in the background, but Malcolm felt his attention slipping.

    He pulled himself together enough to whisper a last hoarse prayer on his daughter's behalf and lost consciousness.

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is General Arthur Currie, who is wounded during the fighting at Houtkerque on the Franco-Belgian border. Following this, the Canadian positions collapsed in on themselves despite fierce efforts at resisting the German advance and Currie was taken captive by the Germans. He would be treated with the utmost respect and received the best of care, surviving the ordeal with only a slight limp and stiffness in one of his legs.

    End Note:

    I am sorry about how grim this is, particularly the first of the two narratives, but I felt this would be the best way of conveying what is going on at this point time. Understanding these events and how they might transform someone who went through them is sort of the point behind it. We will deal with events in France, and how the Allies and Central Powers deal with the aftermath of the Spring Offensive in general, in the next update - including these strikes and protests, as well as the reaction to them.

    The important difference between these strikes IOTL and ITTL is that here the French government is even harsher in crushing the peace protests because they are happening in the midst of a crisis period and are disrupting supply lines to the front. IOTL they happened two months into the Spring Offensives, and while the French were under pressure then, they had already had some time to deal with the worst of the crisis.

    Malcolm's tale is mostly meant to convey the desperate straits of the retreating Allied men and to draw attention to the wounding and capture of Lieutenant General Arthur Currie.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Ten: The Aftermath
  • The Aftermath

    343px-Edmund_Allenby.jpg

    Field Marshal Edmund Allenby

    The June Crisis

    June of 1918 was not a happy month for Britain. As word spread through the populace, penetrating past even the watchful eyes of the censors, of the catastrophe in Flanders, the mood in Britain took a decided turn for the worse. For months they had been assured by the government and media that there was no reason for worry, that now the Americans had entered the war in large numbers, the Allies had ensured victory. There had been indications that not all was well, most clearly demonstrated by the Maurice Letter in late-April and in the released secret treaties, but the complacency that had seemed to grip the civil and military leadership of Britain by mid-April had extended into the farthest reaches of the population.

    Operation GEORG was a shock to the system like no other. Over the course of a month, the mighty British Army had found itself humbled and beaten, the incomparable Royal Navy had been left grasping for enemies in the North Sea while the English Channel, Britain's shield against Europe, had been turned into a graveyard. Greatly respected military leaders like General Herbert Plumer and General Arthur Currie had fallen into German hands alongside hundreds of thousands of servicemen. Successes in the Middle East did not seem quite as important any longer. During the crisis period itself, beginning in late April with Operation MICHAEL I but escalating rapidly over the course of Operation GEORG, the British Home Front had experienced a rallying to the flag effect, as men and women of all ages rushed to provide all aid possible. However, as the immediate crisis passed and the British people began learning of the new status quo, they began to demand answers from their representatives. While the British peoples were growing tired of war, they now turned their thoughts to retribution (1).

    The sheer battering taken by the British during May, and the loss of so many supplies during their crossing of the Somme, meant that it would be several months if not a year, before Britain could reclaim a leading role in the war on land. Vast infrastructure networks needed to be built behind the new Somme line, supplies needed to be rushed to the front, replacements for the thousands of artillery pieces lost had to be secured, with a thousand other tasks needing to be completed before the British could once again bear their share of burdens of war. To make matters worse, all of this materiel and manpower needed to be shipped through Brittany or western Normandy to remain relatively safe from the German U-Boats, and the demands on British shipping had never been higher. The major coal shortages in France needed to be at least partially addressed, resulting in a good part of Anglo-French shipping spending much of their time shipping coal from Britain to France on the Celtic Sea currents. All of these demands on British shipping meant that the transport of American forces once again began to slow, and would fall from a monthly high of 135,000 in June to around an average of 100,000 per month until more American shipping could be made available, which would occur at a slow but steadily increasing rate from September until the end of the war (2).


    The British public's demands for accountability came to a head with the re-ignition of the Maurice Controversy, provoked by former Prime Minister H.H. Asquith's demand that the government of Lloyd George provide an accurate accounting of events in the lead-up to the German Spring Offensives. With the Maurice Letter now being recirculated widely in the British press, the government crisis came to a climax in the Maurice Debate of the 14th of June 1918. In what would come to be regarded as a dry and pedantic speech, H.H. Asquith launched an assault on the government of Lloyd George demanding that the conduct of the government in the leadup to the offensive come under investigation. However, during this speech, when Asquith asked rhetorically "What are we to do?", he was answered by the MP Charles Stanton with the cry of "Get on with the War!" in a clear show that retribution was viewed as more important than accountability in the Parliament.

    While Asquith's assault on Lloyd George seemed destined to failure, it was soon joined by the direct efforts of not only General Robertson, but also by Haig's supporters in GHQ, who all began leaking information on Lloyd George's decision to hold back reinforcements from the Western Front. The period of 14th-18th June saw continual revelations of the pre-offensive period, as the assault on the government grew ever fiercer. Lloyd George was not one to take this laying down, and went on the attack himself, working with his proxies to discredit General Maurice, pointing out that he had not actually been present at the meetings of the Supreme War Council when the decision to extend the line was taken, a key point in Maurice's letters. Furthermore, they stressed that it was Maurice's own department which had provided inaccurate numbers to Parliament, showing an increase in troops when all of this was discussed earlier in the year. Finally, Lloyd George pointed to Maurice's decision to disclose all this information to the public as a breach of the King's Regulation.

    The complacency and failures of GHQ during April was also a major focus of Lloyd George's attack, culminating in the calls by several of the Prime Minister's proxies for the replacement of General Haig with Edmund Allenby, now that the focus of the war had turned back to the west. On the 20th of June 1918, General Edmund Allenby was thus recalled from Palestine on Lloyd George's direction, being replaced by Lieutenant General Phillip Chetwode as commander of the EEF, and would replace an increasingly embattled Haig, who found himself recalled to England to answer for his conduct of the May Campaign to Parliament, by early July (3).

    The fall of Haig, a man who had utterly dominated the British war effort since the Battle of the Somme sent shockwaves through the British officer corps and the British general populace alike. The demoralization of GHQ following the retreat over the Somme grew even greater following Haig's recall. On arrival in France, Allenby received a promotion to Field Marshal and set about the hard work of rebuilding the devastated British Army, whose commanders' desultory efforts at constructing their defences during the fight with Lloyd George meant that there was much hard work to be done for Allenby. The Bloody Bull, as Allenby was known, was infamous for his attention to detail, incredible temper and willingness to listen to his subordinates. As such, the new commander of the BEF was already in a fine fury by the time his orientation came to an end. The flurry of orders that followed soon got the BEF back on track, more than one messenger running in terror from the Bull. Railroads had to be constructed, trenches and defensive positions built, artillery arms rebuilt and a hundred other tasks had to be accomplished, all of which the Bull set about with gusto. Dispatches and letters from GHQ would describe a great change in morale, where a sense of purpose had reanimated the leadership of the BEF, while others told horror stories of Allenby's rages when tasks were not done to his specifications.

    With the Liberal Party rallying behind Lloyd George, it did not take long before Haig found himself turned into a scapegoat for both his own and the government's failures. His meeting before Parliament in mid-July would see significant pressure placed on him while even Haig's own conservative allies turned against him. Newspapers from across the British Isles smeared the Field Marshal's name, eventually forcing Haig into a state of limbo, without a clear posting. However, events across the Isles would soon conspire to provide Haig with plenty of work. Conscription in Great Britain had already been established by the Military Service Act of January 1916, and had came into effect a few weeks later in March 1916. However, this act had avoided conscription in Ireland and had excluded a number of key population groups. Lloyd George, realising that more men would be needed to address the grave military situation decided to use a new 'Military Service Bill' to extend conscription to Ireland and also to conscript older men and further groups of workers in Britain, thus reaching untapped reserves of manpower.

    With the Irish Parliament set to be seated in August, there was a significant rush on the part of British politicians to push the bill through the British Parliament as swiftly as possible. Thus, despite intense opposition from the entire Irish Parliamentary Party, the conscription bill for Ireland was voted through at Westminster, becoming the 'Military Service (No. 2) Act, 1918' in late June 1918 (4). The passing and implementation of the act, having happened with unseemly haste and bypassing the Irish Parliament that the British government had so recently accepted, exposed how little regard the British still had for Irish Home Rule.

    On the 3rd of July 1918, acting on a resolution by the Dublin Corporation, the Lord Mayor of Dublin held a conference at the Mansion House in Dublin. The Irish Anti-Conscription Committee thereby convened aimed to devise plans to resist conscription, with representatives from different sections of nationalist opinion including the Irish Parliamentary Party, the All-for-Ireland Party, Sinn Fein and representatives from Labour and the trade unions, all in attendance. After establishing a pledge to resist conscription with all their power, the delegates departed to prepare for the resistance to come. Following their representation at the Mansion House, the labor movement made its own immediate and distinctive contribution to the anti-conscription campaign. A one-day general strike was called in protest, and on 5th of July 1918, work was stopped at railways, docks, factories, mills, theatres, cinemas, trams, public services, shipyards, newspapers, shops, and even Government munitions factories all across Ireland. In the following weeks, anti-conscription rallies were held nationwide, with 15,000 people attending a meeting in County Roscommon on the 7th, where John Dillon, leader of the Irish Parliamentary Party and Éamon de Valera of Sinn Féin shared the platform. This in itself is notable as, while sharing nationalist views, Dillon and de Valera's parties had previously been divided in opinion as to the means of gaining legislative or complete independence from the United Kingdom.

    Nervous of growing unrest, and still with dire need to progress conscription in Ireland, Lloyd George's government undertook several initiatives to quell the backlash. As Sinn Féin was publicly perceived to be the key instigator of anti-government and anti-conscription feeling, the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland John French, former commander of the BEF, claimed to have evidence of a treasonable plot between Sinn Féin and the Germans, before ordering the arrest of seventy-three Sinn Féin leaders, including de Valera, on the 11th of July. This heavy-handed response by the Dublin Castle authorities did little to defuse the situation. In fact, a lack of evidence meant the German Plot was little believed in Great Britain, Ireland or the United States, and as such both aggravated opinion and increased support for Sinn Féin.

    Simultaneously, a more subtle effort was undertaken from the offices of Lord Northcliffe under the Minister of Information. The "Hay Plan" was conceived by Stuart Hay, a British Army Captain, who was under orders to establish a proposal to work around widespread anti-conscription feeling and persuade Irish nationalists to join the French army. The plan simply called for a letter, drafted by Hay and approved by Edward Shortt the Chief Secretary for Ireland, which was to be sent by the French Primate to the Irish bishops, requesting that they soften their opposition to conscription to aid the war effort in France. With the publication of this letter, the British felt better able to press forward with conscription, which they set about on the 20th of July 1918 to immense protest (5).

    All of this coincided with the planned Irish Elections as stipulated by the Home Rule bill, however the chaos and anarchy gripping Ireland convinced the British to repudiate the settlement set out by the Irish Convention, putting Home Rule back on indefinite hold until order could be restored in Ireland. With barely one-in-ten of those drafted arriving for service, the British under Lord French cracked down hard, imprisoning hundreds of shirkers to howls of Irish protests. Several towns erupted into violence as draft dodgers banded together with Sinn Fein men to resist the British. The issues of Home Rule, Conscription and Irish Nationalism would steadily grow ever worse over the course of the latter half of 1918, the situation only growing more violent with time. At the same time, tens of thousands of Irish men were forced into the ranks, on occasion driven onto ships in chains and only let free once they arrived at the front in France.

    On the 19th of September, the British Commander-in-Chief in Ireland, Frederick Shaw, was assassinated by anti-conscription forces. It was here, in bringing order to Ireland, that Haig saw his chance at salvation. Lobbying hard, he received Shaw's command in early October and immediately set about his tasks of furthering conscription while seeking to end all resistance to the British rule. American public opinion, which had largely been sated with the Home Rule Act, grew rapidly more enflamed in response to the changing Irish Tide, with British actions in Ireland prooving a continual thorn in the side of Anglo-American relations. While the British had in the past bowed to American pressure on the issue, the collapse in May meant that the British faced a severe manpower shortage and Ireland was the best suited source to make up the shortfall. Amongst those thus conscripted were a large number of the Sinn Fein's younger leadership, including Michael Collins, Frank Aiken and Liam Lynch. While Haig was left to fight an incipient war in Ireland on a shoestring budget, he could not be happier. Back in the action, Haig brought with him his ceaseless energetic approach to command and quickly set about shutting down resistance wherever it appeared.

    Footnotes:

    (1) There are a number of differences from how the British reacted to the Spring Offensives IOTL. With the actual period of the offensive far shorter, one month instead of four months as IOTL, the British aren't as focused on the course of the war on the front, though that is important, but also have time to deal with internal politics. The British are far from out of the war at this point, in fact morale on the home front is fired up and ready to fight, which is what happened IOTL.

    (2) Quite frankly, the sheer scale of the challenge facing the British is hard to fathom. They have lost their most important positions, the ones they have held since the start of the war, and the most built up of their defences. They are now forced to start from scratch, and while the Somme Line is a strong one, it requires a ton of work to get operational. The whole logistical framework is also in chaos, which makes everything more difficult. It is important to note that the Americans don't reach the climax of 200,000+ troops transferred in July IOTL due to the much greater demands on British shipping elsewhere and the lack of a continued German Offensive.

    (3) IOTL, when Lloyd George was trying to remove Haig, there were two candidates who presented themselves as his replacement. One was Edmund Allenby and the other was Herbert Plumer, however Plumer is now held by the Germans and as such Allenby gets the job. He is also one of the few British generals who has avoided the ignominy of participating in the defeats on the Western Front in May. Allenby is an interesting man: in a constant rage, but willing to accept suggestions from his subordinates, an autodidact and a tenacious commander. He was criticized for his casualty numbers on the western front (though most Generals were criticised for that), but he often succeeded in the goals set out for him and was a commander who was able to rebuild a strong esprit de corps, as seen by the miracles he accomplished with the EEF. When he had the space to think creatively, he was a very gifted general.

    (4) In contrast to OTL, the Conscription and Home Bills are not connected to each other. However, with the Irish Parliament still not seated, the British government makes a hash of thing by pressing forward with the Military Service Bill. The Home Rule Bill isn't quite as reviled ITTL as a result, but the independence of the coming parliament, and whether the British will respect its authority, are very much in question.

    (5) This contrasts sharply with OTL. IOTL the British never actually pressed forward with conscription in Ireland - feeling that the threat from the offensives had passed by that time. However, ITTL the loss of so many men in May and the sinking of so many reinforcements in the Channel mean that the British have little choice but to push forward with the measure. The results are the beginnings of an Irish revolt.


    MUNITION%20WORKERS.JPEG

    French Munitions Workers

    Georges Under Pressure

    When Georges Clemenceau became prime minister of France in November 1917 he proclaimed: “Neither treason nor semi-treason but war. Nothing but war.” This declaration before the Chamber of Deputies declared war on those deemed by the government to be the internal enemy, mainly pacifists and antimilitarists originating from the labor movement in France. The arrests of the militant pacifists made the various labor sections join ranks and defend their comrades in a struggle that was part of a larger one against Clemenceau’s politics. But the Committee for International Action (CDS), an organisation established in 1915 by the syndicalists Alphonse Merrheim and Albert Bourderon, delivered the strongest counteroffensive in this battle; in 1918, this committee was the only political organisation to publicly carry the banner of pacifism - claiming that even defeat would be preferable to a continuation of the mass murder on the frontlines.

    The development of the labor movement towards a centrist position and the closer association between the syndicalist majority and minority contributed to the radicalisation of the CDS struggle. In a declaration in early 1918 they stated that the workers should act for themselves “by a strike of hands, ammunition, and transport and pass to a strike of cannons and rifles, a general strike for peace, so as to force those in power to engage in peace negotiations.” In March 1918, the Loire syndicalists organised a meeting at Saint-Etienne to protest against the repression aimed at militant pacifists and to plan further actions. At a gathering on the 19th and 20th of March 1918 at Saint-Etienne, the CDS opted for a general strike given the unrest in the Parisian construction and metallurgic sectors. On 24th March 1918, the Congress of the Union of syndicalists for the Loire department opened and the following day another opened with the participation of unions from eight surrounding departments to build further support for their planned strike (6).

    On the 1st of May 1918, between 15,000 and 20,000 people took to the streets and were followed on the 5th of May 1918 by the construction and metallurgic sectors in Paris in major demonstrations. At the Renault factory and in the whole Parisian region 105,130 of the 127,000 workers in fifty-seven munitions factories went on strike (6). The launching of the German Spring Offensive did little to end these demonstrations, which grew steadily in size over the coming days. The fall of Béthune further worsened the situation, prompting major coal shortages and the resultant firing of several thousand additional workers who all joined the demonstrations in Paris. By the middle of the month, the French government's fears that the strikes and demonstrations would cripple the French ability to defend the nation prompted Clemenceau to order the forceful ending of the strikes.

    After a couple days to bring reliable reinforcements to the city, the prime minister unleashed the French soldiery on the strikers on the 15th of May. Treating the demonstrators as "mutineers on the interior front", and accusing them of "abandoning their posts, deserting in wartime, exhorting to desertion and complicity", the French government cracked down hard. Known as Bloody Wednesday, government forces opened fire on demonstrators at the Place de la Bastille and a dozen other hotspots across the city. In the panic, more than a hundred men and women were killed while several thousand were left injured. Calls for the Parisians to mount the barricades went up, but the government had been thorough and captured or killed many of the most prominent instigators, foremost among them the socialist leadership of the CDS, who had taken over control from the syndicalists in 1917, Fernand Loriot, Charles Rappoport, Louise Saumoneau, and the dispirited Parisian resistance was crushed within the week.

    However, by this point the strikes had spread well beyond Paris. At Firminy, which saw strikes and demonstrations beginning on the 14th but soon escalating as word of events in Paris spread, the disturbances were particularly violent. More than 15,000 workers across the Loire department, and a combined 50,000 across the surrounding departments, would stop work, call for peace negotiations and an immediate armistice. It would take significantly longer to end the Loire strikes, only being brought to a close on the 5th of June, as army reserves became available following the end of the German Offensives. The events of May 1918 would significantly radicalize the Parisian and Loire Valley working class while removing much of the movement's leadership. Bloody Wednesday and its aftermath would join the suppression of the Paris Commune in infamy, as one of the great disasters of the French working class and a clear example of the capitalist classes' utter disregard for life before profit (7).

    With the streets of Paris running red with blood, a concerted effort to push Clemenceau from power came under way. Led from behind by the French president Raymond Poincaré, who had found himself increasingly sidelined since Clemenceau's rise, the thrust of this effort focused on the leading socialist politicians who had been imprisoned on Clemenceau's orders earlier in the year, Joseph Caillaux and Louis Malvy, on charges of treason for their anti-war sympathies. Their dismissal and imprisonment after having served in the cabinet of Aristide Briand earlier in the war, was viewed as both an extremely partisan measure and yet another demonstration of Clemenceau's autocratic tendencies.

    With the left-wing of the Chamber of Deputies up in arms over Bloody Wednesday, Poincaré's aim was to have these two politicians freed in order to undermine Clemenceau's position and to rehabilitate his political ally, on whose cabinet the two imprisoned politicians had say, Aristide Briand, as an alternative to Clemenceau. Clemenceau was in a problematic position and found that his support outside the right-wing of the Chamber of Deputies wasn't quite as large as it had been previously. With the continued unrest in the Loire and growing pressure for some sort of conciliatory measure growing, the old Tiger finally bowed to the pressure on securing a promise from the Left that they would hold the anti-war movement in check. The result was the Joseph Caillaux and Louis Malvy had the charges of high treason against them dropped while the solitary major military leader of Socialist persuasions, Maurice Sarrail, who had been replaced by Adolphe Guillaumat as commander of the Salonica Front because of his ties to the two socialist prisoners, was allowed to return to duty as commander of the quiet Italian Front where Foch, Pétain and Clemenceau believed Sarrail would be able to do little harm to the war effort (8).

    With the political leadership of the Left working to quiet the unrest in the Loire valley, Clemenceau was able to turn his attention back to the war effort. The loss of coal from the Béthune region required a major response from the French government to cope with the loss over a longer period. The result was the expansion of mining operations elsewhere in the country, along the Upper Loire, in the Vosges and around Marseilles, as well as investing significant efforts in developing the recently established Algerian mines of the Bechar coalfields. These sources of coal were supplemented by truly massive shipments of coal from a wide variety of Allied nations, including several in Latin America. All of this took much-needed time, resources and money, but by September the French munitions industry was back to around 70% of its production capacity prior to the fall of Béthune and on the road to recovery - projected to reach 90% by March of 1919. Nonetheless, the French and American armies, who were reliant on this industry, would still find themselves forced to ration their munitions and risked shortages during larger operations. Furthermore, with the redirection of coal from various other sources to the production of munitions and weaponry, the incipient tank industry would find itself relegated behind artillery and infantry equipment, experiencing quite significant supply shortages in the process (9).

    Footnotes:

    (6) These strikes are based on events from OTL. The congress and strikes happened as describe IOTL, but the events that follow are somewhat different from OTL. This goes to show how powerful the anti-war movement was in France by mid-1918.

    (7) The fall of Béthune is really where everything goes off the tracks in Paris. The additional firings and the loss of coal slowing production means that there are more, and angrier, people on the streets earlier in the protests, which coincide with the arrival of news from Flanders where everything is seemingly falling apart. This is shocking news to the French Government which, when taken with the fact they actually have a good deal more men available than IOTL at this point, means that they are significantly harsher than IOTL with their suppression of the protests and strikes. IOTL the French were pretty heavy handed in their suppression of the strikes, but with the mob even angrier than IOTL, the French decide on harsher methods. The strikes in the Loire are thus larger and spread farther, taking longer to suppress. The main consequence of this is that French industry is disrupted even further than just the loss of coal from Béthune and the French working class is even more radicalized (though IOTL they were pretty far along as well) than IOTL.

    (8) This is a major departure from events in France from OTL. With the bloodier suppression of the May revolts, the Socialists and other Left-wing politicians in France are able to leverage their relations with the strikers to free a couple prominent socialists and to secure a posting for Sarrail - who is viewed by many left-wingers as their only voice in the upper ranks of the military. The consequences of his assignment to the Italian Front, based out of Turin, will come under examination in later updates.


    (9) It is difficult to understate how devastating the loss of the Béthune mines are, and how much they factored into the thinking of the French political and military leadership IOTL. The fact that they are able to get back to 70% of capacity might be an exaggeration of what they could plausibly accomplish when they throw everything at the problem, but I don't think it is too much of a stretch. The decision to deprioritise the tank industry has to do with the fact that, based on everything the French have seen over the last year, tanks have little direct impact on the war effort. The British attempt at Cambrai was largely a dismal failure while the German Spring Offensive was undertaken without any tanks to support them and saw incredible success. The French haven't been able to test their tanks in large-scale combat yet ITTL, and as a result they aren't aware of quite how good their Renault FT tanks are just yet. IOTL they first saw action on the 31st of May during the Second Battle of the Marne, and its successes there, which greatly boosted support for the use of tanks by the French. Here the fighting is confined to the north and the French rarely fight during the Spring Offensives. They are still producing plenty of tanks, just not quite as many as IOTL and at a significantly slower rate until someone realises how effective they are. Probably in the aftermath of the Allied assaults.

    American_Expeditionary_Force_Baker_Mission.jpg

    Officers of the American Expeditionary Force

    America to the Front!

    In the year since the American entry into the war, they had exerted minimal impact on the Western Front by force of arms. Since the launching of the German Spring Offensives, the Americans had shifted the focus of their troop transports to almost exclusively infantrymen and machine gunners. They lacked everything: uniforms, weapons, artillery, tanks, aircraft, transport, munitions, housing and rations. Some of these could be dealt with by the huge American industrial base, but when it came to sophisticated weapons systems such as artillery, aircraft and tanks the Americans were forced to rely on purchasing them off the shelf from their allies. They simply did not have the time to do otherwise. There were nowhere near enough officers or NCOs, not enough trained staff, gunners, signalers or machine gunners, or indeed any of the myriad specialist trades that make up an army. And of course they had no experienced generals qualified to take them into action in a continental war.

    The commander of the American Expeditionary Corps was General John Pershing, who, after attending West Point, had participated in several campaigns against Native American tribes. He had also been involved in both the Spanish–American and Philippine–American Wars. He was promoted rapidly to Brigadier General, taking on various staff appointments. His most recent campaign had been on the Mexican border from 1916 to 1917, but nothing even approaching the engagements of the Great War. As a professional soldier Pershing had taken an interest in both the fighting and all the tactical ramifications thrown up on the Western Front, but had not grasped the severity of the problems imposed by trench warfare. He was critical of what he characterised as the defensive approach of the Allied generals, who accepted the restraints of attritional warfare and did not look to the ‘offensive spirit’ and bold manoeuvring to overcome the challenges. As such he had great confidence in the ability of the high morale and superior rifle skills of his men to overcome such factors as artillery barrages, machine guns and barbed wire - opinions not too different from those held by French generals in 1914 but against a vastly more experienced enemy than the French had faced.

    The AEF had grown slowly, the 1st Division having arrived in June 1917 before stalling under the pressure of training the millions of recruits called to service - by May 1918 there were only five divisions present in France. These divisions were organised on radically different lines to the Allied divisions and, with some 28,000 men each, they were more than twice their size - a decision taken because of the severe shortages of NCOs and Officers available to the Americans. Often, as their training and equipment had not yet reached acceptable levels, the American troops had required a prolonged acclimatisation and training period before they could be regarded as competent to take their place in the line of battle - though as the tempo of fighting rose so too would the training decrease. Despite the initial intentions of the Americans, units had to be attached to British and French units in order to gain experience in the line, while a series of training schools was established to disseminate the disparate specialist skills required in a modern army. It would not prove to be enough when the Americans were called to the front to relieve the Anglo-French forces in May.

    As more and more men streamed into France over the middle of 1918, the Americans were forced to constantly, and rapidly, expand their capabilities. Particularly the French issues surrounding their coal supply would hit the Americans hard during the middle of 1918, resulting in severe shortages in ammunitions and weaponry of all kinds, leading to extremely limited live fire exercises before the men reached the front, many of them drilling with staves because of a lack of rifles. The American First Army, personally commanded by Pershing, took up their lines in Lorraine, centring in the St. Mihiel Salient, in this period while every effort was taken to bring more men onto the line - often resulting in a further reduction in the training period before men were brought to the frontlines. As the Americans began clashing with the German forces across the relatively quiet sector, Pershing and the Americans found that they were having a hard time making their voices felt in the Allied war councils, particularly in the Supreme War Council where the contentious Anglo-French relationship left the Americans often relegated to the sidelines (10).

    Throughout this period the Allies worked to determine their next course of action. The morale blow from the defeats in May required an answer, the SWC deeming that letting their soldiers stew under the weight of the defeat would degrade their effectiveness by the new year. Additionally, the Allies felt that if Germany was given time to absorb their conquests in the east, it would prove extraordinarily difficult to dislodge the Central Powers, and could extend the war years into the future. There was some discussion of resuming the Allied focus on the various eastern fronts, with particular focus given to the forces around Salonica and in the Palestine, but the munitions shortages experienced by the French and the increasingly perilous Mediterranean supply lines, which were coming under increasing pressure by German U-boats based out of Venice. The result being that there was some uncertainty in regards to the Allied ability to support an offensive in the Balkans. In the end, the decision was made for a good portion of the Anglo-French divisions dedicated to the front to slowly be withdrawn and transferred to either Palestine or the Western Front. At the same time, the Palestine and Mesopotamian fronts had found themselves largely denuded of veterans, who were recalled to the Western Front to help rebuild the British army alongside Field Marshal Allenby, and replaced by green troops out of India - resulting in a precipitous fall in the quality of troops available to the British in the region.

    This left only the Western Front as a viable focus for the coming Offensive. The question of where to attack was a topic debated at great length, in dozens of meetings of the SWC and at GHQs for all three armies. The British were quickly able to rule out their sector of the front, stretching from the mouth of the Somme to the Oise River, due to the comparatively weak infrastructure which would prove a prerequisite for any larger offensive. This left either one of the three French sectors of the front: Champagne, Lorraine-Vosges and Italian sectors (11), or the American sector, stretching from the upper Aisne to the Moselle Rivers and including both the St Mihiel Salient and Argonne Forest - though the garrison of Verdun remained French in deference to French national honour. While the Lorraine-Vosges sector was quickly discarded due to its harsh terrain and the Italian front was dismissed following Sarrail securing command there, the French government fearing that Sarrail's socialism would infect the ranks of the men who would reinforce him and provoke a collapse of war fervour in the ranks, the Champagne Sector and American Sector both received considerable consideration.

    A closer examination of the potential targets of an offensive in either sector was undertaken through June before the SWC came to a decision. The French and Americans would coordinate two offensives to be launched in the American sector, the first of these aimed at reducing the St Mihiel Salient, opening the road to an attack across the Wövre Plains to Metz, and the second consisting of two separate efforts, one joint Franco-American assault in the Meuse-Argonne aimed at Sedan abutting a much larger and exclusively French Fourth Battle of Champagne meant to secure the southern bank of the Aisne from Soissons to the Argonne (12).

    While all of this was going on in Europe, in the United States the mid-term elections looked to be a troubled affair. Wilson's relationship with congress had been contentious at best since the American entry into the war. One part of this stemmed from the president's problems with his own party. Firstly, Democrats failed to support Wilson’s unpopular proposal to give the administration the power to censor the press, which resulted in the measure’s defeat. At the same time, Wilson had difficulty convincing Democrats to raise an American army through conscription. Southern Democrats in particular tended to oppose the draft because they believed it would favour the wealthy and the interests of corporations which dominated the north, and feared arming African Americans. Loyalty to Wilson eventually trumped such concerns, especially after Republicans tried to include a provision in the draft bill to allow Theodore Roosevelt to raise his own division of volunteers. Seeing this as a political threat to the president, most Democrats dropped their opposition to conscription. On a third issue, financing the war, the administration and congressional Democrats at first agreed that 50 percent of war revenue should be raised through taxes on the wealthy and corporate profits and 50 percent through loans but the Republicans blocked this approach in the Senate. To break the deadlock, the administration agreed to raise only around 25 percent of its needed new revenue through taxation.

    Wilson’s retreat on the tax issue irritated progressive Democrats and in mid-1918, as the German Offensive came to an end, when Wilson had to ask Congress for more funding for the war, they dragged their feet on enacting anything. Woman’s suffrage and the administration’s policy on agricultural price controls also frayed Wilson’s relationship with congressional Democrats. Many southern and border-state Democrats opposed a constitutional amendment to enact woman’s suffrage despite Wilson’s pleas from January 1918 onward to pass the measure, dragging on through the year. More ominously for Wilson, western Democrats simultaneously became enraged over the administration’s refusal to raise the federally guaranteed price of wheat from $2.20 to $2.40 a bushel. Wilson believed the increase would stoke inflation and force the British to borrow more money from the United States to pay for food imports. This argument failed to convince western wheat farmers given that their costs for fertilizer and machinery had risen sharply. Even more aggravating to the western states, the administration failed to control cotton prices despite their four-fold increase after April 1917 while cotton was not subject to excess war profits taxes either. Wilson refused to change course on his cotton policy in the summer of 1918 because he needed southern votes in Congress to get the 1918 war revenue bill. To westerners, though, it appeared that Wilson was simply favoring his native South over other regions of the country (13).


    If the war opened up fractures between Wilson and congressional Democrats, it had also intensified the acrimony between the president and Republicans. Embittered by election defeats since 1910 and despising Wilson’s progressive policies increasing regulation of business, conservative congressional leaders such as Henry Cabot Lodge were determined not to allow the war to enhance the standing of Wilson or the Democratic party. In 1917 they had repeatedly tried to create a congressional Joint Committee on the Conduct of the War that would have unlimited powers to investigate the administration’s management of the war. Wilson had to rely on his Democratic majority to quash the proposal. When multiple problems became apparent in the manpower and economic mobilisation effort in the winter of 1917-1918, Republican leaders attacked the administration as hopelessly incompetent.

    On the defensive, Democrats had to allow various Senate committees to launch investigations into the administration’s performance. The most serious inquiry was pursued by the Senate Military Affairs Committee under the chairmanship of rogue Democratic Senator George E. Chamberlain, who called for the creation of a “War Cabinet” which would effectively undermine Wilson’s power to run the war effort. An impressive defense of the administration’s record before Chamberlain’s committee by Secretary of War Newton D. Baker helped Wilson to fend off these challenges, and he persuaded Congress that the best way to improve management of war production was to let him reorganize executive agencies on his own (13).

    However, the situation remained in considerable flux throughout mid-1918 as the mid-term election campaigns came ever nearer. Particularly the issues of wheat price guarantees, Irish conscription, the secret treaties, the conduct of the war and the government's harsh crackdown against American pacifists would come to play an important role in the elections to come. The British retreat across the Somme and continued American inaction on the front would lead to Republican attacks on the government, with many of them demanding that America pick up the slack and support the forces of freedom and democracy against the Hun. This pressure from behind would play a key role in the decision by the government to hurry along the training of American soldiers and resulted in even further dedication of resources to the transport of American troops across the Atlantic.

    The publication of the Secret Treaties in April and May of 1918 in Germany would hit the American press and political scene like a mortar grenade in June, with the Republicans quickly grasping onto the treaties as proof of Wilsonian weakness - showcasing how empty the Fourteen Points were. The struggle over war aims, and whether the American public could trust Wilson or the Allies to uphold the high-minded principles laid out in the Fourteen Points became a major campaign issue and spurred on the growth of the otherwise scattered and disorganized pacifist campaign - having been shattered by the government in 1917 and early 1918, with most of their leaders imprisoned. The conscription campaign in Ireland would bring trouble for Wilson somewhat later and swiftly caused major problems with the large Irish population in the North-East. Repairing his relationship with the Irish would cost Wilson dearly and forced him to spend a great deal of time calming down Irish community leaders in order to prevent largescale anti-British demonstrations - the specter of the New York Draft Riots during the Civil War hanging like a grim specter over the Wilson government.

    Footnotes:

    (10) The Americans really were patently unready for what they were about to experience and got incredibly lucky IOTL - fighting against an enemy experiencing a morale collapse, out of their trenches, and even then they experienced some of the highest casualty rates (adjusted for how long they were on the frontlines) of the war. The entire setup of the American divisions was as I have outlined - more than double the size of Allied divisions but with the same number of officers as the other Allies had in their divisions. The NCO and Officer corps were extremely understaffed for what was needed and American combat doctrine was centered on mass assaults by infantry. In addition to all that, ITTL the Americans are forced onto the line even faster than IOTL, where they had between March and July to build up and prepare for the influx of soldiers. Here they barely have a month to adjust before being forced onto the line to replace French forces - who are themselves being forced to move further up the line to compensate for the English losses.

    (11) These three fronts are, respectively, (1) the Champagne Sector from the Oise to the upper Aisne Rivers, which the French have held throughout the war, (2) the Lorraine-Vosges Sector from the Moselle to the Alps, focusing on the Vosges mountains - hard terrain even in the best of circumstances, and (3) the Italian front where Sarrail has recently been made commander.

    (12) The Meuse-Argonne offensive has the goal of securing the major rail hub at Sedan which services many of the transport lines to Flanders - in the hopes that this will weaken the positions in Flanders and on the Somme enough for the British to force their way across. The offensive against Metz, beginning with St Mihiel, is an attempt at opening up one of the major railroads into Verdun, which the St Mihiel Salient is currently disrupting, before cutting the German rail network at Metz which would cut the connection between the two German Army Groups in the region, facing the Champagne and Lorraine-Vosges sectors respectively.

    (13) This is basically the situation from IOTL. Wilson definitely did not have an easy time when dealing with the War Congress IOTL, and it isn't going to look much better ITTL. The fact that Wilson accomplished as much as he did IOTL is something of a minor miracle - as is the fact he was able to keep the congress away from having much of a direct influence on the war effort.


    382px-Ausrufung_Republik_Scheidemann.jpg

    Crowds Outside The Reichstag Celebrating The Victory in Flanders

    The Dangers of Optimism

    The outpouring of joy that consumed Germany on learning of the victory in Flanders shook the political foundations of the German Peace Movement, centred primarily on the USDP, and led to the further growth of the Deutche Vaterlandpartei, the recently formed far-right party led by Wolfgang Kapp and Alfred Tirpitz which called for unconditional support of the German Empire and Army. The bombardment of good news over the last year, first in the East and now in the West, had helped to shore up popular support for the war, which was now believed to be winnable. Rumours that the German Army would attack the French next and capture Paris ran rampant, despite the best efforts of Hoffmann's OHL to quiet expectations. The few attempted strikes during mid-1918 found themselves quickly broken up, often violently, by right-wing agitators who demanded that workers return to their duties. A feeling of hope permeated Germany as grain and other food supplies from the Ukraine, Romania and Italy began to alleviate the serious food shortages of the previous year. Public morale remained fragile, but for the time being the German populace was willing to suffer on in hopes of victory.

    Max Hoffmann, having significantly strengthened Germany's defensive positions and imperilled British control of the English Channel, felt that now was the time to return to the defensive. With the Americans entering their trenches around Verdun and the German Army stretched to the seams during the recent offensive, Hoffmann believed that if the Allies could be convinced that the war might last for several years more, then he and Kühlmann might be able to undermine the tense Allied relationships and secure peace with one of the members of the expanded Entente. The Americans had no true bone in the fight and the trio of Hoffmann, Kühlmann and Chancellor Hertlingen believed that a taste of real war might just scare them off. The British had just been mauled and faced increasing internal turmoil and a war-weary populace, while word of the French pacifist strikes in May and June were key to convincing the German leadership that they might be able to drive a wedge between their greatest enemy and their anglophone allies (14).

    The German Diplomatic Offensive of the summer of 1918 was closely coordinated by Kühlmann and Hoffmann and saw public entreaties to all three of the Allies in an effort at winning the support of the war-weary in France and Britain. These public entreaties, coming after the victories in Flanders, were believed by the central duo to corrode the willingness of the Allied soldiers to fight and to heavily impact their home fronts. By presenting themselves as honest brokers looking for peace, OHL and the German Foreign Ministry hoped to further strengthen anti-war sentiment in the Allied countries while weakening the arguments of the USDP and wider anti-war movement in Germany (14).

    This did have the unforeseen effect of turning the most rabid nationalists and militarists, who believed that the German army could crush all opposition before them, against the leadership of OHL and prompted a public campaign to bring back Hindenburg and Ludendorff - a campaign marked by rabid anti-Semitism aimed squarely against Hoffmann, drawing on Ludendorff's own campaign against Hoffmann's wife. Hoffmann, a man always given to caustic wit and a penchant for grudge-bearing, used his power as Chief of OHL to stamp down hard on these campaigners, treating them exactly as though they were part of the far-left anti-war movement threatening the war effort - by throwing hundreds of them into prison. Both Tirpitz and Kapp were able to avoid this crackdown entirely, and Alfred Hugenberg found himself threatened with the confiscation of his media empire if he continued to undermine trust in OHL, but avoided the harshest of the crackdown, alongside many of the other prominent men in the movement. Instead it would be lesser men such as Anton Drexler, Rudolf von Sebottendorf, Gottfried Feder and Alfred Roth who would all find themselves imprisoned alongside various left-wing radicals. All four men would be dead by the time the war ended and their surviving fellows were released. In the end the campaign against Hoffmann was forced to an end by the public endorsement of the Chief of Staff by Hindenburg himself, though Ludendorff's refusal to say a single positive word about Hoffmann continued (15).

    The Allies, busy with their internal turmoil in June and early July, played for time and worked to sabotage negotiations without seeming to do so. None of the Allied leaders believed that ending the war on the back foot would be anything other than political suicide and were terrified of the prospect of an ascendant Germany. However, it was in this period that the opaque diplomatic channels between Austria-Hungary and France sprang to life once more on the suggestion of Kühlmann. Over the course of the next several months, the French Foreign Ministry would negotiate in secret with the Central Powers, despite Clemenceau's own resistance to the idea, on the orders of Foreign Minister Stephen Pichon, who resented Clemenceau's intervention in issues under the traditional purview of the Foreign Ministry. Nothing much would come of these negotiations, neither public nor private, for the time being, but it helped to reestablish diplomatic links between the Central Powers and their adversaries.

    From the moment men had reached the Croazat Canal, the Germans had been building up their defenses along the Somme. This effort exploded following the British retreat across the Somme, as the German Army moved forward to the northern bank of the Somme and set about building up not only their 10-kilometre wide series of defences, but also the extensive infrastructural works they would require to keep the front well supplied and defended. It was here that the immense amount of supplies captured during Operation GEORG came into play. Using the British supplies to greatly expand on what was available to them, the Germans set about constructing their new defences under the direction of the defensive genius General Lossberg, who Hoffmann had given wide latitude to construct the defensive line along the Somme.

    Using the pre-existing dense railway network in the region, the Germans were able to complete their work significantly quicker than the British across the river, and still had time to construct the extremely complex defensive works for which Lossberg had become famous, having played a key role in German defensive doctrine throughout the war, most prominently in the construction of the Siegfried Line - known to the Allies as the Hindenburg Line. Hoffmann would undertake a comprehensive analysis of the new frontlines to determine the most likely location of the next Allied offensive, which he believed had to come on the Western Front. The Somme and Vosges regions were quickly discarded, one because of the perceived damage done to the British and the other for its terrain, leaving the Franco-American positions between the two as the most likely focus of an offensive.

    Thus, Hoffmann ordered significant reinforcements into the region, transferring large numbers of men from Flanders where they were no longer needed, and a comprehensive examination of all possible locations for an attack in the region. The primary focus of these efforts would come to focus on the St. Mihiel Salient, the Chemins des Dames region and the lines just north of Reims. In response to the threat in the Champagne, Hoffmann had Lossberg named Chief of Staff of Heeresgruppe Deutscher Kronprinz and given effective command of the five armies in the region in late-June 1918, while the work along the Somme was concluded by others.

    Footnotes:

    (14) This is again an important example of how differently Hoffmann and Ludendorff approached situations like this. The partnership between OHL and the Foreign Ministry is an extremely important aspect of why the Germans are able to coordinate these diplomatic offensives and the like. The evaluation of the Allied positions here are from the PoV of the Germans and might not be entirely accurate, and the Allies are unlikely to enter negotiations when they are in as bad position as they happen to be in at this point. This is particularly the case since it seems as though the Germans are finished with their offensives and the Allies now have a period of breathing room to make changes.


    (15) The German far-right make a miscalculation and end up having Hoffmann turn his wrath against them. The four men I mentioned as being imprisoned and killed are more an effort to name recognisable names than anything else, but they all played a role in the early Nazi party and several of them were key actors in the Thule Society. This is by no means a deathblow to the anti-Semitic right in Germany, but it does weaken them significantly for the time being. The fact that Hugenberg finds his control of his media empire imperiled will also have an important impact on how far he is willing to go and what lines he is willing to cross when it comes to opposing the wishes of the Army. Hugenberg is also just an example of the types of men who find themselves pressured by OHL to change their tune for the time being, there were dozens of others who found themselves under similar threats ITTL, but his name would be recognizable to most readers.

    Summary:

    Britain finds itself engulfed in political crisis, resulting in major changes in leadership positions though Lloyd George survives. The Irish Conscription Crisis begins.

    France experiences major anti-war demonstrations and strikes which are forcibly suppressed, though concessions are made to the Socialists through the release and reassignment of prominent socialist figures.

    American soldiers take up a sector of the front while political pressure in America forces Wilson to push for positive results as soon as possible.

    Germany is jubilant after Operation GEORG, but face political, military and diplomatic challenges. They fortify their positions and prepare for an Allied assault.

    End Note:

    And that brings us to an end as regards the immediate consequences of Operation GEORG. The Allies find themselves under pressure like rarely before and are taking increasingly harsh expedients to resolve the tension. At the same time, they plan military operations to reestablish their position of dominance in the West while the Germans prepare to repel the coming assault.

    When we return to the western front we will be examining the Allied counter to the German Spring Offensives, but before that we have to return to Russia to examine what is going on there while all eyes are in the west. I really hope you find all of this interesting, I personally think I was able to dig out a number of interesting events happening in this period IOTL and giving them a bit of a spin.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Eleven: Russia at War
  • Russia At War

    640px-Denikin_and_Wrangel_in_Tsaritsyn%2C_1919.png

    General Brusilov and General Wrangel Inspect Forces in Rostov-on-Don

    War on the Don

    The middle of 1918 saw the Don Whites experience considerable turmoil, as tensions between Liberal and Reactionary factions within the movement sent reverberations through southern Russia, even as conflict with half a dozen different rival factions in the region led to a bitter struggle for survival. The Liberals, led most prominently by Aleksei Brusilov, found themselves largely outnumbered by their reactionary brethren, but were not only closer aligned to each other and experiencing considerably greater support from the middle classes, but were also deeply inspired by their talented leaders.

    The Reactionaries on the other hand were split into four major sections which all hated each other almost as much as they hated the Liberals. These sections included the reactionary monarchists, who hoped to return the Romanovs to their rightful throne as Supreme Autocrat, rallying behind the goal of elevating Mikhail Romanov to the throne, and made up the largest of the four sections. There were the Kornilovan reactionaries, who were in favour of alignment with the recently ascended Vozhd in Petrograd, making up the second largest section. Then there were the All-Russian reactionaries, who were the most inclined towards working with Brusilov in the short term to return Russia to its rightful place in the world, but firmly disagreed with his support for liberal policies. Finally, there were the Cossack and Ukrainian reactionaries, who were largely disinterested in expansion outside of their native lands, whose prime directive was the forceful end to German supremacy in the region and sought the establishment of a truly independent South Russian state. While the Kornilovans proved the most belligerent of the four, demanding a public declaration of submission to the Vozhd from the Don White leadership, the most immediate threat to Brusilov's regime proved to come from the monarchists.

    With Mikhail Romanov in Novocherkassk, where he had been set up by the monarchists in a bid to keep him safe from both Red and Liberal assassins, Brusilov was continually forced to worry about his rear and experienced considerable difficulties commanding many of his immediate subordinates due to their political differences. While the wider officer corps, which composed the majority of the Don White army, were largely willing to follow Brusilov because of his name, the upper ranks proved downright toxic. At times they would even go so far as to sabotage military efforts in a bid to undermine Brusilov's position on more than one occasion, hoping to topple him from power in order to secure a route to greater power for their reactionary faction.

    After a major supply shortage forced a premature end to Brusilov's planned Tsaritsyn Campaign, and his subsequent dismissal of several of the most intransigent reactionaries, Brusilov found himself under threat from the reactionaries. On the 8th of June 1918, a junior officer of reactionary monarchist sympathies opened fire on General Brusilov and his close supporter General Pyotr Wrangel while they were inspecting troops in Rostov. The officer missed, wounding two adjutants and killing a woman in the crowd, but almost made his escape successfully, having to be chased down by Brusilov's Cossack allies on the outskirts of the city. The revelation of the assassin's reactionary monarchist ties and the faction's role in the assassination attempt was all Brusilov needed to consolidate his hold on power. In a sweeping operation that saw more than 150 important monarchists arrested and executed, Brusilov was able to crush the monarchist faction conclusively (1).

    Mikhail Romanov and his family would soon discover that they were no longer welcome among the Don Whites, and were forced to depart the Don alongside a small but fanatically loyal following of survivors from the purge. They set out for Siberia in late July 1918, having heard word of a growing White movement in the region. The Kornilovan reactionaries, increasingly worried that they would be the next to be purged, decided to abandon the Don and set out for Petrograd across the Ukraine. This plan was far from well thought out and turned into a bloody disaster as the peasantry turned on the reactionaries, torturing and murdering them by the thousands. The survivors would have to cut their way across half of Russia to get to safety, shedding anything and anyone who might slow them down, including their own women and children in many instances. The Northern March would harden the survivors and turned them into one of the most effective fighting forces in Russia at the time, serving at the forefront of Petrograd's military efforts for as long as they could.

    Besides the sabotage of the Tsaritsyn push and the attempted assassination, there was another very good reason for Brusilov to remove any distractions that might interfere with his actions, for the Don Cossacks were now at war with one another. Following the defeat of the Bolshevik drive on Rostov, the relationship between the northern and southern Don Cossacks, aligning behind Mironov and Kaledin respectively, had turned deadly. On the 17th of April, Kaledin had attempted to crush Mironov's MRC in a surprise attack, only to learn that his ranks were riddled with Mironov supporters. His attack was repelled with relative ease and Mironov went on the offensive soon after, setting the Don Host lands aflame. Each little community called up their own local force to protect themselves, but while these initially declared themselves for either Mironov or Kaledin, it swiftly spun out of control as neighbourly disputes and countless blood feuds were drawn into the conflict. Soon all semblance of central authority collapsed as the Don Host turned on itself like a rabid animal.

    It did not take long before Kaledin himself came under direct attack, while men departed his army for their homes determined to defend their families. Kaledin's support crumbled quite rapidly and he found himself forced to flee his own men for safety in Rostov. The complete collapse of the countryside into anarchy presented a major problem for Brusilov, particularly since the Bolshevik-aligned Mironov seemed to gain ever greater strength by the day. The atrocities committed during the Don Host's Civil War would set the standard for the entire Russian Civil War to come. Women were raped and murdered, men and children tortured to death in search of valuables while entire villages were put to the torch. The lands south of the Don flickered with a thousand burning villages. Mironov was increasingly able to assert his authority over the rest of the Don Cossacks, though particularly in the south resistance continued. It was at this point, in mid-July 1918, that Brusilov found himself finally able to turn his attention back to his putative Cossack allies. Martialing what forces he could, he set out to defeat Mironov in battle while demanding that the Cossacks rally behind their rightful leader - Kaledin.

    The decision to support Kaledin as putative head of the Don Cossacks would prove extremely unpopular with all of the Cossack factions, none of whom wanted Kaledin back in command. In the south, the flamboyant General Pyotr Krasnov - exploiting his personal charisma and famous family ties in the Cossack community - had been declared Ataman by the Cossack Krug. He had been a journalist before the war and used his creativity to the utmost as a politician. There were no bounds to his historical imagination. He filled his speeches with archaic terms, designed to create the illusion of an ancient Cossack nationhood stretching back to the Middle Ages. By focusing on the glories of the Cossack past, he aimed to unite the Cossacks around the idea of their struggle against the Bolsheviks as a war of national liberation. It was a fancy-dress nationalism, based more on myth than on history, but it was powerful all the same. 'The All-Great Don Host', a title which had not been used in official documents since the seventeenth century, was restored on Krasnov's orders. Krasnov's appeals to Cossack nationalism struck a strong cord in the south and allowed him to consolidate his position to a considerable degree. While Brusilov and Mironov clashed in skirmishes across the steppe, the socialist Cossacks often coming out the better due to their knowledge of the land and ability to appear and disappear at will on the steppe, Krasnov moved on Mironov himself and reached out to Brusilov. In a series of secretive negotiations through August 1918, Brusilov and Krasnov slowly came to an understanding. This would eventually lead Brusilov to quietly end his support of Kaledin, who committed suicide in disgrace soon afterward (2). The alliance between Krasnov and Brusilov would serve as the nucleus of the state forming on the Don.

    In the end, Mironov's fall would be the result of divided loyalties in his own camp. Following the breakout of open conflict between the Cossacks and Mironov's formal alignment with the Bolsheviks, the leadership in Moscow had immediately dispatched commissars and military trainers to support their allies. However, the arrival of Gleb Boky from the recently formed Cheka brought a whole host of difficulties into Mironov's councils. The young Cossacks who surrounded Mironov were not particularly interested in outside interference in what they viewed as an internal matter and did what they could to make the life of Boky and his subordinates as difficult as possible. Over the course of July and August, the harassment turned two-sided and blood was soon spilled. Mironov's torturous contortions to keep both his own followers and his Russian allies working together against the Whites put immense pressure on Mironov himself and led to a precipitous fall in popularity for the Cossack leader. This culminated in early September when Mironov was forced to punish a close Cossack ally, Rostovsky, for the murder of one of Boky's aides by having him executed. A bare few days later, Mironov would be stabbed to death by a cabal of his own men, led by Rostovsky's cousin, in revenge. The death of Mironov unraveled the Don Cossack MRC, and forced Boky to flee for his life back to Moscow where he was given a promotion to a more administrative post in the Cheka - taking charge of the Cheka's detention camps.

    The death of Mironov and unraveling of his faction of the Don Cossacks allowed the Don Whites to consolidate their hold of the Don Host and large sections of the Donbas. It was here that the final touches on an alliance between Brusilov's Whites and the Allies was concluded. Since the Liberals under Alexeev and Brusilov had taken Rostov, the Allies had been working to establish some sort of relationship with them as a counter to the German control of the region. The Allied recognition of Brusilov and Milyukov's regime as the rightful Russian government, secured by the greatly respected Prince Lvov in Paris, whose morale authority in Russia and abroad remained significant despite his failed bid as leader of Russia, brought with it a good deal of legitimacy as well as a trickle of supplies over the course of mid-1918, though the Ottoman control of the Bosporus made supplying the Black Sea difficult.

    While the actual gains from signing this agreement with the Allies were extremely limited, the ties to the Allies would have quite significant consequences for the relationship between the various White factions. While Kornilov's regime in Petrograd had never been on the best of terms with Brusilov's Don Whites, the decision of the Allies to align behind the forces in the Don put the two White factions on opposite sides of the Great War. The relationship between Brusilov and the Siberian Whites also proved quite contentious, as the Siberian Whites proved significantly more reactionary than the men left around Brusilov and hoped to secure the primary backing of the Allies for themselves. This marked the end of any possibility of cooperation between the White factions in Russia and from this point forward they would prove as likely to shoot at each other as talk. The grave consequences of Allied support for Brusilov and the marginal gains it brought would leave the Liberals on the Don questioning the utility of the alliance. In time this led to public doubts as to whether the Allies were hoping to turn the Don Whites into their stooges in Russia, little better than Kornilov's lapdog act with the Germans (3).

    Footnotes:

    (1) As you will note the further you get into the update, there really aren't any "good" guys in this and even those that get the closest to it are committing some pretty heinous atrocities. Brusilov and the Don Whites are by no means pure of heart and are more than willing to cut down people on the slightest provocation.

    (2) Kaledin committed suicide IOTL as well when his positions collapsed under Bolshevik pressure. Here it is betrayal by his allies and abandonment by his people that bring him to the same spot. Oh, and Krasnov is actually all OTL. He is quite the character.

    (3) This is similar, but worse, than what the Don Whites got IOTL from the Allies due to the continued CP control of the Bosporus preventing anything more than submarine and smuggled shipments to the region. How willing the Don Whites are to serve the Allied interests to their own detriment remains a major question.


    640px-Russian_sailors_celebrating_February_Revolution_in_Helsinki.jpg

    Russian Forces In Formation On The Ascension Of The Vozhd

    All Hail The Vozhd

    The official formation of the Russian State in Petrograd occurred on the 1st of June 1918, a month after Kornilov and his supporters had been given control of Petrograd and its environs by the Germans. Having made major concessions to the Germans during the negotiations, they were able to reap the rewards of alignment with the Central Powers with immediate effect. The Petrograd Whites were armed and supplied by the Germans and were handed back de jure administration of vast swathes of Estonia and Belarus which had been captured by the Germans earlier in the year. Furthermore, representatives from the Petrograd Whites were given access to the millions of Russian prisoners of war as a recruitment base, thereby allowing the Petrograders to rapidly expand their military. This would prove to play a vital role in the early survival of the regime, as Red resistance to the Petrograd Whites proved incredibly fierce in the lands under their control. Representatives of the Petrograd regime were murdered on taking up their posts, ambushes of government troops ran rampant and strikes and demonstrations occurred near-constantly.

    The countryside in particular proved extremely difficult to control. A fact which would play a key part in provoking the White Terror that erupted across the region in early July when food shortages led to riots in Petrograd. The Petrograd government armed requisitioning brigades, known as prodotriady, who were empowered to occupy villages and extract their surplus grain by force. Food brigades would emulate the methods of the tsarist police and actually became a haven for former police officers. Sometimes they occupied a village and tortured the peasants in brutal fashion until the required amount of food and property was handed over, often reminiscent of a medieval inquisition. The approach of a food brigade was enough to make peasants flee in panic. The Prodotriady would soon take on the terrifying moniker of "Oprichniki" in reference to Tsar Ivan the Terrible's detested secret police. Most peasants tried to hide their precious grain stocks from the food brigades. Bags of flour were buried under floorboards, in the lofts of barns, deep in the woods and underground. The brigades assumed that all the villages did this and that the hidden grain was surplus, whereas in fact it often found vital reserves of seed and food. A 'battle for grain' thus began, with the brigades using terror to squeeze out the stocks and the peasants counteracting them with passive resistance and outright revolt.

    During July and August 1918 there were over 30 uprisings against the food brigades. However, the terroristic measures would yield short-term results, allowing the White regime to feed Petrograd itself and several of the other cities and towns that had come under their control, greatly increasing their popularity with the urban populace (4). It was in the midst of this internal turmoil that Kornilov and his fellows decided to intervene in the conflict in Finland.


    In order to understand the Finnish conflict it is necessary to understand the factors that led to it. Prior to the February Revolution, Finland had been in the grips of an intense and bitterly opposed Russification Campaign which had stripped away the autonomous rule enjoyed by Finland during the 19th Century and intruded deeply into local life in the country. This had been ended by the Provisional Government after the February Revolution, with the restoration of autonomous rule and handed power to the Finnish Senate and Parliament.

    During 1917, a power struggle between conservative and socialist factions combined with the social disintegration of Finland's past structures. The slow collapse of Russia induced a chain reaction of disintegration, starting from the government, military and economy, and spreading to all fields of society, such as local administration, workplaces and to individual citizens. The social democrats wanted to retain the civil rights already achieved and to increase the socialists' power over society while the conservatives feared the loss of their long-held socio-economic dominance. Both factions collaborated with their equivalents in Russia, deepening the split in the nation.

    The Social Democratic Party gained an absolute majority in the parliamentary elections of 1916 but a new Senate, formed in March 1917 by Oskari Tokoi, did not reflect the socialists' large parliamentary majority: it comprised six social democrats and six non-socialists. In theory, the Senate consisted of a broad national coalition, but in practice, with the main political groups unwilling to compromise and top politicians remaining outside of it, it proved unable to solve any major Finnish problem, be it economic, social, political or cultural.

    The passing of a "Law of Supreme Power" in July 1917 by the Finnish parliament triggered a key crisis in the power struggle between social democrats and conservatives. Centering on the political sovereignty of the former Grand Duchy, the bill was an attempt at placing the parliament as the central pillar of authority in Finland - to the detriment of the Finnish Senate, a clear attempt at undermining the conservative positions of power in Finland. The bill passed in spite of conservative support and eventually led to them resigning from parliament and walking out. The bill would find a hard time in Petrograd where the provisional government was itself undertaking a right-wing turn in response to the July Days, and as such the issue remained in limbo for several months.

    The Kornilov Crisis was the key turning point on the issue, with the change in government prompting a significant change in attitude. The Soviet Government of September and October were more than happy to support this measure, as they were planning to enact a similar approach to state legitimacy in the Constituent Assembly. At the same time, the rise of the Soviet Government provoked significant pushback from the Finish conservatives, who found the idea of a Soviet government horrifying. The struggle between the social democrats and their conservative rivals had already turned deadly, with an agricultural worker having been shot during a local strike on the 9th August 1917 at Ypäjä and a Civil Guard member had been killed in a local political struggle at Malmi on the 24th September. During the months between the September Rising and the Parsky Offensive, the relationship between the social democrats and their non-socialist allies in the parliament had been steadily deteriorating as more and more extreme socialist policies were enacted, including the decision to replace the Senate and Parliament with a Constituent Assembly, an act that had drawn a veto from the conservative Senate and a counter-general strike that eventually forced the Senate to bow to social democratic demands in mid-November.

    The February Revolution had resulted in a significant loss of institutional authority in Finland and the dissolution of the police force, creating fear and uncertainty. In response, both the right and left had begun assembling their own security groups, which were initially local and largely unarmed. By late 1917 the absence of a strong government and national armed forces, led these security groups to begin assuming a broader and more paramilitary character. The Civil Guards and the later White Guards were organized by local men of influence: conservative academics; industrialists; major landowners, and activists while the Workers' Order Guards and the Red Guards were recruited through the local social democratic party sections and from the labor unions, the Social Democratic Party viewing the Red Guards as a potential replacement for a national armed force.

    The Parsky Offensive's initial successes buoyed the social democratic government enough to go through with their most radical action yet: banning security groups while declaring the Red Guards and Workers' Order Guards a national militia, in effect exempting them from the ban. This was the log that broke the camel's back for the conservatives. Moving swiftly, an extremist faction of White Guards in Helsinki launched an attempted coup against the Parliament - attacking it while in session. In the resultant struggle half a dozen members of parliament, mostly social democrats, were gunned down while the White Guards were forced back by rapidly assembled Red Guards. Helsinki soon descended into all out warfare, as urban warfare gripped Finland's capital. Reprisals against White supporters of all stripes soon followed, as violence swiftly spun out of control - forcing Whites to band together to resist the Reds (5).


    While the Red Guards in Helsinki were able to force the Whites out of the city, the Whites were able to successfully declare independence on the 27th of February 1918 from the western coastal city of Vaasa under the leadership of Pehr Svinhufvud's Senate, followed by a separate declaration of independence by the Red Parliament in Helsinki on the 2nd of April. The White military was organised by the incredible military leader Carl Gustaf Emil Mannerheim from around Vaasa and received quite significant support from the Swedish and German governments. While the Russian government had been able to provide support early in the struggle, resulting in the successful capture of Viipuri and Sortavala early in the struggle, their aid soon waned as the situation grew ever more dire to the south.

    While the Russian government's aid to the Finnish Reds weakened, Swedish and German support grew markedly. As a result, the Finnish Reds found themselves slowly driven back, most importantly losing Pori in a brilliant campaign conducted by himself Mannerheim. However, over the course of April and May, the Reds were able to force the Whites to a stalemate. This all changed when Kornilov turned his sights on Finland at the behest of his German patrons, who were finding it difficult to justify the manpower they were dedicating to the conflict when an Allied offensive threatened. As a result, Kornilov dispatched his close ally Denikin with an army 25,000 strong, the best of the prisoners of war from Germany, to Finland.

    Denikin's sudden intervention in late-June 1918 sent shockwaves through Finland. The two Finnish factions had both amassed around 85,000 men at this point in time and were able to match each other quite well, but the Reds had nothing that could stop this Russian juggernaut. Viipuri, Vyborg to the Russians, was the first to fall to Denikin, who implemented a horrific slaughter of Red Guards and their suspected sympathisers, killing almost a tenth of the population in the purge. This would be repeated at Kouvola before the Reds were able to redeploy sufficient men to hold the Russians. However, this weakened Red positions in the west, where Mannerheim now launched an all-out assault on multiple fronts.

    In a flurry of blows the Reds were soon confined to Helsinki and Turku, while in the rear an ugly retribution for an incipient Red Terror was undertaken by enraged Whites. The Battles of Turku and Helsinki would last for several days, as the Reds conducted a last stand, but by the end of July the Finnish Reds had been defeated. The Finnish Whites now turned their attention towards Denikin, who they worried might hold onto rightfully Finnish territory. The tense standoff was broken by German diplomats who were quick to intervene, chivying Denikin out of Finland while forcing the Finns to promise that they would aid Kornilov in his planned military campaign against Moscow. A brutal Finnish White Terror followed soon after which left many thousands dead.

    Footnotes:

    (4) This is actually written on the basis of the Bolshevik war on the peasantry and their early efforts at securing food stock under War Communism. I don't think it too much of a stretch for something like this to be enacted by the Petrograd Whites, given they did something similar on the Don IOTL.

    (5) ITTL it takes longer for the Finns to declare independence and to start their Civil War, meaning that it is still in its early phases when the Petrograd Whites emerge. The circumstances of the start of the Civil War are also a bit more dramatic, but lead to a similar result in the early period with much of the same lands initially held by Reds and Whites as IOTL.


    640px-19180830-grave_uritzy_red_terror.jpg

    Banner In Moscow Reading - "Death to the Burzhooi and their minions – Long live the Red Terror"

    The Red and The Black

    The collapse of the Russian Republic in the period between late-February and July 1918 was a defining time in the history of the Moscow Reds. During this period they were faced with significant food shortages, partially resolved by creating the beginnings of a local-level syndicalist economy of exchanges between factory and village soviets of food and manufactured goods, as well as refugees crowding into their cities. They faced a military struggle in the Ukraine and on the Don, the sudden thrust of the RSDLP through the Muscovite's northern territories and the resultant loss of their eastern possessions, White and Burzhooi agitation and a tense relationship with both the Anarchist and Peasant Socialist political figures who had increasingly begun to congregate in Moscow, joining the Soviet and engaging in a spirited political debate with the ruling Bolsheviks.

    There were some voices in the Bolshevik party who wanted to get rid of the Anarchists and SRs, referring to Lenin's dictates on the dictatorship of the proletariat by the Bolshevik vanguard, but they were few and far between, not penetrating the party's central committee. Here, creative reinterpretations of Lenin's vanguard precept would lead to a new focus on the formation of a big-tent left-wing government, which would provide a unified external face to the outside world, but allow for dynamic cross-pollination of leftist ideologies within the party in search of establishing Marx's Communist Society. This was a period of immense turmoil and upheaval, with the potential for bringing about the long dreamed of Communist world promised in Marx's writings a constant refrain. As the RSDLP alienated democratic socialists, peasant socialists and particularly anarchistic socialists, there was a general feeling amongst the far-left that the future of Russian socialism lay in Moscow rather than in Petrograd, and later Yekaterinburg.

    This rush of disparate leftists presented a question to the Bolshevik Central Committee. What to do about them? It would be Nikolai Bukharin who took the lead on this issue, proposing an alliance with the Anarchists and Peasants, a measure the Bolsheviks had already been working towards in a more diffuse manner. They would support the forcible confiscation of estates by the peasantry and allow extensive local government on a range of central issues. In return they would gain the loyalty of the peasantry and the right to call on them for service in the war. At the same time, the leadership set about arranging for a merging of the Bolsheviks and Socialist Revolutionaries with the collective Anarchist representatives in the Moscow Soviet into a single vanguard party.

    This merging would see the birth of the Communist Party of Russia - so named for its dedication to creating the Communist society outlined in Marxist ideology. The joining of the three major factions in Moscow thus created what was effectively a single-party state with a strong Central Committee to direct their actions. This was matched by the expansion of the Central Committee to include the Anarchist Lev Cherniy as well as the former SR leaders Maria Spiridonova and Yakov Blumkin. Cherniy would find himself put to good use, establishing contact with the emerging Anarchist Army of Nestor Makhno in the Ukraine, who was soon after invited to Moscow and given leadership of the Muscovite war effort in the region (6).

    The feeling that Moscow better represented the future of Russian socialism led to a major exodus from Petrograd, even prior to the collapse of the Russian regime in Petrograd, by thinkers and artists of countless leftist persuasions. Anarchists and socialists of all stripes congregated in Moscow under the auspices of the Bolsheviks, who at the direction of Nikolai Bukharin welcomed them with open arms. It was in this period, as Trotsky was cracking down on the opposition parties in Petrograd, that Maxim Gorky and his disparate collection of artists, writers, actors and musicians departed Petrograd for Moscow. Perhaps most importantly, this included the former RSDLP politician Anatoly Lunacharsky, who had grown disillusioned with his party's leadership. The arrival of Gorky and his fellows in Moscow would come to be regarded as the starting point for the cultural flowering of Moscow, resulting from Gorky successfully making common cause with his close friend and relative-by-adoption Yakov Sverdlov to ensure extensive creative freedom for the artists congregating in Moscow.

    The resultant artistic movements in Moscow, often spoken of collectively as Proletkult, a portmanteau of "proletarskaya kultura" - translating as proletarian culture, would prove immensely influential in how the Moscow Reds were perceived. Writers and artists heralded the regime in Moscow as paragons of socialism, mythologised the Russian Revolution and the ongoing Civil War. The sheer quality of the propaganda created under the Proletkult movement would come to define the Muscovite Civil War Era and proved fundamental in reshaping the people under Moscow's rule into supporters of the regime. A bombardment of extremely effective and moving works of art, would make Moscow the undisputed cultural capital of Red Russia and associate it strongly with the international socialist movement, influencing both art and socialism outside Russia in profound ways. In many ways, the Proletkult movement would build on the outlines of the Vpered Group and took much of the mindset behind it with them. A key goal of the Proletkult movement would prove to be the education and edification of the farmers, soldiers and workers of Russia with the educational efforts of the official responsible for the Cultural apparatus, Alexander Bogdanov, proving immensely successful in this task. Socialist reading primers were dispatched to the frontlines alongside teachers to instruct the soldiery in both reading and their duties as a Communist Soldier. The indoctrination and education efforts undertaken by the Proletkult movement would reap numerous rewards for the Muscovite regime, building an immense degree of loyalty to the Communist Party and the Communist International Movement (7).


    However, while the Bolsheviks made friends with their fellow left-wingers, their behaviour towards Burzhooi and the Whites was a different matter entirely. In May 1918, following the sudden onslaught by Trotsky and his supporters in northern Russia on their trek east, it was determined by the Central Committee that the current Military Revolutionary Council was not sufficient to managing information gathering, counter-intelligence, military operations and internal security.

    This would result in a major reshuffling as the Moscow government fundamentally reshaped its organisational structures. First of all, military matters, including supply and logistics, would remain under the auspices of the MRC, under Bubnov's leadership, while the remainder were grouped together under the All-Russian Extraordinary Commission, shortened to Cheka, and given over to Dzerzhinsky's leadership. The Cheka worked outside the law: there was not even a published decree to mark its organisation, only the secret minutes of the Central Committee, to which the Cheka was supposed to be subordinated, although in reality it was virtually beyond political account for much of its initial development. At the meeting at which it was established Dzerzhinsky described the task of the Cheka as a merciless war against the internal enemies of the revolution: "We need to send to that front, the most dangerous and cruel of fronts, determined, hard, dedicated comrades ready to do anything in defence of the Revolution. Do not think that I seek forms of revolutionary justice; we are not now in need of justice. It is war now, face to face, a fight to the finish. Life or death."

    Gorky would prove highly critical of the butchery that was to follow, and was able to shield many from the Cheka's scrutiny, but in the end it would all be given over to Red Terror. The Terror erupted from below. It was an integral element of the social revolution from the start. The Bolsheviks encouraged but did not create this mass terror. The main institutions of the Terror were all shaped, at least in part, in response to these pressures from below. The anarchic plunder of bourgeois, Church and noble property was legitimized and institutionalized by the Bolshevik decrees of revolutionary confiscation and taxation, which the local Chekas then enforced through the arrest of 'bourgeois' and 'counter-revolutionary' hostages. The mob trials of bourgeois employers, officers, speculators and other 'enemies of the people' were institutionalised through the People's Courts and the crude system of 'revolutionary justice' which they administered, which in turn became a part of the Cheka Terror.

    The Cheka system, as centrally organized political terror, did not really take off until the late summer of 1918. During the early months of the Bolshevik regime, the Cheka system was, like the rest of the state apparatus, extremely decentralized; and this often meant that social pressures, such as the desire of the local population to despoil the rich and powerful, or even the desire of one community to pursue a vendetta against another, could determine whom the local Cheka bosses chose to arrest or execute. This 'mass terror' was at the social roots of the Cheka's Terror that would soon follow. There could be no doubt that the Terror struck a deep chord in the Russian civil war mentality, and that it had a strange mass appeal. The slogan 'Death to the Bourgeoisie!', which was written on the walls of the Cheka interrogation rooms, was also the slogan of the street. People would even go so far as to call their daughters Terrora (8).

    Conditions in the Cheka prisons were generally much worse than in any tsarist jail. A government inspection of the Moscow Taganka jail in October 1918, for example, found overcrowded cells, no water, grossly inadequate rations and heating, and sewage dumped in the courtyard. Nearly half the 1,500 inmates were chronically sick, 10 per cent of them with typhus. Corpses were found in the cells. Many of the Cheka's most notorious techniques had been borrowed from the tsarist police. The use of provocateurs, stool-pigeons and methods of torture to extract confessions and denunciations came straight out of the Okhrana's book. This was hardly surprising, the Bolsheviks and their allies had sat in tsarist jails for years. They had literally learned the system from the inside, and they now applied it with a vengeance. Dzerzhinsky had spent half his adult life in tsarist prisons and labor camps before he became head of the Cheka. It was not surprising if he set out to inflict on his victims the same cruelty he had suffered in those years. Hatred and indifference to human suffering were to varying degrees ingrained in the minds of all the Bolshevik leaders, likely a legacy of their prison years.

    The ingenuity of the Cheka's torture methods was matched only by the Spanish Inquisition. Each local Cheka had its own specialty. In Kharkov they were great supporters of the 'glove trick' — burning the victim's hands in boiling water until the blistered skin could be peeled off: this left the victims with raw and bleeding hands and their torturers with 'human gloves'. The Tsaritsyn Cheka sawed its victims' bones in half. In Voronezh they rolled their naked victims in nail-studded barrels. In Kiev they affixed a cage with rats to the victim's torso and heated it so that the enraged rats ate their way through the victim's guts in an effort to escape. A favorite winter torture was to pour water on the naked victims until they became living ice statues. Many Chekas preferred psychological forms of torture. One had the victims led off to what they thought was their execution, only to find that a blank was fired at them. Another had the victims buried alive, or kept in a coffin with a corpse. Some Chekas forced their victims to watch their loved ones being tortured, raped or killed. There were many sadists in the Chekas. They treated the tortures as sport, vying with each other to perform the most extreme violence. Most of the sadists were young men in their teens brutalised by war and revolution. Many were out to prove their 'hardness'.

    A good number of the Cheka were not even Russians, but rather a mix of Poles, Latvians, and particularly Armenians and Jews, who were seen as less likely to sympathise with the Russians who made up the majority of their victims. Even so, many of the Cheka's torture methods were reminiscent of the brutal forms of killing employed by the Russian peasantry. Such was the brutalizing effect of this relentless violence that more than a few Chekists ended up insane. Bukharin said that psychopathic disorders were an occupational hazard of the Chekist profession. Many Chekists hardened themselves to the killings by heavy drinking or drug abuse. For example, the notorious sadist Saenko, the Kharkov master of the 'glove trick', was a cocaine addict. To distance themselves from the violence the Chekists also developed a gangster like slang for the verb to kill: they talked of 'shooting partridges', of 'sealing' a victim, or giving him the natsokal - an onomatopoeia of the trigger action. Executions were the final product of this industrialisation of terror. Tens of thousands of summary executions were carried out in courtyards and cellars, or in deserted fields on the edge of towns, during the years of the civil war. Whole prisons would be emptied by the Cheka before a town was abandoned to the Whites. At night the cities tried to sleep to the sound of people being shot (8).

    The Red Terror evoked protests from all quarters of society. Patriarch Tikhon condemned the violence and climate of fear created by the Bolsheviks, citing the prophecy of St Matthew: All they that take the sword shall perish with the sword.' The opposition parties denounced the Terror in their newspapers. As the 'conscience of the Revolution', Gorky was by far the most outspoken critic of the Terror. Hundreds of people, from poets to peasants, wrote to him pleading for his help to save their loved ones. Gorky felt a strong moral obligation to do what he could for all of them. This was the point when the humanist in him got the better of the revolutionary: he was more concerned for the individual than any abstract cause. He bombarded the Bolshevik leaders with countless letters demanding the release of innocent individuals from the Cheka jails.

    The excesses of the Terror finally turned several key members of the Central Committee against the Terror in December 1918, when Gorky's pleas to Sverdlov and Bukharin's increasing disgust at the butchery finally led to a concerted push to end the out-of-control Cheka. In a plenum session of the Central Committee on the 8th of December 1918, Bukharin launched a fiery denunciation of the Cheka, which was soon joined by Sverdlov, Sokolnikov and Svirdlovna. Dzerzhinsky was forced on the defensive quickly, and despite the support of Yakov Blumkin, who had taken up a key position in the Cheka and filled it with his cronies from the former SR, the debate turned increasingly against the Cheka. Bubnov remained neutral on the matter and became the focus of intense lobbying by both sides. The debate continued over the next several days, as Dzerzhinsky began to waver in his support of the Cheka while Bubnov spent increasing amounts of time with Sverdlov and Gorky, Blumkin growing more obstinate. With his position as the effective head of the Cheka threatened, Dzerzhinsky finding himself kept busy with general policing and justice, Blumkin turned to his base of support for help.

    The Blumkin Affair which ensued saw a radical faction of the Cheka aligned with Blumkin try to take power from the Central Committee. A series of assassination attempts against the various members of the central committee occurred on the night of the 13th of December, as armed Chekists attacked the homes of the Central Committee members and their closest allies. However, Blumkin did not have quite the grip he believed he had on the Chekist organization and word of his plans were soon leaked to Dzerzhinsky, convincing him of a need to take the organization firmly in hand. In a secret session held as the Chekists launched their attack, the Central Committee voted to expel Blumkin from the Central Committee and the Communist Party of Russia while ordering his arrest. Loyal Chekists moved against Blumkin's own supporters in the midst of their operations alongside recently arrived military troops. Blumkin himself was gunned down by one of his bodyguards while many of Blumkin's supporters were rounded up and shot over the following day.

    With the full support of the Central Committee, Dzerzhinsky now launched a purge of the Cheka, reining it in and forcing it firmly under centralized control. Across Communist controlled territories, the Cheka were brought to a halt and the out-of-control Red Terror ended. From now on, the Cheka would find itself placed under the supervision of independent Commissars and found their ability to summarily arrest, torture or execute people severely curtailed. It would still happen, but only under the auspices and supervision of the representatives of the Central Committee in the form of these political commissars (9). Blumkin's seat on the Central Committee would be given to Bubnov's second-in-command, Mikhail Tukhachevsky - the greatest military mind to emerge from the ranks of the Communist Army, serving as Bubnov's Chief of Staff and directing much of the Communist war effort.

    Footnotes:

    (6) Yep, you read that right. It has been pretty fun playing around with this semi-Left Communist led Bolshevik party and how vastly different things turn out under their leadership. There is a good deal of syndicalism in their approach and something of an anarcho-communist approach to the peasantry and local government levels. Oh, and that is on top of the Left-Communist foundation they are building on.

    (7) The Proletkult is actually an OTL cultural movement during the revolutionary period. It is an incredibly fascinating movement with some of Russia's greatest artistic talents of the period. However, IOTL they were shut down because Lenin's wife, Zinoviev and Lenin himself didn't like how liberal and outspoken the movement was. ITTL the Moscow Reds embrace them wholeheartedly resulting in this cultural movement getting much more of a chance to make its mark.

    (8) Sorry about that, it is a nasty read but is based entirely on the OTL Red Terror. Many of the figures, torture methods and living conditions described are specifics that jumped out at me during my read of the topic. I really don't think that it would be possible to butterfly the Red Terror and its excesses, but I do think that if there was a concerted push to end it and people at the top willing to listen it might be possible to rein it in earlier.

    (9) Blumkin and his Left-SR cronies are based on OTL, though I skated over how deeply Dzerzhinsky was involved in the day-to-day running of the Chekists. ITTL his added responsibilities in the realms of policing and justice meant that he wasn't as involved and as such comes across less as a participant and more as an absentee overseer.


    348px-WhiteArmyPropagandaPosterOfTrotsky.jpg

    White Army Propaganda Poster Targeting Trotsky

    Siberian Adventures

    In the summer of 1918, with the Yekaterinburg Reds facing attacks on all sides by the Muscovites in the west, the Alash Autonomy and Basmachi rebels in the South and the nascent Siberian Whites to the east, the People's Commissariat declared the state a "single military camp". Martial law was imposed throughout the country and the RSDLP handed over overall command of the war effort to The Military Council of the Republic (RSVR) under Trotsky's personal leadership, though it would be the clever military commander Mikhail Frunze who would hold actual military command, having earned Trotsky's good will during the march east. The RSVR became the supreme organ of the state; the whole economy geared towards the needs of the army; and the entire country divided into three main Fronts: Eastern, Southern and Western, and a Fortified Centre. The RSDLP leadership made fist-banging speeches and the press came out with bold headlines calling on the people to do their duty and defend the Fatherland.

    In this desperate situation, Trotsky had no choice but to call for mass conscription. The Red volunteers were too few to counter the many attackers. However, mass conscription was only Trotsky's second major reform, after the recruitment of the ex-tsarist officers, and it was just as controversial as the first. Whereas the Red Guards were seen as an army of the working class, mass conscription was bound to produce an army of peasants. Most members of the ruling party saw the peasants as an alien and hostile social force. Conscription on this scale was in their eyes tantamount to arming the enemy. It would 'peasantise' the Red Army and end the domination of the working class within it, an important retreat from the party's principles - the first of many such retreats under Trotsky's controversial regime. To begin with, though, most of the conscripts continued to be drawn from the cities. Of the fifteen compulsory mobilisations declared between July and September, eleven applied only to urban workers. With dozens of factories closing every month, there was no great problem in getting workers to enrol for the army, though Trotsky worried greatly about the consequences of draining workers from industrial jobs.

    During these first campaigns, when the Red Army was desperate for recruits, ultimate proof of devotion to the party was shown by fighting for it at the Front. The RSDLP had inherited a macho and militant self-image from the Bolsheviks when they merged with the Mezhraiontsy. They dressed in leather jackets, a military fashion of the First World War, and all carried guns. Trotsky, who compared these Socialist fighters to the Japanese Samurai, ensured that they were distributed evenly throughout all the army units. Party members, if not appointed commissars, were certainly expected to lead from the front. Many of them fought with a desperate courage, if only for fear of their own capture and almost certain torture by the Whites. The bravery of the Socialist soldiers became part of the Yekaterinburg Reds' civil war mythology. It was what the RSDLP historian L. N. Kritsman would later call the 'heroic period' of the revolution, and from that romantic image, the image of the party as a comradeship in arms unafraid to advance or conquer any fortress, came many of its basic ruling attitudes (10).

    Successful mass conscription of the peasantry was one fortress still to be conquered by the RSDLP in late 1918. The Yekaterineburg regime had no real military apparatus in the countryside. Few volost Soviets had a military committee, the main organ responsible for carrying out Red Army conscription, and even where there was a military committee its work was usually hampered by the village commune, which alone had a register of peasants eligible for conscription. The first remotely comprehensive military census of the population was not completed until 1919, which of course meant that until then any conscription was bound in effect to be no more than a voluntary call-up. It was hardly surprising, then, that of the 150,000 peasant recruits anticipated from the first call-up in July 1918, only 30,000 actually appeared.

    Recruiting from the peasant masses would be a major challenge for all armies of the Civil War and they all experienced quite significant peasant resistance, though some more so than other. Peasant recruitments and desertions in all the civil war armies fluctuated in accordance with the farming seasons. Peasants joined up in the winter, only to desert the following summer. In the central agricultural regions the weekly rate of desertion was up to ten times higher in summer than in winter. As the Civil War Armies grew on a national scale, such desertions became more common, with several million desertions during 1919, because the recruits were more fearful of being sent to units a long way from their farms.

    During the autumn of 1918 many village communes called on all sides to end the civil war through negotiation. Many even declared themselves 'neutral republics' and formed brigades to keep the armies out of their 'independent territory'. There was a general feeling among the peasants that they had been at war for far too long, that in 1917 they had been promised peace, and that now they were being forced to go to war again. Whole provinces: Tambov, Riazan, Tula, Kaluga, Smolensk, Vitebsk, Pskov, Novgorod, Mogilev and even parts of Moscow itself, were engulfed by peasant uprisings against the conscription drives of the various factions and their all too often coercive requisitioning of peasant food and horses. However, as the harvest came in and the threat of the Siberian Whites grew, so too did the number of conscripts being drawn into the the Yekaterineburg armies (10).


    Identifying the moment the Siberian Whites emerged from the anarchic chaos of Siberia is a challenging prospect at best. The region had largely been left to itself in the initial chaos of the Revolution and in the months that followed. It would be the September Rising, and specifically the capture of Moscow by the Bolsheviks, that cut off Siberia from the government in Petrograd and provoked the collapse of what little government authority was available in the region. Over the next half year, as governments rose and fell across the Ural Mountains, local communities were largely left to fend for themselves. The larger towns and few cities of Siberia would extend their control into the surrounding countryside and engage in barter with each other - however there was little to no government in the region. That began to change with the formation of the Provisional Siberian Government in Vladivostok by White sympathisers, who took control of the city in March of 1918, having just received word of the failure of the Parsky Offensive, while another two separate other Provisional Siberian Governments were declared in Omsk and Krasnoyarsk respectively.

    The Muscovite Reds were preparing an expedition to crush all three when Trotsky and the RSDLP intervened with their great eastern march to Yekaterineburg, throwing Red allegiances in Siberia into turmoil and allowing the various Siberian governments to defeat them piecemeal. It was in this period that Admiral Alexander Kolchak landed at Vladivostok with Allied backing behind him - most prominently British, Japanese and American in nature. Kolchak was a man of pre-war stature and was considered a leading light of the Russian Right by many in the revolutionary period and he was therefore able to secure a prominent place in the Vladivostok government and a mandate to negotiate with the governments in Kransoyarsk and Omsk for a consolidation of the Siberian Whites. On the eve of his arrival in Omsk, having already secured the backing of the Krasnoyarsk government, conservative army officers in Omsk launched a successful coup against the government and declared Kolchak Supreme Commander and deposed their leaders.

    Kolchak was one of history's misfits. Small but imposing with dark piercing eyes, he was an oddity, a mining engineer and an Arctic explorer in a tsarist Naval Staff dominated by the landed nobility. In 1916, when he was appointed Commander of the Black Sea Fleet, Kolchak, at only forty-one, was young enough to be the son of most of the other field commanders. In 1917 he refused to go along with the fleet committees and, in a dramatic resignation which made his name politically, broke his sword and threw it overboard. However, he was also a man in search of a cause. A cause he discovered in October 1918 when Mikhail Romanov and his family trooped up in Omsk with around 1,500 followers, followed soon after by the discovery of Olga and Anastasia Romanov in a cloister near Krasnoyarsk in late October. With all due pomp and ceremony, or at least as much as could be achieved in the mud of Omsk's streets, Mikhail II Romanov was crowned as Emperor of All-Russia on the 4th of November 1918 - one year, seven months, and twenty days after the abdication of his brother (11).

    The ragtag appearance and living standards of the soldiery in all armies was shocking. In most of the units there were no standard uniforms, and the soldiers dressed in whatever came to hand. As for leather boots, they were worn only by the commanders of in many of the armies, by the commissars and the cavalrymen. The peasant infantry marched in the crude bast shoes, or lapti, manufactured in the villages. But even these were in short supply and there were times when, for lack of adequate footwear, whole regiments had to be confined to barracks. The supply of weapons was not much better. More soldiers would die from disease than from fighting in the civil war. Typhus, influenza, smallpox, cholera, typhoid and venereal diseases were the main killers, but many more men suffered from lice, stomach bugs, dysentery and toothache. On an average day in an average unit, 10 to 15 per cent of the men would be too ill to fight and had to be abandoned to fortune in the rear. But some units were taken out of action by rates of illness of up to 80 per cent. The unhygienic conditions of army life, where soap and bath water were not seen for weeks, were the root cause of the problem. But the situation was made much worse by the chronic shortages of doctors and nurses, surgical spirits, bandages and drugs.

    The rapid to-and-fro movements of the Fronts, so characteristic of the civil war, also made it difficult to set up proper field hospitals or to organise transport to the rear. The sick and wounded could thus be neither properly cared for at the Front, nor easily evacuated to the rear. Heavy drinking, brawls and looting were the most common, and least serious, problems of indiscipline. However, there were also daily reports of soldiers disobeying orders; refusing to take in new recruits because of the extra burden on supplies; demanding leave and better conditions; and threatening to or actually lynching their commanders. Full-scale mutinies were not uncommon, culminating in the occupation of the Front headquarters, the arrest or murder of the staff and the election of new officers. It was back to the chaos of 1917. Much of the violence was reserved for the well-dressed officers and commissars, especially if they were suspected of corruption in the distribution of supplies. This violence was given a revolutionary edge by the fact that the officers were often seen as burzhoois, and an ethnic one in the Red Armies by the fact that many of their commissars were Jews.

    Although anti-Semitism was generally much less widespread in the Red factions than among the Whites or Ukrainian nationalists, it was a definite problem in the ranks of their armies. Desertion was the simplest solution to the soldier's woes, and it was an action taken by millions during the war. The commissars and officers of the various armies stopped at nothing in their desperate effort to stem the flood of peasant desertions. They sent detachments into the villages behind the Front and punished peasant households suspected of harbouring deserters. Punitive fines were imposed, livestock and property were confiscated, hostages were taken, village leaders were shot, whole villages were burned in an effort to persuade the deserters to return. Such measures were rarely effective, often merely strengthening the opposition of not only the deserters, but also the entire local peasantry, already embittered by the requisitioning and conscriptions of the Reds. Some deserters formed themselves into guerrilla bands. These were called the Greens partly because they hid out in the woods and were supplied by the local peasants; sometimes these peasant armies called themselves Greens to distinguish themselves from both Reds and Whites. They even had their own Green propaganda and ideology based on the defence of the local peasant revolution (12). The Russian Civil War was a literal hell on earth.

    Footnotes:


    (10) I have based this, at least partially, on the OTL decision to switch to mass conscription and militarisation by the Bolsheviks. Trotsky got pretty far into the militarisation on a society-wide basis, with the idea of structuring all governmental efforts as though they were effectively military efforts - with the accompanying urgency and willingness to accomplish the objective at any cost.

    (11) This is the date that Unity Day is celebrated in Russia, commemorating the defeat of the Poles following their invasion of Russia during the Times of Trouble. It is one of the most important days in the Romanov calendar given that they ascended to the throne in at the time. The decision to hold Mikhail's coronation on that day is to try and draw on the mystique of the holiday, hoping to drive out the "invaders" from the Russian positions of power. The emergence of Kolchak is largely based on OTL events, though with more chaos in Siberia than IOTL, and changes from his alignment with Vladivostok rather than Omsk and his path to power.

    (12) This is basically all based on the conditions the Russian Civil War were fought under IOTL. I thought it best to include this description before we get into all the heavy fighting to come - but just understand that this covers the entire period of the Civil War. It is generally applicable to the full conflict.

    Summary:

    Brusilov struggles with internal dissent and external chaos, but is able to emerge victorious and in control of the Don Host-Donbas region.

    Kornilov struggles with his peasantry and intervenes successfully in Finland with German support.

    The Moscow Reds ally with other leftists and perpetrate a Red Terror, but bring it to an end violently when the Chekas overreach.

    Trotsky works to strengthen his armies, alongside all the others, while the Siberian Whites emerge and combine under Kolchak and Mikhail II Romanov.

    End Note:

    Alright, that should be enough to properly introduce the major factions in the Russian Civil War. For those who haven't kept track, ignoring the separatists (Georgians, Ukrainians and Finns) there are three major White factions (Don, Petrograd and Siberian) and two major Red factions (Moscow and Yekaterinburg) alongside numerous smaller and disparate factions who will all play important roles to varying degrees. There is an unaffiliated Kuban Cossack Host which leans towards the Don, but is separate from them for the time being, there are countless Green peasant armies, there is Makhno's Black Army, which is increasingly tied to the Moscow Reds, and of course we haven't even really gotten to talk to the various foreign contingents or most of the lesser factions.

    This update was primarily meant to give the major factions time to consolidate and face their early challenges before they come face-to-face with their true rivals. I hope it has given you a better idea of who the factions are and what they are like.

    If people would like me to do it, I can put up a poll for people to vote on who they are rooting for. Let me know your thoughts in the comments.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Twelve: The Summer Offensives
  • The Summer Offensives

    St Mihiel Offensive.png

    American Plan of Attack For The St Mihiel Offensive

    Into the Cauldron

    The American First Army was as green as it was possible to be on the eve of their first great offensive. Having taken up control of their sector of the front in early June, no more than a quarter of the divisions involved having even seen action on one of the quieter fronts, it had taken almost six weeks for everything to get into place, the American soldiers moving to find their positions and building up a sufficient store of munitions around the St Mihiel Salient to tackle the coming challenge. Pershing saw the attack on the salient as just the first phase of a deeper drive toward Metz, the opening gambit of the war-winning campaign as envisioned by the American leadership.

    However, just two weeks before the massive attack was to begin, Foch asked Pershing to curtail or eliminate it, and to divide his American forces up between the French armies along the Champagne front in order to support the planned French offensive in that sector. After severe disagreement, Pershing and Foch were eventually able to come to a compromise. The Americans would destroy the St. Mihiel salient, and then immediately move the First Army forty-three miles to the northwest to take over a completely different portion of the front lines, between the Argonne Forest and the Meuse River. There it would join the other Allied armies on the Western Front in conducting a simultaneous, general offensive along the entire Franco-American line from Soissons to Verdun.

    The American army was constructed quite differently from any other army on the western front. First of all, their individual divisions numbered almost 28,000 men each - between three and four times as large as fully manned German divisions at this point in the war. Furthermore, the American artillery train was significantly smaller and less coordinated than any of the other combatants, having been deprioritised by Pershing in favour of a focus on the infantry as the fulcrum of military tactics, and lacked a lot of the support from their allies that might otherwise have been available as a result of the considerable British artillery losses in the Spring, and their resultant need for any and every competent artillerist, and the French occupation with the preparations for their own part in the Summer Offensives (1).

    When the Americans thus took up their positions, they were far from prepared for the challenge before them. The St Mihiel Salient, located south of Verdun, was a heavily forested region dominated by the Heights of the Meuse to the west and a series of forests, streams and hills to the south. The area was undoubtedly among the best German defensive positions before the Moselle and since the German capture of the region in 1914 the salient had been densely fortified, becoming one of the strongest defensive points in the entire German line by the middle of 1918. While the forces in the salient had been greatly reduced during the Spring Offensives, German OHL had been swift to reinforce the region the moment troops became available once more.

    Led by the indomitable General Max von Gallwitz, the German Fifth Army which was stationed in and around the salient numbered almost 350,000 men in some of the strongest defensive entrenchments anywhere in the world. Furthermore, the Germans were well aware of not only the general plans for an offensive against the Salient, they even knew specific details from the American operational plans, including where the weight of their assault would focus, the locations, length and duration of the initial bombardment planned and the specific date and time at which the assault would begin. All of this had been revealed in a Swiss newspaper and was brought to the attention of OHL and Gallwitz several weeks in advance of the American assault (2). The Americans could not be less prepared for their trial by fire, and the Germans not have been more ready for what was to come.

    The Americans placed the vast bulk of their forces on the southern edge of the salient, compromising three Corps of the American First Army and a fourth on the western edge of the salient in the Allied sector of the Meuse Heights. Having foreknowledge of the American plans, Gallwitz had been able to redistribute forces for maximum effect. Thus, when the American bombardment began they found themselves targeting barely manned, heavily forested and strongly fortified positions with the hopes of cutting the massive bands of barbed wire that blocked their way. Beginning the extremely short 4-hour bombardment at 5 A.M. on the 13th of July 1918, Pershing having hoped to take the Germans by surprise, the Americans went over the top at 9 A.M in beautiful sunshine and to the trilling of birds.

    Despite the artillery bombardment having little to no effect on the barbed wire, and French observers having deemed the heavy bands of barbed wire impassable until engineers, artillery, and tanks could remove them, impatient American troops simply walked over the barbed wire, to the astonishment of everyone but themselves, and into the barrels of the German machine-guns. Surprised by the speed of the American advance, particularly furthest to the east in the salient around Pont-a-Mousson, the Germans found themselves initially swept out of their forward trenches with surprising ease by the American I Corps (3). However, when the Americans began to run up against the second line of trenches south of Thiaucourt, where the Germans were far thicker on the ground and in much closer range to the German artillery, they were forced to a bloody halt. The German bombardment was like nothing any of the Americans had ever experienced, and every attempt to push forward quickly found itself targeted and blasted to pieces by the heavy German artillery. Push after push was attempted over the course of the first day, particularly south of the village of Thiaucourt, but there was nothing the Americans could do to press forward.

    Over the course of the first day of assaults the I Corps would take in excess of 6,000 casualties. Further west, the situation was a lot grimmer. While the IV Corps had succeeded in pressing forward at the center and right of their line to almost the same depth as the I Corps, their left flank had run squarely into the German hardpoint atop Montsec and along the Rupt de Mad stream, which the Americans succeeded in crossing at four points during the first day only to be thrown back across it by fierce German counterattacks. From the heights of Montsec, the Germans were able to see exactly where the American positions were and directed their artillery closely therefrom. By the end of the first day the IV Corps had taken almost 9,000 casualties. Overhead German and American fighters clashed in some of the fiercest aerial combat of the war, almost fifteen hundred fighters in all.

    The American II Corps had fared even worse than the other two, attacking the Meuse Heights and St Mihiel itself. With their right flank trying to secure Montsec with little success and direct attacks on the Heights quickly breaking down, it would only be the left wing of the American assault that saw any forward progress, inching forward towards St Mihiel out of a bend in the Meuse under Allied control. The bombardment faced by the II Corps dwarfed anything faced by the other corps and ground down the attacking divisions on a scale unimaginable to the Americans. During the first day, the II Corps took more than 15,000 casualties. This left only the V Corps' attack on the western side of the salient, which proved a bloody and grinding affair with a great deal of back and forth in the heavily wooded heights, with casualties at the end of the first day amounting to some 7,000 amongst the American troops. Thus, by the end of the first day the Americans had taken around 37,000 casualties, the vast majority of them to the German artillery, which sharply contrasted with the German losses of around 6,000 in total. These casualty numbers were worse than anything predicted by the American commanders, who had estimated around 50,000 casualties in total by the end of the offensive (4).

    The following two days saw the Americans renew their assault across the salient, with the II Corps reaching the outskirts of St Mihiel while the IV and I Corps took around 100 meters worth of ground towards Thiaucourt and the V Corps pressed further down the Meuse Heights. However, these minor successes were paid for dearly, with a combined 31,000 casualties by the third day in return for another 6,000 German losses. By the end of the third day, the American commanders called a halt to the attacks and decided to change their approach. Rather than commit to an attack across the line, they would focus their resources at select points along the salient that presented either a major opportunity or a significant threat (4).

    The targets eventually chosen were St Mihiel town, Montsec and Thiaucourt, thus the tanks available to the Americans were shifted to the far eastern edge of the front in preparation for a push to Thiaucourt, while the vast majority of the artillery available to the Americans was concentrated around Montsec in preparations for a massive bombardment of the mount. At St Mihiel there was little more to do than just press on into the town. Thus, during the fourth and fifth days of the offensive there was little movement and much fewer casualties, the Americans losing a combined 6,000 to 2,000 Germans in this period. The following armored attack on the sixth day, launched by Liutenant Colonel George Patton with a single tank brigade numbering 50 Renault-FT tanks, hammered home against the Germans and pressed them back to the outskirts of Thiaucourt over the course of the first day. Despite the success of this assault, it eventually ground to a halt as a result of mechanical failures, attrition and harsh German resistance, leaving 20 tank carcasses behind and a further 15 unable to function for the next several weeks while repairs were undertaken.

    This marked the first major American success since the initial crossing of the barbed wire on the first day and immediately made Patton a household name in America. Nonetheless, the assault would amount to another 12,000 for the I Corps, with the Germans taking a bit under 7,000 casualties and losing some 300 captives. From the eighth to the tenth day of the offensive the focus shifted to Montsec, where the heaviest American bombardment of the entire campaign was undertaken. Over the course of 48 hours the Americans would fire half a million shells, much of the stockpile available to them at the time, smashing the mount to pieces. The sheer weight of explosives would lead to parts of the mount collapsing in on itself while the Germans were forced off the top of the mount, taking refuge in its shadow and in their deep bunkers. Ultimately, this bombardment would result in around 1,000 casualties for the Germans combined.

    At the same time, the American drive on St Mihiel ground on inexorably, day by day, meter by meter, as the Americans pressed into St Mihiel town under an incredibly heavy bombardment. The constant rain of gas shells and limited frontage meant that many of the men attacking at the apex of the salient were forced to wear full anti-gas gear 24 hours a day, causing intense discomfort and significantly reducing combat effectiveness. By the time the II and IV Corps attacked Montsec on the twelfth day of the offensive, the II Corps had already taken 33,000 casualties around St Mihiel, with the Germans losing 14,000 in the same span, and would accumulate an additional 18,000. This was matched by the IV Corps, who collected 27,000 dead and wounded in the push to secure Montsec - which they succeeded in on the 29th of July, leaving behind 24,000 German casualties by the sixteenth day of the offensive (5).

    Footnotes:

    (1) The only real difference from the OTL Allied forces is that the Americans receive even less support at St Mihiel than they did IOTL. The reason for this is that the St Mihiel attack is not viewed by the French as a particularly critical assault. Both Foch and Pétain believe that American hopes of taking the well defended salient are minimal and want to focus their attention on the main focus of the Summer Offensives. The Americans had grossly overestimated the importance of riflemen and underestimated the importance of artillery IOTL, a fact that was pointed out to them on multiple occasions to little response IOTL and ITTL. Bear in mind that this isn't particularly out of character for any of the larger powers when they first entered the war - the French, Germans, Austro-Hungarians and Russians all learned sharp lessons in 1914. The same happened for the Italians in 1915 and the British in 1916. Now it is the turn of the Americans to go through it.


    (2) There are several very important differences here from the situation during the OTL Battle of St Mihiel. First of all, IOTL the German forces in the salient were outnumbered some 50,000 to around 650,000-700,000, with the Germans also greatly weakened from the Spring Offensives and severely demoralised. By contrast, ITTL it is a force of 350,000 Germans against some 550,000-600,000 with the Germans buoyant from one of the most successful offensives of the entire war. Furthermore, IOTL the Germans were actually already pulling out of the salient when the Americans attacked because they were so outnumbered and undermanned, whereas here they are much better off with plenty of men to fill the trenches and fortifications. The entire battle is taking place almost two months earlier than IOTL and under significantly more constrained conditions for the Americans than IOTL. In addition, as in OTL the Germans are completely aware of what the Americans are going to do - the whole leak of the war plans to a Swiss newspaper and the Germans learning of it from them is completely OTL. IOTL the Battle of St Mihiel was a cakewalk, not so much this time around.

    (3) The American crossing of the barbed wire mentioned here is based on a stroke of luck IOTL which I decided to transfer. They are able to make good headway, but are about to run into fierce opposition. The whole 4-hour bombardment to secure surprise is based on OTL and proves as much of a failure as IOTL. I should mention that the Americans are about to enter the same sort of meat-grinder that the French experienced in the Battle of the Frontiers and the British experienced at the Somme. The Americans are not attacking a beaten and demoralised enemy, which will have immense consequences for the American experience of the Great War.

    (4) This first day of the St Mihiel Offensive is not based on the course of events IOTL because the situation is very different from OTL. Here the Americans are attacking well prepared German defenders in some of the strongest defensive positions available along the front. The natural result is that it turns into an absolute bloodbath. I was a bit uncertain about casualty numbers, but the Americans actually take fewer losses than the British did at the Somme under similar circumstances. The extremely low German casualties are also based on an adaptation of the losses taken during the Somme offensive where the British attacked in much easier terrain. The casualties may seem shocking, but they are in line with what all the other powers experienced during their early offensives. The Americans are actually more receptive to changing approach than many of the other powers were under similar circumstances, ending the attack long enough to shift forces around to take into account the new situation.

    (5) For those trying to keep track, since the start of the St Mihiel Offensive the Americans have taken around 220,000 casualties, around 25% of them killed - so 56,000 dead in the span of half a month, while the Germans take 60,000 casualties, of which around 15,000 are KIA or MIA. The reason these casualty rates are so lopsided is that the Americans are attacking strong positions by 1918 standards with 1914 methods. However, as can be seen the Americans are actually making important progress, incorporating tank tactics and improving their artillery bombardments quite a bit in a short time. Patton's thrust at Thiaucourt is also one of the major tank offensives of the war and leads to quite significant American interest in armored vehicles. The American casualties are going to be quite a shock to the American public once word starts to spread.


    640px-Meuse-Argonne%2C_26_September%E2%80%931_October_1918.gif

    Charge of the Harlem Hellfighters at St Mihiel

    A Hard Summer

    By the beginning of the third week of the St Mihiel Offensive, both sides were starting to grow ragged under the intense pressure they faced. The Americans had been pushing forward through blood and mud and dirt for very little gain and had taken punishing casualties in return. Wave after wave had stormed forward only to be torn to shreds under the heavy German artillery which slammed down with barely any warning, the Germans having mapped out the entire salient in preparation for blind fire. In the air above, the German and American fighters had clashed in a thousand skirmishes and duels, with terrible losses on either side as neither could secure proper air superiority. While the Germans were experienced in this sort of fighting and were able to shelter in the countless well prepared bunkers and strongpoints that had been constructed across the salient, the Americans were left to press forward through the harsh terrain with little cover beyond what they could steal from the Germans.

    Day and night the guns roared and men died. The bombardment and capture of Montsec had been a major success for the Americans, greatly strengthening their grip on the southern bank of the Rupt de Mad and allowing them to hold ground across the stream, however it cost them dearly in munitions. German counterattacks grew in scale and rapidity for two days, as they tried to recapture lost ground, but with the fall of St Mihiel and Montsec their positions on the Meuse heights were growing tenuous. Max Hoffmann and his staff at OHL wavered on whether to press forward to retake Montsec or to pull back from the heights and reduce the threat of German forces on the Heights being cut off. Since the end of the first week of the offensive, the Americans had seen little progress on the north-western section of the offensive atop the Meuse Heights. It was at this point, as OHL debated the merits of a retreat and the Americans prepared for an attempt at pinching off the Heights with a thrust by II and V Corps, that the call arrived from the Supreme Commander Ferdinand Foch demanding that the Americans take up their section for the Meuse-Argonne Offensive as Pershing had promised during the planning period in June (6).


    During the planning of the Summer Offensives, when it was determined that the main focus of the offensives would center on the Champagne, The SWC had given Pershing the option of cancelling St-Mihiel but he went ahead with it in order to protect his flank, a trial by fire for his inexperienced army and as a morale booster. They also let him choose to attack west or east of the Argonne, whereof he chose the latter option because supplying his troops would be easier even though the terrain was harder. Indeed, the Wövre Plain behind the St Mihiel salient was much easier terrain than in the broken country of forests and ravines that characterised the lands between the unfordable Meuse and impenetrable woods of the Argonne Forest, and Pershing had initially held out hope for this to be the focus of the wider offensive. The plan had originally called for the Meuse-Argonne Offensive to begin in the first week of August concurrently with the French Champagne Offensive, but as the Battle of St Mihiel dragged on, this deadline seemed increasingly impossible amongst the Supreme Command.

    Pressure mounted steadily for the Americans to either cut their losses or throw their last dice - but either way they would have to end the fighting in the salient as soon as possible and transfer their forces north to the coming battlefield. The AEF GHQ wavered back and forth over what to do, but in the end it would be Pershing's decision that decided the matter. The Americans would launch a final attack all-out assault. Drawing forces from around Thiaucourt and St Mihiel, the II and V Corps were reinforced and rejuvenated - all available reinforcements being pushed forward to these two corps - while artillery was moved forward to exploit the northern Meuse Heights and Montsec - which gave a great view of the lowlands along the Rupt de Mad towards the key towns of Nonsard and Vigneulles whose capture would cut off the Germans atop the Meuse Heights.

    This final assault was launched on the 4th of August 1918 and made good progress on the first day. The Rupt de Mad was crossed almost everywhere and the American attackers moved forward under the cover of heavy artillery, though moving the American artillery forward had put them in range of the heavy guns atop the Meuse Heights, which now began performing counter-battery actions. The American assault from the north finally pushed the Germans off the northern Heights and led to a frenzied struggle over Vigneulles, with the Americans attacking in wave after wave. To the south the crossing of the stream forced German troops atop the Meuse Heights to turn their focus eastward, launching a counterassault on the Montsec position. Believing that holding the Meuse Heights was becoming too great of a challenge, Gallwitz began a staged retreat from the heights, transferring heavy artillery behind the frontlines in an incredibly risky operation, whereupon they were set up to the east of the fighting and began a harsh bombardment of the attackers. This was followed by medium artillery, before light artillery and men began slowly shifting across the front. The bitter fighting reached its climax on the fourth day of this attack, at the height of the evacuation of artillery, when Vigneulles fell to the Americans for the first time. Furious German counterattacks were launched to rebuild the German lines and the town switched occupiers six times in two days, while the line around Nonsard held firm.

    Finally, the Americans brought the assault to an end a week after the renewed attack began on the 11th of August under strenuous objections as Foch demanded that Pershing end his attack. This week of fighting would cost both sides almost 100,000 casualties, the Germans having been forced to hold firm on the line and take the resultant punishment that resulted (7). This final bitter struggle had seen the Germans barely hold the road to the southern Meuse Heights open, and retained control of Nonsard, but they were in no position to defend the lands they now held in the long run. While the Americans rushed their forces northward to their section of the coming Meuse-Argonne Offensive, the Germans quietly pulled out of the Salient and into the section of the Hindenburg Line that had been constructed behind it in the 1916-1917 period, and transferred many of their units north along the line to Champagne where the French were about to begin their own offensive.

    The French half of the Meuse-Argonne Offensive was essentially a sideshow to the much larger Fourth Battle of Champagne that was undertaken across the long and flat piece of land under German occupation south of the Aisne, primarily held by forces from Army Group Deutscher Kronprinz. The battle stretched from the Aisne around Soissons, through Champagne around Reims and from there all the way to the upper Aisne where the river turned south through the front again. The French goal would be to press the Germans back through the lands of Champagne until they stood with their backs to the Aisne from Soissons to the Argonne, with Rethel as the objective of the attack, in order to secure the vital supply lines running through Soissons and Reims to the battlefields further east. The Americans in the meanwhile were to be locked between the two rivers of the upper Aisne and the Meuse. This was an exceptionally exposed sector of the front, where the Germans would enfilade them with artillery from both flanks once the Americans advanced, at least until the French took the lands along the Aisne. At the same time they would be attacking into well-built lines of defence in depth, most notably the Kriemhilde Stellung, part of the Hindenburg Line, on a ridge some ten miles from the American positions at the start of the offensive. Pershing was gambling on taking this position on the second day, before the Germans could reinforce it, by taking advantage of the ongoing struggle further west.

    However the rushed transfer of the First Army from St Mihiel gave its Chief of Staff, Colonel George C. Marshall, little time to prepare. Starting the attack barely weeks after St Mihiel proved an incredible strain on both the soldiery and logistical framework. Only three rutted roads crossed the sixty miles between the two battlefields, over which 400,000 men had to be moved, all journeys taking place at night and against the sinister backdrop of the old Verdun killing grounds. In addition, and to save time, many poorly trained and completely inexperienced troops would participate, often rushed directly from their training camps due to the incredible manpower losses experienced at St Mihiel. Pershing hoped to prevail by weight of numbers, and he enjoyed a superiority of nearly four to one on the opening day; but although he committed 600,000 men on the opening day they had fewer tanks than at St-Mihiel and half the numbers of aircraft.

    The delays caused by the American unwillingness to abandon the field at St Mihiel finally forced the French into action on the 14th of August, already a week behind schedule due to American delays at St Mihiel. Their assault rushed forward across the sector and was the largest French offensive of the war, using the most modern military tactics available to them and lessons learned from the German assault and burning through munitions like a madman. The Fourth Battle of Champagne was the fiercest and most intense struggle between French and German soldiery since the meatgrinder at Verdun and saw both sides throw everything into the struggle. The French launched major assaults with their heavy and light tanks, dwarfing Patton's assault at St Mihiel. while the sky was blackened with aerial vehicles of unprecedented numbers. The ground shook as far away as Paris from the intensity of the barrages and counter-barrages as everything was thrown into the struggle. In the two weeks before the Americans were able to launch their attack the Germans were forced slowly but inexorably backwards, leaving behind graveyards by the minute (8). The French would swiftly begin to experience munitions shortages, and as a result found themselves reduced to begging for British support, resulting in the redirection of considerable British munitions to support the French and American military efforts, now that their own forces were unable to participate in the fighting. This would ease the pressure, but both the French and American forces would deal with consistent shortages throughout the struggle.

    The American First Army would attack on a 24-mile front, stretching from the west side of the Argonne Forest to the River Meuse. Next to the French Fourth Army, which was already advancing on their left along the Aisne, were the bloodied I and V Corps in the centre and the fresh III Corps on the right. The assault divisions would advance supported by a barrage fired by nearly 2,700 guns. Pershing was aware of the danger of rapid German reinforcements, so he planned for an advance of 10 miles to overwhelm the Kriemhilde Stellung within the first day; this was ambitious in the extreme and demanded the near-immediate capture of the imposing Montfaucon Hill position, which rose over 250 feet above the surrounding terrain. One further problem facing Pershing was that several of his most practised divisions, the 1st, 2nd, 42nd and 89th, had been ground down in in the bloody St Mihiel offensive and had to be left in the rear to recover. This meant that the initial Meuse-Argonne assault would have to be made by far less experienced troops.

    Pershing was conscious of the inexperience of his divisions, and saw his role as driving them on, while monitoring the command performance of his generals to ensure that they demonstrated sufficient vigour. Of sophisticated tactics he knew little; all his divisions would advance forward at the same Zero Hour, 05.30 A.M. on the 30th of August, charged with overcoming whatever got in their way. There was no subtlety, just the vigorous application of brute force. The Argonne Forest was an obvious problem as it was a terrifying prospect for any troops. A wild, almost mountainous terrain, some 6 miles wide and 22 miles long, impenetrable by tanks and tailor-made for defence, with a jumble of high jagged ridges, deep ravines and swamp-lands, shrouded by forest and tangled undergrowth. The obstacles of nature were trumped by a lethal concoction of concealed trenches, concrete machine-gun posts and masses of barbed wire. Although the trees had been thinned out around the front-line trenches, further back, where the gun lines would be, the ridges were still heavily wooded. Tracks had to be hacked out to manhandle the guns into position and this was just the start of the hard labour. There was also the need to clear a field of fire for the guns themselves, which proved to be no easy matter. For two days, the sound of saws and axes rang through the woods. Every tree which in any way obstructed the passage of shells was cut through so far that a few more strokes would bring it down (9).

    All along the ridge where the artillery was massed, the trees which furnished such perfect concealment before the battle were to be demolished. The racket this produced led to German scouting forces, already on edge from the fighting further to the west, moving forward steadily where they discovered the American preparations and sent back warnings to the headquarters of General Friedrich Sixt von Arnim, commander of the recently transfered Fourth Army, who sent the warning on to his neighbour to the east Georg von der Marwitz, who had recently been given command of the Fifth Army, and their Army Group Commander Max von Gallwitz. Having secured permission to engage, von Arnim's men snuck artillery forward into preprepared positions closer to the American lines and launched a hellish bombardment mid-day on the 28th aimed at the heights. The sudden heavy bombardment killed and wounded several hundred men amongst the artillerists and forced them to pull back behind the ridge for cover. Thus, as the American divisions moved into the line on the night of the 29th, many of them having been issued with totally unfamiliar grenades and pyrotechnics, a spirited debate engulfed the American GHQ. Concluding that a surprise assault was now off the table, they eventually decided to simply use their larger weight of numbers and massive artillery contingents to press forward (10). By 30th of August the Americans were finally ready to attack in the Meuse-Argonne region.

    Footnotes:

    (6) The Americans are very close to cutting off the Germans atop the southernmost parts of the Meuse Heights and have most of the northern heights under control. If they could push north from Montsec and south from the Meuse Heights, capturing Nonsard and Vigneulles, they would be able to trap upwards of 50,000 men. However, the French need American support in the Meuse-Argonne and can't wait much longer. They need to end the war as soon as possible if they are to keep their prominent position in the world and keep their country stable.

    (7) The Americans finally succeed in putting the Germans into a position where they are forced to pull out of the St Mihiel Salient, but at what cost. Over the course of the slightly-less than month-long period that constitutes the Battle of St Mihiel the Americans suffer almost 320,000 casualties, 80,000 give or take dead. The exchange rate between American and German casualties improves immeasurably in this last attack, reaching near parity, because the Germans are forced to hold their ground and launch counterattack after counterattack rather than just bombarding the Americans from afar and then butchering them when they finally get into range, falling back when threatened and counterattacking with overwhelming force. This is something we see multiple times in other battles IOTL - when a force is forced to stand its ground it takes a lot more casualties. That said, there is no doubt that the Americans got more than they bargained for and that their combat effectiveness has been severely impacted for the time being.

    (8) This is really the last, best toss of the dice on the part of the French. They are throwing everyone and their kitchen sink at the Germans and are finally making significant gains. However, the French and Americans are both draining the same pool of munitions from Paris which, as has been previously detailed, is a far more finite resource than it has previously been. The Germans are giving as good as they are getting, but they are outnumbered by quite a bit and are on the defensive. Luckily they aren't forced to fight for their positions to the bitter end as happened at St Mihiel at the end, but can pull back when needed. The question for them is whether, when the French begin to press them against the Aisne River, they can successfully cross over it without suffering catastrophic casualties or giving in to panic. The Fourth Battle of Champagne is actually happening in an area that has seen relatively little fighting previously ironically, with the vast majority of the fighting during the Great War having focused at the western edge of the battlefield around Soissons.


    (9) This is based on OTL descriptions of the Argonne battlefield. It is quite literally one of the hardest places to attack along the entire front - far more so than the St Mihiel Salient. The complexities explained are also based entirely on OTL. Ever since I read up on the sort of battlefield the Americans were going to attack and the conditions under which they did so I have marvelled at how cheaply they ended up paying for it IOTL. IOTL they were attacking as part of a series of concentric assaults in Flanders and Champagne meant to cut off the massive salient that was formed by the German controlled areas. However, without Flanders this is not possible and the Allies are left to attack from one side only. That said, the Allies are making progress but it is at a far greater cost than IOTL, where they were fighting German soldiers who were convinced they had already lost the war. Here spirits remain high in the German camp and while the fighting in Champagne and in the Aisne region is putting immense pressure on them they are convinced that if they can just hold out long enough then the Allies will crack under the pressure.

    (10) The Germans moved the Fourth Army south from Flanders and slotted it in where they thought the assault was most likely to hit in late-June and the men there have spent the period since acclimatising to their new positions and getting to know the lay of the land. This means that there are more troops on the ground when the Americans attack, though they are still outnumbered by quite a bit due to the great demands for manpower in the Aisne sector to the west. This means that there are more men moving about who could discover the hurried American preparations with relative ease. IOTL the Americans thought the fact they were able to clear the ridge uncontested a minor miracle, where ITTL they get just that bit more unlucky and their preferred artillery positions are bombarded before they can even begin. However, the most important effect on the discovery of the American preparations is that the Americans now fear that they will be forced through a meat-grinder like St Mihiel again and see little option than to just press on into it. There isn't much else they can do now that they are committed.

    640px-U.S._Marines_during_the_Meuse-Argonne_Campaign.jpg

    U.S. Marines in the Argonne Forest

    Bloody Splinters

    Having lost the element of surprise, the Americans proceeded with a massive 18-hour bombardment on the 30th of August, hampered by their inability to use the cleared ridge for the first half of the bombardment and their need to clear the hidden German artillery which conducted a counter-battery fire for the first third of the bombardment. The air grew alive with whistling shrieks while on the high ground in front of the American lines the shock of explosions merged into one deep concussion that rocked the walls of their dugouts. Everywhere the ground rose into bare pinnacles and ridges, or descended into bottomless chasms, half filled with rusted tangles of wire. Deep, half-ruined trenches appeared without system or sequence, usually impossible of crossing, bare splintered trees, occasional derelict skeletons of men, thickets of gorse, and everywhere the piles of rusted wire.

    When the Americans finally went over the top on at mid-day on the 31st of August, having fired more than four time the amount of shells fired during the entire American Civil War, they entered a deserted hell-scape of bone-white, splintered trees and massive craters. They faced little resistance as they crossed the first German lines but encountered hard resistance as soon as they reached the outskirts of their own artillery's range, coming under intense German bombardment and running into fiercely contested defensive positions. The hardest fighting of the first day centered on the towns of Varennes and Malancourt, with the latter finding itself under artillery cover from atop the heights of the fortified hill at Montfaucon. As the Americans slowly moved their artillery forward to continue covering their men, the American infantry threw itself onto the German defenses with uncommon vigor. Hammering headlong against the defenses at Malancourt and Varrenes, the Americans were finally able to break through at the end of the first day at the former site - now facing the imposing heights of the increasingly reinforced Montfaucon hill which prevented any forward progress and allowed the Germans to pinpoint Allied movements for their artillery. At Varennes the Germans were able to hold the Americans back until the end of the day, losing possession of the town in fierce dawn attacks on the 1st of September.

    However, while the capture of Varennes was a significant accomplishment, it would be the failure to take the high ground at Montfaucon that would dominate the minds of the American leadership. On the morning of 1st September, the III Corps threw itself forward against Montfaucon with as many bodies as they could muster. Assault after assault was undertaken, broken only by periods of heavy American bombardment of the hill, but no matter how often they attacked there was little the Americans could do to dislodge the defenders who fought back with incredible ferocity, burning through their machine-gun and rifle ammunition at an incredible pace while going toe-to-toe in close-quarters combat with the much larger and healthier Americans when the remnants of an attack reached their positions atop Montfaucon. Throughout this assault by the III Corps, it found itself under incredibly heavy bombardment by German artillery across the Meuse, firing from atop the infamous heights which the Americans had already fought for farther to the south at St Mihiel.


    The III Corps eventually found itself forced to ask for aid from GHQ, who threw forward the newly formed VI Corps to strengthen the III's attack. The VI would arrive at Montfaucon on the 2nd and joined in the assault here, rushing forward again as they had the day before. However, it was at this point that the intense fighting of the previous day and the massive expenditure in ammunitions that defence had required finally caught up with the German defenders. Having fought off three attacks before noon, the German commander eventually determined that they would have to pull back and resupply, securing permission from Fourth Army GHQ to retreat after blowing up the defensive positions atop the hill with what explosive were at hand. Having taken Montfaucon, the Americans soon discovered that they had only just begun the struggle they faced. Behind Montfaucon were two hills just as formidable, at Nantillois and Cierges. The intense fighting of the first days of the Meuse-Argonne Offensive would amount to casualties of around 4:1 for the Americans, who took around 40,000 casualties while inflicting some 10,000 on the Germans by the end of the 3rd of September (11).

    Despite the intensity of the fighting in the Argonne Forest and its surroundings, everything paled in comparison to the titanic clashes occurring in Champagne where almost 3,000,000 men from ten separate armies clashed across a front almost 100 kilometres long. Overseen by both Ferdinand Foch and Phillip Pétain, actual command of the French Armies was split between Army Group North under General Louis Franchet d'Esperey, commanding the Tenth, Sixth and Ninth Armies, and Army Group Center under General Paul André Maistre, commanding the Fifth and Fourth Armies, while General Marie Émilie Fayolle remained in reserve with around 20 divisions. The Germans, on the other hand, were all grouped together in the massive Heeresgruppe Deutscher Kronprinz consisting of the Ninth, Seventh, First, Ninteenth and Third Armies under the official supreme command of Crown Prince Wilhelm von Hohenzollern, though in truth it was his Chief of Staff Fritz von Lossberg who actually directed the defensive efforts.

    Lossberg had long been the German secret weapon on the Western Front, being shuttled from crisis point to crisis point in order to hold the line, and had already fought in the Champagne once, in 1915 during the Second Battle of Champagne. Throughout the intense fighting south of the Aisne, Lossberg kept his labor batallions busy expanding the already complex defenses behind the Aisne in order to ensure that even if the Germans were pushed across the river, they would have somewhere to shelter from the onslaught. The sheer scale of the fighting in Champagne stunned observers and drew the eyes of the world to the region. Having noticed the massive buildup in preparation to the French offensive, Lossberg and his subordinates had worked hard to prepare for the coming storm and were more than ready for the attack when it finally came, almost two weeks behind schedule.

    The battle-lines of the Fourth Battle of Champagne spanned a distance not truly seen on the Western Front since 1914, including the battlefields of all previous Battles of Champagne, from around Soissons and the Chemins des Dames which had been the focus of the Nivelles Offensive and around Reims where the First Battle of Champagne had been fought, to the fields east of Reims where the Second Battle of Champagne had been fought. The French were thus moving through the detritus of their previous failures, the weight of which pressed down on the soldiers as they moved to the front (12).

    When the French finally attacked on the 14th of August, they were able to make considerable progress by any standard other than that set by the Germans during the Spring. While major tank assaults at multiple points along the line were able to press through the first several lines, attrition remained extremely high. Artillery on both sides fired anything and everything they could get their hands on, raining deadly clouds of gas, shrapnel and high explosives in unprecedented measures. Tens of thousands died in countless assaults and desperate defenses. Attack was met with immediate counterattack, only to be swept back again, some positions changing hands as many as sixteen times in the span of a couple weeks. By the time the Americans finally got under way in the Argonne, both the French and German commanders were fighting across a desolate wasteland. The bloody cut and thrust continued as the Germans were slowly pressed backwards, selling every foot with an ocean of blood, both sides knowing that this was likely the most important action of their lives.

    By the third week of fighting, on the 6th of September, the Frontline had shrunk to 60 kilometres and the soldiers fighting found themselves increasingly cheek-to-jowl. Lossberg, judging that the line behind the Aisne was nearing the point at which it would be able to hold the French, ordered the slow transfer of men back north, across the Aisne. Against expectations, this action had little negative impact on the German combat performance, as the increasing concentration of German troops on the ever-narrowing front had led to a rapid rise in artillery casualties on both sides, though the reduced number of Germans south of the river did allow the French to increase the pressure of their assault even further. However, as the French pressed further into the funnel of the Aisne's southern banks, the Germans were able to begin a mighty crossfire from behind the river's defences which served to put ever growing pressure on the French flanks, though this threat would be somewhat mitigated by the American Argonne Offensive, as it forced the redirection of German artillery power southward to counter them along the eastern end of the conflict in Champagne (13).

    In the days since American troops of I Corps had taken Varennes, they had found themselves scrambling for control of the Apremont heights to its north. The incredibly harsh terrain, strong defensive positions and the difficulty of bringing forward sufficient artillery support turned this area into an unmitigated bloodbath. Tens of thousands of men threw themselves forward with wild abandon, slowly tearing down the German resistance in intense close quarters engagements that sapped American and German strength like nothing else. Finally, on the 8th of September 1918, the 77th Division of I Corps successfully overran the German positions at Apremont in spite of heavy casualties and close quarters, lines of sight often extending little farther than a couple meters in the heavy brush. However, the capture of Apremont would be the last major American success on the western edge of the Meuse-Argonne struggle for quite a while, the initiative returning to the III and V Corps in the east.

    Here, the Americans threw everything they could at the defensive positions atop Nantillois and Cierges with scant regard for the cost. Assaults were launched day and night, sometimes as many as six times a day, with heavy casualties inn every attack. However, the constant assault would have much the same effect as at Montfaucon, grinding down German capabilities over several days, before finally capturing the heights after a week of constant charges, on the 13th of September. Behind Nantillois and Cierges, the Argonne opened up into a heavily forested valley all the way east to the Meuse, which greatly improved American progress but brought them even further under the guns of the German artillery atop the Meuse Heights. The bombardment was constant and grinding, greatly disrupting resupply of frontline troops, with many of the Americans having already been extremely low on food by the last day of attacks on Nantillois and Cierges. By the time the Americans were halted at Bayonville on the 20th of September, they had been completely ground down by extreme casualty levels, extremely lacking resupply, exhaustion, constant bombardment and minimal artillery support, which had been prevented from pushing forward with the forces of either corps into the valley by intense German counter-barrages from atop the Meuse Heights.

    It would take another week before the much slower advance in the west came to a halt at Grandpré for similar reasons. In the three weeks following the capture of Montfaucon the Americans had taken more than 250,000 casualties in their continual rush forward, driving forward newly arrived recruits, who were thrown into battle with little preparation to keep the advance going. However, after four weeks of constant assault, preceded by barely more than a week of rushed redeployment and another month of near-constant fighting at St Mihiel, the Americans found themselves ground to a nub, exhaustion, supply shortages and casualty rates forcing them to a halt. In return the Germans had taken around 90,000 casualties, mostly due to their strong defensive positions, the availability of artillery on the Meuse Heights and American inexperience. Although desultory fighting would continue for another week, the Americans finally called an end to the Meuse-Argonne Offensive on the 30th of September 1918 (14).

    The Fourth Battle of Champagne reached its high point for the French in a crescendoing climax on the 17th of September, when the French Sixth Army finally broke through the German lines at Saint Loup following more than three days of intensive fighting, sending the German Ninth and Seventh Armies scrambling across the Aisne River and forcing General Lossberg to speed up the German retreat across the river, leaving them to abandon what supplies remained south of the river. While the French Tenth and Sixth thus pushed to the Aisne River by the 20th, it would take half a week longer before the three other armies were able to push their German counterparts across the Aisne. Particularly intense German defences at Sault-lès-Rethel, Seuil and Attigny allowed them to shield the crossing of the three laggard German armies, though casualties had by this point crossed a combined 800,000 between the two combatants and more than 40,000 Germans had been caught against the Aisne River and forced to surrender.

    While both sides used a short break of a couple days to realign to their new positions, bring up more supplies and readying for the continuation of the Battle of Champagne, the Germans found themselves near the end of their rope, uncertain if they would be able to hold this new line. When the French assault restarted on the 26th of September they did so with a series of attempted crossing of the Aisne, mostly in the western and central portions of the front, though a single crossing was attempted against the rear of the German defenders in the Meuse-Argonne where they quickly floundered in the face of intense bombardments and the incredibly harsh terrain.


    At the center of the fighting was the city of Rethel, which the genius of Lossberg had turned into a fortified nightmare for the attacking French. Despite harshly contested crossings on either side of the Rethel, it would be the direct assault on the city itself that would come to be remembered in history. More than 200,000 men were concentrated within the field of battle at Rethel, struggling across the Aisne River only to enter into a well prepared urban environment in which every building had been turned into a strongpoint and any window or doorway promised death to the attackers. Roads were blocked off while holes had been blown in buildings to remake the entire city map to the benefit of the defender. The sewers were turned into tunnels and bunkers for the defenders while mines were scattered in areas where the French would be forced to attack. While other thrusts over the river were either beaten back immediately or eventually contained and turned back by fierce counterattacks, the French would cling to what neighbourhoods of Rethel they could secure despite serious supply shortages, with most of their artillery batteries reduced to a tenth of their ordinary daily combat munitions usage, and several instances of batteries running out of munitions completely, this playing a key role in defeating most of the river crossings. More and more men had been sent into the nightmarish hell of Rethel's urban landscape, but the French attackers were eventually forced to a halt within the confines of the city on the 9th of October 1918. Efforts at sending further men forward met with localised resistance by the French soldiery, and Pétain, worried that any more pressure would result in a collapse, called a halt to the offensive.

    Continual German bombardment of the French positions in Rethel would eventually forced the French to cross back over the Aisne on the 21st of October. The nearly two months of fighting would cost the French 700,000 casualties while the Germans would get away with 650,000 including those captured south of the river. Thus, by the middle of October neither side seemed any closer to winning the war than in previous years, but had been bled horribly. The incredible hope surrounding the American entry into the war, particularly in France, had been drowned in blood, and it was becoming increasingly clear to both the army leaderships and the people on the home front that the war might drag on for several years more. Despair gripped the peoples of the world and the once quiescent peace movements grew ever louder (15).

    Footnotes:

    (11) Much of the fighting outlined ITTL is actually pretty close to the OTL with the key difference that the Germans hold their positions slightly better and there aren't morale collapses as IOTL, again because of stronger German morale resulting from avoiding the many pointless follow-on offensives during the Spring and early Summer. IOTL the combined casualties of the two sides came out to around 200,000 (122,000 American) to 120,000 in German favour, however of the German casualties more than half were POWs, half of those surrendering to the French, and the weight of German losses coming to the French. With the French section of the fighting considered part of the wider Fourth Battle of Champagne, that leaves only the American contribution counted. Again, the Americans were attacking into some of the harshest terrain possible with what amounts to an army of raw recruits. It was never going to be pretty. It also bears comparing to the St Mihiel Offensive of TTL, where there were a lot more early casualties. This time around, the Americans have learned some lessons and their soldiery is better able to push forward while remaining under cover. It also helps that the terrain greatly reduces the effectiveness of the artillery bombardments of either side, making it a more survivable ordeal.

    (12) IOTL Ferdinand Foch was a major proponent of the great offensive, where France would throw everything in a basket and press forward with everything they could - similar to the approach taken by Nivelle the year before. Now IOTL he was able to leverage multiple battlefields at diametrically opposite points along the line to put ever greater pressure on the Germans in a series of large battles that battered them down from all sides. However, ITTL the loss of Flanders and current incapacity of the British means that he is unable to do this and is left with his original idea, a single massive attack in the Champagne region. Pétain was extremely leery of launching such an assault IOTL, having had to deal with the aftermath of the Nivelle Offensive, but France needs a major victory to outweigh the loss of Flanders as soon as possible and as such they have little choice but to follow through. The two sides are able to martial around 1.5 million men each and go at it with wild abandon. The numbers are based on what the French were able to muster for the Hundred Days Offensive IOTL with the caveat that they also have other responsibilities in Italy, on the Oise and in Lorraine to contend with. The Germans have a lot of soldiers who died in the Spring Offensives IOTL alive, many of whom are among the best men they have available who help bolster the general fighting abilities of the others, as well as men from Flanders and the East. By the way, the armies listed as participating are mentioned according to their positions from west to east.

    (13) By the 6th of September, the frontline runs from Évergnicourt to Falaise, both on the Aisne. The French are making good progress and are actually winning this struggle so far, though the Germans haven't collapsed or anything like that. With Lossberg in charge, there should be a pretty good chance of the Germans being able to make it across the Aisne River to their positions once the time comes for that. Right now the Germans are working to make the river as difficult to cross as possible and preparing for the destruction of any bridges and fords - blowing them up or otherwise crippling them as they pull back.

    (14) For those keeping track, the Americans thus take 290,000 casualties in the Meuse-Argonne to 100,000 German casualties, which matches up pretty closely with the OTL loss ratios during the OTL Meuse-Argonne Offensive. However, the result is that in the first three months of fighting on the Western Front the Americans have taken 630,000 casualties - around 160,000 dead - to a combined 260,000 casualties for the Germans, around 65,000 dead. Furthermore, the Americans are unable to break out of the Argonne Forest, and as such the frontlines are now stuck in this harsh terrain, hard to supply but imminently defensible.


    (15) By this point, 1918 has been the deadliest year of the war on the western front and there seems no end in sight. The Germans were able to greatly improve their positions in Flanders and knock the British out of the conflict for several months, but as we get closer to 1919 the British will begin to have a presence on the field of battle once more. The French gave their last, best gamble in Champagne and while it saw considerable success in pushing back the Germans to the Aisne, they were unable to defeat the Germans and can now expect their military capabilities to fall steadily as the conflict progresses, losing ever more influence to the British and Americans. The Americans, in the meanwhile, have gotten one hell of a wakeup call in the form of more than half a million casualties. They are already calling up more men by the hundreds of thousands for conscription, but the sheer scale of the fighting is finally beginning to make itself felt in America.

    640px-CampFunstonKS-InfluenzaHospital.jpg

    Allied Soldiers in a Hospital Ward Suffering From The Great Flu

    The Aftermath

    While the most obvious killer during the Great War was the brutality of iron, lead and gunpowder that reaped lives by the hundreds of thousands, it would be a series of deadly flu pandemics that tore across the world from late 1917 to 1919 which took the greatest number of lives. Emerging in American Army Camps in Kansas, the first instance of the flu was quickly spread across the world along the lines of supply stretching all the way to Europe. On 4th March 1918, company cook Albert Gitchell reported sick at Fort Riley, an American military facility in Kansas that at the time was training American troops in preparation for the Great War, making him the first recorded victim of the flu. Within days, 522 men at the camp had reported sick. By 11th March 1918, the virus had reached Queens, New York. On arriving alongside American troops, the disease quickly began to spread in the overcrowded camps and hospitals of western France. During this period, the disease jumped from person to person and was soon part of a deadly cargo carried by Allies soldiers and sailors wherever they went.

    It was in this way that the disease would eventually reach the rest of the world, following the shipments of Latin American troops back over the Atlantic while joining the crews of ships sailing south towards the Cape of Good Hope. While the disease's first mutation was but a harsher than usual flu, with a relatively modest casualty rate, as the year moved forward and the weather grew warmer, the disease began to transform. During June and July, the Germans would experience considerable difficulties as tens of thousands went down with the flu - the disease having been transferred during the capture of Flanders. As the disease tore through the German lines, they saw their manpower shrink considerably, though this first wave of the flu would not prove particularly deadly, even when it spread amongst the weakened populace on the home front.

    In August of 1918, a more virulent strain appeared simultaneously in Brest, France; in Freetown, Sierra Leone; and the United States in Boston, Massachusetts. While this strain tore through West Africa, South Africa and eventually India, it would take almost two months before it really got a grip on the soldiers at the front. When it did, it started amongst the hundreds of thousands of Allied Soldiers who were wounded between the middle of July and October. This second, deadly, strain of the disease saw the highest mortality rates amongst those ages between 15 and 35 and hit the Allied armies like a brick to the head as the French were trying to cross the Aisne and the Americans were preparing for another push in the Argonne. As reinforcements collapsed on the march to the battlefield and men were forced kicking and screaming in terror to their hospital beds, the Allies found themselves pressed to call a halt to the proceedings.


    While the disease crossed the line in this period, German efforts at quarantining frontline soldiers would see considerable success, greatly reducing its spread outside the frontlines for much of 1918. Hospitalization would come to be viewed as a death sentence by many allied soldiers - a belief particularly rife amongst the American soldiers, who were dying by the tens of thousands in their hospital beds from the disease. The combination of mass casualties, close quarters and the murderous disease would have a horrific effect on the likelihood of recovery for many wounded soldiers. However, the sheer scale of the pandemic would not allow the Germans to hold it at bay forever, and by early-December it had begun to spread through the cities of western Germany (16).

    While the American public and civilian government had done what they could to prepare for the realities of war, they were by no means prepared for the sheer scale of the cost and the sacrifice that would be required to bring the war to a close. As the American government had begun contemplating declaring war on Germany in 1915, officials had been mindful of the great cost to the state of pensions for sick and disabled veterans from the American Civil War. By 1915 virtually all Civil War veterans were receiving a federal pension. To avoid a similar burden on the U.S. Treasury, the War Department engaged in an unprecedented examination of 10 million recruits to screen out medical liabilities and build the strongest and most fit Army, Navy, and Marine Corps.

    The medical toll was great nonetheless. American losses began before troops could even fight in France. As medical screening revealed men with serious problems requiring treatment, such as sexually transmitted diseases, malnourishment, respiratory diseases, or dental infections, trainees began to flood Army hospitals in the fall of 1917. Measles and mumps epidemics also appeared in several training camps, and some unfortunate men who developed lethal pneumonia from those diseases went home in caskets just weeks after enlistment. To care for these men and avoid a legacy of veterans’ pensions, Congress passed an unprecedented package of benefits for military personnel and their families.


    The War Risk Insurance Act of 1917 provided family allotments of soldiers’ pay to replace the loss of the breadwinner; automatic compensation for death and disability; additional, optional, government subsidised life insurance of 10,000 dollars per soldier; and medical care in government hospitals. Congress authorised the American Red Cross to organise fifty base hospitals from leading universities and civilian hospitals and recruit nurses for the military while the American Medical Association helped recruit thousands of civilian physicians to serve, so that during the war almost 35% of American physicians were in the military (17). The Army Medical Department ultimately numbered 36,000 medical officers, 28,000 nurses, and 300,000 enlisted men. The Navy Bureau of Medicine and Surgery had some 35,000 medical officers, 2,000 nurses, and 15,000 enlisted men. By November 1918 the Army Medical Department had increased its hospital capacity from 9,500 beds to 120,000 beds in the United States and to 300,000 beds in Europe with the AEF. The AEF developed three levels of hospital care, with mobile medical units near the front lines for triage and treatment of minor injuries, fixed hospitals and convalescent camps in the rear for more serious wounds and illnesses, and a third tier of general hospitals in the United States for longer-term care. Both the home front and AEF systems included specialized hospitals for orthopedic injuries, shell shock, blinding injuries, gas victims, and soldiers who developed active tuberculosis (17).

    However, even these preparations were nowhere near enough for what was needed. By early October, there were less than a third of the hospital beds required, a ratio that would only grow as the conflict went on. Additionally, the sheer cost of modern warfare was quickly becoming apparent, with over 720 million dollars worth of munitions having been used solely for the 48-hour bombardment that preceded the Meuse-Argonne Offensive. Furthermore, at this point the government had already promised at a minimum 1.6 billion dollars in war risk insurance, with the number likely to grow even greater as the Flu took its toll. The sheer cost shook America to the core. However, rather than shy from the contest, they would react as so many other populaces on experiencing the initial shock of modern combat. They leaned in.

    Although War Bonds and Liberty Bonds took a major hammering in August, as the first rumours of extremely high casualties began to make the rounds, and forced the Wilson Government to temporarily shut down the New York Stock Exchange, war fever would begin to grip the population as word of French and American successes during August began to make the rounds, and money flooded back into the bonds. Nationalist propaganda was pushed into high gear, with increasingly shrill denunciations of pacifists, anarchists and socialists, soon to be joined by communists, while the two major parties manoeuvred for control of the media narrative going into the mid-term elections. T

    he Republicans in particular would use the reports of high casualty rates to reopen their efforts at establishing a Joint Committee on the Conduct of the War. Pressure mounted as the Republicans took an increasingly jingoistic tone, portraying Wilson as a bungling ivory tower intellectual with little understanding of the proper conduct of the war, most prominently in Theodore Roosevelt's numerous speeches during this period. Wilson's Democratic allies would find themselves constantly hounded through August and September, as news of greater and greater numbers of dead and wounded were blared from the headlines of Republican-aligned newspapers. In a quandry, and fearing that their resistance to the Joint Committee would undermine their hopes of reelection, the Democrats finally caved in early October. There was little Wilson could do, as the House and Senate appointed men to the committee, led by Democratic Senator George E. Chamberlain and Republican Senator Henry Cabot Lodge, united in their efforts at reducing Wilson's control of the war in favour of the United States Congress (18).

    Footnotes:

    (16) The Spanish Flu finally enters the story and sets about wreaking havoc on the war plans of all sides. There are a couple of things to note here. IOTL Ludendorff began complaining about the morale effect on his offensives of the first wave of the flu in mid-late June, but ITTL the shortened Spring Offensive means that the first, and milder, wave of the flu hits the German lines during a period of consolidation and troop transfers rather than in the midst of an offensive. This allows the Germans to better treat the symptoms and spreads the first wave of the flu pretty far and wide into the German countryside. This is incredibly important because exposure to the first version of the flu helped reduce the lethality of the second wave, which was the one that hit the Germans IOTL just as the Hundred Days Offensive came under way. There are still plenty of soldiers incapacitated by the disease and a good number of dead, but Germany avoids getting hit on quite the same scale by the flu as IOTL. This plays into the second wave, which ITTL hits the Allies more than Germany (this is the opposite to what happened IOTL) for several key reasons. First of all, the second wave of the flu originates amongst the Allies as IOTL and hits them first, but importantly - the fact that you don't have anywhere close to as much movement in the open means that there is much less direct contact between German and Allied forces. Furthermore, the mass casualties taken by the Americans and the constant arrival of fresh troops from America means that there are a lot of people, highly susceptible to the disease, who get exposed to it. Having to treat the flu while also dealing with more than 600,000 battlefield casualties means that the medical staff is much more stretched than IOTL and as a result the disease reaps a much greater harvest. Perhaps most importantly, the German Army isn't demobilised in the middle of the pandemic, and as such don't bring it home with them - greatly reducing the spread of the disease in Germany and allowing for relatively effective quarantine methods. With the disease tearing through their armies and home fronts the Allies are forced to halt operations.

    (17) The only real difference from OTL here is that the Americans end up with 35% rather than 30% of their civilian medical professionals in the army, for which the rest of the numbers have been adjusted. The American government really did all it could to try and resolve the issues they could expect to face before hand and IOTL mostly secured everything they would need. It is part of why the Great War had such a limited impact on the American psyche, they were able to resolve a lot of the issues they were facing with relative ease. However, that was predicated on their OTL casualty levels, which have already been dwarfed ITTL. As I outline in the next section, this is a scale at which the Americans simply weren't ready to act.

    (18) This again is a pretty significant divergence from OTL which places Wilson's control of the American War and Peace efforts in question. As has been outlined earlier, Wilson's handling of the war was by no means popular IOTL and he faced considerable congressional opposition on a whole host of issues. IOTL he was able to push them aside and preside over affairs until Henry Cabot Lodge was able to torpedo the League of Nations, but ITTL events take a different course and Congress is able to encroach on the war effort. Whether this will turn out to be a positive or negative development you will have to wait to see.


    Summary:

    The United States First Army launches the St Mihiel Offensive, resulting in a bloodbath.

    The Battle of St Mihiel comes to an end while the French prepare for an offensive in Champagne and the Americans prepare in the Meuse-Argonne.

    The Allies make major headway in the Fourth Battle of Champagne and the Meuse-Argonne Offensive, but are eventually fought to a halt by the Germans.

    While a deadly flu pandemic tears through the world's population, America recons with the cost of its participation in the Great War and increases Congressional oversight in response to these failures and doubles down on the war effort.

    End Note:

    I am sorry to keep harping on about it, but I honestly can't imagine the American offensives in 1918, happening under the circumstances I have outlined, as being anything other than a disaster for the first year or so. These are their OTL battlefields and I have tried as much as possible to use numbers that match OTL with due consideration to the changes in morale, resources and training. The simple fact of the matter is that the Americans got through their parts of the Great War much easier than they would have against an enemy who thought they might win. The German armies were collapsing in on themselves, with mass desertions on an unprecedented scale accompanied by mutinies and a host of other issues. However, all of this ties back to Ludendorff's complete mismanagement of the Spring Offensives and his inability to bring them to a close before casualties reached critical levels. With a relatively swift victory in Flanders, and most of two months to recover afterwards and bask in their glory, the German soldiers are in a much better position to hold the line. Even then, they took casualties at a rate far higher than any of the other powers at the time.

    One of the thing I haven’t been able to work into this update but which should be mentioned is that neither Manfred von Richthofen and his brother Lothar, nor Quentin Roosevelt, Teddy Roosevelt’s youngest son, are killed in the fighting in this period and all three will live to see the post-Great War era. They are thus in place to influence those events.

    Here is a map of the OTL Meuse-Argonne Offensive. It includes most of the relevant map locations and should give an idea of the territory that is being fought over.


    Meuse-Argonne_Offensive_-_Map.jpg
     
    Last edited:
    Interlude One: dtf955baseballfan’s Baseball Section, 1918-1919 pt. 1
  • To be honest I have absolutely no clue about baseball, so I can’t really comment on what might plausibly happen there. If you want to write a short interlude or the like on it you are more than welcome.

    I typed ths up now since I'll be busy for a while; take from it whaat you like, but it seems to fit the mood of a longer war.
    __________________________________________________________________
    Woodrow Wilson sat in his office in early 1919. Rumors were swirling about baseball.

    His head was pounding. The faith of fifty million people(1), some called it. He liked it, too - it was a great bridge between the South and North. Players had even played each other in makeshift games during the Civil War.

    He tried to tell himself he wouldn't be cancelling baseball, it could still go on. And yet...

    The protests were dwindling because of his actions. And yet, he knew if this huge wave of casualties kept coming, like a rubber band being pulled back, it would snap.

    "Get me Newton Baker," he barked into the phone in the Oval Office.

    --------------------

    "You sent for me, Mr. President?"

    "I did. Look, I know you don't like this. I know we say aevery American needs to be working or fighting. But we have got to have baseball," Wilson barked.

    Baker understood. "Mr. President, we had trouble enough last year. We took a pounding for just moving that deadline back to September for them-"

    "N...Not nearly the beating we took in the midterms."

    "True. But, we've drafted more and more-"

    "And we have men coming back. Look at Grover Cleveland Alexander, he came back wounded, he can pitch this year. He's a war hero, and he'll be a great symbol of how Americans can see their loved ones again."

    Baker mumbled something about Alexander's shell shock(2), but Wilson didn't hear it. He waas going on to the next topic.

    "....Now, sure Cobb got gassed(3) but he's going to try to come back."

    "ANd probably hit .260 without the speed he once had."

    Wilson stood and slapped his desk. "We all make sacrifices. Look, there's guys coming back unharmed from the war, too; will people notice Alexander's hearing loss while he pitches? There was a totally deaf man, Dummy Hoy, who played. Sure, we might get more like that, but we'll also have some stars coming back who retired a while ago."

    Baker scrunched his eyes shut. He didn't like it, but he waasn't going to thraten to resign over it. Wilson had a point over the phone about baseball being important for morale. As they discussed it there in the Oval Office, he asked, "Can we at least talk about shortening the season.

    "Sure; look, it was going to be 140 games last year, maybe we can shorten it more. I'm willing to ask the leagues if they'll form one conglomerate and go East-West for this year just to save on travel. I casually broached the idea to Ban Johnson, " Wilson admitted.

    Baker was a bit upset that he hadn't been informed. "What did he say?"

    "When pigs fly. There's still some animosity between the two leagues, but the 3 New York teams, 2 Boston, 2 Philadelphia, and Washington would make a fine League, the others Western, and the winners of each can meet in the World Series. There's already rumors the Red Sox and Yankees are having major spats with Johnson.(4) He doesn't mind letting them go, he just doesn't like the idea of taking only the Western teams. I think he's afraid no A.L. team will be in the Fall Classic this year."

    Baker folded his arms. "Mr. President, we are facing a crisis, but it's not about the transportation. I mean, sure, that would help, but it's about the men. You work or you fight. We've got thousands coming home in body bags, and that's not even counting how the flu decimated our lines."

    "Which is exactly why we need baseball. It's necessary for morale. I don't care if we have to put a bunch of girls out there."

    "Maybe we should suggest that."(5)

    "I was being facetious - the idea's almost as silly as... ah, I'm not even going to say it. Something McGraw of the Giants suggested to me."(6) Wilson admitted, when Baker asked, that he'd been getting a few letters from baseball people. "I can see their point about morale, though."

    Baker knew what Wilson meant about McGraw's suggestion. "I heard about that. We are losing quite a few able-bodied whites. Jobs they'll never go back to have to go to someone. I know you don't like to think about it-"

    Wilson felt his head pounding again. He couldn't stop them from integrating if they wanted, but he sure wouldn't let the Washington Nationals/Senators do it. "Newton, tell you what. Drop that silly talk and just know I'm writing up an order for baseball to go ahead. With very limited travel. But, I'd like it to be 140 games/ each club plays the others 20 times, and there's only two trips each way of5 games each, not 3. Even if the Pirates have to accept Wagner's offer to suit up again."(7)

    Baker sighed. "Yes, Mr. President."

    ------------------------------------

    Ban Johnson didn't like Harry Frazee. He more or less told him that he'd love to exchange teams - his Red Sox for the Braves. However, with Babe Ruth such a star in the making, he didn't want to risk that. Ruth had shown up drunk to a military place and thus been rejected for the Army - perhaps by design.(8) He decided he could stick with him one more year, rather than have a schedule drawn up which would of necessity send his only New York club to the N.L, also. And Mack and Griffith were totally against abandoning him, though he thought, if he could get the Cardinals and Cubs for a year...

    No, he didn't dare risk it. The clubs might not return from those greener pastures.

    Maybe he could convince Wilson to appoint Frazee to something.

    In the meantime, he would soldier on, with more and more able-bodied players leaving and with his star, Ty Cobb, looking like he had trouble catching his breath at times. Sure, he was still getting into shape, but as he looked at the Detroit lineup near their spring training site in Michigan, he knew the league was in for a rough year. With Carl Mays having been drafted now, the Red Sox might not win this year, and it looked like either Cleveland or Washington - whose Walter Johnson at 31 was one of few players left who had true superstar potential. Some guys were lucky to be the sole providers for their family, one thing that the Administration had agreed upon to allow some players, at least older veterans like him or Tris Speaker, to continue.(9)

    On the National League side, Honus Wagner had come back, though only as a coach and part-time player. Amazing, he would get 5 hits in 14 at-bats. Peter Alexander, as he was known, would start out 0-3 before ending up with a total won-loss record of 19-11 with an ERA around 1.50.(10) Amazingly, one of his games he would lose because of Wagner getting a pinch-hit off of him.

    He'd have done better if his team could have hit. But, it seemed like very few could outside of Babe Ruth - and even he couldn't very well the first couple months.

    Of course, part of that was because Walter Johnson was married with kids already, while the Indians, the defending champs, saw Speaker drafted in June and placed int he Army Reserves to let him compete in the baseball season, with a promise to go for more training after the season, especially becasue he had been such a great spokesman for the war effort, meaning he waas better at propaganda in the Reserves and playing, at least that summer.(11) As for Ruth, he and his wife adopted a baby in the 1918-19 offseason after beginning the process during 1918 in an effort to "be patriotic and help those who will soon be without fathers," though of course his wife did all the child-rearing, it seemed. This made Ruth a sole provider and exempt fromt he draft.(12)

    The Reds, who would go by Red Stockings or Redlegs by the end of the season , would capture the National League(13) and face the Indians in the World Series. They would officially change to Red Stockings in 1920 and remain that for a few years.(14) Having the World Series in America's heartland of industry, it was said, was very helpful for morale after all. The Reds had lost players too, but the Giants had lost Jesse Barnes to the draft, a star pitcher, in the middle of last season so they didn't have the star needed to overtake them.

    Wilson's decision to boost the morale of America by allowing baseball would come under fire, but as the game progressed, even with controversies and poor play, fans would greatly welcome the relief. And, the play was indeed very poor at times. Eddie Cicotte, who had slumped very badly in 1918 thanks to poor play around him, had made himself eligible for the draft despite being a father in December after Charlie Comiskey cut his and a bunch of other salaries and wound up dying on the battlefield in 1919, making some wonder what might have been, though others thought his career was coming to a close; and, with Hal Chase finally getting caught red-handed fixing games in 1919 as well, the scandal that erupted would cause baseball to have to clamp down hard on it, though there was no outcry for a Commissioner to be really tough. America had bigger problems.(15)

    --------------

    (1) I can't imagine Ken Burns was the first to use that line in his Baseball documentary. If he was, someone else does TTL.

    (2) Alexander suffered from that, hearing loss - which may be the main reason why he gets sent home - and symptoms of epilepsy OTL, and would suffer about the same here.

    (3) OTL former pitcher Christy Mathewson got gassed and died of TB 7 years later. Cobb was unharmed in the same accident. Here, Cobb will be a shadow of the player he was, hitting about like Baker predicts.

    (4) The Carl Mays saga was the last straw, but OTL there had been some hurt feelings ever since Harry Frazee bought the Red Sox despite not being one of Johnson's men, and Johnson tried to really demean his character as a result. Yankee ownership supported Frazee.

    (5) Hey, WW2 is when the All-American Girls' Professional Baseball League happened.

    (6) Wilson is talking about black players here - McGraw kept a list of black players he would sign if he could.

    (7) The Hall of Fame shortstop, still considered perhaps the best ever at that position, retired in 1917 OTL. He kept in great shape and even considered coming back to play, and might have, had the Pirates struck as they threatened to over a labor matter - in 1946!

    (8) Ruth was quite slim and athletic and wasn't quite the partier he would become in New York, although that's like saying an A-bomb doesn't quite carry the same power as an H-bomb. He was just incredible at holding it till his mid to late 30s.

    (9) Not sure if this kept people out of the war like in WW2 but if it didn't it's a possible compromise TTL as people start to see more and more loved ones dying. I'm not sure if the mentioned players had families here, he's just thinking out loud right now and not focused on what players actually were exempt.

    (10) A bit better because of less competition.

    (11) Johnson married in 1914 OTL and had 5 kids with his wife dying in the late '20s, so he had at least one by now. Speaker being in the Reserves is reminiscent of what happened to a few players drafted in 1942 OTL in the middle of the season. Later posts will show why a wait is allowed also.

    (12) Not that bizarre an idea - he and his wife adopted a girl who was born in 1921 OTL, and with the Spanish Flu impacting more Americans, there could easily be a baby in need of adoption now that wasn't before. In addition, Ruth is a two-way star who is drawing lots of fans and it can be arranged so he becomes exempt, and his adopting a baby will be seen as a patriotic measure.

    (13) This team is *very* underrated and would have given Chicago a run for their money even without the game fixing, as they were first in pitching, hitting, and fielding OTL. Here, though they lose players, they will still have enough of their roster that with others doing really badly, they will be able to eke out a pennant. Think of them as akin to the 1944 Cardinals or maybe even '43.

    (14) Cincinnati's baseball team officially changed names from the Reds to the Redlegs during our timelines Red Scare of the 1950s. Later posts have shown that the Red Scare is greater here and therefore change is likely, unofficial at first with papers during the season referring to them more and more by the other names and official for 1920 and for a few seasons after though not many. However, the name Red Stockings is chosen because the first professional team by that name in 1869 is within the memories of quite a few people yet and that is likely the name newspapers will use to refer to them during the 1919 season once a few whispers are made suggesting a name change is desired since it is the 50th anniversary.

    (15) What would seem to be a horrible thing for baseball, losing one of its better pitchers, though not likely a Hall of Famer, would actually be a very good thing, though nobody knows it TTL. Cicotte was the star pitcher and one of the big guns throwing the World Series to gamblers. Chase was almost caught red-handed in 1918 and would be here, since he gets careless and Mathewson comes back to testify about it. Meanwhile, the lack of a Commissioner is going to mean no Judge Landis to strongly enforce any kind of gentlemens' agreement to keep baseball segregated. Not that it'll integrate in 1920, but the author now has the door open if he wants to do it in the '30s, as he said things might get better by then.But losing star players to war and having Cicotte killed on the battlefield will seem like a dystopia to TTL's baseball fans. If Ciccotte's death on the battlefield seems unlikely it can always be the Giants pitcher who dies and he is injured some other way in training the way Ty Cobb almost was and Christy Mathewson was.
     
    Last edited:
    Interlude One: dtf955baseballfan’s Baseball Section, 1918-1919 pt. 2
  • A client who was supposed to call to let me know when she needed me hasn't for a couple hours, so I did that other interlude I promised.

    _____________________________________

    "Hey, where you been," the owner asked manager MIller Huggins one summer day in 1919. "Game's gonna start soon."

    "War Board; then to a school. Wanted to make sure we could keep this kid active and academically eligible if he plays with us."

    "What college?"

    "High school, actually." The owner's jaw dropped a little. "Kid's got talent, from over in Manhattan. I'd heard some about him and wanted to keep him away from Muggsy McGraw," Huggins said with a smile. 'Turns 16 in a couple weeks."

    The owner nodded. "And you got it?"

    "Yeah. His dad's an alcoholic and he lost some siblings to disease when young, so it's just his mom and him. He's a sole provider, at least fromt he male side, so they said as long as the war's on he can play a little summer ball with us. Though we'll actually hold it in escrow or something; we have to work that out," the manager went on.

    He spied some reporters speaking with awe about what they'd seen in batting practice. "He could hit home runs now," he overheard one say.

    "Probably just doubles power for right now, don't be so hard on him," Huggins chided the reporter lightly. Although, the young man would hit a home run clear out of Wrigley Field in Chicago over a year later, just after his 17th birthday.(1)

    The young man got the chance to pinch-hit a few times, and finally got into a game at first base after he turned 16, just before a weeks-long road trip began July 5.(2) He had only gotten a couple hits in 10 at-bats, both singles, and struck out in his lone appearance against Walter Johnson in New York. He would stay with them a while longer before going back to preparing for his high school's junior year and the numerous sports he played in it that fall.

    He wasn't a huge story, except at first for his age, but at least one Washington beat reporter, once they got to Griffith Stadium, sought him out. "What was it like to face the Big Train?"

    "Pretty shocking; I mean,a couple months ago you're facing high school kids and next thing you know you see that fastball."

    "Think you'll get more chances against him?"

    "I don't know; Coach Huggins wanted to give me a chance at home where I wasn't so nervous, same with starting me once or twice, but I'm mostly just hear to observe and practice. Though I'd hope I could make it back in a few years, once the war is out."

    "I see; thanks..." the reporter looked at the card where he'd written the name on the contract. "...Henry?"

    The young man smiled. It had just had his last name int he box scores. "Lou, please; my dad's got the same name and it keeps us from getting mixed up."

    "All right, Lou, thanks," the reporter said before stepping away from the boy's locker.

    The manager had overheard the last bit as he walked by. "Don't be fooled - kid's mighty humble, but the stars'll be back from the war sometime in the next year, maybe two, and when he joins 'em, won't be many years from now before you start calling him 'Mr. Gehrig.'"

    ----------------------

    (1) As he did OTL

    (2) OTL, there was an odd interlude of 3 games in Washington against the Senators, then 6, including 2 doubleheaders the 4th and 5th, agaisnt them at home. Here, for travel considerations they play the six in New York July 1-4 to close out the month-long home stand, then go on the road.

    _____________________________________________________________

    Yeah, I kept thinking of that home run he hit out of Wrigley as a 17YO only a year later, and I thought to myself, "This makes even more sense than having something really similar to Joe Nuxhall.
     
    Narrative Four: For Fear of the Flu & An Eye-Opening Offensive
  • For Fear of the Flu

    640px-USCampHospital45InfluenzaWard.jpg

    French Soldiers Being Treated For The Flu

    Mid-morning, 19th of October, 1918
    L'Hôpital Saint Juéry, Outskirts of Albi, France


    Louis was trying to scratch an itch just above his right ankle. It had been bothering him since he awoke hours ago, and he had finally had enough. Grabbing onto some glass phial on the table by his head, he pushed himself into a seated position and stretched out his right hand to poke at the itch.

    It was at this point that the sight of his right arm, or rather the lack of an arm, brought him up short.

    "Oh. Right. That happened." he whispered hoarsely, staring down at the place where both his right hand and leg were supposed to be.

    There was nothing there. No hand to scratch with. No leg to have an itch with. His mind was playing tricks on him again.

    He sighed and leant back against the wall at the head of his bed and stared out at the mass of humanity around him.

    Bodies everywhere, some shaking, some moaning, a few deathly still, with brown blankets covering them, one and all.

    Nurses and doctors walked quietly among the mass of wounded humanity, feeling a head for a fever one place and giving quiet comfort at another.

    A wet cough broke the quiet. A young boy named Pierre, three beds down from Louis, had made the sound. They had been in the same regiment when the attack on Attigny happened, but Pierre had only arrived at Saint Juéry the day before - coughing his lungs out from gas, or at least that was what the doctors had told him.


    Louis heard his neighbour, an older fellow named Jean, start coughing as well and felt a chill in his heart. Was this it? Would this be the turn of Saint Juéry?

    He had heard rumours of the flu tearing through a hospital ward like a machine-gun, laying wounded men low with barely any effort. There were whispers that the brass had started killing everyone when it turned up in a ward, though at the time he found that particular rumour a bit farfetched (1).

    It didn't seem quite as farfetched now. He could almost feel death's breath on the back of his neck.

    Horrified, he felt a raw cough tear its way up his throat - cutting through the silence wetly.

    "Sancte Michael, defende nos in proelio ut non pereamus in tremendo iudicio." (2)

    Footnotes:

    (1) Needless to say, this is a wild rumor that is getting passed around and has little grounding in the truth.

    (2) Louis is praying to Saint Michael to help protect him and his comrades in the battle against the flu to come. The specific translation is: Saint Michael, defend us in battle that we might not perish at the dreadful judgment.


    An Eye-Opening Offensive

    640px-The_Hundred_Days_Offensive%2C_August-november_1918_Q9365.jpg

    American Troops Surveying Tanks Moving Towards the Front

    Afternoon, 2nd of November 1918
    Varennes-en-Argonne, France


    Ike had only recently arrived at the front, he and his men having been transferred to France following Patton's successes at St Mihiel and Pershing's hopes they might follow up on that (1), but he was increasingly coming to understand that none of the folks back home had the slightest inkling of what was going on here in the trenches.

    He had spent last night drinking with the querulous Patton, listening to him grumble on about the absolute hash of things that General Pershing and his staff had made of the offensive, at least in his eyes.

    According to rumour, old Gimlet Eye had chosen to attack the godforsaken Argonne Forest rather than following through at St Mihiel, and the men were not particularly happy about it (2).

    Patton had lamented the terrain, at one point trying to drag Ike out of the tent to walk the line of advance so that he could show Ike why his tanks had been left with nothing to do in the rear. Patton had cursed at having his chance at glory stolen by the damned terrain and blamed Pershing for the failures of the offensive.

    As they had gotten deeper into the bottle and later into the night, Patton had grown increasingly loud in his pronouncements, his voice cutting through the quiet mutterings of the other officers who had been sitting nearby.

    However, rather than chastise Patton, as Ike had initially expected them to, they were quick to add their voices to his complaints.

    Story after story of pointless bloody charges through horrid terrain had poured out and laments at how many men had been spent for so little gain were a common theme. Cursing the top brass seemed almost perfunctory, but constant.

    By the time most of the men were stumbling out the tent in search of their beds, Ike had found himself in a somber mood, only briefly broken when his one-time class mate Bradley had sat down to share a quiet word and bottle with him (3).

    "Do not take their words too much to heart, they have all payed dearly in the last months. I can scarcely believe the cost and I was here for most of it before I got this." He had said in a clear but quiet voice, pointing to a massive red scar cutting across his arm.

    "This is like nothing any of us ever imagined, and we all need to blow off a bit of steam now that things have quieted."

    "Has it gone so badly?" Ike asked.

    "Yes, Yes it has, Ike." he responded, staring steadfastly into Ike's eyes. "I don't know how many times we went up the hill at Montfaucon, but I can tell you that a third of the men who followed me up are no longer here."

    "I don't know how many fights like that my men have in them." he said before leaning forward earnestly.

    "Listen to me, this war is going to be a bad one - I feel it in my bones. I know the rumours making the rounds back home: that the war is nearly won, that a last push is all that is needed. They are all lying. I can't imagine braver men than those who follow us into battle, but if command keeps spending them like a drunkard at a bar that won't matter much longer."

    They had sat there, Bradley confiding his growing worries at the approach being taken by the top command. The decision to rush raw recruits into battle, the constant pressure to advance, the decisions taken to fight in the harshest possible terrain for a hundred miles in either direction.

    By the time Ike had taken to his bed, thoughts of what he had heard had been buzzing through his mind and worry gnawed at him.

    What would he do when it was his turn to order his men forward?

    Now, in the light of day, he could tell himself that he would do whatever was asked of him - but the thought that he and his men might be wasted in a futile effort weighed heavily on his shoulders (4).

    Footnotes:

    (1) This is Dwight D. Eisenhower and George S. Patton, in case it wasn't completely clear.

    (2) This is, of course, inaccurate, as Pershing would have loved to follow through at St Mihiel. But then again, the idea that your top commander is taking direction from a foreigner isn't exactly the sort of thing people want to go around reminding each other about.

    (3) This is Omar Bradley, Eisenhower's class mate at West Point.

    (4) Keep in mind that this is a relatively young Eisenhower facing combat for the first time on the Western Front. He is worried about what is to come, but his focus is more on the dangers posed by the American leadership than actually facing the Germans.

    End Note:

    These two vignettes serve to provide some insight into what is going on amongst Allied casualties and officer ranks.

    I would remind you to bear in mind, with the second vignette, that these are all men talking to their peers in relative privacy and such don't really feel that great of a need to hold back. The main thing to take away from it is that there is pretty broad dissatisfaction amongst the more junior level officers over decisions taken by their top commanders. The fact that they were forced to fight a nightmare battle at St Mihiel followed by the even more nightmarish struggle in the Argonne Forest, with no real victory to show for it and hundreds of thousands of comrades killed or wounded, has left many of them extremely leery of the top brass. They aren't refusing orders or anything like that, but they are dissatisfied and feel that their commanders have spent the lives of their men callously - which shouldn't be too great of a surprise under the circumstances. Again, don't read too much into this - the American officers follow whatever orders are given and perform admirably while doing so, but this undercurrent does have a deleterious effect on army cohesion and the morale of their soldiery. They are learning, and several key OTL WW2 figures are getting some proper wartime experience this time around, but the main point is that the officers aren't completely satisfied with the American performance so far.
     
    Last edited:
    Update Thirteen: Crisis Point
  • Crisis Point

    504px-Kemal_Atat%C3%BCrk_portrait.jpg

    Mustafa Kemal Pasha, Commander of the Ottoman Seventh Army

    The Contentious East

    The German Spring Offensive and its aftermath would come to have immense consequences for the conduct of the war in the Middle East. First and foremost, it saw the reassignment of the EEF's Commander in Chief, Edmund Allenby, to command of the BEF in France and his replacement with recently promoted General Phillip Chetwode. An experienced commander though one widely despised by his British subordinate commanders for his role in the Curragh Incident of 1914, when a series of British officers threatened to resign their posts in protest over the passing of the Irish Home Rule Act, with Chetwode accepting an offer to replace the preeminent brigadier-general Hubert Gough if Gough were to follow through on the threat to resign. Secondly, the Egyptian Expeditionary Force Chetwode inherited was significantly different from that under Allenby following the mass transfer of British and Anzac troops from Palestine to France, and consisted primarily of recently transferred soldiers from the British Indian Army. These troops commonly had very little combat experience, though around one tenth of the soldiers were more experienced soldiers from the Mesopotamian front, and very few of them shared a language with their inexperienced British commanders (1).

    Chetwode would spend much of the summer trying to rebuild the EEF following the disruptions caused by the mass troop transfers, skirmishing with the Army Group Yildirim to their north. The Yildirim were themselves experiencing a great deal of changes as the recently ascended Sultan Mehmed VI exerted his influence by appointing Mustafa Kemal Pasha to commander of the Ottoman Seventh Army in the Judean Hills and pushing for the transfer of forces in the Caucasus to support their defence of the region. Over the course of the summer of 1918, the two forces would work to strengthen their positions, with the Ottomans committing to a successful push on Amman, overrunning Arab defences in the region and forcing them back into the desert, only to be turned back by a joint British-Arab push on the city in early August.

    The recapture of Amman began an extended Arab campaign in the Transjordan, in which Emir Faisal and his men were able to go on a rampage, overrunning positions by the dozens and pressing ever further northward. This in turn put pressure on the Ottomans west of the Jordan, who were forced to turn their focus eastward and eventually forced the German commander of Army Group Yildirim, General Liman von Sanders to order the construction of a defensive line further to the north, between Haifa and Beisan, and a series of fallback lines in preparation for a retreat from Palestine. It was around the time this order was given that Chetwode began testing the Turkish positions in the Judean Hills, provoking a series of bitter skirmishes and ambushes which helped harden the raw army under his control. By mid-September, as British resources began to become available once more, Chetwode was almost ready to launch an offensive he had been planning for months while Emir Faisal began penetrating into southern Syria, threatening the suburbs of Damascus in one daring raid (2).

    On the 22nd of September 1918, Emir Faisal launched an all-out assault on Dera and cut the railroads there, placing the Ottoman positions atop the Judean Hills in danger of being cut off. Although the Ottoman defenders were able to beat back the Arab attack on Dera and reopen the rail line, this would prove enough for Liman von Sanders to order a staged withdrawal which was undertaken over the next five days out of the hills to the recently constructed defensive line. As they went, they stripped the countryside to their south of anything they could get their hands, ruining railroads, poisoning wells and leaving boobytraps behind every corner. At first the Chetwode didn't quite believe his luck and it would take two days before his men pushed forward slowly, encountering the devastation the Ottomans had left behind. It would take the better part of a week before the British reached the new Ottoman lines, whereupon they began a series of assaults to test it, only to experience considerable casualties. The new positions occupied by the British were also extremely exposed, located on a flat plain and with the Ottomans on an incline, allowing them to rain hell from above with what artillery they had available. It was also around this period that further reinforcements began to arrive from the Caucasus, turning the front to stalemate once more (3).

    However, further east the situation was far more fluid, as Faisal pressed ever northward. Having been thwarted at Dera, he would launch a series of raids on the town and the surrounding rail lines over the next month before exploiting the relative coolness of the approaching winter to conduct a daring expedition that would make his name. Amassing a force of 5,000 warriors, Faisal went on a week-long crossing into the Syrian desert, emerging north of Damascus where he and his men proceeded to wreak absolute havoc, cutting rail lines and burning out military outposts, while the Ottomans rushed forces to counter them, only for Faisal and his men to retreat back into the desert, returning to Amman in the new year (4).

    This raid would provide a morale boost to the British in the region precisely when they needed it the most, for events on the Mesopotamian front had taken a turn for the worse. Having seen the forces in the region gravely denuded in order to support Allenby's assault on the Judean Hills and later to reinforce the sudden weakening of the Palestine Front in May and June, the careful General William Marshall, Commander-in-Chief of Mesopotamia, had sought to consolidate British gains in the region and build up sufficient defences to hold until reinforcements could arrive. However, with the Turkish successes in the Caucasus and northern Iran over the course of early and mid-1918, the Ottomans felt able to finally turn back to this theatre in the autumn, proceeding towards the execution of an offensive in October of 1918.

    Pressing forward and overrunning the outer defences Marshall had constructed, the Ottomans were able to place Baghdad under siege on the 8th of October 1918, sending panic through British ranks as fears of a repeat of the Siege of Kut spread like wildfire. Forces were rushed forward while further men were drawn from India itself, despite the sudden occurrence of a deadly flu which began running rampant in India around the same time. However, by the time forces were being landed in southern Mesopotamia they were having to cart them directly into hospital wards by the thousands, and even more into mass graves. The flu would spread like wildfire up the Tigris and Euphrates, often in advance of the reinforcements, and eventually reached the besiegers outside Baghdad, soon crossing the lines and tearing into the besieged force as well. By the time British reinforcements grew closer to Baghdad, they would find themselves met by a British force under General Alexander Cobbe, who had led a breakout from Baghdad when it became clear it could not be held, General Marshall having fallen to the flu. With disease preventing a Turkish pursuit and the British themselves crippled by disease and supply shortages, neither side felt well enough to provoke a battle, the British pulling back down the river to Kut (5).


    General Maurice Sarrail was replaced as commander of the Armée Alliées en Orient at Salonica by the talented Adolphe Guillaumat in December 1917. On arriving, Guillaumat found his new post in considerable disarray, disease running rampant and short on supplies, the result of the Austrian thrust into the Mediterranean immediately following the fall of Italy. It would take months for Guillaumat to put everything right, setting out plans for an ambitious offensive in the region designed to reopen the Balkans front, only for the German Spring Offensives to intervene in his plans and force preparations to a halt. In the aftermath of the German Offensive, Guillaumat was recalled to France to take up command of the Paris Military District, leaving behind his plans to the man who would replace him, the former commander of the French Seventh Army, General Baucheron de Boissoudy. Baucheron de Boissoudy arrived on the heels of the French GQG's decision to prioritise the French offensive in Champagne with Boissoudy's primary task being to tie down Central Power forces in the Balkans while several divisions were shipped back to France to support the big offensive.

    It was under these circumstances that Boissoudy decided against authorising a proposed assault on the immense fortified position at Skra-di-Legen by the Greek Army, believing it too great of a risk. He instead commenced a series of demonstration assaults up and down the line, testing it for weakness and seeking to draw Central Power reinforcements, while launching smaller attacks on positions that seemed weak, though experiencing little success in this effort. 1918 on the Salonica Front would pass much as 1917 had, with minor battles and skirmishes but little sign of breaking the stalemate. This, as well as the severe manpower shortage provoked by the Fourth Battle of Champagne, would result in the recall of much of the French forces in the region, with most of the Allied positions being turned over to Greek and Serbian defenders as the Allies reevaluated the prospects of the region for the coming year (6).

    However, despite the small scale of conflict in the Salonica theatre, war weariness and socialist agitation in Bulgaria, which had been at war nearly uninterrupted for eight years by this point, finally boiled over in the Radomir Rebellion which was to have significant consequences for the future of Bulgaria. Centering on the small town of Radomir west of Sofia, the rebellion saw several thousand disenchanted Bulgarian soldiers abandon their posts on the frontlines to march on Sofia at the urging of the leader of the Bulgarian Agrarian National Union, Alexander Stamolijski, who wanted to overthrow the Tsar and institute a republic.

    As the growing group of rebels approached the outskirts of Sofia on 30 September, they were met by a highly motivated force of loyal Bulgarian military cadets and German soldiers. Their anger at the rebellious ‘traitors’ had already been vented two days earlier when the cadets held up a train transporting injured Bulgarian soldiers from the front. Accusing them of defeatism and socialist subversion of the front, the loyalist troops had executed some 500 of the injured. Over the following days they proceeded to crush the Radomir Rebellion with heavy artillery, followed by mass arrests and massacres, in which about 3,000 supporters of the uprising were killed and 10,000 wounded. Among the dead was Stambolijski, who had been captured while trying to flee the collapse of the rebellion and had been summarily shot on his identity being confirmed. The collapse of the Radomir Rebellion and the death of Stambolijski splintered and weakened the Bulgarian pacifist movement and removed the single greatest threat to the Tsar and his family, who had to be forcibly detained by German soldiers to prevent the Tsar's flight from Sofia. In the aftermath of the Radomir Rebellion, German influence in Sofia would grow at a marked rate while Austro-Hungarian troops were brought in to help prop up the Tsarist regime (7).

    Footnotes:

    (1) IOTL the Palestine front experienced immense disruptions following the launching of the German Spring Offensives as well IOTL, resulting in similar troop transfers. The major difference in Palestine is that the British aren't quite as convinced of its potential as the centre of a breakthrough due to the failures in April in the Judean Hills and the fact that it is Chetwode who is in charge in the Palestine now. This might seem like a minor difference, but it has an immensely important political impact which results in the reprioritizations of the Palestine front and results in it only receiving what little assistance the military leadership can get away with. Chetwode was widely despised by his peers and a lot of that antagonism follows him into his new position.

    (2) The Palestine front is a bit more active than IOTL, particularly in the Transjordan where Emir Faisal is very motivated to press forward in memory of Lawrence of Arabia. Not only is this partially for revenge, but seeing as Faisal doesn't have the highest opinions of the British following the revelations of the Secret Treaties, he is determined to secure as good a position as possible. This plays a key role in convincing Liman von Sanders to follow a proposal he got IOTL but didn't follow up on to pull back from the exposed positions along the coast.

    (3) The Ottoman retreat disrupts any possible chance of launching an assault like the OTL Battle of Megiddo and allows the Turks to secure a more stable line. They have a railroad to their rear which allows quick movement up and down the front and are dug in along a series of smaller hills overlooking the flatlands to their south. This is a position that can be held unless morale completely collapses and has no major weaknesses, as the positions they held before had.

    (4) Having failed to take Dera, the result of more troops being transferred in from the Caucasus after the successes earlier in the year, Faisal is looking for something to keep his men engaged in the struggle, which is what leads to the rather brazen crossing of the Syrian Desert. While he doesn't have the resources or men to take Damascus, his raid does cause significant disruption and chaos which allows the British in Palestine to steady their new front and dig in.

    (5) There are a number of important factors that play into the Ottoman recapture of Baghdad, first and foremost among them The Great Flu, which tore through India at this point in time. India had more than 17 million dead from the Spanish Flu IOTL and here it just so happens to coincide with British efforts at reinforcing Mesopotamia, resulting in the disease travelling in the cramped troop transports. These are optimal conditions for the disease to spread and germinate, resulting in a major outbreak tearing through much of Mesopotamia. The capture of Baghdad is another major morale victory for the Turks following their successes in the Caucasus. IOTL the British only attempted taking Baghdad because they thought the Russians would be able to support them and take Mosul. Under these new circumstances, and having lost Baghdad, the British are unlikely to throw much more manpower into Mesopotamia.


    (6) Franchet d'Esperey does not find himself dismissed as a result of the Third Battle of the Aisne, as happened IOTL, and actually leads the most successful sector of the Fourth Battle of Champagne. As a result, he is not available when the French pull Guillaumat back to Paris. In his place we have Boissoudy, a more conservative general with a considerably different mandate than that given to d'Esperey IOTL. With the British setback in Flanders, the French are forced to keep more forces on the Western Front and as such they turn to the greatly reinforced Salonica Front for men. This in turn makes something like the Vardar Offensive far less feasible. Furthermore, the timing of the German Spring Offensives means that Guillaumat isn't willing to authorise the OTL assault on Skra-di-Legen for fear that he will need to transfer forces to France in the middle of the assault. This delays the assault to September, where Boissoudy comes to the conclusion that it is too great of a risk for him to take given his current mandate. Thus, there is no great breakout in the Balkans. An important thing to note here is that with the failure of the Eastern Strategy earlier in 1918, there is a general belief in Allied circles that the region isn't worth the investments that Allied forces have been making there.

    (7) While the Radomir Rebellion still happens as IOTL, the lack of a collapsing Salonica Front has important consequences for how the primary actors respond. With Salonica stable, Tsar Ferdinand is less willing to abandon his position, though he does need some German coercion to stay put, and there are more forces available to put down the rebellion earlier. In contrast to OTL, the rebellion is crushed outside Sofia proper, rather than in the city, as happened IOTL, and as such the Bulgarians don't experience the same sort of collapse of order within the city that happened IOTL. The different circumstances of the defeat of the Radomir Rebellion also mean that Alexander Stamolijski is captured and killed. This has incredibly important consequences for Bulgaria, putting back the Agrarian Union significantly and weakening it considerably, which allows more conservative forces to spin the Agrarian Union as a revolutionary movement seeking to destroy Bulgaria from the inside, appealing to the patriotism and conservatism inherent to the Bulgarian peasant class, though they are forced to promise land reforms following the war to shore up support.

    336px-Georges_Clemenceau.jpg

    Georges Clemenceau, Prime Minister of France

    A Tumultuous Winter

    While France had proven victorious on the battlefields of Champagne, it was about to go through one of the harshest winters in its history. As tens of thousands of wounded and dead came streaming from in the frontlines, they overloaded the already precarious rail network around Paris and forced Clemenceau to conscript the rail workers into the army, forcing them to stay at their posts for days on end in order to keep up with the incredible traffic and allowing for the enforcement of military discipline. Furthermore, the massive coal shortages during the summer had been partially alleviated by the use of coal destined for heating across Paris. The first cold snap of 1918, occurring at the tail end of the Fourth Battle of Champagne, on the 27th of October, would therefore prove deadly. With coal nowhere to be found, there was little the Parisians could do other than huddle together for warmth during the cold autumn nights. This was particularly harsh on the overburdened rail-workers, who were left to direct rail traffic in the cold, with several instances of workers being found dead at their posts in the morning.

    By mid-November 1918, France found itself barreling directly towards a political crisis. Clemenceau did what he could to rally his fellow citizens, but war fervour among the French was at an all-time low as a result of the German defenders holding their ground throughout the Battle of Champagne. If not even five French armies with every resource at their disposal could break through the German lines, then what hope was there of ending the war on French terms. Day by day, it grew colder, while bodies piled up from the deadly flu. With everyone crushed together for warmth, the disease ran rampant, tearing through France's cities like the Black Death come again. The smell of cremated bodies hung heavy over Paris, while the left began to muster its forces for a push towards peace. However, while the various anti-war factions began to coalesce it was determined that any large meetings, strikes or protests would need to wait until the flu died out, for fear of the disease spreading amongst their supporters. In the meanwhile, plans began to be laid and efforts were undertaken to improve the coordination between left-wing Frenchmen in all sorts of positions (8).

    However, before the left-wing could really move forward with any of their planned actions, they would find themselves upstaged by a radical anarchist by the name of Émilie Cottin. Émile Cottin was twenty-two years old and had developed an interest in anarchism as a youth, meeting with several prominent anarchists in 1915 and establishing a ring of friends in those circles during the middle years of the war. In May of 1918, he was in Paris participating in the mass demonstrations and witnessed municipal guards gunning down striking workers on Clemenceau's orders. This would be the event that radicalised Cottin and set him on the path to infamy. On the morning of the 18th of January 1919, as Clemenceau was departing his apartment at Rue Benjamin-Franklin he was met by Émile Cottin, who opened fire on the French Premier with a revolver. Clemenceau was hit once in the back and three times in the torso before he went down, while Cottin was swarmed by Clemenceau's guards and arrested.

    Clemenceau reportedly lamented that "They shot me in the back. They didn't even dare to attack me from the front!" Before he was carried back into his apartment while doctors were rushed to his side and news of the assassination attempt spread like wildfire. Clemenceau was very weak and the doctors gave him only hours to live. In great pain, but aware of his surroundings, Clemenceau would do what he could to put his affairs in order and tried to secure his legacy by declaring his wish to be succeeded by his close friend and political ally Georges Mandel, the Minister of the Interior. The Great Man, "Le Tigre", France's hard-willed heart, willing to fight on to the bitter end, passed away at the age of 78 in the early hours of the evening on the 18th of January 1919 (9).

    While Clemenceau's death was widely lamented in public, his dedicated rival and enemy President Poincaré was swift to ignore Clemenceau's own wishes, urging his political ally Alexandre Millerand to form a cabinet and take up the duties of French Prime Minister on the 20th of January, well before Clemenceau's supporters could make their move. While Clemenceau's supporters and pacifist opponents were still trying to come to grips with his death, Poincaré stole a march on them and made a grasp at power. By the time anyone was beginning to think of the consequences of Clemenceau's death, Poincaré had already resolved the issues in his and his supporters' interest. Cottin found himself jailed on charges of treason and murder, with his trial set to start on the 15th of February 1919.

    The bruising warfare of 1918, and the consequent drain on manpower and resources, had stretched the Central Powers nearly to the limits. While a food and energy crisis was avoided in the winter of 1918-1919, it was only accomplished by drawing on the resources of Italy, Ukraine and Romania that famine was kept at bay. Beyond that, the recent negotiation of an end to the blockade of Denmark meant that Germany was suddenly able to secure some food imports and the like from abroad once more, even if at a distinct Danish premium. A state of affairs which would leave the small Kingdom of Denmark swimming in money by the end of the war. Furthermore, the capture of the Béthune mines had allowed the Germans to further improve their coal supplies while massive amounts of supplies secured in Flanders were used to ease the worst crises facing the Central Powers. Even Austria-Hungary was able to skirt shortages for the time being, actually rebuilding some of their production capacity over the course of 1918 from the precipitous fall it had experienced in late 1917 and early 1918. With the Austro-Hungarian Empire largely focused on occupation duties, the Germans were able to turn their attentions firmly to the Western Front, with OHL increasingly hopeful that 1919 might mark the last year of the war (10).

    However, with the end of the war with Russia in mid-1918, a flood of former prisoners of war had begun returning to the Central Powers. While this might under ordinary circumstances have seemed a beneficial development, the problem lay in the ideological leanings of many of the former prisoners of war. While in captivity, these soldiers had been bombarded incessantly with socialist, anarchist and pacifist propaganda. Now, they returned home with radical ideals which they were more than eager to share with any who would hear of them. While the Germans sought to press many of their returning soldiers back onto the line, the Austro-Hungarians would experience incredible difficulties accomplishing any such thing. Socialist and pacifist agitation, led by these returned prisoners of war, grew increasingly powerful over the course of 1918 and neared their climax in the winter of 1918-1919. It was around this time that the cries for democratic reforms and parliamentisation of the government, which had plagued the German governments throughout the war, finally began to reach a pitch that forced OHL and the civilian government to act (11).

    In a meeting of the Imperial Crown Council, Max Hoffmann raised the issue in late November and suggested that efforts to include the majority parties in government at this point could prove useful in defusing much of the tension building up within Germany and would make it easier to negotiate an end to the war. This was a radical proposal and there was a great deal of initial resistance, which led to Hoffmann suggesting that key posts - most importantly the foreign ministry - would remain subject to an Imperial appointment while the Kaiser retained the right to refuse the appointment of a chancellor but allowed for parliamentary votes of no confidence. After consultation with the heads of the four major parties, the SPD, Centre, Progressive People's Party (FVP) and the National Liberal Party (NLP), three major reforms were enacted. First, membership in the Reichstag and a government office were made compatible. Second, a vote of no confidence against the chancellor in the Reichstag would result in his dismissal, meaning that the Reichstag and Kaiser would exert equal control over the government. Finally, a declaration of war as well as a peace treaty would need the consent of the Reichstag.

    As part of the reshuffle that followed, Germany would see Chancellor Hertlingen resign and be replaced by Prince Max von Baden, a noted liberal monarchist of talent, though in poor health, and well known within the German establishment for reformist sympathies. While Kühlmann would remain as Foreign Minister, having amply demonstrated his talents in the cut and thrust of diplomatic warfare, he would be joined in the cabinet by two SPD polticians, Gustav Bauer as Minister of Labor and Friedrich Ebert as Minister without Portfolio, three Centrum politicians, Adolphe Gröber and Matthias Erzberger as Ministers without Portfolio and Karl Trimborn as Minister of the Interior, while the FVP remained present in the former of Vice-Chancellor Friedrich von Payer and the NLP as a Minister without Portfolio in the form of Gustav Stresemann. This new government secured a strong vote of confidence from the Reichstag and gave Hoffmann and Kühlmann the task of negotiating a peace with the Allies on as equitable a footing as possible. The shockwaves of these changes would be felt immediately in Germany where the pro-peace and social democratic movements split over the issue, collapsing into bitter infighting and leaving the field clear for the government to proceed in peace. Not to be left out, the Fatherland Party would react negatively to these changes, but Hoffmann's crackdown earlier in the year and the threat of OHL pulling funding for the party made many of their leading members extremely hesitant and kept them quiet for the time being (12).


    The latter half of 1918 was a difficult time for the British, as the conscription crisis in Ireland grew worse by the day while councils of action began popping up across Britain. Scotland would find itself in the grip of intense socialist-led strikes while the British merchant marine was placed under constant pressure from German U-Boats. Pressure mounted on Lloyd George and Field Marshal Allenby to restore British honour on Flanders Fields and a coalition of anti-Lloyd George politicians in the Parliament began to form.

    Most immediately destabilising were the troubles in Ireland, where Field Marshal Haig was setting about crushing resistance to conscription. Protests and strikes were broken up violently and draft dodgers were hunted down with extreme prejudice, before being shipped to France for service. Sinn Fein was swift to begin organising resistance to the British and were soon joined by disillusioned supporters of the Irish Parliamentary Party and a wide variety of other Irish nationalists. The Irish Nationalists formed bands of fighters who began ambushing British squads out rousting draft dodgers and quelling Unionist resistance across the Irish Isle. In response, the Unionists formed their own armed gangs and went after Nationalists with murderous intent ,often finding themselves deputised to support Haig's own men to make up for the severe manpower shortage he faced. The situation in Ireland soon began spinning out of control as neighbours turned on each other and summary justice began seeing widespread use. There were five assassination attempts on Haig over the course of his first four months at the new posting, while dozens of other British government and military representatives found themselves murdered or ambushed. The conflict caused its first major diplomatic crisis when Irish-American arms smugglers were caught by the coast guard off the Irish west coast with a shipment of 10,000 rifles and almost a million rounds on the 28th of October. The smugglers were imprisoned on a host of charges, several of them carrying the death penalty, prompting significant outrage amongst Irish-Americans and in the Unionist and Conservative press. While President Wilson tried to secure the release of the smugglers, there was little Lloyd George could do politically. The three Irish-American smugglers were hanged early in the new year to thunderous protests in America (13).

    At the same time Scotland's powerful Red Clydeside socialist movement geared up for a knock-down drag-out fight. While they were passionately anti-war, they focused their protests on the release of anti-war politicians like the Marxist John Maclean and the Independent Labour Party (ILP) member James Maxton, who had been imprisoned for their pacifist actions. The pressure grew ever greater on the Government to release their anti-war prisoners, with demonstrations and protests spreading steadily southward, resistance to the Government line increasingly being organised by councils of action in the model of Socialist Soviets in Russia. This would climax with the Battle of George Square, the bloodiest riot in Glasgow's history, requiring armed intervention by the military to put an end to the looting.

    Fearing the worst, The British government were forced to give way before the pressure on the condition that the Councils disband, which they ostensibly did, despite a few radicals calling for the overthrow of the government and its replacement with a Socialist or Communist state. Nonetheless, these councils of action would prove surprisingly easy to reform in the future. Maclean was quick to return to his anti-war work, holding several speeches daily across northern Britain against the war and calling for peaceful resistance to the government's bloodthirst. At the same time, he sought to rally Scottish workers around his belief in Celtic Communism, centring on Celtic clan loyalties, equal distribution of the state's resources and resistance to foreign, in this case English, power. His combination of Celtic pan-nationalism and Bolshevik communism would prove more marginal than he might have hoped, but would find some adherence amongst Irish Nationalists in Ulster and in Cornwall over the coming years (14).

    Footnotes:

    (8) The situation in France is nearing disaster, as the consequences of 1918 really start to play havoc on the French. Here we see the consequences of Clemenceau's insistence on an Autumn Offensive, the overstretched rail infrastructure, the collapsing class relations and significant coal shortages. Paris is nearing a boiling point and it won't be able to take much more pressure.

    (9) Cottin's assassination of Clemenceau is based on his OTL attempt on Clemenceau's life on the 19th of February. Here the deteriorating situation in Paris pushes Cottin to make his attempt earlier, allowing him to get more lucky in his shots. Rather than hitting Clemenceau once with very little impact on the old man, he is able to fire most of his bullets into Clemenceau at close range, fatally wounding him. The quote is from OTL and highlights what an absolute badass Clemenceau was. The assassination of Jean Jaurès and Georges Clemenceau, bookending the war, will come to be viewed by many as the symbolic murder of peace in the first case and the killing of war in the second. Clemenceau will feature heavily in right-wing mythology as the man who could have saved France from itself.

    (10) While the pressure on the Germans is quite significant, they have now held control of Romania and Italy for over a year and nearly one-and-a-half year of Ukraine, which is enough for them to begin extracting sufficient resources to resolve most of the issues they ran into during 1917 and 1918. They are pressured, but not quite as much as IOTL, by resource shortages. Furthermore, their control of so much of eastern Europe means that they can draw on the region's resources to make up shortages.


    (11) The destabilising impact of former PoWs from Russia is based on what happened IOTL, where they played a key role in spreading the chaos following the Kiel Mutiny and helped worsen the situation in Austria-Hungary enough for it to collapse when the Italians attacked. Here the same soldiers are returning, but the states they are returning to have more resources available to deal with them.

    (12) I know that IOTL the only reason Ludendorff went for a democratic government was to undermine its legitimacy, but with a more liberal figure in Hoffmann, who is more aware of the benefits of cooperation with the civilian government, then I think we might have seen a limited effort at strengthening the Reichstag in preparations for an effort at negotiating with the Allies. IOTL the German government had already promised reforms almost as soon as the war began and continued to promise them for years to come, the pressure to do this was undoubtedly there IOTL and so is there ITTL as well. I will say this is not a parliamentary monarchy or anything like that, the Emperor still remains a powerful figure and the military and foreign affairs remain outside of parliamentary purview for the time being. The reforms are based on those passed by Baden IOTL, with the exception of those ITTL not including the subordination of the military to the government and the Emperor retaining the ability to dismiss the Chancellor should he wish to.

    (13) Ireland is turning into an utter nightmare as neighbour goes to war with neighbour and the British fight to put down the Nationalists wherever they can while keeping their conscription efforts going. By this point in time the actual quality of the conscripts being transported to France has become increasingly immaterial and the issue is seen more as a way of bludgeoning the Irish before Home Rule is implemented. With the chaos and bloodshed across Ireland that this crisis has provoked, the government has also decided to continue pushing Home Rule down the road but it is starting to catch up to them. The investment involved in holding onto Ireland is growing by the day and it will soon reach a point where one would ordinarily question the worth of the investment. But this is the British and Ireland, neither side is going to be logical about this.

    (14) The Red Clydeside movement is really interesting, and if you get the chance I would suggest reading up on it. This is a period of socialist ferment in Britain and there is a pretty strong socialist movement in the region. While the socialists are unlikely to be powerful enough to overthrow the British government, they do present a considerable threat to the continued war effort and given the continuation of hostilities in Ireland the British can't exactly afford another uprising, particularly not in the crucial industrial region of northern Britain. Celtic Communism isn't quite the same construct as IOTL, with Maclean being influenced by TTL's Communists and their mixture of Syndicalist-Anarchist-Socialist ideology this time around. Without the stifling influence of the OTL Bolsheviks weighing down on his movement, Celtic Communism is able to build a small but significant following in Celtic parts of the UK, mostly northern Ireland, Urban Scotland and the coal fields and cities of Wales. This isn't a movement that is going to overthrow anyone anytime soon, but they are an important ideological movement which will have an influence on Socialism in Britian and Ireland more broadly.

    345px-Charles_I_of_Austria.jpg

    Emperor Karl I von Habsburg of Austria-Hungary

    The Struggle of Democracy

    While there were several critical factors, particularly growing nationalist movements, which played into the challenges facing the continued existence of Austria-Hungary as a multi-ethnic empire, there were a number of important short-term factors which would prove even more influential in regards to the immediate fate of the Austro-Hungarian Empire. Preeminent amongst these short-term factors which enabled a collapse of social order in Austria-Hungary were the material deprivations of large sections of the population, notably in Austria’s cities during the war years. By late 1917 parts of its urban populations were starving, thus significantly increasing the potential for civil unrest. Strikes in Austria initially took the form of protests against high prices and poor food distribution. Within days nearly a million workers had downed tools across Austria, Hungary, Galicia and Moravia; demands grew for ‘the most speedy end to the war’ and for national self-determination. This was followed at the beginning of February by a short-lived sailors’ mutiny at the naval bases of Pola and Cattaro, driven by complaints about food shortages and demands for an immediate end to the war, although as Italian food sources became available some of these complaints grew quieter.

    As in Germany, the strikes and mutinies in Austria-Hungary did not cause the collapse of the regime or the war effort. While war weariness, supply shortages and the cost of policing half of Europe, from the Alpine Piedmont in the west and Albania in the south to the Baltic coast in the north and deep into the Ukrainian steppe in the east, dragged down morale across the vast Austro-Hungarian Army, it would not be the army that cracked first. Demonstrations began in Vienna on the 22nd of January 1919, rallying around calls for the proclamation of a republic and the release from prison of Friedrich Adler, the radicalised son of the Austrian Social Democratic Party’s founder, Victor Adler (15). While Emperor Karl was inclined to release Adler, he faced considerable resistance to the measure from his own officials and from amongst German diplomats who feared what the consequences might be.

    On the 25th of January an Austrian daily newspaper vividly compared the revolutionary mood in Vienna with the delirium of the deadly Flu. So-called ‘Red Guards’, inspired by events in Russia, marched through the city, attracting left-wing intellectuals like the famous journalist Egon Erwin Kisch and the Expressionist writer Franz Werfel, as well as radicalized soldiers and workers. However, the government was able to draw on military cadets, students and various right-wing groups to muster a force capable of resisting this Red wave. On the 27th of January, as the counter-revolutionary contingents in Vienna found themselves called up to end the demonstrations and protests by right-wing figures in the government, Emperor Karl went out to meet with a deputation from the masses. As counter-revolutionaries mustered, Karl negotiated, offering political reforms, the implementation of trialism with the establishment of a Croatian co-kingdom to the Dual Monarchy, the release of Adler and as swift of an end to the war as possible. While the representatives from the demonstrators returned to discuss the terms, counter-revolutionaries began clearing the streets one by one. By the time news of the counter-revolutionary stroke spread, the leadership of the protestors were no longer on speaking terms, as half wanted to accept the Emperor's offer while the other called for his overthrow. The sudden assault by the counter-revolutionaries broke the demonstrators, with the mob splintering and running. Over the following week, the Emperor could do little more than look on in horror as the reactionaries began imprisoning leaders of the demonstrators wherever they could find them, with many fleeing to relative safety in the countryside and a few into exile (16).

    As news of the end of Vienna's Red Week spread through the rest of the Empire, it was met with widespread equanimity by most of the population, with the significant exception of two important groups. One of these groups were the Hungarian liberal nationalists in Budapest, who were horrified to learn that the Emperor had offered trialism to the masses and his apparent turn against liberalism, and the radical working class in Budapest, who hoped to overthrow the rotten imperial structures of the Empire in order to create a Communist state stretching across the entirety of the Balkans. The liberals rallied behind Count Mihály Károlyi, a liberal whose political ideas were rooted in the tradition of the 1848 revolution. Károlyi had long promoted a political programme aimed at Hungarian independence, and thus a revocation of the 1867 ‘Compromise’ that established the Dual Monarchy of Austria-Hungary. He also advocated universal suffrage and land reform, an interesting proposition given that Károlyi himself was one of the biggest landowners in Hungary.

    In order to achieve his goals, Károlyi’s United Party of Independence used its newspapers to spread word that a third Croatian kingdom would be formed from the carcass of the Hungarian one, riling up nationalist sentiments, and struck a deal with the bourgeois Radical Party to declare Hungarian independence. Word quickly spread through the city and crowds began taking to the streets demanding Hungarian independence by the 3rd of February 1919. Prime Minister Sándor Wekerle of Hungary resigned on the 4th, and was replaced by János Hadik at Archduke Joseph August's direction. While Hadik floundered in the face of Károlyi's movement, pro-Habsburg reactionaries called up monarchist forces from the Balkans, primarily of Austrian and Czech in origin, who began getting ferried northward from the Salonica Front.


    These men arrived under the command of Colonel General Viktor Graf von Scheuchenstuel on the outskirts of Budapest on the 8th. Here they were joined by rural militia forces, military cadets and a conglomeration of volunteer reactionaries. In the meantime, the conflict had begun spreading to the countryside, while the revolutionary workers of Budapest sought to turn the nationalist revolution into a communist one. Led by recently arrived former prisoners of war and committed revolutionary communists Béla Kun and Tibor Szamuely, a worker's uprising was launched on the 6th of February, with violent clashes in the streets between nationalists and communists. With Budapest descending into utter chaos, many bourgeois and liberal nationalists, disenchanted by the chaos and terrified that the Red mob would come for them, abandoned Károlyi's nationalist movement and moved to support the monarchists, who advanced under the claim of restoring peace and order to the city. It would take around a week before the last gasp of the Budapest Rising, as it would come to be known, had come to an end and Habsburg rule was restored. During this time some 5,000 people were killed in the fighting or crossfire, and the upper and middle classes of Budapest were reminded of why they had once supported the Habsburgs, Béla Kun was killed in the fighting but the extremist Szamuely escaped into the countryside and Károlyi was imprisoned for his role in the Rising (17).

    In the 1918 elections, the Republicans won control of both houses of Congress for the first time in ten years. President Wilson’s refusal to raise the guaranteed price of wheat from $2.20 a bushel had badly hurt Democrats in the West. In the ten leading wheat producing states, the Republicans gained twenty four House seats, around two-thirds total number of seats they picked up in the election, picking up five senate seats and thirty house seats in total (18). Wilson also hurt his prestige by intervening in a special Senate election in Wisconsin. Viewing the contest as vital to holding the Democratic majority in the Senate, Wilson suggested that the Republican candidate failed the “acid test” of “true loyalty and genuine Americanism” by voting against the administration on several neutrality issues, including the McLemore resolution, prior to the United States’s entry into the war, a charge which utterly outraged the Republicans. They were further provoked when Wilson, just days before the election, explicitly appealed to voters to support the war effort by returning a Democratic Congress, despite having proclaimed in late May that politics was “adjourned” because of the war.

    Both of these episodes helped to drive up Republican turn-out to the polls. More significantly, Wilson demoralized his own progressive base after April 1917 by failing to promote his vision of a league of nations and by ruthlessly repressing anti-war leftists and socialists. Conversely, the Republicans, unlike in 1916, ran an efficient and effective campaign. They exploited the controversy over the administration’s wheat price and its lack of price controls on cotton to portray the Democrats as a southern-dominated party unfit to govern in the interest of the whole nation, a damaging charge in a country only fifty years removed from the Civil War. They appealed to business interests by stressing that Wilson’s wartime mobilization programs amounted to socialism and pro-labor radicalism, and warned that a Democratic victory could extend such tyrannical policies into the post-war period, instead proposing a more business-friendly system of industrial mobilization. Led by Roosevelt and Lodge, Republicans also advocated for the unconditional surrender of Germany and attacked Wilson’s peace program, centred on establishing a League of Nations, as a betrayal of American nationalism and the sacrifices of American soldiery. Along with the massive casualties in France, the chaos in Russia, the conscription crisis and imprisonment of Irish-American smugglers in Ireland and a host of other issues, the Democrats faced an absolute hammering.


    During this period, in an effort to boost support for the war, the various state and federal governments held major Liberty Bond drives across the country. However, this would take a turn for the tragic when the bond drives turned into key vectors for the spread of the Flu, resulting in a major rise incidents in cities in the days following bond drives - including Philadelphia, Pittsburg, New York, Boston, San Fransisco, New Orleans and Baltimore. Throughout this period, America found itself increasingly under the influence of nationalistic jingoism and anti-Socialist hysteria, further enflamed by the increasingly radical pacifist movement. With Russia in the grips of a nightmarish civil war, a series of major strikes in Seattle in January 1919, where dockworkers shut down shipping in protest over long hours and insufficient pay - provoked considerable paranoia in America's halls of power. Seattle's mayor, Ole Hanson, would secure federal support to end these strikes while the American Federation of Labor's (AFL) sought to end the strikes peacefully. Though the general strike collapsed because labour leadership viewed it as a misguided tactic from the start, Mayor Hanson took credit for ending the five-day strike and was hailed by the press. He resigned a few months later and toured the country giving lectures on the dangers of "domestic bolshevism." This would mark the beginning of what would come to be known as the First American Red Scare (19).

    While the two warring sides faced considerable hardship at home, their respective military commands turned their attention to the coming campaign season. German OHL, having considered the situation, determined that while they had been under considerable pressure during the Summer and Autumn Offensives of the previous year, morale remained high and their position in the west was as strong as it was going to get. While offensives were considered, a survey of the strong frontline and the presence of fresh American troops across the front from them led OHL to the conclusion that there would not be any great benefit to be gained from risking an offensive. Efforts were undertaken to survey the likely thrust of the next Allied offensive, but while there were areas where an offensive was likely to occur, they had largely been addressed already in the various rounds of defensive construction during the preceding years. Finally, OHL reformed the German Twelfth Army as a counter-offensive force under the command of General Fernand von Quast, formerly of the elite Guard Corps.

    Allied Supreme Command, however, was anything but complacent. With American troops, increasingly armed and prepared by their own industries, arriving in large numbers and the BEF about ready to resume offensive action there was a feeling of optimism in the air at the meetings of the SWC, among everyone except Pétain and his staff. While the other armies had strengthened during the late autumn and winter, Pétain and the rest of the French Army had experienced considerable deterioration in morale and military preparedness. The devastating flu had caused havoc while a feeling of hopelessness, that the war would continue for generations to come, had become predominant amongst French soldiers. None of Pétain's worries or warnings would be heeded in the planning of the coming Allied offensives. Foch, buoyant over the considerable successes of his March to the Aisne in the previous year, was determined that the Germans were nearly on their last leg and that if enough pressure could be brought to bear the rotten edifice of Imperial Germany would come crumbling down.


    In order to accomplish this, Foch, Wilson, Allenby and Pershing all imagined a large series of offensives across multiple sectors with several objectives, all aimed at destroying the German capacity for war. At the northern end of the front, along the Somme, the BEF would take to the field for the first time in nearly a year with the aim of pushing across the Somme and steadily driving the Germans from Flanders in addition to aiding the efforts of the American Third Army. The American Third Army, under Major General Joseph T. Dickman, would slot in between the French and British Armies south of the Somme, covering the Croazat Canal and the Oise tributaries. This would be the location of the second offensive, aimed at pressing down the Oise and capturing Laon, La Fere and St Quentin, before pushing all the way to the Aisne. This led to the third offensive, launching across the Aisne east of Rethel with the aim of cutting off German forces in the Argonne Forest and capturing the rail hub at Sedan. This would be supported by a push up the Meuse Heights by the American Second Army under Robert L. Bullard, with the aim of eventually taking Sedan as well. This left the main focus of the Americans, the capture of Metz, by the over-strength American First Army under Hunter Liggett, with the eventual goal of advancing to Luxembourg. The Supreme War Council discussed several different potential sequences of offensives. However, they eventually settled on launching the joint Anglo-American thrust up the Oise and across the upper Somme first. This would be followed by the French Aisne Offensive, coupled with the supplementary thrust along the Meuse Heights, before giving way to the concurrent American assault towards Metz and British assault across the Somme into Flanders. It would take months of preparations for these offensives to begin and they were timed to launch in increments of two or three weeks - depending on the success of any individual offensive. These Offensives would collectively come to be known as the Four River Offensives (20).

    Footnotes:

    (15) In the first decade of the twentieth century, Friedrich Adler had established for himself a reputation as an outstandingly talented scientist. Yet he rejected the chair of theoretical physics in Zurich (a post subsequently offered to Adler’s lifelong friend, Albert Einstein) in order to devote himself to politics full-time. In 1911 he became party secretary of the Austrian Social Democrats, but fell out with his comrades when his party approved the war credits in 1914. Increasingly radicalised, Adler wasted no time in publicly attacking the party leadership (including his father) and the political establishment of Austria-Hungary in a series of newspaper articles and pamphlets. In October 1916 he went further and shot Count Karl von Stürgkh, Minister-President of Cisleithania (the northern and western ‘Austrian’ parts of the Dual Monarchy), in a deliberate act of protest against the war. Originally sentenced to death for the assassination of von Stürgkh, Adler was pardoned by Kaiser Karl, who commuted his sentence to eighteen years in prison. IOTL he was pardoned by Emperor Karl as one of his last acts as ruler of Austria-Hungary. It bears mentioning this is happening almost three months later than IOTL and that the pressure of these demonstrations isn't nearly as powerful or as well supported as IOTL.

    (16) IOTL this wave of protestts resulted in Emperor Karl peacefully stepping down from his post, but with the better military situation, larger portion of conservatives and reactionaries willing to act and Karl's relative disempowerment by his court, the reactionaries are able to hold onto power for the time being, dispersing the demonstrators and strikers. However, much as in 1848, events in Vienna can inspire others within the empire to action.

    (17) The Budapest Rising meshes the Nationalist and Bolshevik revolutions of 1918-1919 together into a single event, as the socialists try to exploit the chaos to take control of the revolutionary masses. This ends predictably, with everything coming crashing down. While revolutionary pressures are still present in Austria-Hungary, and it is more a matter of when rather than if the state will fragment, this buys the Habsburgs some time and has a couple important impacts in Budapest, with the anarchy and chaos of the Rising convincing many in the city to view Habsburg rule as a benefit to stability and prosperity.

    (18) That is one senate seat more than OTL, with the Republican Oscar Lanstrum beating Democrat Thomas Walsh for the seat in Montana. It is also six more seats in the House, three more in the corn states and three from districts where Irish-American turnout cratered. This giving the Republicans 49 seats in the senate to the Democrats 47 and the 246 in the House to 186 Democrats.


    (19) The Liberty Bond drive in Philadelphia IOTL raised a considerable amount of money, but contributed to Philadelphia having one of the highest mortality rates from the Spanish Flu IOTL. ITTL, there is much greater pressure to secure more financing for the war and as such many other cities, particularly on the East Coast, copy Philadelphia's model with tragic consequences. IOTL Philadelphia lost nearly 1 percent of its population but Baltimore just 0.83 percent, although the two cities were only 100 miles apart. What most distinguished Philadelphia from Baltimore in 1918 was that, in the former, patriotic Liberty Loan Drive parades continued all through the duration of the epidemic there, drawing thousands together in its streets. One such parade, on 28 September 1918, attracted 200,000 participants; three days later, 635 new cases of “Spanish” flu were reported. In Baltimore, such mass gatherings were prohibited, though not without considerable opposition from the city’s Health Commissioner first. ITTL the Health Commissioner is able to end this prohibition, with similar events up and down the coast. It is really important to note that ITTL the Red Scare and the Great War coincide as this will have some important consequences moving forward.

    (20) These offensives are extremely ambitious and would stretch even the best prepared systems to the brink. The Germans are well aware that now the Americans are on the front in large numbers, they will have to first succeed on the defensive before unleashing a brutal counter offensive once the Allies are disrupted.

    Four River Offensive.png

    Allied War Plans for The Four River Offensive

    The Four River Offensives

    The Oise Offensive launched early on the 8th of February 1919, following a rapid bombardment. The American Third Army rolled forward between the Ardon and Oise River with the aim of securing Laon on the right wing of the offensive while the left wing launched its assault directly at the Croazat Canal. Along the Somme, the British Fourth Army under General Rawlinson had expanded considerable and secured large numbers of heavy tanks in preparation for the thrust over the Somme. While tanks would see little immediate use in crossing either river or the canal, the American right wing would secure almost 500 tanks of mixed British and French make. The initial success of the Oise Offensive would come here, at the southern end, where the Americans were able to exploit the wide-open landscape to considerable effect. Further north, the American left was able to force a crossing of the canal at three points but was thrown back across it with heavy casualties early on the second day of the fighting. The British successes were even more limited, having to cross the much wider Somme River against well-prepared positions. They did succeed in securing a bridgehead at Brie, and pushed over the river here, creating a bulge in the line, but with the Germans anchoring their positions to the south on the Omignon stream and around Péronne in the north, they were able to create a brutal crossfire which eventually forced Rawlinson to order a retreat back over the Somme on the 12th.

    With efforts along the Somme and Croazat stymied, the focus of the offensives shifted south to the drive on Laon, where the Germans had finally found a strong defensive position to hold back the American assault. To meet this changing orientation of the offensive,General Dickman ordered the transfer of half of his divisions north of the Oise to move south in order to support the fighting as it neared the St Gobain Forest north-west of Laon, with these forces replaced by British reinforcements from further up the Somme River. Having made considerable advances on the first and second day of the Offensive, the forces in the region had been forced to a crawl by attrition to their armoured spearhead, mainly the result of mechanical failures, mud and considerable German artillery efforts. While the tank brigade under Lieutenant Colonel Eisenhower regrouped and repaired their machines, the infantry was forced to push forward face-first. While defensive positions around the ruins of the Château de Coucy were taken after four days of intense fighting, the American assault would find itself increasingly hampered by the harsh conditions of the St Gobain Forest. Intensive artillery bombardments shattered a defensive line around Aumont, but as the forestation grew ever thicker, the American assault found itself slowing to a halt by the 19th of February.

    With more and more German troops being drawn into the fighting around St Gobain, British GHQ felt that another opportunity had presented itself to press across the Somme on the 22nd of February. This time the Fourth Army laid the weight of its assault at the key position of Péronne, while demonstration assaults and a testing of defences happened up and down the Somme River in search of a weak point further north. Focusing considerable artillery resources on the roads into and out of the town, General Rawlinson was able to cut it off from the rest of the Front for long enough to allow for a crossing of the river. Intense fighting ensued, as the Germans rushed men up the Somme, but by the second day of fighting the defenders had been driven from the town.

    Throughout the week of assaults, the Germans were forced to rush men up and down the Somme, driving back dozens of bridgeheads with considerable difficulty. While the Germans launched several counterattacks to retake the bridgehead at Péronne, they were unable to push the British back over the river at this point. Pontoon bridges were constructed to connect Péronne with the rest of the British line and considerable numbers of men were pushed into this salient as it fought to expand their hold on the surrounding area. It would take until the 4th of March before the British half of the Oise Offensive came to an end, with the British in control of Péronne and its surroundings. However, this effort had cost dearly, with the British exchanging around 80,000 casualties to the German 50,000 over the course of the entire offensive.

    In the meanwhile, the fighting in the St Gobain Forest continued unabated as more and more men were thrown forward against the German lines. Perhaps the most famous battle of the entire offensive would happen within and around the Abbaye de Prémontré, the former mother house of the Premonstratensian Order and a mental asylum since the mid-1800s. With the abandoned abbey as the centrepoint of their defences, the German division in the area held out against five times their number for nearly two weeks, throwing back assault after assault, before they were eventually forced to retreat from the position on the 6th of March 1919, when the American tank brigade under Eisenhower broke through at Anizy-le-Chateau and cut the southern supply-line to the abbey. From Anizy, Eisenhower pressed up the road to Laon, through Foucoucourt and Cessières, before being forced to a halt once more by mechanical failures. While they had nearly taken Laon, General Dickman was forced to call a halt to the offensive due to the incredible exhaustion of his men. In total, the Americans would exchange around 150,000 casualties for 110,000 Germans, having clearly learned a great deal of lessons from the previous year's fighting.


    This turned the focus to the planned French Aisne Offensive, which was launched in spite of Pétain's considerable resistance on the 10th of March 1919. While the French had been preparing for a considerable amount of time, they were forced to deal with a number of important issues in the lead-up to the assault. First of all, they would need to ford the Aisne River and attack into the roughest section of the Argonne Forest. Beyond that, the French soldiers were extremely demoralised and dispirited, with the fighting of the previous year having sapped much of their will to fight. Third, the supply situation remained precarious, with the overstressed rail network and relatively low munitions production capacity of France raising the constant spectre of munitions shortages. The American Second Army, on the eastern bank of the Meuse, was somewhat hesitant about the advance to come, well aware that this push up the Meuse Heights would see considerable casualties.

    The first day of the Aisne Offensive saw the French soldiery hurl themselves across the river, crashing into well-defended the German strongpoints at Vouziers and Attigny, where they were forced to a crashing halt. The first wave crossed the river, but was swiftly repelled. The second made some gains, and was able to hold a few bridgeheads for a couple of hours before being driven back over the Aisne. However, when the third wave was ordered to make its assault on the evening of the 10th they mutinied. Division after division refused to attack, with calls for peace and demobilisation spreading like wildfire. While the Americans made good progress on the first day, the collapse of the primary French effort allowed the Germans to turn their efforts to the Meuse Heights. Over the next three days of American assaults, they were able to make no progress to immense casualties, the Second Army calling a halt to their assault and redirecting forces south-east to where the Moselle Offensive was being prepared.

    With the French in crisis, the Supreme War Command held an emergency meeting to determine their next course of action. With signs that the Germans were martialing forces behind their lines on the Aisne, and increasing indications that they were preparing for a counteroffensive in the region, it was determined that the Americans would need to launch the Moselle Offensive immediately to distract the Germans from the French collapse. Along the Aisne, the French armies found themselves gripped by mutinies which dwarfed even the 1917 mutinies. Up and down the line, division after division demanded peace. While there were some officers who tried to force their men forward, French GQG under Pétain were largely in agreement with the soldiery on their own inability to support the offensive and tacitly supported the mutinies on the condition that the mutineers remain in their trenches and accept orders from Pétain and his allies. This was a major disaster for Foch, whose insistence on these offensives had provoked the crisis to begin with, and who now found himself the target of considerable abuse by the wider French Army, prompting Foch to consider the replacement of Pétain for fear of being tarred with the defeat on the Aisne. However, with Pétain's support the resistance to Foch's leadership in France grew considerably in the aftermath of the Aisne fiasco, while word of the mutinies proved the spark that would set ablaze the French pacifist movement once more.

    It was with the French situation deteriorating rapidly to their rear, that the Americans of the First Army launched their Moselle Offensive into the Wövre Plains, with the aim of taking Metz and Briey, on the 15th of March 1919. While the preparations were rushed and the offensive was launched prematurely, it made considerable early gains. The assault was led by two tank brigades under Colonel Patton, who reached Pommérieux by the second day of the offensive and expected to make Metz by the following evening. However, it was at this point that disarray in France hit the American offensive like a sledgehammer. A general strike gripped Paris while rail workers blocked all rail traffic eastward. This meant that critical reinforcements, supplies and munitions were suddenly stuck in Paris and while Patton was able to advance another five kilometres on the 18th, nearing the outskirts of Metz, before running out of fuel for his tanks, this would be as far as the Americans got.

    With the American assault stalling out, the Germans launched a major counter offensive down the river, overrunning Patton positions and capturing him, before sweeping all resistance before them. Exploiting the American collapse, the Germans pressed down along the Moselle River, while forces further west, facing the Second Army atop the Meuse Heights, joined the assault. Pressing forward with recently formed tank brigades in the revolutionary light Sturmpanzerwagen Oberschlesien, the Germans were able to catch the Americans flatfooted. While the American forces did what they could to resist this sudden assault, there was little they could do with their supply lines jammed behind them. Exploiting this weakness, the Twelfth and Fifth Armies, the former leading the charge, slammed through the American formation and rushed down the two rivers.

    So fast was this advance, that the small French garrison in Verdun were overrun in a day, on the 22nd of March 1919, while Pont-a-Mousson was lost the following day. The German push would sweep through the former St Mihiel Salient, capturing the epynomous town on the 25th, while on the Moselle, the Americans were finally able to firm up their defences around Nancy and Toul. The collapse of the Allied Four River Offensives was an undoubted catastrophe and would come to be viewed as one of the great failures of the war. By the end of the German counter-offensive, on the 29th of March, the Germans had taken a collective 80,000 casualties while inflicting nearly double that number, with two thirds of these prisoners of war captured in the chaos of the retreat. The collective defeats of 1918 and 1919 had brought France to the brink of defeat and left the Anglophone Allies scrambling for safety.


    Summary:

    The Ottomans shore up their positions and recapture Baghdad while the Bulgarians deal with internal dissent.

    French Prime Minister Georges Clemenceau is assassinated in the midst of considerable turmoil. This turmoil also hits the British and Germans, who each deal with it in their own way.

    While the American vote, the Austro-Hungarians experience considerable revolutionary turmoil and both sides prepare for the military campaigns of 1919.

    The Allied Four Rivers Offensive turns into a disaster after initial successes by American and British forces along the Somme and Oise.

    End Note:

    That brings an end to the events of Winter and early Spring 1919 and sets us firmly on the road towards peace. Now, while the French are experiencing considerable disarray, it bears mentioning that they have not been defeated on the field at this point. This is not a total victory by any means, and there are still plenty of ways things can turn sour for the Germans. First of all, they need to try to open negotiations with the Allied leadership, determine who to approach first and how to do so. Then they need to establish an armistice, agree to a location for the peace talks and an arbiter of them before they can even sit down and begin negotiating. The road to peace is still pretty damn long. Finally, the Germans don't really have the resources to launch an all-out attack, having scraped the bottom of the barrel manpower wise.

    Sorry about the late update, ended up getting side tracked and the current update is rather slow going.
     
    Last edited:
    Top